[gnome-user-docs] Update Danish translation
- From: Translations User D-L <translations src gnome org>
- To: commits-list gnome org
- Cc:
- Subject: [gnome-user-docs] Update Danish translation
- Date: Sat, 13 Mar 2021 12:41:49 +0000 (UTC)
commit a291070699de4cfb9295816701ffb669af8f574f
Author: Ask Hjorth Larsen <asklarsen gmail com>
Date: Sat Mar 13 12:41:45 2021 +0000
Update Danish translation
gnome-help/da/da.po | 48473 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-------------------------
1 file changed, 24647 insertions(+), 23826 deletions(-)
---
diff --git a/gnome-help/da/da.po b/gnome-help/da/da.po
index 557679e1..0e1ca530 100644
--- a/gnome-help/da/da.po
+++ b/gnome-help/da/da.po
@@ -1,23829 +1,24650 @@
-# Danish translation for gnome-user-docs.
-# Copyright (C) 2015 gnome-user-docs's COPYRIGHT HOLDER
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-user-docs package.
-# scootergrisen, 2015-2016, 2019-2020.
-# Gennemgået Ask Hjorth Larsen <asklarsen gmail com>, 2016.
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-docs master\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-31 11:24+0000\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-05 01:16+0200\n"
-"Last-Translator: scootergrisen\n"
-"Language-Team: Danish\n"
-"Language: da\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-
-#. (itstool) path: p/link
-#: C/legal.xml:3
-msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
-msgstr "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
-
-#. (itstool) path: license/p
-#: C/legal.xml:3
-msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."
-msgstr "Dette værk er licenseret under <_:link-1/>."
-
+# Danish translation for gnome-user-docs.
+# Copyright (C) 2015 gnome-user-docs's COPYRIGHT HOLDER
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-user-docs package.
+# scootergrisen, 2015-2016, 2019-2021.
+# Gennemgået Ask Hjorth Larsen <asklarsen gmail com>, 2016.
+#
+# scootergrisen: bounce keys:
+# scootergrisen: har ændret "bounce keys" fra "hoppende taster" til "rystetaster"
+# scootergrisen: sørg for det samme sker i gnome-shell gsettings-desktop-schemas gnome-control-center
+# scootergrisen: måske det er hænderne der ryster og tasterne der hopper.
+# scootergrisen: ellers skal det vel være "hoppetaster" frem for "hoppende taster"
+# scootergrisen:
+# scootergrisen: alert:
+# scootergrisen: alert - måske opmærksomhed - ikke påmindelse
+# scootergrisen: alert sound - måske opmærksomhedslyde - ikke påmindelseslyd
+# scootergrisen: alert sounds - måske opmærksomhedslyde
+# scootergrisen: visual alerts - måske visuel opmærksomhed - ikke påmindelse
+# scootergrisen:
+# scootergrisen: konti:
+# scootergrisen: accounts - måske konti > kontoer
+# scootergrisen: onlinekonti > onlinekontoer
+# scootergrisen: tjek også brugerkonti/brugerkontoer
+# scootergrisen:
+# scootergrisen: &:
+# scootergrisen: & > og
+# scootergrisen: tjek "&" i alle dem med "#. (itstool) path: page/title"
+# scootergrisen:
+# scootergrisen: Delay Ventetid > Forsinkelse
+# scootergrisen: gør strenge ens i gnome-help og gnome-control-center
+# scootergrisen:
+# scootergrisen: rettelser til gnome-control-center:
+# scootergrisen: har forkert oversættelse af "power saving" (strømstyring/strømbesparelse):
+# scootergrisen: msgid "View your battery status and change power saving settings"
+# scootergrisen: msgstr "Vis din batteristatus og skift indstillinger for strømstyring"
+# scootergrisen: vil gerne have "modifikationstast" ændret til "ændringstast"
+# scootergrisen: jeg vil gerne have med "spørge" i "Nye forbindelser skal bede om adgang"
+# scootergrisen: "Map to Monitor…" har på nuværende tidspunkt "Tildel skærm …"
+# scootergrisen: "Map to single monitor" har på nuværende tidspunkt "Afbild til enkelt skærm"
+# scootergrisen: måske "display" skal være "visning" frem for "skærm" f.eks. ved "Display mode"
+# scootergrisen: ret "_Screen Brightness" "Screen brightness" til "Lysstyrke for skærmen" frem for
"Skærmlysstyrke" (også i gnome-color-manager)
+# scootergrisen:
+# scootergrisen: rettelser til gnome-contacts:
+# scootergrisen: ret "Done" fra "Udført" til "Færdig"
+# scootergrisen:
+# scootergrisen: rettelser til nautilus:
+# scootergrisen: vi skal vel væk fra det med stort efter mellemrum i diverse strenge i nautilus f.eks.
"Fortryd Omdøb"
+# scootergrisen: tjek hvad "item" skal oversættes til. Der er vist brugt objekt i nautilus
+# scootergrisen:
+# scootergrisen: rettelser til nautilus + Billedfremviser
+# scootergrisen: "Set as Wallpaper" er oversat forskelligt
+# scootergrisen: "Benyt som baggrundsbillede"
+# scootergrisen: "Anvend som baggrund"
+# scootergrisen: gør det ens
+# scootergrisen:
+# scootergrisen: rettelser til gnome-tweaks:
+# scootergrisen: der er streng med "bærbare" frem for "bærbare computer" som laptop ellers er oversat til
i andre strenge
+# scootergrisen:
+# scootergrisen: "Mirror" skal nok være "Kloning"
+# scootergrisen: "Join Displays" skal måske være noget andet end "Sammenføj skærme"
+# scootergrisen:
+# scootergrisen: se om der kan findes en god oversættelse til "native"
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-docs master\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-12-25 04:04+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-01-07 00:00+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: scootergrisen\n"
+"Language-Team: Danish\n"
+"Language: da\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/link
+#: C/legal.xml:3
+msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
+msgstr ""
+"Creative Commons Kreditering-Deling på samme vilkår 3.0 Ikke porteret-licens"
+
+#. (itstool) path: license/p
+#: C/legal.xml:3
+msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."
+msgstr "Værket er licenseret under en <_:link-1/>."
+
# scootergrisen: bruges under "Om" nederst på siderne
# scootergrisen: de enkelte linjer bruges på nuværende tidspunkt (marts 2019) kun hvis der er angivet email
og år så linjer kun med navn eller lignende bruges ikke
# scootergrisen: linjerne kan eventuelt bruge "<>, " som email og år som midlertidig løsning indtil det er
muligt uden så bruges navnet
-#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "translator-credits"
-msgstr "scootergrisen <>, "
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:20
-#: C/a11y-braille.page:16
-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:18
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:20
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:19
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:18
-#: C/a11y.page:13
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:20
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:15
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:18
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:20
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:19
-#: C/accounts-add.page:28
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:23
-#: C/bluetooth.page:16
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:29
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:21
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:17
-#: C/clock.page:13
-#: C/disk.page:9
-#: C/display-brightness.page:26
-#: C/files-browse.page:19
-#: C/files-delete.page:19
-#: C/files-lost.page:18
-#: C/files-open.page:17
-#: C/files-preview.page:16
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:9
-#: C/files-rename.page:17
-#: C/files-search.page:20
-#: C/files-select.page:9
-#: C/files-share.page:16
-#: C/files.page:15
-#: C/hardware-auth.page:9
-#: C/hardware.page:9
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:15
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:17
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:23
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15
-#: C/keyboard.page:18
-#: C/look-background.page:28
-#: C/media.page:9
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:21
-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:20
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:18
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:21
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17
-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:25
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:17
-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:20
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:15
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:13
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:16
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:24
-#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:8
-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:13
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:17
-#: C/net-findip.page:15
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:14
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:19
-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:12
-#: C/net.page:11
-#: C/prefs-display.page:9
-#: C/prefs-language.page:9
-#: C/prefs.page:10
-#: C/printing-setup.page:28
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:24
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:18
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:18
-#: C/session-formats.page:15
-#: C/session-language.page:18
-#: C/shell-exit.page:19
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:18
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:18
-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:14
-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:13
-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:13
-#: C/sound-alert.page:15
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:15
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:16
-#: C/sound-volume.page:18
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:15
-#: C/tips.page:8
-#: C/user-add.page:19
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:21
-#: C/user-delete.page:25
-msgid "Shaun McCance"
-msgstr "Shaun McCance"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:24
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:24
-#: C/a11y-icon.page:17
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:25
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:22
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:24
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:13
-#: C/accounts.page:13
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:18
-#: C/files-browse.page:23
-#: C/files-hidden.page:14
-#: C/files-sort.page:13
-#: C/files-tilde.page:14
-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:9
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:23
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:17
-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:16
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:17
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13
-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:17
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:17
-#: C/net-default-browser.page:14
-#: C/net-default-email.page:14
-#: C/net-email-virus.page:15
-#: C/net-install-flash.page:13
-#: C/net-manual.page:17
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:15
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:15
-#: C/net-proxy.page:19
-#: C/net-slow.page:13
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:15
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:14
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:18
-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:16
-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:19
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:24
-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:18
-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:22
-#: C/power-othercountry.page:18
-#: C/printing-2sided.page:13
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:14
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:13
-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:13
-#: C/printing-order.page:13
-#: C/printing-select.page:13
-#: C/printing-setup.page:16
-#: C/printing.page:12
-#: C/sound-volume.page:14
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:17
-msgid "Phil Bull"
-msgstr "Phil Bull"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:28
-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:22
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:23
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:22
-#: C/a11y.page:17
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:29
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:26
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:23
-#: C/accounts-add.page:19
-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:17
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:15
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:19
-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:18
-#: C/backup-how.page:20
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:21
-#: C/backup-what.page:20
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:33
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:22
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:25
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:27
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:25
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:21
-#: C/clock-set.page:20
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:20
-#: C/clock-world.page:13
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:20
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:22
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:21
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:20
-#: C/color-testing.page:23
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:18
-#: C/contacts.page:13
-#: C/contacts-connect.page:15
-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:19
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:19
-#: C/contacts-search.page:18
-#: C/contacts-setup.page:16
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:22
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:16
-#: C/disk-check.page:17
-#: C/display-blank.page:23
-#: C/display-brightness.page:34
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:19
-#: C/display-night-light.page:12
-#: C/files-autorun.page:22
-#: C/files-browse.page:27
-#: C/files-copy.page:22
-#: C/files-delete.page:27
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:12
-#: C/files-hidden.page:18
-#: C/files-lost.page:22
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:17
-#: C/files-rename.page:25
-#: C/files-search.page:24
-#: C/files-share.page:20
-#: C/files-sort.page:21
-#: C/files-templates.page:17
-#: C/files-tilde.page:18
-#: C/files.page:19
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:27
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:15
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:24
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:27
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:18
-#: C/keyboard.page:26
-#: C/look-background.page:36
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:27
-#: C/look-resolution.page:26
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:25
-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:24
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:22
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:25
-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:29
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:21
-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:22
-#: C/mouse.page:23
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:24
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:16
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:19
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:17
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:28
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:21
-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:17
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:21
-#: C/net-default-browser.page:18
-#: C/net-default-email.page:18
-#: C/net-email.page:19
-#: C/net-findip.page:23
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:22
-#: C/net-manual.page:21
-#: C/net-mobile.page:20
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:19
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:19
-#: C/net-proxy.page:27
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:20
-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:17
-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:18
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:23
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:21
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19
-#: C/net-wireless.page:25
-#: C/power-autobrightness.page:13
-#: C/power-autosuspend.page:15
-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:27
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:32
-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:18
-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:26
-#: C/power-lowpower.page:25
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:26
-#: C/power-status.page:14
-#: C/power-whydim.page:22
-#: C/power-wireless.page:14
-#: C/power.page:17
-#: C/prefs-display.page:13
-#: C/prefs-language.page:13
-#: C/prefs-sharing.page:13
-#: C/printing-setup.page:32
-#: C/privacy.page:23
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:20
-#: C/privacy-location.page:12
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:20
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:22
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:23
-#: C/session-formats.page:19
-#: C/session-language.page:26
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:21
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:18
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:20
-#: C/sharing-displayname.page:13
-#: C/sharing-media.page:17
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:17
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:18
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:18
-#: C/shell-exit.page:39
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:22
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:23
-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:13
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:17
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:17
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:20
-#: C/sound-alert.page:19
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:18
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:19
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:20
-#: C/sound-volume.page:22
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:19
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:13
-#: C/translate.page:16
-#: C/user-add.page:23
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:21
-#: C/user-delete.page:29
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:25
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:17
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:17
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:17
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:16
-#: C/wacom.page:23
-msgid "Michael Hill"
-msgstr "Michael Hill"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:32
-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:26
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:32
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:27
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:26
-#: C/a11y.page:21
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:33
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:30
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:32
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:27
-#: C/accounts-add.page:23
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:19
-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:22
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:37
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:30
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:31
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:30
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:25
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:24
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:24
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:26
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:25
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:24
-#: C/color-notifications.page:18
-#: C/color-testing.page:19
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:22
-#: C/contacts-connect.page:20
-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:23
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:23
-#: C/contacts-search.page:22
-#: C/display-brightness.page:30
-#: C/display-brightness.page:38
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:23
-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:19
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:19
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:34
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:28
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:28
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:34
-#: C/look-background.page:44
-#: C/look-resolution.page:34
-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:28
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:26
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:29
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25
-#: C/mouse.page:18
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:25
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:25
-#: C/net-default-browser.page:22
-#: C/net-default-email.page:22
-#: C/net-findip.page:27
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:26
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:23
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:23
-#: C/net-proxy.page:31
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:24
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:25
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:23
-#: C/net.page:15
-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:23
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:28
-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:22
-#: C/power-closelid.page:21
-#: C/power-lowpower.page:17
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:22
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:20
-#: C/power-suspend.page:18
-#: C/power-whydim.page:26
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:28
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:13
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:24
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:25
-#: C/sharing.page:18
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:16
-#: C/shell-exit.page:31
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:26
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:27
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:21
-#: C/shell-overview.page:18
-#: C/sound-alert.page:23
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:23
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:24
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:23
-#: C/user-add.page:27
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:20
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:19
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22
-#: C/user-autologin.page:16
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:25
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:25
-#: C/user-delete.page:33
-#: C/video-dvd.page:17
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:22
-msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
-msgstr "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:36
-msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key."
-msgstr "Ignorér hurtige gentagne tastetryk på den samme tast."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39
-msgid "Turn on bounce keys"
-msgstr "Aktivér rystetaster"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41
-msgid ""
-"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly "
-"repeated. For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a "
-"key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on "
-"bounce keys."
-msgstr ""
-"Aktivér <em>rystetaster</em> for at ignorere hurtige tastetryk efter "
-"hinanden. Hvis du f.eks. har rystelser i hånden, der får dig til at trykke "
-"gentagne gange når du kun ville trykke én gang, bør du aktivere rystetaster."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:48
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:51
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54
-#: C/clock-set.page:37
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:42
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:40
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:55
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:50
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:43
-#: C/color-testing.page:64
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:48
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:48
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:55
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:50
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:51
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:67
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:47
-#: C/net-manual.page:41
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:62
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:154
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:90
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:126
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:36
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>Settings</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Indstillinger</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:58
-#: C/clock-set.page:41
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:46
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:44
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:59
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:54
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:47
-#: C/color-testing.page:68
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:52
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:52
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:54
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:55
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:71
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:51
-#: C/net-manual.page:45
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:66
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:158
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:94
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:130
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:40
-msgid "Click on <gui>Settings</gui>."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Indstillinger</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:55
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:58
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:61
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:55
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:57
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:58
-msgid "Click <gui>Universal Access</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Tilgængelighed</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne panelet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:64
-msgid ""
-"Press <gui>Typing Assist (AccessX)</gui> in the <gui>Typing</gui> section."
-msgstr ""
-"Tryk på <gui>Skrivehjælp (AccessX)</gui> i afsnittet <gui>Skrivning</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:62
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Rystetaster</gui>-kontakten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:67
-msgid "Quickly turn bounce keys on and off"
-msgstr "Slå hurtigt rystetaster til og fra"
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:68
-msgid ""
-"You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
-"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce Keys</"
-"gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have been "
-"enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan slå rystetaster til og fra ved at klikke på ikonet <link xref=\"a11y-"
-"icon\">tilgængelighed</link> på toplinjen og vælge <gui>Rystetaster</gui>. "
-"Ikonet tilgængelighed er synligt når en eller flere indstillinger er blevet "
-"aktiveret i panelet <gui>Tilgængelighed</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:75
-msgid ""
-"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys "
-"waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for "
-"the first time. Select <gui>Beep when a key is rejected</gui> if you want "
-"the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it "
-"happened too soon after the previous key press."
-msgstr ""
-"Brug skyderen <gui>Ventetid for accept</gui> for at ændre hvor længe "
-"rystetaster skal vente før et nyt tastetryk registreres, efter du første "
-"gang trykker på tasten. Vælg <gui>Bip når en tast afvises</gui> hvis du vil "
-"have computeren til at lave en lyd, hver gang den ignorerer et tastetryk "
-"fordi det sker for tidligt efter det forrige tastetryk."
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/a11y-braille.page:20
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:19
-msgid "Jana Heves"
-msgstr "Jana Heves"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-braille.page:24
-msgid ""
-"Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."
-msgstr ""
-"Brug <app>Orca</app>-skærmlæseren med et Braille-display der kan ændres."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-braille.page:28
-msgid "Read screen in Braille"
-msgstr "Læs skærm i Braille"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-braille.page:30
-msgid ""
-"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to display the user "
-"interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed "
-"GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. If not, install Orca first."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-braille.page:34
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:33
-msgid "<link style=\"button\" action=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>"
-msgstr "<link style=\"button\" action=\"install:orca\">Installér Orca</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-braille.page:36
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:66
-msgid ""
-"Refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:30
-msgid ""
-"Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they’re "
-"easier to see."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:34
-msgid "Adjust the contrast"
-msgstr "Justér kontrasten"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:36
-msgid ""
-"You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they’re easier to "
-"see. This is not the same as changing the brightness of the whole screen; "
-"only parts of the <em>user interface</em> will change."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:53
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41
-#: C/a11y-icon.page:41
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:42
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:47
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:48
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:48
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:48
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>Universal Access</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Tilgængelighed</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:48
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45
-#: C/a11y-icon.page:45
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:46
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:52
-msgid "Click on <gui>Universal Access</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Tilgængelighed</gui> for at åbne panelet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51
-msgid ""
-"Switch the <gui>High Contrast</gui> switch in the <gui>Seeing</gui> section "
-"to on."
-msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Høj kontrast</gui>-kontakten i afsnittet <gui>Syn</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:57
-msgid "Quickly turn high contrast on and off"
-msgstr "Slå høj kontrast til og fra, hurtigt"
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:58
-msgid ""
-"You can turn high contrast on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
-"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>High "
-"Contrast</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:36
-msgid ""
-"The <gui>Hover Click</gui> (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by "
-"holding the mouse still."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:40
-msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"
-msgstr "Simulér klik når markøren holdes over"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:42
-msgid ""
-"You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control "
-"or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the "
-"mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called <gui>Hover Click</"
-"gui> or Dwell Click."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:47
-msgid ""
-"When <gui>Hover Click</gui> is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over "
-"a control, let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button "
-"will be clicked for you."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:57
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:51
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:52
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57
-msgid "Click <gui>Universal Access</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:55
-msgid ""
-"Press <gui>Click Assist</gui> in the <gui>Pointing & Clicking</gui> "
-"section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:64
-msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> to on."
-msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Svæveklik</gui>-kontakten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68
-msgid ""
-"The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your "
-"other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen "
-"when you hover. For example, if you select <gui>Secondary Click</gui>, you "
-"will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or "
-"drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74
-msgid ""
-"When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and do not move it, it will "
-"gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be "
-"clicked."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:78
-msgid ""
-"Adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> setting to change how long you have to hold the "
-"mouse pointer still before clicking."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:81
-msgid ""
-"You do not need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. "
-"The pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a "
-"while. If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85
-msgid ""
-"Adjust the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> setting to change how much the "
-"pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:31
-msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:34
-msgid "Change text size on the screen"
-msgstr "Skift tekststørrelse på skærmen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36
-msgid ""
-"If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the "
-"size of the font."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:48
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Seeing</gui> section, switch the <gui>Large Text</gui> switch to "
-"on."
-msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Stor tekst</gui>-kontakten i afsnittet <gui>Syn</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively, you can quickly change the text size by clicking the <link "
-"xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
-"<gui>Large Text</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:58
-msgid ""
-"In many applications, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing "
-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press "
-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:63
-msgid ""
-"<gui>Large Text</gui> will scale the text by 1.2 times. You can use "
-"<app>Tweaks</app> to make text size bigger or smaller."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-icon.page:21
-msgid ""
-"The universal access menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a "
-"person."
-msgstr "Tilgængelighedsmenuen er ikonet på toplinjen, der ligner en person."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-icon.page:25
-msgid "Find the universal access menu"
-msgstr "Find tilgængelighedsmenuen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-icon.page:27
-msgid ""
-"The <em>universal access menu</em> is where you can turn on some of the "
-"accessibility settings. You can find this menu by clicking the icon which "
-"looks like a person surrounded by a circle on the top bar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
-#: C/a11y-icon.page:32
-msgid "The universal access menu can be found on the top bar."
-msgstr "Tilgængelighedsmenuen findes på toplinjen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-icon.page:36
-msgid ""
-"If you do not see the universal access menu, you can enable it from the "
-"<gui>Universal Access</gui> settings panel:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-icon.page:48
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Always Show Universal Access Menu</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Vis altid tilgængelighedsmenu</gui>-kontakten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-icon.page:53
-msgid ""
-"To access this menu using the keyboard rather than the mouse, press "
-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to move the "
-"keyboard focus to the top bar. A white line will appear underneath the "
-"<gui>Activities</gui> button — this tells you which item on the top bar is "
-"selected. Use the arrow keys on the keyboard to move the white line under "
-"the universal access menu icon and then press <key>Enter</key> to open it. "
-"You can use the up and down arrow keys to select items in the menu. Press "
-"<key>Enter</key> to toggle the selected item."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:30
-msgid "Zoom in on your screen so that it is easier to see things."
-msgstr "Zoom ind på din skærm, så det er lettere at se tingene."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:33
-msgid "Magnify a screen area"
-msgstr "Forstør et skærmområde"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Magnifying the screen is different than just enlarging the <link xref=\"a11y-"
-"font-size\">text size</link>. This feature is like having a magnifying "
-"glass, allowing you to move around by zooming in on parts of the screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:49
-msgid "Press on <gui>Zoom</gui> in the <gui>Seeing</gui> section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:52
-msgid ""
-"Switch the <gui>Zoom</gui> switch in the top-right corner of the <gui>Zoom "
-"Options</gui> window to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:63
-msgid ""
-"You can now move around the screen area. By moving your mouse to the edges "
-"of the screen, you will move the magnified area in different directions, "
-"allowing you to view your area of choice."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:68
-msgid ""
-"You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
-"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Zoom</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:73
-msgid ""
-"You can change the magnification factor, the mouse tracking, and the "
-"position of the magnified view on the screen. Adjust these in the "
-"<gui>Magnifier</gui> tab of the <gui>Zoom Options</gui> window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:77
-msgid ""
-"You can activate crosshairs to help you find the mouse or touchpad pointer. "
-"Switch them on and adjust their length, color, and thickness in the "
-"<gui>Crosshairs</gui> tab of the <gui>Zoom</gui> settings window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:81
-msgid ""
-"You can switch to inverse video or <gui>White on black</gui>, and adjust "
-"brightness, contrast and greyscale options for the magnifier. The "
-"combination of these options is useful for people with low-vision, any "
-"degree of photophobia, or just for using the computer under adverse lighting "
-"conditions. Select the <gui>Color Effects</gui> tab in the <gui>Zoom</gui> "
-"settings window to enable and change these options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y.page:25
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</"
-"link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
-"braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">screen magnifier</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Syn</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">hørelse</"
-"link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobilitet</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
-"braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">skærmforstørrelsesglas</"
-"link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#: C/a11y.page:34
-#: C/keyboard.page:39
-msgid "Universal access"
-msgstr "Tilgængelighed"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y.page:36
-msgid ""
-"The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with "
-"various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive "
-"devices. An accessibility menu can be added to the top bar, giving easier "
-"access to many of the accessibility features."
-msgstr ""
-"GNOME-skrivebordet inkluderer assisterende teknologier til at hjælpe brugere "
-"med diverse handikap og særlige behov, og til at interagere med almindelige "
-"assisterende enheder. Der kan tilføjes en tilgængelighedsmenu til toplinjen "
-"som giver let adgang til mange af tilgængelighedsfaciliteterne."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/a11y.page:42
-msgid "Visual impairments"
-msgstr "Synshandikap"
-
-#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#: C/a11y.page:45
-msgid "Blindness"
-msgstr "Blindhed"
-
-#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#: C/a11y.page:48
-msgid "Low vision"
-msgstr "Nedsat syn"
-
-#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#: C/a11y.page:51
-msgid "Color-blindness"
-msgstr "Farveblindhed"
-
-#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#: C/a11y.page:54
-#: C/a11y.page:76
-#: C/keyboard.page:43
-msgid "Other topics"
-msgstr "Andre emner"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/a11y.page:59
-msgid "Hearing impairments"
-msgstr "Hørehandikap"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/a11y.page:64
-msgid "Mobility impairments"
-msgstr "Mobilitetshandikap"
-
-#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#: C/a11y.page:67
-msgid "Mouse movement"
-msgstr "Musebevægelse"
-
-#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#: C/a11y.page:70
-msgid "Clicking and dragging"
-msgstr "Klikke og trække"
-
-#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#: C/a11y.page:73
-msgid "Keyboard use"
-msgstr "Brug af tastaturet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:22
-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:15
-#: C/contacts.page:15
-#: C/contacts-connect.page:17
-#: C/contacts-setup.page:18
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:19
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:25
-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:24
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:20
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:20
-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:15
-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:15
-#: C/status-icons.page:15
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:19
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:19
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:19
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:18
-msgid "2012"
-msgstr "2012"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:37
-msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."
-msgstr "Tryk og hold den venstre museknap nede for at højreklikke."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:40
-msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"
-msgstr "Simulér et højreklik med musen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42
-msgid ""
-"You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if "
-"you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if "
-"your pointing device only has a single button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:59
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Click Assist</gui> window, switch the <gui>Simulated Secondary "
-"Click</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:64
-msgid ""
-"You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it "
-"is registered as a right click by changing the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:68
-msgid ""
-"To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse "
-"button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills "
-"with a different color as you hold down the left mouse button. Once it will "
-"change this color entirely, release the mouse button to right-click."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73
-msgid ""
-"Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. "
-"You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you do not "
-"get visual feedback from the pointer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:77
-msgid ""
-"If you use <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">Mouse Keys</link>, this also "
-"allows you to right-click by holding down the <key>5</key> key on your "
-"keypad."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:82
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you are always able to long-press to "
-"right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly "
-"differently in the overview: you do not have to release the button to right-"
-"click."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:23
-msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:27
-msgid "Read screen aloud"
-msgstr "Læs højt fra skærmen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:29
-msgid ""
-"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user "
-"interface. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca "
-"installed. If not, install Orca first."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:35
-msgid "To start <app>Orca</app> using the keyboard:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:39
-msgid "Press <key>Super</key>+<key>Alt</key>+<key>S</key>."
-msgstr "Tryk på <key>Super</key>+<key>Alt</key>+<key>S</key>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:43
-msgid "Or to start <app>Orca</app> using a mouse and keyboard:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:54
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Screen Reader</gui> in the <gui>Seeing</gui> section, then switch "
-"<gui>Screen Reader</gui> on in the dialog."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:60
-msgid "Quickly turn Screen Reader on and off"
-msgstr "Slå hurtigt skærmlæser til og fra"
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:61
-msgid ""
-"You can turn Screen Reader on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
-"\">accessibility icon</link> in the top bar and selecting <gui>Screen "
-"Reader</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:36
-msgid ""
-"Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the "
-"screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:40
-msgid "Turn on slow keys"
-msgstr "Slå langsomme taster til"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:42
-msgid ""
-"Turn on <em>slow keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between "
-"pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means "
-"that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little while "
-"before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a "
-"time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on "
-"the keyboard first time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Slow Keys</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Langsomme taster</gui>-kontakten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:70
-msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off"
-msgstr "Slå hurtigt langsomme taster til og fra"
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:71
-msgid ""
-"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
-"features from the keyboard</gui> to turn slow keys on and off from the "
-"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold <key>Shift</"
-"key> for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:76
-msgid ""
-"You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
-"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow Keys</"
-"gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have been "
-"enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:83
-msgid ""
-"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to "
-"hold a key down for it to register."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:86
-msgid ""
-"You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key "
-"press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn’t hold "
-"the key down long enough."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:36
-msgid ""
-"Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down "
-"all of the keys at once."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:40
-msgid "Turn on sticky keys"
-msgstr "Slå klæbrige taster til"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42
-msgid ""
-"<em>Sticky keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time "
-"rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the "
-"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
-"shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would "
-"have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, "
-"you would press <key>Super</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49
-msgid ""
-"You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down "
-"several keys at once."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:68
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Klæbetaster</gui>-kontakten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:73
-msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off"
-msgstr "Slå hurtigt klæbrige taster til og fra"
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:74
-msgid ""
-"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
-"features from the keyboard</gui> to turn sticky keys on and off from the "
-"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press <key>Shift</key> five "
-"times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:79
-msgid ""
-"You can also turn sticky keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
-"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Sticky "
-"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
-"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:86
-msgid ""
-"If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off "
-"temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:89
-msgid ""
-"For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Super</key> "
-"and <key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to "
-"press another key if you had this option turned on. It <em>would</em> wait "
-"if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to "
-"press some keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are "
-"close together), but not others."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96
-msgid ""
-"Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:99
-msgid ""
-"You can have the computer make a “beep” sound when you start typing a "
-"keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to "
-"know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the "
-"next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select <gui>Beep "
-"when a modifier key is pressed</gui> to enable this."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:31
-msgid ""
-"Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is "
-"played."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:35
-msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"
-msgstr "Blink med skærmen ved påmindelseslyde"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:37
-msgid ""
-"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
-"and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have "
-"either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the "
-"alert sound is played."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:42
-msgid ""
-"This can also be useful if you’re in an environment where you need your "
-"computer to be silent, such as in a library. See <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/"
-"> to learn how to mute the alert sound, then enable visual alerts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55
-msgid "Press <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> in the <gui>Hearing</gui> section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:58
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Visuelle påmindelser</gui>-kontakten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:61
-msgid ""
-"Select whether you want the entire screen or just your current window title "
-"to flash."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:67
-msgid ""
-"You can quickly turn visual alerts on and off by clicking the <link xref="
-"\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
-"<gui>Visual Alerts</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/about-this-guide.page:8
-msgid "A few tips on using the desktop help guide."
-msgstr "Nogle få tips til brug af skrivebordets hjælpevejledning."
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/about-this-guide.page:10
-#: C/backup-check.page:12
-#: C/backup-frequency.page:16
-#: C/backup-how.page:16
-#: C/backup-restore.page:15
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:17
-#: C/backup-what.page:12
-#: C/backup-where.page:13
-#: C/backup-why.page:13
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:17
-#: C/clock-set.page:16
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:16
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:14
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:8
-#: C/disk-check.page:9
-#: C/disk-format.page:9
-#: C/disk-partitions.page:9
-#: C/disk-repair.page:9
-#: C/disk-resize.page:9
-#: C/display-brightness.page:18
-#: C/files-autorun.page:18
-#: C/files-lost.page:14
-#: C/files-recover.page:14
-#: C/files-rename.page:13
-#: C/files-search.page:16
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:13
-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:14
-#: C/hardware-driver.page:11
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:15
-#: C/look-background.page:16
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:15
-#: C/look-resolution.page:18
-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9
-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:9
-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:9
-#: C/net-antivirus.page:12
-#: C/net-mobile.page:16
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:16
-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:14
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:16
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:17
-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:17
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:19
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:18
-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14
-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:15
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:20
-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:14
-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:14
-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:18
-#: C/power-closelid.page:17
-#: C/power-constantfan.page:14
-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:14
-#: C/power-lowpower.page:13
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:18
-#: C/power-othercountry.page:14
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:16
-#: C/power-suspend.page:14
-#: C/power-whydim.page:18
-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:14
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:14
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:15
-#: C/session-language.page:14
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:17
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:14
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:14
-#: C/shell-overview.page:14
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:13
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:16
-#: C/shell-windows.page:12
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:16
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:14
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:14
-#: C/sound-broken.page:14
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:13
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:14
-#: C/user-accounts.page:14
-#: C/user-add.page:15
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:16
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:15
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:18
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:17
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:17
-#: C/user-delete.page:21
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:13
-#: C/video-dvd.page:13
-#: C/video-sending.page:14
-msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
-msgstr "GNOMEs dokumentationsprojekt"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/about-this-guide.page:17
-msgid "About this guide"
-msgstr "Om vejledningen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/about-this-guide.page:18
-msgid ""
-"This guide is designed to give you a tour of the features of your desktop, "
-"answer your computer-related questions, and provide tips on using your "
-"computer more effectively. Here are a few notes regarding the help guide:"
-msgstr ""
-"Vejledningen er designet til at give dig en rundvisning i funktionerne til "
-"dit skrivebord, svare på computerrelaterede spørgsmål og give tips til at "
-"bruge din computer mere effektivt. Her er nogle bemærkninger til "
-"hjælpevejledningen:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/about-this-guide.page:23
-msgid ""
-"The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics — not chapters. This "
-"means that you don’t need to skim through an entire manual to find the "
-"answer to your questions."
-msgstr ""
-"Vejledningen er sorteret i små, opgaveorienterede emner — ikke kapitler. Det "
-"betyder at du ikke behøver se hele manualen igennem for at finde svar på "
-"dine spørgsmål."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/about-this-guide.page:26
-msgid ""
-"Related items are linked together. “See Also” links at the bottom of some "
-"pages will direct you to related topics. This makes it easy to find similar "
-"topics that might help you perform a certain task."
-msgstr ""
-"Relaterede emner, som er sammenkædet. “Se også”-links nederst på nogle sider "
-"viderestiller dig til relaterede emner. Det gør det let at finde lignende "
-"emner som måske kan hjælpe dig med at udføre en bestemt opgave."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/about-this-guide.page:29
-msgid ""
-"It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a "
-"<em>search bar</em>, and relevant results will start appearing as soon as "
-"you start typing."
-msgstr ""
-"Den inkluderer indbygget søgning. Linjen øverst i hjælpebrowseren er en "
-"<em>søgelinje</em>, og relaterede resultater vises når du begynder at skrive."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/about-this-guide.page:32
-msgid ""
-"The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you "
-"with a comprehensive set of helpful information, we know we can’t answer all "
-"of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things "
-"more helpful."
-msgstr ""
-"Vejledningen forbedres konstant. Selvom vi prøver på at give dig et "
-"omfattende sæt af hjælpsom information, så ved vi godt at du ikke får svar "
-"på alle dine spørgsmål her. Vi tilføjer løbende mere information for at gøre "
-"tingene mere hjælpsomme."
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/accounts-add.page:15
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:21
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:17
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:19
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:17
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:28
-#: C/files-delete.page:23
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:13
-#: C/files-rename.page:21
-#: C/files-search.page:32
-#: C/files-sort.page:17
-#: C/files.page:23
-#: C/more-help.page:14
-#: C/net-findip.page:19
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:17
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:18
-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:13
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:15
-#: C/printing-2sided.page:17
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:18
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:17
-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:17
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:20
-#: C/printing-order.page:17
-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:14
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:15
-#: C/printing-setup.page:20
-#: C/privacy.page:18
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:16
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:16
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:26
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:29
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:24
-msgid "Jim Campbell"
-msgstr "Jim Campbell"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/accounts-add.page:25
-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:24
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:32
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:33
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:27
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:23
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:28
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:27
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:23
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:30
-#: C/privacy-location.page:14
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:31
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:20
-#: C/sharing-displayname.page:15
-msgid "2014"
-msgstr "2014"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/accounts-add.page:30
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:25
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:37
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:38
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:37
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:33
-#: C/clock-world.page:15
-#: C/gnome-version.page:11
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:28
-#: C/mouse.page:20
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:32
-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:20
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27
-#: C/net.page:17
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:26
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:29
-#: C/shell-overview.page:20
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:24
-msgid "2015"
-msgstr "2015"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/accounts-add.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Allow applications to access your accounts online for photos, contacts, "
-"calendars, and more."
-msgstr ""
-"Giv programmer adgang til dine onlinekonti for billeder, kontakter, "
-"kalendere mm."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/accounts-add.page:39
-msgid "Add an account"
-msgstr "Tilføj en konto"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-add.page:41
-msgid ""
-"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your GNOME "
-"desktop. Thus, your email program, chat program and other related "
-"applications will be set up for you."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-add.page:47
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:38
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:52
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>Online Accounts</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Onlinekonti</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-add.page:51
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:42
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:56
-msgid "Click on <gui>Online Accounts</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-add.page:54
-msgid "Select an account from the list on the right."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-add.page:57
-msgid "Select the type of account which you want to add."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-add.page:60
-msgid ""
-"A small website window or dialog will open where you can enter your online "
-"account credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, "
-"enter your Google username and password. Some providers allow you to create "
-"a new account from the login dialog."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-add.page:66
-msgid ""
-"If you have entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to "
-"allow GNOME access to your online account. Authorize access to continue."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-add.page:71
-msgid ""
-"All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by "
-"default. <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Switch</link> individual "
-"services to off to disable them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-add.page:77
-msgid ""
-"After you have added accounts, applications can use those accounts for the "
-"services you have chosen to allow. See <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service"
-"\"/> for information on controlling which services to allow."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/accounts-add.page:82
-msgid ""
-"Many online services provide an authorization token which GNOME stores "
-"instead of your password. If you remove an account, you should also revoke "
-"that certificate in the online service. See <link xref=\"accounts-remove\"/> "
-"for more information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:19
-msgid ""
-"Some online accounts can be used to access multiple services (like calendar "
-"and email). You can control which of these services can be used by "
-"applications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:24
-msgid "Control which online services an account can be used to access"
-msgstr "Styr hvilke onlinetjenester en konto kan tilgå"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:26
-msgid ""
-"Some types of online account providers allow you to access several services "
-"with the same user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to "
-"calendar, email, contacts and chat. You may want to use your account for "
-"some services, but not others. For example, you may want to use your Google "
-"account for email but not chat if you have a different online account that "
-"you use for chat."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:33
-msgid ""
-"You can disable some of the services that are provided by each online "
-"account:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45
-msgid "Select the account which you want to change from the list on the right."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:49
-msgid ""
-"A list of services that are available with this account will be shown under "
-"<gui>Use for</gui>. See <link xref=\"accounts-which-application\"/> to see "
-"which applications access which services."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:54
-msgid "Switch off any of the services that you do not want to use."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:58
-msgid ""
-"Once a service has been disabled for an account, applications on your "
-"computer will not be able to use the account to connect to that service any "
-"more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:62
-msgid ""
-"To turn on a service that you disabled, just go back to the <gui>Online "
-"Accounts</gui> panel and switch it on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:13
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:14
-#: C/help-irc.page:12
-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:17
-#: C/net-proxy.page:23
-msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
-msgstr "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:23
-msgid "What if an online service provider is not listed?"
-msgstr "Hvad hvis en onlinetjenesteudbyder ikke findes i listen?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:26
-msgid "Why is my account type not on the list?"
-msgstr "Hvorfor er min kontotype ikke i listen?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:28
-msgid ""
-"Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop "
-"it. Only the account types that are listed are currently supported."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:32
-msgid ""
-"If you are interested in adding support for other services, contact the "
-"developers on the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?";
-"product=gnome-online-accounts\"> bug tracker</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:30
-msgid "Remove access to an online service provider from your applications."
-msgstr "Fjern adgang til en onlinetjenesteudbyder fra dine programmer."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:34
-msgid "Remove an account"
-msgstr "Fjern en konto"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:36
-msgid "You can remove an online account which you no longer wish to use."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Many online services provide an authorization token which GNOME stores "
-"instead of your password. If you remove an account, you should also revoke "
-"that certificate in the online service. This will ensure that no other "
-"application or website can connect to that service using the authorization "
-"for GNOME."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:45
-msgid ""
-"How to revoke the authorization depends on the service provider. Check your "
-"settings on the provider’s website for authorized or connected apps or "
-"sites. Look for an app called “GNOME” and remove it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:59
-msgid "Select the account which you wish to remove."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:62
-msgid "Click the <gui>-</gui> button in the lower-left corner of the window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:66
-msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui> in the confirmation dialog."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:71
-msgid ""
-"Instead of deleting the account completely, it is possible to <link xref="
-"\"accounts-disable-service\">restrict the services</link> accessed by your "
-"desktop."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:16
-msgid "2012, 2013"
-msgstr "2012, 2013"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:23
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:38
-#: C/look-background.page:32
-#: C/session-language.page:22
-#: C/shell-exit.page:23
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:27
-msgid "Andre Klapper"
-msgstr "Andre Klapper"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:29
-msgid ""
-"Applications can use the accounts created in <app>Online Accounts</app> and "
-"the services they exploit."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:34
-msgid "Online services and applications"
-msgstr "Onlinetjenester og programmer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:41
-msgid ""
-"Once you have added an online account, any application can use that account "
-"for any of the available services that you have not <link xref=\"accounts-"
-"disable-service\">disabled</link>. Different providers provide different "
-"services. This page lists the different services and some of the "
-"applications that are known to use them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:49
-msgid "Calendar"
-msgstr "Kalender"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:50
-msgid ""
-"The Calendar service allows you to view, add, and edit events in an online "
-"calendar. It is used by applications like <app>Calendar</app>, "
-"<app>Evolution</app>, and <app>California</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:56
-msgid "Chat"
-msgstr "Chat"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:57
-msgid ""
-"The Chat service allows you to chat with your contacts on popular instant "
-"messaging platforms. It is used by the <app>Empathy</app> application."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:63
-#: C/contacts.page:24
-msgid "Contacts"
-msgstr "Kontakter"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:64
-msgid ""
-"The Contacts service allows you to see the published details of your "
-"contacts on various services. It is used by applications like <app>Contacts</"
-"app> and <app>Evolution</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:70
-msgid "Documents"
-msgstr "Dokumenter"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:71
-msgid ""
-"The Documents service allows you to view your online documents such as those "
-"in Google docs. You can view your documents using the <app>Documents</app> "
-"application."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:77
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:43
-msgid "Files"
-msgstr "Filer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:78
-msgid ""
-"The Files service adds a remote file location, as if you had added one using "
-"the <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">Connect to Server</link> functionality "
-"in the file manager. You can access remote files using the file manager, as "
-"well as through file open and save dialogs in any application."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:86
-msgid "Mail"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:87
-msgid ""
-"The Mail service allows you to send and receive email through an email "
-"provider like Google. It is used by <app>Evolution</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:98
-msgid "Photos"
-msgstr "Billeder"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:99
-msgid ""
-"The Photos service allows you to view your online photos such as those you "
-"post on Facebook. You can view your photos using the <app>Photos</app> "
-"application."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:105
-msgid "Printers"
-msgstr "Printere"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:106
-msgid ""
-"The Printers service allows you to send a PDF copy to a provider from within "
-"the print dialog of any application. The provider might provide print "
-"services, or it might just serve as storage for the PDF, which you can "
-"download and print later."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:113
-msgid "Read Later"
-msgstr "Læs senere"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:114
-msgid ""
-"The Read Later service allows you to save a web page to external services so "
-"that you can read it later on another device. No applications currently use "
-"this service."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:13
-msgid "Susanna Huhtanen"
-msgstr "Susanna Huhtanen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:29
-msgid "Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop?"
-msgstr ""
-"Hvorfor tilføje dine konti for e-mail eller sociale medier til dit "
-"skrivebord?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:32
-msgid "Why add an account?"
-msgstr "Hvorfor tilføje en konto?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:34
-msgid ""
-"Adding your online accounts brings your choice of services like calendar, "
-"chat, and e-mail straight to your desktop and makes the information of the "
-"services a seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts you can "
-"easily keep in touch using services from different accounts, like chats, at "
-"the same time. Just set up your online accounts once and every time you "
-"start your computer all the accounts and services that you have added are "
-"ready to use."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:42
-msgid ""
-"See <link xref=\"accounts-which-application\"/> for information on which "
-"applications can access which online services."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/accounts.page:19
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"accounts-add\">Add an online account</link>, <link xref="
-"\"accounts-remove\">Remove an account</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-which-"
-"application\">Learn about services</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"accounts-add\">Tilføj en onlinekonto</link>, <link xref="
-"\"accounts-remove\">Fjern en konto</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-which-"
-"application\">Læs om tjenester</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/accounts.page:26
-msgid "Online accounts"
-msgstr "Onlinekonti"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts.page:28
-msgid ""
-"You can enter your login details for some online services, such as Google "
-"and Facebook, into the <app>Online Accounts</app> window. This lets you use "
-"applications to access online services like email, calendars, chat, and "
-"documents."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/backup-check.page:16
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:41
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:26
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:35
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:36
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:35
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:31
-#: C/files-autorun.page:30
-#: C/files-browse.page:31
-#: C/files-delete.page:31
-#: C/files-hidden.page:22
-#: C/files-lost.page:26
-#: C/files-preview.page:20
-#: C/files-recover.page:18
-#: C/files-rename.page:29
-#: C/files-search.page:28
-#: C/files-templates.page:21
-#: C/files-tilde.page:22
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:32
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:20
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:23
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:21
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:20
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:30
-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:21
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:29
-#: C/net-mobile.page:24
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:27
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:23
-msgid "David King"
-msgstr "David King"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/backup-check.page:22
-msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/backup-check.page:25
-msgid "Check your backup"
-msgstr "Tjek din sikkerhedskopiering"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-check.page:27
-msgid ""
-"After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup "
-"was successful. If it didn’t work properly, you could lose important data "
-"since some files could be missing from the backup."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-check.page:31
-msgid ""
-"When you use <app>Files</app> to copy or move files, the computer checks to "
-"make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are "
-"transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform "
-"additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-check.page:37
-msgid ""
-"You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on "
-"the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders "
-"you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can have extra "
-"confidence that the process was successful."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/backup-check.page:42
-msgid ""
-"If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may "
-"find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
-"app>. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just copying "
-"and pasting files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/backup-frequency.page:12
-#: C/backup-how.page:12
-#: C/backup-restore.page:11
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:13
-#: C/backup-what.page:16
-#: C/backup-where.page:17
-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:15
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:15
-#: C/contacts-search.page:14
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:15
-#: C/files-browse.page:15
-#: C/files-copy.page:18
-#: C/get-involved.page:12
-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:13
-#: C/more-help.page:9
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:14
-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:21
-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:12
-#: C/mouse.page:14
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:16
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:12
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:12
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:20
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:13
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:13
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13
-#: C/printing-booklet.page:13
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:13
-#: C/translate.page:11
-#: C/user-delete.page:17
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:21
-msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
-msgstr "Tiffany Antopolski"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/backup-frequency.page:22
-msgid ""
-"Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that "
-"they are safe."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/backup-frequency.page:26
-msgid "Frequency of backups"
-msgstr "Hyppighed for sikkerhedskopieringer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-frequency.page:28
-msgid ""
-"How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. "
-"For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data "
-"stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-frequency.page:32
-msgid ""
-"On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then "
-"hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to "
-"consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-frequency.page:37
-msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-frequency.page:38
-msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-frequency.page:41
-msgid ""
-"If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few "
-"changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly "
-"backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a tax "
-"audit, more frequent backups may be necessary."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-frequency.page:46
-msgid ""
-"As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more "
-"than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For "
-"example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, "
-"you should back up at least once per week."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/backup-how.page:26
-msgid ""
-"Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your "
-"valuable files and settings to protect against loss."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/backup-how.page:30
-msgid "How to back up"
-msgstr "Lav en sikkerhedskopi"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-how.page:32
-msgid ""
-"The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup "
-"application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup "
-"applications are available, for example <app>Déjà Dup</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-how.page:36
-msgid ""
-"The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting "
-"your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-how.page:39
-msgid ""
-"An alternative option is to <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your files</link> "
-"to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the "
-"network, or a USB drive. Your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">personal "
-"files</link> and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy "
-"them from there."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-how.page:44
-msgid ""
-"The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage "
-"device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up "
-"the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-how.page:49
-msgid ""
-"Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or "
-"other removable media."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-how.page:51
-msgid ""
-"Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, "
-"you do not have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your "
-"programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-how.page:55
-msgid ""
-"Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in <file>~/."
-"local/share/Trash</file>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/backup-restore.page:7
-msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."
-msgstr "Hent dine filer fra en sikkerhedskopi."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/backup-restore.page:22
-msgid "Restore a backup"
-msgstr "Gendan en sikkerhedskopi"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-restore.page:24
-msgid ""
-"If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, "
-"you can restore them from the backup:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-restore.page:28
-msgid ""
-"If you want to restore your backup from a device such as external hard "
-"drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can <link xref="
-"\"files-copy\">copy them</link> back to your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-restore.page:32
-msgid ""
-"If you created your backup using a backup application such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
-"app>, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore your "
-"backup. Review the application help for your backup program: it will provide "
-"specific instructions on how to restore your files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:27
-msgid ""
-"A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you "
-"may want to back up."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:31
-msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"
-msgstr "Hvor finder jeg de filer, jeg vil sikkerhedskopiere?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:33
-msgid ""
-"Deciding which files to back up, and locating them, is the most difficult "
-"step when attempting to perform a backup. Listed below are the most common "
-"locations of important files and settings that you may want to back up."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:39
-msgid "Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#. translators: xdg dirs are localised by package xdg-user-dirs and need
-#. to be translated. You can find the correct translations for your
-#. language here: http://translationproject.org/domain/xdg-user-dirs.html
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40
-msgid ""
-"These are usually stored in your home folder (<file>/home/your_name</file>). "
-"They could be in subfolders such as <file>Desktop</file>, <file>Documents</"
-"file>, <file>Pictures</file>, <file>Music</file> and <file>Videos</file>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:44
-msgid ""
-"If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it is an external hard disk, "
-"for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out "
-"how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the <app>Disk Usage "
-"Analyzer</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:51
-msgid "Hidden files"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:54
-msgid "View options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:52
-msgid ""
-"Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. "
-"To view hidden files, click the <gui><_:media-1/></gui> button in the "
-"toolbar, and then choose <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press "
-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can copy these to a backup "
-"location like any other file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:61
-msgid "Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:62
-msgid ""
-"Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home "
-"folder (see above for information on hidden files)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:64
-msgid ""
-"Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders "
-"<file>.config</file> and <file>.local</file> in your Home folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:69
-msgid "System-wide settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:70
-msgid ""
-"Settings for important parts of the system are not stored in your Home "
-"folder. There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most "
-"are stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you will not need to "
-"back up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, "
-"however, you should back up the files for the services that it is running."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/backup-what.page:26
-msgid "Back up anything that you cannot bear to lose if something goes wrong."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/backup-what.page:30
-msgid "What to back up"
-msgstr "Hvad der skal sikkerhedskopieres"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-what.page:32
-msgid ""
-"Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout"
-"\">most important files</link> as well as those that are difficult to "
-"recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/backup-what.page:39
-msgid "Your personal files"
-msgstr "Dine personlige filer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-what.page:40
-msgid ""
-"This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, "
-"financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would "
-"consider irreplaceable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/backup-what.page:46
-msgid "Your personal settings"
-msgstr "Dine personlige indstillinger"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-what.page:47
-msgid ""
-"This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen "
-"resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes "
-"application preferences, such as settings for <app>LibreOffice</app>, your "
-"music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a "
-"while to recreate."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/backup-what.page:55
-msgid "System settings"
-msgstr "Systemindstillinger"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-what.page:56
-msgid ""
-"Most people never change the system settings that are created during "
-"installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or "
-"if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up these "
-"settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/backup-what.page:63
-msgid "Installed software"
-msgstr "Installeret software"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-what.page:64
-msgid ""
-"The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious "
-"computer problem by reinstalling it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-what.page:69
-msgid ""
-"In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files "
-"that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things "
-"are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk "
-"space by having backups of them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/backup-where.page:7
-msgctxt "sort"
-msgid "c"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/backup-where.page:23
-msgid ""
-"Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/backup-where.page:27
-msgid "Where to store your backup"
-msgstr "Hvor din sikkerhedskopiering skal gemmes"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-where.page:29
-msgid ""
-"You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your "
-"computer — on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer "
-"breaks, the backup will still be intact. For maximum security, you shouldn’t "
-"keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or "
-"theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-where.page:35
-msgid ""
-"It is important to choose an appropriate <em>backup medium</em> too. You "
-"need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for "
-"all of the backed-up files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: list/title
-#: C/backup-where.page:40
-msgid "Local and remote storage options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-where.page:42
-msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-where.page:45
-msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-where.page:48
-msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-where.page:51
-msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-where.page:54
-msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-where.page:57
-msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-where.page:60
-msgid ""
-"Online backup service (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\";>Amazon S3</"
-"link>, for example; capacity depends on price)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-where.page:66
-msgid ""
-"Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of "
-"every file on your system, also known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/backup-why.page:7
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Backups"
-msgstr "Sikkerhedskopieringer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/backup-why.page:19
-msgid "Why, what, where and how of backups."
-msgstr "Hvorfor, hvad, hvor og hvordan du foretager sikkerhedskopier."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/backup-why.page:22
-msgid "Back up your important files"
-msgstr "Sikkerhedskopiér dine vigtige filer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-why.page:24
-msgid ""
-"<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of them for "
-"safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to "
-"loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in "
-"the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the "
-"original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard "
-"drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-why.page:31
-msgid ""
-"The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies "
-"off-site and (possibly) encrypted."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/bluetooth.page:22
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connect</link>, <link xref="
-"\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off"
-"\">turn on and off</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Opret forbindelse</link>, <link xref="
-"\"bluetooth-send-file\">send filer</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off"
-"\">slå til og fra</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/bluetooth.page:29
-msgid "Bluetooth"
-msgstr "Bluetooth"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth.page:31
-msgid ""
-"Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different "
-"types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets "
-"and input devices like mice and keyboards. You can also use Bluetooth to "
-"<link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files between devices</link>, such "
-"as from your computer to your cell phone."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/bluetooth.page:53
-msgctxt "link"
-msgid "Bluetooth problems"
-msgstr "Bluetooth-problemer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/bluetooth.page:56
-#: C/color.page:33
-#: C/power.page:53
-msgid "Problems"
-msgstr "Problemer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:25
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:21
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:23
-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:14
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:13
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:19
-#: C/printing-setup.page:24
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:19
-msgid "Paul W. Frields"
-msgstr "Paul W. Frields"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:47
-msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
-msgstr "Parring af Bluetooth-enheder."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:50
-msgid "Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device"
-msgstr "Tilslut din computer til en Bluetooth-enhed"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:52
-msgid ""
-"Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first "
-"need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called "
-"<em>pairing</em> the Bluetooth devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:58
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:54
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:59
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:60
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:41
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>Bluetooth</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Bluetooth</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:62
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:58
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:63
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:64
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:45
-msgid "Click on <gui>Bluetooth</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:65
-msgid ""
-"Make sure Bluetooth is enabled: the switch at the top should be set to on. "
-"With the panel open and the switch on, your computer will begin searching "
-"for devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:70
-msgid ""
-"Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility"
-"\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 5-10 meters (about "
-"16-33 feet) of your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:75
-msgid ""
-"Click the device in the <gui>Devices</gui> list. The panel for the device "
-"will open."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:79
-msgid ""
-"If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show "
-"you the PIN you see on your computer screen. Confirm the PIN on the device "
-"(you may need to click <gui>Pair</gui> or <gui>Confirm</gui>), then click "
-"<gui>Confirm</gui> on the computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:83
-msgid ""
-"You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or "
-"the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device "
-"list and start again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:88
-msgid ""
-"The entry for the device in the <gui>Devices</gui> list will show a "
-"<gui>Connected</gui> status."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:92
-msgid ""
-"To edit the device, click on it in the <gui>Device</gui> list. You will see "
-"a panel specific to the device. It may display additional options applicable "
-"to the type of device to which you are connecting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:97
-msgid "Close the panel once you have changed the settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:103
-msgid "The Bluetooth icon on the top bar"
-msgstr "Bluetooth-ikonet på toplinjen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:105
-msgid ""
-"When one or more Bluetooth devices are connected, the Bluetooth icon appears "
-"in the system status area."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:10
-msgid "Bastien Nocera"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:16
-msgid "How to pair specific devices with your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:19
-msgid "Pairing instructions for specific devices"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:21
-msgid ""
-"Even if you manage to source the manual for a device, it might not contain "
-"enough information to make pairing possible. Here are details for a few "
-"common devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:27
-msgid "PlayStation 3 joypads"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:28
-msgid ""
-"Those devices use “cable-pairing”. Plug the joypads in via USB with the "
-"<gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui> opened, and Bluetooth turned on. After "
-"pressing the “PS” button, you will get asked whether to set those joypads "
-"up. Unplug them and press the “PS” button to use them over Bluetooth."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:34
-msgid "PlayStation 4 joypads"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Those devices use “cable-pairing” as well. Plug the joypads in via USB with "
-"the <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui> opened, and Bluetooth turned on. You will "
-"get asked whether to set those joypads up without needing to press the PS "
-"button. Unplug them and press the PS button to use them over Bluetooth."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Using the “PS” and “Share” button combination to pair the joypad can also be "
-"used to make the joypad visible and pair it like any other Bluetooth device, "
-"if you don’t have a USB cable at hand."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:44
-msgid "PlayStation 3 BD Remote Control"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:45
-msgid ""
-"Hold the “Start” and “Enter” buttons at the same time for around 5 seconds. "
-"You can then select the remote in the devices list as usual."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:49
-msgid "Nintendo Wii and Wii U Remotes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:50
-msgid ""
-"Use the red “Sync” button inside the battery compartment to start the "
-"pairing process. Other button combinations will not keep pairing "
-"information, so you would need to do it all over again in short order. Also "
-"note that some software wants direct access to the remotes, and, in those "
-"cases, you should not set them up in the Bluetooth panel. Refer to the "
-"application’s manual for instructions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:32
-msgid ""
-"The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might "
-"be disabled or blocked."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:36
-msgid "I cannot connect my Bluetooth device"
-msgstr "Jeg kan ikke tilslutte min Bluetooth-enhed"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:38
-msgid ""
-"There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a "
-"Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:43
-msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:44
-msgid ""
-"Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to "
-"change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device "
-"is set up to allow connections."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:49
-msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"
-msgstr "Bluetooth-hardware er ikke genkendt"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:50
-msgid ""
-"Your Bluetooth adapter or dongle may not have been recognized by the "
-"computer. This could be because <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</"
-"link> for the adapter are not installed. Some Bluetooth adapters are not "
-"supported on Linux, so you may not be able to get the right drivers for "
-"them. In this case, you will probably have to get a different Bluetooth "
-"adapter."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:58
-msgid "Adapter is not switched on"
-msgstr "Adapter er ikke slået til"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:59
-msgid ""
-"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Open the Bluetooth "
-"panel and check that it is not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off"
-"\">disabled</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:64
-msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
-msgstr "Enhedens Bluetooth-forbindelse er slået fra"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:65
-msgid ""
-"Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you are trying to connect "
-"to, and that it is <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">discoverable or "
-"visible</link>. For example, if you are trying to connect to a phone, make "
-"sure that it is not in airplane mode."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:71
-msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer"
-msgstr "Ingen Bluetooth-adapter i din computer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:72
-msgid ""
-"Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you "
-"want to use Bluetooth."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:42
-msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
-msgstr "Fjern en enhed fra listen over Bluetooth-enheder."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:45
-msgid "Disconnect a Bluetooth device"
-msgstr "Fjern en Bluetooth-enhed"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:47
-msgid ""
-"If you do not want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can "
-"remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device "
-"like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or "
-"from a device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:61
-msgid "Select the device which you want to disconnect from the list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:64
-msgid ""
-"In the device dialog box, switch the <gui>Connection</gui> switch to off, or "
-"to remove the device from the <gui>Devices</gui> list, click <gui>Remove "
-"Device</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:70
-msgid ""
-"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth "
-"device</link> later if desired."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:43
-msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone."
-msgstr "Del filer til Bluetooth-enheder såsom din telefon."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:46
-msgid "Send files to a Bluetooth device"
-msgstr "Send filer til en Bluetooth-enhed"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:48
-msgid ""
-"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
-"phones or other computers. Some types of devices do not allow the transfer "
-"of files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth "
-"settings window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:54
-msgid ""
-"<gui>Send Files</gui> does not work on unsupported devices such as iPhones."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:66
-msgid ""
-"Make sure Bluetooth is enabled: the switch in the titlebar should be set to "
-"on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:70
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Devices</gui> list, select the device to which to send the "
-"files. If the desired device is not shown as <gui>Connected</gui> in the "
-"list, you need to <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connect</link> to "
-"it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:74
-msgid "A panel specific to the external device appears."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:77
-msgid "Click <gui>Send Files…</gui> and the file chooser will appear."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:80
-msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:81
-msgid ""
-"To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you "
-"select each file."
-msgstr ""
-"For at sende end mere en fil i en mappe, holdes <key>Ctrl</key> nede mens du "
-"vælger hver fil."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:85
-msgid ""
-"The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept "
-"the file. The <gui>Bluetooth File Transfer</gui> dialog will show the "
-"progress bar. Click <gui>Close</gui> when the transfer is complete."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:42
-msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
-msgstr "Aktivér eller deaktivér Bluetooth-enheden på din computer."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:45
-msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
-msgstr "Slå Bluetooth til eller fra"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:55
-msgid ""
-"You can turn Bluetooth on to connect to other Bluetooth devices, or turn it "
-"off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:67
-msgid "Set the switch at the top to on."
-msgstr "Tænd for kontakten øverst."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:71
-msgid ""
-"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
-"Bluetooth on and off. Look for a switch on your computer or a key on your "
-"keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the <key>Fn</"
-"key> key."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:76
-msgid "To turn Bluetooth off:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:79
-#: C/net-mobile.page:49
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:37
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> from "
-"the right side of the top bar."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">systemmenuen</gui> fra højre "
-"side af toplinjen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:83
-msgid ""
-"Select <gui><_:media-1/> Not In Use</gui>. The Bluetooth section of the menu "
-"will expand."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:88
-msgid "Select <gui>Turn Off</gui>."
-msgstr "Vælg <gui>Sluk</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:92
-msgid ""
-"Your computer is <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible</link> as long "
-"as the <gui>Bluetooth</gui> panel is open."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:38
-msgid "Whether other devices can discover your computer."
-msgstr "Om andre enheder kan opdage din computer."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:41
-msgid "What is Bluetooth visibility?"
-msgstr "Hvad er Bluetooth-synlighed?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:43
-msgid ""
-"Bluetooth visibility refers to whether other devices can discover your "
-"computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth is turned on "
-"and the <gui>Bluetooth</gui> panel is open, your computer will advertise "
-"itself to all other devices within range, allowing them to attempt to "
-"connect to your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:50
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:59
-msgid ""
-"You can <link xref=\"sharing-displayname\">change</link> the name your "
-"computer displays to other devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:54
-msgid ""
-"After you have <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connected to a "
-"device</link>, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to "
-"communicate with each other."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:59
-msgid ""
-"Devices without a display usually have a pairing mode that can be entered by "
-"pressing a button, or a combination of buttons for a while, whether when "
-"they’ve already been turned on, or as they are being turned on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:63
-msgid ""
-"The best way to find out how to enter that mode is to refer to the device’s "
-"manual. For some devices, the procedure might be <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
-"device-specific-pairing\">slightly different from usual</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:31
-msgid ""
-"Display your appointments in the calendar area at the top of the screen."
-msgstr "Vis dine aftaler i kalenderområdet øverst på skærmen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:35
-msgid "Calendar appointments"
-msgstr "Kalenderaftaler"
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:38
-msgid ""
-"This requires you to use your <app>Evolution</app> calendar or for you to "
-"have an online account set up which <gui>Calendar</gui> supports."
-msgstr ""
-"Det kræver at du bruger din <app>Evolution</app>-kalender, eller at du har "
-"opsat en onlinekonto som understøttes af <gui>Kalender</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:40
-msgid ""
-"Most distributions come with <app>Evolution</app> installed by default. If "
-"yours does not, you may need to install it using your distribution’s package "
-"manager."
-msgstr ""
-"De fleste distributioner har <app>Evolution</app> installeret som standard. "
-"Hvis din ikke har så skal du først installere den med din distributions "
-"pakkehåndtering."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:45
-msgid "To view your appointments:"
-msgstr "Vis dine aftaler:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:48
-msgid "Click on the clock on the top bar."
-msgstr "Klik på uret på toplinjen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:51
-msgid ""
-"Click the date for which you want to see your appointments from the calendar."
-msgstr "Klik på den dato hvor du vil se dine aftaler i kalenderen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:55
-msgid "A dot is shown under each date that has an appointment."
-msgstr "Datoer som har en aftale vises med en prik."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:58
-msgid ""
-"Existing appointments will be displayed to the left of the calendar. As "
-"appointments are added to your <app>Evolution</app> calendar, they will "
-"appear in the clock’s appointment list."
-msgstr ""
-"Eksisterende aftaler vises til venstre i kalenderen. Efterhånden som aftaler "
-"tilføjes til din <app>Evolution</app>-kalender, vil de blive vist i urets "
-"aftaleliste."
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:66
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:168
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5='88574ac27d9d387e738ee9739b33a843'"
-msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:67
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:72
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:174
-msgid "Clock, calendar, and appointments"
-msgstr "Ur, kalender og aftaler"
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:71
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:173
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' "
-"md5='e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
-msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/clock-set.page:26
-msgid "Use the <gui>Date & Time Settings</gui> to alter the date or time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/clock-set.page:30
-msgid "Change the date and time"
-msgstr "Skift datoen og klokkeslættet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/clock-set.page:32
-msgid ""
-"If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong "
-"format, you can change them:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-set.page:44
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:49
-msgid "Click <gui>Details</gui> in the sidebar."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Detaljer</gui> i sidebjælken."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-set.page:47
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:52
-msgid "Click <gui>Date & Time</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik på <gui>Dato & klokkeslæt</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne panelet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-set.page:50
-msgid ""
-"If you have the <gui>Automatic Date & Time</gui> switch set to on, your "
-"date and time should update automatically if you have an internet "
-"connection. To update your date and time manually, set this to off."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-set.page:55
-msgid "Click <gui>Date & Time</gui>, then adjust the time and date."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-set.page:58
-msgid ""
-"You can change how the hour is displayed by selecting <gui>24-hour</gui> or "
-"<gui>AM/PM</gui> for <gui>Time Format</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/clock-set.page:63
-msgid ""
-"You may also wish to <link xref=\"clock-timezone\">set the timezone "
-"manually</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Update your time zone to your current location so that your time is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"Opdater din tidszone til din nuværende placering, så dit klokkeslæt er "
-"korrekt."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:38
-msgid "Change your timezone"
-msgstr "Skift din tidszone"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:55
-msgid ""
-"If you have the <gui>Automatic Time Zone</gui> switch set to on, your time "
-"zone should update automatically if you have an internet connection and the "
-"<link xref=\"privacy-location\">location services feature</link> is enabled. "
-"To update your time zone manually, set this to off."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:62
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Time Zone</gui>, then select your location on the map or search "
-"for your current city."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:67
-msgid ""
-"The time will be updated automatically when you select a different location. "
-"You may also wish to <link xref=\"clock-set\">set the clock manually</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/clock-world.page:20
-msgid "Display times in other cities under the calendar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/clock-world.page:23
-msgid "Add a world clock"
-msgstr "Tilføj et verdensur"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/clock-world.page:25
-msgid "Use <app>Clocks</app> to add times in other cities."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/clock-world.page:28
-msgid "This requires the <app>Clocks</app> application to be installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/clock-world.page:29
-msgid ""
-"Most distributions come with <app>Clocks</app> installed by default. If "
-"yours does not, you may need to install it using your distribution’s package "
-"manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/clock-world.page:34
-msgid "To add a world clock:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-world.page:38
-msgid "Click the clock on the top bar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-world.page:41
-msgid ""
-"Click the <gui>Add world clock</gui> link under the calendar to launch "
-"<app>Clocks</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/clock-world.page:45
-msgid ""
-"If you already have one or more world clocks, click on one and <app>Clocks</"
-"app> will launch."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-world.page:51
-msgid ""
-"In the <app>Clocks</app> window, click <gui style=\"button\">New</gui> "
-"button or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq> to add a new "
-"city."
-msgstr ""
-"I <app>Ure</app>-vinduet skal du klikke på <gui style=\"button\">Ny</gui>-"
-"knappen, eller trykke på <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq> for at "
-"tilføje en ny by."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-world.page:56
-msgid "Start typing the name of the city into the search."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-world.page:59
-msgid "Select the correct city or the closest location to you from the list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-world.page:63
-msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui> to finish adding the city."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/clock-world.page:67
-msgid ""
-"Refer to the <link href=\"help:gnome-clocks\">Clocks Help</link> for more of "
-"the capabilities of <app>Clocks</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/clock.page:19
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set date and time</link>, <link xref=\"clock-world"
-"\">world clocks</link>, <link xref=\"clock-timezone\">timezone</link>, <link "
-"xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and appointments</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"clock-set\">Indstil dato og klokkeslæt</link>, <link xref="
-"\"clock-world\">verdensure</link>, <link xref=\"clock-timezone\">tidszone</"
-"link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">kalender og aftaler</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/clock.page:27
-msgid "Date & time"
-msgstr "Dato & klokkeslæt"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/color.page:9
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:16
-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14
-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:18
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:17
-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12
-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11
-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:13
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:16
-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:11
-#: C/color-notifications.page:14
-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:11
-#: C/color-testing.page:15
-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:10
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:12
-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:11
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:11
-msgid "Richard Hughes"
-msgstr "Richard Hughes"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color.page:14
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Why is this important</link>, <link xref="
-"\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link xref=\"color#calibration"
-"\">How to calibrate a device</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Hvorfor er det vigtigt</link>, <link xref="
-"\"color#profiles\">Farveprofiler</link>, <link xref=\"color#calibration"
-"\">Kalibrer en enhed</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color.page:22
-msgid "Color management"
-msgstr "Farvestyring"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/color.page:25
-msgid "Color profiles"
-msgstr "Farveprofiler"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/color.page:29
-msgid "Calibration"
-msgstr "Kalibrering"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:30
-msgid ""
-"Look in <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to add a color "
-"profile for your screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:33
-msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?"
-msgstr "Hvordan tildeler jeg profiler til enheder?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:35
-msgid ""
-"You may want to assign a color profile for your screen or printer so that "
-"the colors which it shows are more accurate."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:47
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:62
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:57
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:50
-#: C/color-testing.page:71
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:55
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:74
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:54
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43
-msgid "Click <gui>Devices</gui> in the sidebar."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Enheder</gui> i sidebjælken."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:50
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:65
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:60
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:53
-#: C/color-testing.page:74
-msgid "Click <gui>Color</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Farve</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne panelet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:53
-msgid "Select the device for which you want to add a profile."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:56
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:59
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Add profile</gui> to select an existing profile or import a new "
-"profile."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:60
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:63
-#: C/color-testing.page:85
-msgid "Press <gui>Add</gui> to confirm your selection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:64
-msgid ""
-"Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile "
-"can be the <em>default</em> profile. The default profile is used when there "
-"is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An "
-"example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for "
-"glossy paper and another plain paper."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:77
-msgid ""
-"If calibration hardware is connected, the <gui>Calibrate…</gui> button will "
-"create a new profile."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11
-msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors."
-msgstr "Kalibrering af dit kamera er vigtig for at indfange farverne præcist."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20
-msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?"
-msgstr "Hvordan kalibrerer jeg mit kamera?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22
-msgid ""
-"Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the "
-"desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it "
-"can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28
-msgid ""
-"You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. "
-"Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not "
-"work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:36
-msgid ""
-"The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you "
-"acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile "
-"several times for <em>studio</em>, <em>bright sunlight</em> and <em>cloudy</"
-"em> lighting conditions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10
-msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors."
-msgstr "Kalibrering af din printer er vigtig for at udskrive farverne præcist."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19
-msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?"
-msgstr "Hvordan kalibrerer jeg min printer?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21
-msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26
-msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27
-msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30
-msgid ""
-"Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest "
-"option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the "
-"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the "
-"print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the "
-"profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38
-msgid ""
-"Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you "
-"are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44
-msgid "If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:32
-msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors."
-msgstr "Kalibrering af din skanner er vigtig for at indfange farverne præcist."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:35
-msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?"
-msgstr "Hvordan kalibrerer jeg min skanner?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:42
-msgid ""
-"If you want your scanner to represent the color accurately in scans, you "
-"should calibrate it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:47
-msgid ""
-"Make sure your scanner is connected to your computer with a cable or over "
-"the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:51
-msgid "Scan your calibration target and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:68
-msgid "Select your scanner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:71
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:66
-msgid ""
-"Press <gui style=\"button\">Calibrate…</gui> to commence the calibration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:77
-msgid ""
-"Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature, so do not "
-"usually need to be recalibrated."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:31
-msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors."
-msgstr "Kalibrering af din skærm er vigtig for at vise farverne præcist."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:35
-msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?"
-msgstr "Hvordan kalibrerer jeg min skærm?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:37
-msgid ""
-"You can calibrate your screen so that it shows more accurate color. This is "
-"especially useful if you are involved in digital photography, design or "
-"artwork."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:41
-msgid ""
-"You will need either a colorimeter or a spectrophotometer to do this. Both "
-"devices are used to profile screens, but they work in slightly different "
-"ways."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:47
-msgid "Make sure your calibration device is connected to your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:63
-msgid "Select your screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:71
-msgid ""
-"Screens change all the time: the backlight in a TFT display will halve in "
-"brightness approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets "
-"older. This means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon "
-"appears in the <gui>Color</gui> panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:76
-msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9
-msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18
-msgid "What’s the difference between calibration and characterization?"
-msgstr "Hvad er forskellen på kalibrering og karakterisering?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19
-msgid ""
-"Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration "
-"and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color "
-"behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26
-msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27
-msgid "Applying curves to its color channels"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29
-msgid ""
-"The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to "
-"its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining "
-"reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in device or "
-"systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel "
-"calibration curves."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36
-msgid ""
-"Characterization (or profiling) is <em>recording</em> the way a device "
-"reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device "
-"ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in any way. It "
-"allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware "
-"application to modify color when combined with another device profile. Only "
-"by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring "
-"color from one device representation to another be achieved."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47
-msgid ""
-"Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if "
-"it’s in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53
-msgid ""
-"In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because "
-"often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. "
-"By convention it is stored in a tag called the <em>vcgt</em> tag. Although "
-"it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or "
-"applications are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical "
-"display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do "
-"anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9
-msgid "We support a large number of calibration devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:19
-msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?"
-msgstr "Hvilke farvemålingsinstrumenter understøttes?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:21
-msgid ""
-"GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color "
-"instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28
-msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29
-msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30
-msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31
-msgid "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32
-msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33
-msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34
-msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35
-msgid "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36
-msgid "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37
-msgid "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38
-msgid "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:42
-msgid ""
-"The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in "
-"Linux."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:45
-msgid ""
-"Thanks to Argyll there’s also a number of spot and strip reading reflective "
-"spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your "
-"printers:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:52
-msgid "X-Rite DTP20 “Pulse” (“swipe” type reflective spectrometer)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53
-msgid "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54
-msgid "X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55
-msgid "X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:56
-msgid "X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9
-msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18
-msgid "Which target types are supported?"
-msgstr "Hvilke måltyper understøttes?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20
-msgid "The following types of targets are supported:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25
-msgid "CMP DigitalTarget"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26
-msgid "ColorChecker 24"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27
-msgid "ColorChecker DC"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28
-msgid "ColorChecker SG"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29
-msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14"
-msgstr "i1 RGB Scan 14"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30
-msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31
-msgid "QPcard 201"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32
-msgid "IT8.7/2"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36
-msgid ""
-"You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and "
-"LaserSoft in various online shops."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively you can buy targets from <link href=\"http://www.targets.";
-"coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</link> at a very fair price."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8
-msgid ""
-"Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17
-msgid "Can I share my color profile?"
-msgstr "Kan jeg dele min farveprofil?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19
-msgid ""
-"Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware "
-"and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been "
-"powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different color "
-"profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit "
-"for a thousand hours."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26
-msgid ""
-"This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be "
-"getting them <em>closer</em> to calibration, but it’s misleading at best to "
-"say that their display is calibrated."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31
-msgid ""
-"Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight "
-"from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and "
-"editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you created in your own "
-"specific lighting conditions doesn’t make a lot of sense."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40
-msgid ""
-"You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles "
-"downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10
-msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:19
-msgid "Where do I get color profiles?"
-msgstr "Hvor finder jeg farveprofiler?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:21
-msgid ""
-"The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this "
-"does require some initial outlay."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:25
-msgid ""
-"Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although "
-"sometimes they are wrapped up in <em>driver bundles</em> which you may need "
-"to download, extract and then search for the color profiles."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:31
-msgid ""
-"Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the "
-"profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if "
-"the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device "
-"then it’s likely dummy data generated that is useless."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:39
-msgid ""
-"See <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> for information on why vendor-"
-"supplied profiles are often worse than useless."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:30
-msgid "Color profiles can be imported by opening them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:33
-msgid "How do I import color profiles?"
-msgstr "Hvordan importerer jeg farveprofiler?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:35
-msgid ""
-"You can import a color profile by double clicking on a <file>.ICC</file> or "
-"<file>.ICM</file> file in the file browser."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:38
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively you can manage your color profiles through the <gui>Color</"
-"gui> panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:56
-msgid "Select your device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:67
-msgid ""
-"The manufacturer of your display may supply a profile that you can use. "
-"These profiles are usually made for the average display, so may not be "
-"perfect for your specific one. For the best calibration, you should <link "
-"xref=\"color-calibrate-screen\">create your own profile</link> using a "
-"colorimeter or a spectrophotometer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8
-msgid ""
-"Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17
-msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?"
-msgstr "Manglende information om farvekorrigering af hele skærmen?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18
-msgid ""
-"Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the "
-"information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can "
-"still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but you "
-"will not see all the colors of your screen change."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:24
-msgid ""
-"In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and "
-"characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring "
-"instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-notifications.page:24
-msgid "You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-notifications.page:27
-msgid "Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?"
-msgstr "Kan jeg blive underrettet når min farveprofil er upræcis?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-notifications.page:29
-msgid ""
-"You can be reminded to recalibrate your devices after a specific period of "
-"time. Unfortunately, it is not possible to tell without recalibrating "
-"whether a device profile is accurate, so it is best to recalibrate devices "
-"regularly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-notifications.page:34
-msgid ""
-"Some companies have very specific calibration expiry policies for profiles, "
-"as an inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-notifications.page:38
-msgid ""
-"If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a "
-"red warning triangle will be shown in the <gui>Color</gui> panel next to the "
-"profile. A warning notification will also be shown every time you log into "
-"your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-notifications.page:43
-msgid ""
-"To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum "
-"age of the profile in days:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/screen
-#: C/color-notifications.page:46
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"<output style=\"prompt\">$ </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color
recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</input>\n"
-"<output style=\"prompt\">$ </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color
recalibrate-display-threshold 90</input>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"<output style=\"prompt\">$ </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color
recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</input>\n"
-"<output style=\"prompt\">$ </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color
recalibrate-display-threshold 90</input>\n"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:9
-msgid "Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:17
-msgid "Why don’t the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?"
-msgstr "Hvorfor har standardskærmprofilerne ikke en udløbsdato på kalibrering?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:18
-msgid ""
-"The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically "
-"based on the display <link href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/";
-"Extended_Display_Identification_Data\"> EDID</link> which is stored in a "
-"memory chip inside the monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the "
-"available colors the monitor was capable of displaying when it was "
-"manufactured, and does not contain much other information for color "
-"correction."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29
-msgid "As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date."
-msgstr "Eftersom EDID'en ikke kan opdateres, så har den ikke nogen udløbsdato."
-
-#. (itstool) path: figure/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:30
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' "
-"md5='2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
-msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:34
-msgid ""
-"Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself "
-"would lead to more accurate color correction."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-testing.page:29
-msgid ""
-"Use the supplied test profiles to check that your profiles are being applied "
-"correctly to your screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-testing.page:33
-msgid "How do I test if color management is working correctly?"
-msgstr "Hvordan tester jeg om farvestyring virker korrekt?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-testing.page:35
-msgid ""
-"The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to "
-"see if anything much has changed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-testing.page:38
-msgid ""
-"GNOME comes with several profiles for testing that make it very clear when "
-"the profiles are being applied:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/color-testing.page:43
-msgid "Blue"
-msgstr "Blå"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-testing.page:44
-msgid ""
-"This will turn the screen blue and tests if the calibration curves are being "
-"sent to the display."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-testing.page:77
-msgid ""
-"Select the device for which you want to add a profile. You may wish to make "
-"a note of which profile is currently being used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-testing.page:81
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Add profile</gui> to select a test profile, which should be at "
-"the bottom of the list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-testing.page:88
-msgid ""
-"To revert to your previous profile, select the device in the <gui>Color</"
-"gui> panel, then select the profile that you were using before you tried one "
-"of the test profiles and press <gui>Enable</gui> to use it again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-testing.page:96
-msgid ""
-"Using these profiles, you can clearly see when an application supports color "
-"management."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7
-msgid ""
-"A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device "
-"response."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:16
-msgid "What is a color profile?"
-msgstr "Hvad er en farveprofil?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:18
-msgid ""
-"A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as "
-"a projector or a color space such as sRGB."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:22
-msgid ""
-"Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file "
-"with a <input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file extension."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:27
-msgid ""
-"Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the "
-"data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:32
-msgid ""
-"Every device that is processing color should have its own ICC profile and "
-"when this is achieved the system is said to have an <em>end-to-end color-"
-"managed workflow</em>. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that "
-"colors are not being lost or modified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:9
-msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:18
-msgid "What is a color space?"
-msgstr "Hvad er et farverum?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:20
-msgid ""
-"A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include "
-"sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:25
-msgid ""
-"The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate "
-"how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the "
-"human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human "
-"vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a "
-"trichromatic color space like RGB we represent the colors on the computer "
-"using three values, which restricts up to encoding a <em>triangle</em> of "
-"colors."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:37
-msgid ""
-"Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge "
-"simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as "
-"3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can "
-"sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, use the "
-"<code>gcm-viewer</code> application."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:48
-msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles"
-msgstr "sRGB, AdobeRGB og ProPhotoRGB vist som hvide trekanter"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:52
-msgid ""
-"First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least "
-"number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and "
-"so most modern monitors can easily display more colors than this. sRGB is a "
-"<em>least-common-denominator</em> standard and is used in a large number of "
-"applications (including the Internet)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:60
-msgid ""
-"AdobeRGB is frequently used as an <em>editing space</em>. It can encode more "
-"colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without "
-"worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being clipped or the blacks "
-"crushed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:66
-msgid ""
-"ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document "
-"archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the "
-"human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:73
-msgid ""
-"Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don’t we use it for everything? The "
-"answer is to do with <em>quantization</em>. If you only have 8 bits (256 "
-"levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger "
-"steps between each value."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:79
-msgid ""
-"Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored "
-"color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key "
-"colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make "
-"untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:86
-msgid ""
-"Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much "
-"smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. "
-"Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:92
-msgid ""
-"Color management is a process for converting from one color space to "
-"another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or "
-"a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:8
-msgid ""
-"Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:17
-msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?"
-msgstr "Hvorfor skal jeg selv kalibrere?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:19
-msgid ""
-"Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, "
-"they just take a few items from the production line and average them "
-"together:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:26
-msgid "Averaged profiles"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:29
-msgid ""
-"Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially "
-"as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just "
-"changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterization "
-"state and make the profile inaccurate."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:37
-msgid ""
-"The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the "
-"calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a "
-"profile based on your exact characterization state."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:8
-msgid "Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:17
-msgid "Why is color management important?"
-msgstr "Hvorfor er farvestyring vigtigt?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:18
-msgid ""
-"Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, "
-"displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact "
-"colors and the range of colors on each medium."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:24
-msgid ""
-"The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph "
-"of a bird on a frosty day in winter."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:30
-msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder"
-msgstr "En fugl på en frosset væg som det ses i kameraets søger"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:34
-msgid ""
-"Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look "
-"cold."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:40
-msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen"
-msgstr "Hvad brugeren ser på skærmen på en bærbar til typisk virksomhedsbrug"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:44
-msgid ""
-"Notice how the white is not “paper white” and the black of the eye is now a "
-"muddy brown."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:50
-msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer"
-msgstr "Hvad brugeren ser når der udskrives på en typisk inkjet-printer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:54
-msgid ""
-"The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a "
-"different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of "
-"electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:60
-msgid ""
-"Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to "
-"CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that "
-"you can’t have <em>white</em> ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good "
-"as the paper color."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:67
-msgid ""
-"Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is "
-"measured, we don’t know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red "
-"ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is probably something "
-"like 62% on another display. It’s like telling a person that you’ve just "
-"driven 7 units of distance, without the unit you don’t know if that’s 7 "
-"kilometers or 7 meters."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:77
-msgid ""
-"In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of "
-"colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very "
-"large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a sunset, but a "
-"projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look "
-"“washed out”."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:85
-msgid ""
-"In some cases we can <em>correct</em> the device output by altering the data "
-"we send to it, but in other cases where that’s not possible (you can’t print "
-"electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going to look "
-"like."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:92
-msgid ""
-"For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color "
-"device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you "
-"might want to match the color exactly, which is important if you’re trying "
-"to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that <em>has</em> to be the "
-"exact Red Hat Red."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:14
-msgid "Lucie Hankey"
-msgstr "Lucie Hankey"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:28
-msgid "Add or remove a contact in the local address book."
-msgstr "Tilføj eller fjern en kontakt i din lokale adressebog."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:32
-msgid "Add or remove a contact"
-msgstr "Tilføj eller fjern en kontakt"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:34
-msgid "To add a contact:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:38
-msgid "Press the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:41
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>New contact</gui> dialog, enter the contact name and their "
-"information. Click on the drop down box next to each field to chose the type "
-"of detail."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:46
-msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:50
-msgid "To remove a contact:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:54
-#: C/contacts-connect.page:36
-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:39
-msgid "Select the contact from your contact list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:57
-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:42
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:69
-msgid ""
-"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-right corner of "
-"<app>Contacts</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:61
-msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove Contact</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/contacts.page:20
-msgid "Access your contacts."
-msgstr "Tilgå dine kontakter."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/contacts.page:26
-msgid ""
-"Use <app>Contacts</app> to store, access or edit information for your "
-"contacts, locally or in your <link xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/contacts-connect.page:22
-msgid "2013-2014"
-msgstr "2013-2014"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/contacts-connect.page:27
-msgid "Email, chat with, or phone a contact."
-msgstr "Send e-mail til, chat med eller ring til en kontakt."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/contacts-connect.page:30
-msgid "Connect with your contact"
-msgstr "Tag kontakt til dine kontakter"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/contacts-connect.page:32
-msgid "To email, chat with or phone someone in <app>Contacts</app>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-connect.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Press on the <em>detail</em> that you want to use. For example, to email "
-"your contact, press the email address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-connect.page:43
-msgid ""
-"The corresponding application will be launched using the contact’s details."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/contacts-connect.page:49
-msgid ""
-"If there is no available application for the detail that you wish to use, "
-"you will not be able to select it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:29
-msgid "Edit the information for each contact."
-msgstr "Rediger informationen for hver kontakt."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:32
-msgid "Edit contact details"
-msgstr "Rediger kontaktdetaljer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:34
-msgid ""
-"Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book "
-"up to date and complete."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:46
-msgid "Edit the contact details."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:47
-msgid ""
-"To add a <em>detail</em> such as a new phone number or email address, press "
-"<gui style=\"button\">New Detail</gui> and select the field that you want to "
-"add."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:52
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:83
-msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui> to finish editing the contact."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:29
-msgid "Combine information for a contact from multiple sources."
-msgstr "Kombiner information for en kontakt fra flere kilder."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:32
-msgid "Link and unlink contacts"
-msgstr "Sammenkæd og fjern sammenkædning af kontakter"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:35
-msgid "Link contacts"
-msgstr "Sammenkæd kontakter"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:37
-msgid ""
-"You can combine duplicate contacts from your local address book and online "
-"accounts into one <app>Contacts</app> entry. This feature helps you keep "
-"your address book organized, with all details about one contact in one place."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:43
-msgid ""
-"Enable <em>selection mode</em> by pressing the tick button above the contact "
-"list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:47
-msgid ""
-"A checkbox will appear next to each contact. Tick the checkboxes next to the "
-"contacts that you want to merge."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:51
-msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Link</gui> to link the selected contacts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:59
-msgid "Unlink contacts"
-msgstr "Fjern sammenkædning af kontakter"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:61
-msgid ""
-"You may want to unlink contacts if you accidentally linked contacts which "
-"should not be linked."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:66
-msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink from your list of contact."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:73
-msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Linked Accounts</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:76
-msgid ""
-"Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlink</gui> to unlink the entry from the "
-"contact."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:80
-msgid "Close the window once you have finished unlinking the entries."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/contacts-search.page:28
-msgid "Search for a contact."
-msgstr "Søg efter en kontakt."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/contacts-search.page:31
-msgid "Search for a contact"
-msgstr "Søg efter en kontakt"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/contacts-search.page:33
-msgid "You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-search.page:37
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, start typing the name of the contact."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-search.page:41
-msgid ""
-"Matching contacts will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of "
-"applications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-search.page:45
-msgid ""
-"Press <key>Enter</key> to select the contact at the top of the list or click "
-"the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/contacts-search.page:51
-msgid "To search from inside <app>Contacts</app>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-search.page:55
-msgid "Click inside the search field."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-search.page:58
-msgid "Start typing the name of the contact."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/contacts-setup.page:22
-msgid "Paul Cutler"
-msgstr "Paul Cutler"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/contacts-setup.page:24
-msgid "2017"
-msgstr "2017"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/contacts-setup.page:29
-msgid "Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account."
-msgstr "Gem dine kontakter i en lokal adressebog eller i en onlinekonto."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/contacts-setup.page:32
-msgid "Starting Contacts for the first time"
-msgstr "Starter Kontakter for første gang"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/contacts-setup.page:34
-msgid ""
-"When you run <app>Contacts</app> for the first time, the <gui>Select Address "
-"Book</gui> window opens."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/contacts-setup.page:37
-msgid ""
-"If you have <link xref=\"accounts\">online accounts</link> configured, they "
-"are listed with <gui>Local Address Book</gui>. Select an item from the list "
-"and click <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui>. All new contacts you create will "
-"be saved to the address book you choose. You are also able to view and edit "
-"contacts in other address books."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/contacts-setup.page:43
-msgid ""
-"If you have no online accounts configured, click <gui style=\"button"
-"\">Online Accounts</gui> to begin the setup. If you do not wish to set up "
-"online accounts at this time, click <gui style=\"button\">Local Address "
-"Book</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:18
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:12
-#: C/disk-check.page:13
-#: C/display-brightness.page:22
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:19
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:19
-#: C/look-background.page:24
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:19
-#: C/look-resolution.page:22
-msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
-msgstr "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:28
-msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
-msgstr "Kør benchmarks på din harddisk for at tjekke hvor hurtig den er."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:31
-msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
-msgstr "Test ydelsen af din harddisk"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40
-msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:44
-msgid ""
-"Open <app>Disks</app> from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
-"\">Activities</gui> overview."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48
-msgid "Choose the disk from the list in the left pane."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51
-msgid ""
-"Click the menu button and select <gui>Benchmark disk…</gui> from the menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Start Benchmark…</gui> and adjust the <gui>Transfer Rate</gui> "
-"and <gui>Access Time</gui> parameters as desired."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:59
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Start Benchmarking</gui> to test how fast data can be read from "
-"the disk. <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> "
-"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
-"administrator account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:64
-msgid ""
-"If <gui>Perform write-benchmark</gui> is checked, the benchmark will test "
-"how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take "
-"longer to complete."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:71
-msgid ""
-"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green "
-"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to "
-"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, "
-"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line "
-"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are "
-"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of "
-"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:80
-msgid ""
-"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read "
-"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last "
-"benchmark test."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:23
-msgid ""
-"Use <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> or <gui>System Monitor</gui> to check "
-"space and capacity."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:28
-msgid "Check how much disk space is left"
-msgstr "Tjek hvor meget diskplads der er tilbage"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:30
-msgid ""
-"You can check how much disk space is left with <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</"
-"app> or <app>System Monitor</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:34
-msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer"
-msgstr "Tjek med Diskforbrugsanalyse"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:36
-msgid ""
-"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage "
-"Analyzer</app>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:41
-msgid ""
-"Open <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. "
-"The window will display a list of file locations together with the usage and "
-"capacity of each."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:46
-msgid ""
-"Click one of the items in the list to view a detailed summary of the usage "
-"for that item. Click the menu button, and then <gui>Scan Folder…</gui> or "
-"<gui>Scan Remote Folder…</gui> to scan a different location."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:52
-msgid ""
-"The information is displayed according to <gui>Folder</gui>, <gui>Size</"
-"gui>, <gui>Contents</gui> and when the data was last <gui>Modified</gui>. "
-"See more details in <link href=\"help:baobab\"><app>Disk Usage Analyzer</"
-"app></link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:61
-msgid "Check with System Monitor"
-msgstr "Tjek med Systemovervågning"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:63
-msgid ""
-"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>System Monitor</"
-"app>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:67
-msgid ""
-"Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
-"gui> overview."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn programmet <app>Systemovervågning</app> fra <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</"
-"gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:71
-msgid ""
-"Select the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab to view the system’s partitions and "
-"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to <gui>Total</"
-"gui>, <gui>Free</gui>, <gui>Available</gui> and <gui>Used</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:80
-msgid "What if the disk is too full?"
-msgstr "Hvad hvis disken er for fuld?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:82
-msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:86
-msgid "Delete files that aren’t important or that you won’t use anymore."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:89
-msgid ""
-"Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that "
-"you won’t need for a while and delete them from the hard drive."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/disk-check.page:24
-msgid "Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it’s healthy."
-msgstr "Test din harddisk for problemer for at sikre at den har det godt."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/disk-check.page:28
-msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"
-msgstr "Tjek din harddisk for problemer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/disk-check.page:31
-msgid "Checking the hard disk"
-msgstr "Tjek harddisken"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/disk-check.page:32
-msgid ""
-"Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called <app>SMART</app> (Self-"
-"Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks "
-"the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about "
-"to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/disk-check.page:37
-msgid ""
-"Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk’s health by "
-"running the <app>Disks</app> application:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/disk-check.page:41
-msgid "Check your disk’s health using the Disks application"
-msgstr "Tjek din disks helbred med Diske-programmet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-check.page:44
-#: C/disk-format.page:31
-#: C/disk-repair.page:33
-#: C/disk-repair.page:76
-#: C/disk-resize.page:34
-msgid "Open <app>Disks</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-check.page:47
-msgid ""
-"Select the disk you want to check from the list of storage devices on the "
-"left. Information and status of the disk will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-check.page:51
-msgid ""
-"Click the menu button and select <gui>SMART Data & Self-Tests…</gui>. "
-"The <gui>Overall Assessment</gui> should say “Disk is OK”."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-check.page:55
-msgid ""
-"See more information under <gui>SMART Attributes</gui>, or click the <gui "
-"style=\"button\">Start Self-test</gui> button to run a self-test."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/disk-check.page:65
-msgid "What if the disk isn’t healthy?"
-msgstr "Hvad hvis disken ikke er i god stand?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/disk-check.page:67
-msgid ""
-"Even if the <gui>Overall Assessment</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn’t</"
-"em> healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it’s better to be "
-"prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to prevent data loss."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/disk-check.page:72
-msgid ""
-"If the status says “Pre-fail”, the disk is still reasonably healthy but "
-"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near "
-"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely "
-"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link "
-"xref=\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check "
-"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/disk-check.page:79
-msgid ""
-"If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a "
-"professional for further diagnosis or repair."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/disk-format.page:16
-msgid ""
-"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash "
-"drive by formatting it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/disk-format.page:21
-msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"
-msgstr "Fjern alt på en flytbar disk"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-format.page:23
-msgid ""
-"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard "
-"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and "
-"folders. You can do this by <em>formatting</em> the disk — this deletes all "
-"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/disk-format.page:29
-msgid "Format a removable disk"
-msgstr "Formatér en flytbar disk"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-format.page:34
-msgid ""
-"Select the disk you want to wipe from the list of storage devices on the "
-"left."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/disk-format.page:38
-msgid ""
-"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong "
-"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-format.page:43
-msgid ""
-"In the toolbar underneath the <gui>Volumes</gui> section, click the menu "
-"button. Then click <gui>Format…</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-format.page:47
-msgid ""
-"In the window that pops up, choose a file system <gui>Type</gui> for the "
-"disk."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-format.page:49
-msgid ""
-"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux "
-"computers, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. If you only use it on Windows, <gui>NTFS</"
-"gui> may be a better option. A brief description of the <gui>file system "
-"type</gui> will be presented as a label."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-format.page:55
-msgid ""
-"Give the disk a name and click <gui>Format…</gui> to continue and show a "
-"confirmation window. Check the details carefully, and click <gui>Format</"
-"gui> to wipe the disk."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-format.page:60
-msgid ""
-"Once the formatting has finished, click the eject icon to safely remove the "
-"disk. It should now be blank and ready to use again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/disk-format.page:66
-msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/disk-format.page:67
-msgid ""
-"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. "
-"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible "
-"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to "
-"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such "
-"as <app>shred</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/disk-partitions.page:15
-msgid ""
-"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to "
-"manage them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/disk-partitions.page:20
-msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"
-msgstr "Håndter diskenheder og partitioner"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-partitions.page:22
-msgid ""
-"The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe a storage device, like a hard "
-"disk. It can also refer to a <em>part</em> of the storage on that device, "
-"because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this "
-"storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as "
-"<em>mounting</em>. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, "
-"SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read "
-"(and possibly write) files on it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-partitions.page:30
-msgid ""
-"Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not "
-"necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a <em>physical</em> area "
-"of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can "
-"be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can "
-"think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional "
-"“back rooms” of partitions and drives."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/disk-partitions.page:38
-msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility"
-msgstr "Vis og håndter diskenheder og partitioner med diskredskabet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/disk-partitions.page:40
-msgid ""
-"You can check and modify your computer’s storage volumes with the disk "
-"utility."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-partitions.page:45
-msgid "Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and start <app>Disks</app>."
-msgstr "Åbn <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> og start <app>Diske</app>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-partitions.page:48
-msgid ""
-"In the list of storage devices on the left, you will find hard disks, CD/DVD "
-"drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-partitions.page:53
-msgid ""
-"The right pane provides a visual breakdown of the volumes and partitions "
-"present on the selected device. It also contains a variety of tools used to "
-"manage these volumes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-partitions.page:56
-msgid ""
-"Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with "
-"these utilities."
-msgstr ""
-"Vær forsigtig: det er muligt helt at slette dataene fra din disk med disse "
-"redskaber."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/disk-partitions.page:61
-msgid ""
-"Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a "
-"single <em>swap</em> partition. The swap partition is used by the operating "
-"system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition "
-"contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. "
-"These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security "
-"or convenience."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/disk-partitions.page:68
-msgid ""
-"One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to "
-"start up, or <em>boot</em>. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot "
-"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, select the "
-"partition and click the menu button in the toolbar underneath the partition "
-"list. Then, click <gui>Edit Partition…</gui> and look at its <gui>Flags</"
-"gui>. External media such as USB drives and CDs may also contain a bootable "
-"volume."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/disk-repair.page:15
-msgid "Check if a filesystem is damaged and bring it back into a usable state."
-msgstr ""
-"Tjek om et filsystem er beskadiget og bring det tilbage til en brugbar "
-"tilstand."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/disk-repair.page:20
-msgid "Repair a damaged filesystem"
-msgstr "Reparer et beskadiget filsystem"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:22
-msgid ""
-"Filesystems can be corrupted due to unexpected power loss, system crashes "
-"and unsafe removal of the drive. After such an incident it is recommended to "
-"<em>repair</em> or at least <em>check</em> the filesystem to prevent future "
-"data loss."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:26
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes a repair is required in order to mount or modify a filesystem. "
-"Even if a <em>check</em> does not report any damage the filesystem might "
-"still be marked as ‘dirty’ internally and require a repair."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/disk-repair.page:31
-msgid "Check if a filesystem is damaged"
-msgstr "Tjek om et filsystem er beskadiget"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:36
-#: C/disk-repair.page:79
-#: C/disk-resize.page:37
-msgid ""
-"Select the disk containing the filesystem in question from the list of "
-"storage devices on the left. If there is more than one volume on the disk, "
-"select the volume which contains the filesystem."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:41
-msgid ""
-"In the toolbar underneath the <gui>Volumes</gui> section, click the menu "
-"button. Then click <gui>Check Filesystem…</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:45
-msgid ""
-"Depending on how much data is stored in the filesystem a check may take "
-"longer time. Confirm to start the action in the dialog that pops up."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:47
-msgid ""
-"The action will not modify the filesystem but will unmount it if needed. Be "
-"patient while the filesystem is checked."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:51
-msgid ""
-"After completion you will be notified whether the filesystem is damaged. "
-"Note that in some cases even if the filesystem is undamaged it still may "
-"need to be repaired to reset an internal ‘dirty’ marker."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/disk-repair.page:58
-msgid "Possible data loss when repairing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:59
-msgid ""
-"If the filesystem structure is damaged it can affect the files stored in it. "
-"In some cases these files can not be brought into a valid form again and "
-"will be deleted or moved to a special directory. It is normally the <em>lost"
-"+found</em> folder in the top level directory of the filesystem where these "
-"recovered file parts can be found."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:64
-msgid ""
-"If the data is too valuable to be lost during this process, you are advised "
-"to back it up by saving an image of the volume before repairing."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:67
-msgid ""
-"This image can be then processed with forensic analysis tools like "
-"<app>sleuthkit</app> to further recover missing files and data parts which "
-"were not restored during the repair, and also previously removed files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/disk-repair.page:74
-msgid "Repair a filesystem"
-msgstr "Reparer et filsystem"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:84
-msgid ""
-"In the toolbar underneath the <gui>Volumes</gui> section, click the menu "
-"button. Then click <gui>Repair Filesystem…</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:88
-msgid ""
-"Depending on how much data is stored in the filesystem a repair may take "
-"longer time. Confirm to start the action in the dialog that pops up."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:90
-msgid ""
-"The action will unmount the filesystem if needed. The repair action tries to "
-"bring the filesystem into a consistent state and moves files which were "
-"damaged in a special folder. Be patient while the filesystem is repaired."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:96
-msgid ""
-"After completion you will be notified whether the filesystem could be "
-"successfully repaired. In case of success it can be used again in the normal "
-"way."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:99
-msgid ""
-"If the filesystem could not be repaired, back it up by saving an image of "
-"the volume to be able to retrieve important files later. This can be done by "
-"mounting the image read-only or using forensic analysis tools like "
-"<app>sleuthkit</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:103
-msgid ""
-"To make use of the volume again it has to be <link xref=\"disk-format"
-"\">formatted</link> with a new filesystem. All data will be discarded."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/disk-resize.page:15
-msgid "Shrink or grow a filesystem and its partition."
-msgstr "Gør et filsystem eller dets partition mindre eller større."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/disk-resize.page:19
-msgid "Adjust the size of a filesystem"
-msgstr "Justér størrelsen på et filsystem"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-resize.page:21
-msgid ""
-"A filesystem can be grown to make use of the free space after its partition. "
-"Often this is even possible while the filesystem is mounted."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-resize.page:24
-msgid ""
-"To make space for another partition after the filesystem, it can be shrunk "
-"according to the free space within it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-resize.page:26
-msgid "Not all filesystems have resize support."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-resize.page:27
-msgid ""
-"The partition size will be changed together with the filesystem size. It is "
-"also possible to resize a partition without a filesystem in the same way."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/disk-resize.page:32
-msgid "Resize a filesystem/partition"
-msgstr "Tilpas størrelsen på et filsystem/partition"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-resize.page:42
-msgid ""
-"In the toolbar underneath the <gui>Volumes</gui> section, click the menu "
-"button. Then click <gui>Resize Filesystem…</gui> or <gui>Resize…</gui> if "
-"there is no filesystem."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-resize.page:47
-msgid ""
-"A dialog will open where the new size can be chosen. The filesystem will be "
-"mounted to calculate the minimum size by the amount of current content. If "
-"shrinking is not supported the minimum size is the current size. Leave "
-"enough space within the filesystem when shrinking to ensure that it can work "
-"fast and reliably."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-resize.page:52
-msgid ""
-"Depending on how much data has to be moved from the shrunk part, the "
-"filesystem resize may take longer time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/disk-resize.page:55
-msgid ""
-"The filesystem resize automatically involves <link xref=\"disk-repair"
-"\">repairing</link> of the filesystem. Therefore it is advised to back up "
-"important data before starting. The action must not be stopped or it will "
-"result in a damaged filesystem."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-resize.page:62
-msgid ""
-"Confirm to start the action by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Resize</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-resize.page:64
-msgid ""
-"The action will unmount the filesystem if resizing a mounted filesystem is "
-"not supported. Be patient while the filesystem is resized."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-resize.page:68
-msgid ""
-"After completion of the needed resize and repair actions the filesystem is "
-"ready to be used again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/disk.page:15
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-benchmark"
-"\">performance</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, <link xref="
-"\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Diskplads</link>, <link xref=\"disk-benchmark"
-"\">ydelse</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problemer</link>, <link xref="
-"\"disk-partitions\">diskenheder og partitioner</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/disk.page:25
-msgid "Disks & storage"
-msgstr "Diske & lager"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/display-blank.page:19
-#: C/get-involved.page:16
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:17
-#: C/gnome-version.page:9
-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:20
-#: C/power-closelid.page:25
-#: C/power-lowpower.page:21
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:17
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:17
-#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:18
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:26
-#: C/translate.page:20
-msgid "Petr Kovar"
-msgstr "Petr Kovar"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/display-blank.page:30
-msgid "Change the screen blanking time to save power."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/display-blank.page:33
-msgid "Set screen blanking time"
-msgstr "Indstil tiden for sort skærm"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/display-blank.page:35
-msgid ""
-"To save power, you can adjust the time before the screen blanks when left "
-"idle. You can also disable the blanking completely."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/display-blank.page:39
-msgid "To set the screen blanking time:"
-msgstr "Indstil tiden for sort skærm:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-blank.page:41
-#: C/display-brightness.page:69
-#: C/power-autobrightness.page:33
-#: C/power-autosuspend.page:33
-#: C/power-status.page:31
-#: C/power-whydim.page:51
-#: C/power-wireless.page:32
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>Power</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Strøm</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-blank.page:45
-#: C/display-brightness.page:73
-#: C/power-autobrightness.page:37
-#: C/power-autosuspend.page:37
-#: C/power-whydim.page:55
-#: C/power-wireless.page:36
-msgid "Click <gui>Power</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-blank.page:48
-msgid ""
-"Use the <gui>Blank screen</gui> drop-down list under <gui>Power Saving</gui> "
-"to set the time until the screen blanks, or disable the blanking completely."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/display-blank.page:55
-msgid ""
-"When your computer is left idle, the screen will automatically lock itself "
-"for security reasons. To change this behavior, see <link xref=\"session-"
-"screenlocks\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/display-brightness.page:44
-msgid "Change the screen brightness to make it more readable in bright light."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/display-brightness.page:48
-msgid "Set screen brightness"
-msgstr "Indstil skærmens lysstyrke"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/display-brightness.page:50
-msgid ""
-"Depending on your hardware, you can change the brightness of your screen to "
-"save power or to make the screen more readable in bright light."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/display-brightness.page:53
-msgid ""
-"To change the brightness of your screen, click the <gui xref=\"shell-"
-"introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> on the right side of the top bar "
-"and adjust the screen brightness slider to the value you want to use. The "
-"change should take effect immediately."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/display-brightness.page:59
-msgid ""
-"Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These "
-"often have a picture that looks like the sun. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> "
-"key to use these keys."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/display-brightness.page:64
-msgid ""
-"You can also adjust the screen brightness by using the <gui>Power</gui> "
-"panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/display-brightness.page:67
-msgid "To set the screen brightness using the Power panel:"
-msgstr "Indstil skærmens lysstyrke med Strøm-panelet:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-brightness.page:76
-msgid ""
-"Adjust the <gui>Screen brightness</gui> slider to the value you want to use. "
-"The change should take effect immediately."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/display-brightness.page:82
-msgid ""
-"If your computer features an integrated light sensor, the screen brightness "
-"will automatically be adjusted for you. You can disable automatic screen "
-"brightness in the <gui>Power</gui> panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/display-brightness.page:87
-msgid ""
-"If it is possible to set the brightness of your screen, you can also have "
-"the screen dim automatically to save power. For more information, see <link "
-"xref=\"power-whydim\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:29
-msgid "Set up an additional monitor."
-msgstr "Opsæt en ekstra skærm."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32
-msgid "Connect another monitor to your computer"
-msgstr "Tilslut en anden skærm til din computer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83
-msgid "Set up an additional monitor"
-msgstr "Opsæt en ekstra skærm"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:84
-msgid ""
-"To set up an additional monitor, connect the monitor to your computer. If "
-"your system does not recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust "
-"the settings:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:90
-#: C/display-night-light.page:32
-#: C/look-resolution.page:58
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>Displays</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Skærme</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94
-#: C/display-night-light.page:36
-#: C/look-resolution.page:62
-msgid "Click <gui>Displays</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Skærme</gui> for at åbne panelet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97
-msgid ""
-"In the display arrangement diagram, drag your displays to the relative "
-"positions you want."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:100
-msgid ""
-"The numbers on the diagram are shown at the top-left of each display when "
-"the <gui>Displays</gui> panel is active."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:105
-msgid "Click <gui>Primary Display</gui> to choose your primary display."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Primær skærm</gui> for at vælge din primære skærm."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:108
-msgid ""
-"The primary display is the one with the <link xref=\"shell-introduction"
-"\">top bar</link>, and where the <gui>Activities</gui> overview is shown."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:114
-#: C/look-resolution.page:70
-msgid "Select the orientation, resolution or scale, and refresh rate."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:117
-#: C/look-resolution.page:73
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 20 seconds "
-"before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new "
-"settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy "
-"with the new settings, click <gui>Keep Changes</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:128
-msgid "Display modes"
-msgstr "Skærmtilstande"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:129
-msgid "With two screens, these display modes are available:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:131
-msgid ""
-"<gui>Join Displays:</gui> screen edges are joined so things can pass from "
-"one display to another."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:133
-msgid ""
-"<gui>Mirror:</gui> the same content is shown on two displays, with the same "
-"resolution and orientation for both."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:135
-msgid ""
-"<gui>Single Display:</gui> only one display is configured, effectively "
-"turning off the other one. For instance, an external monitor connected to a "
-"docked laptop with the lid closed would be the single configured display."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:145
-msgid "Adding more than one monitor"
-msgstr "Tilføjelse af mere end én skærm"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:146
-msgid ""
-"With more than two screens, <gui>Join Displays</gui> is the only mode "
-"available."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:150
-msgid "Press the button for the display that you would like to configure."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:154
-msgid "Drag the screens to the desired relative positions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/display-night-light.page:14
-msgid "2018"
-msgstr "2018"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/display-night-light.page:19
-msgid ""
-"Night Light changes the color of your displays according to the time of day."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/display-night-light.page:23
-msgid "Adjust the color temperature of your screen"
-msgstr "Justér farvetemperaturen på din skærm"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/display-night-light.page:25
-msgid ""
-"A computer monitor emits blue light which contributes to sleeplessness and "
-"eye strain after dark. <gui>Night Light</gui> changes the color of your "
-"displays according to the time of day, making the color warmer in the "
-"evening. To enable <gui>Night Light</gui>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-night-light.page:39
-msgid "Click <gui>Night Light</gui> to open the settings."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Nattelys</gui> for at åbne indstillingerne."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-night-light.page:42
-msgid ""
-"Press <gui>Sunset to Sunrise</gui> to make the screen color follow the "
-"sunset and sunrise times for your location. Press the <gui>Manual</gui> "
-"button to set the times to a custom schedule."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-night-light.page:47
-msgid ""
-"Use the slider to adjust the <gui>Color Temperature</gui> to be more warm or "
-"less warm."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/display-night-light.page:52
-msgid ""
-"The <link xref=\"shell-introduction\">top bar</link> shows when <gui>Night "
-"Light</gui> is active. It can be temporarily disabled from the system menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/files-autorun.page:26
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:31
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:31
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:30
-#: C/look-background.page:40
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:31
-#: C/look-resolution.page:30
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:29
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:22
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:20
-msgid "Shobha Tyagi"
-msgstr "Shobha Tyagi"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-autorun.page:36
-msgid ""
-"Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and "
-"other devices and media."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:41
-msgid "Open applications for devices or discs"
-msgstr "Åbn programmer til enheder eller diske"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:43
-msgid ""
-"You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or "
-"insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo "
-"organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this "
-"off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:48
-msgid ""
-"To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:53
-#: C/net-default-browser.page:40
-#: C/net-default-email.page:41
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>Details</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Detaljer</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:57
-#: C/net-default-browser.page:44
-#: C/net-default-email.page:45
-msgid "Click on <gui>Details</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:60
-msgid "Click <gui>Removable Media</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:63
-msgid ""
-"Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or "
-"action for that media type. See below for a description of the different "
-"types of devices and media."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:66
-msgid ""
-"Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device "
-"will be shown in the file manager, with the <gui>Open folder</gui> option. "
-"When that happens, you will be asked what to do, or nothing will happen "
-"automatically."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:72
-msgid ""
-"If you do not see the device or media type that you want to change in the "
-"list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media…</"
-"gui> to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or "
-"media from the <gui>Type</gui> drop-down and the application or action from "
-"the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:81
-msgid ""
-"If you do not want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you "
-"plug in, select <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> "
-"at the bottom of the <gui>Details</gui> window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:87
-msgid "Types of devices and media"
-msgstr "Typer af enheder og medier"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:90
-msgid "Audio discs"
-msgstr "Lyddiske"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:91
-msgid ""
-"Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio "
-"CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under <gui>Other "
-"Media…</gui>. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks "
-"will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:98
-msgid "Video discs"
-msgstr "Videodiske"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:99
-msgid ""
-"Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the "
-"<gui>Other Media…</gui> button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, "
-"video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs do "
-"not work correctly when you insert them, see <link xref=\"video-dvd\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:106
-msgid "Blank discs"
-msgstr "Tomme diske"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:107
-msgid ""
-"Use the <gui>Other Media…</gui> button to select a disc-writing application "
-"for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:112
-msgid "Cameras and photos"
-msgstr "Kameraer og billeder"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:113
-msgid ""
-"Use the <gui>Photos</gui> drop-down to choose a photo-management application "
-"to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card "
-"from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can also simply browse "
-"your photos using the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:117
-msgid ""
-"Under <gui>Other Media…</gui>, you can select an application to open Kodak "
-"picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular "
-"data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called <file>Pictures</file>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:123
-msgid "Music players"
-msgstr "Musikafspillere"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:124
-msgid ""
-"Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music "
-"player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:128
-msgid "E-book readers"
-msgstr "E-bogslæsere"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:129
-msgid ""
-"Use the <gui>Other Media…</gui> button to choose an application to manage "
-"the books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file "
-"manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:134
-msgid "Software"
-msgstr "Software"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:135
-msgid ""
-"Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run "
-"automatically when the media is inserted. Use the <gui>Software</gui> option "
-"to control what to do when media with autorun software is inserted. You will "
-"always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:141
-msgid "Never run software from media you don’t trust."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-browse.page:37
-msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-browse.page:40
-msgid "Browse files and folders"
-msgstr "Gennemse filer eller mapper"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-browse.page:50
-msgid ""
-"Use the <app>Files</app> file manager to browse and organize the files on "
-"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like "
-"external hard disks), on <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">file servers</"
-"link>, and on network shares."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-browse.page:55
-msgid ""
-"To start the file manager, open <app>Files</app> in the <gui xref=\"shell-"
-"introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview. You can also search for "
-"files and folders through the overview in the same way you would <link xref="
-"\"shell-apps-open\">search for applications</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-browse.page:62
-msgid "Exploring the contents of folders"
-msgstr "Udforsk indholdet i mapper"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-browse.page:64
-msgid ""
-"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and "
-"double-click or <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">middle-click</link> any "
-"file to open it with the default application for that file. Middle-click a "
-"folder to open it in a new tab. You can also right-click a folder to open it "
-"in a new tab or new window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-browse.page:70
-msgid ""
-"When looking through the files in a folder, you can quickly <link xref="
-"\"files-preview\">preview each file</link> by pressing the space bar to be "
-"sure you have the right file before opening it, copying it, or deleting it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-browse.page:75
-msgid ""
-"The <em>path bar</em> above the list of files and folders shows you which "
-"folder you’re viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. "
-"Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any "
-"folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, or access its "
-"properties."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-browse.page:81
-msgid ""
-"If you want to quickly <link xref=\"files-search\">search for a file</link>, "
-"in or below the folder you are viewing, start typing its name. A <em>search "
-"bar</em> will appear at the top of the window and only files which match "
-"your search will be shown. Press <key>Esc</key> to cancel the search."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-browse.page:86
-msgid ""
-"You can quickly access common places from the <em>sidebar</em>. If you do "
-"not see the sidebar, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the "
-"window and then select <gui>Sidebar</gui>. You can add bookmarks to folders "
-"that you use often and they will appear in the sidebar. Drag a folder to the "
-"sidebar, and drop it over <gui>New bookmark</gui>, which appears "
-"dynamically, or click the current folder in the path bar and then select "
-"<gui style=\"menuitem\">Add to Bookmarks</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/files-copy.page:14
-#: C/files-delete.page:15
-#: C/files-open.page:13
-msgid "Cristopher Thomas"
-msgstr "Cristopher Thomas"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-copy.page:28
-msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder."
-msgstr "Kopiér eller flyt elementer til en ny mappe."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-copy.page:31
-msgid "Copy or move files and folders"
-msgstr "Kopiér eller flyt filer og mapper"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:33
-msgid ""
-"A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and "
-"dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using "
-"keyboard shortcuts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:37
-msgid ""
-"For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so "
-"you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a "
-"document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if you "
-"don’t like your changes)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:42
-msgid ""
-"These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files "
-"and folders in exactly the same way."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-copy.page:46
-msgid "Copy and paste files"
-msgstr "Kopiér og indsæt filer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:47
-msgid "Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:48
-msgid ""
-"Right-click and pick <gui>Copy</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
-"key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:50
-msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:52
-msgid ""
-"Click the menu button and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish copying the file, "
-"or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now be a "
-"copy of the file in the original folder and the other folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-copy.page:59
-msgid "Cut and paste files to move them"
-msgstr "Klip og indsæt filer for at flytte dem"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:60
-msgid "Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:61
-msgid ""
-"Right-click and pick <gui>Cut</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</"
-"key></keyseq>."
-msgstr ""
-"Højreklik og vælg <gui>Klip</gui>, eller tryk på <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
-"key><key>X</key></keyseq>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:63
-msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:64
-msgid ""
-"Click the menu button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish "
-"moving the file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The "
-"file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-copy.page:71
-msgid "Drag files to copy or move"
-msgstr "Træk filer for at kopiere eller flytte"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:72
-msgid ""
-"Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want "
-"to copy."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:74
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, select <gui>New Window</gui> (or "
-"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. "
-"In the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the "
-"file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:79
-msgid ""
-"Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will <em>move it</"
-"em> if the destination is on the <em>same</em> device, or <em>copy it</em> "
-"if the destination is on a <em>different</em> device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:82
-msgid ""
-"For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, "
-"it will be copied, because you’re dragging from one device to another."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:84
-msgid ""
-"You can force the file to be copied by holding down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
-"while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the <key>Shift</key> "
-"key while dragging."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:91
-msgid ""
-"You cannot copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. "
-"Some folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their "
-"contents. You can change things from being read-only by <link xref="
-"\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">changing file permissions </link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-delete.page:37
-msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."
-msgstr "Fjern filer eller mapper som du ikke længere bruger."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-delete.page:40
-msgid "Delete files and folders"
-msgstr "Slet filer og mapper"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-delete.page:42
-msgid ""
-"If you do not want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you "
-"delete an item it is moved to the <gui>Trash</gui> folder, where it is "
-"stored until you empty the trash. You can <link xref=\"files-recover"
-"\">restore items</link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder to their original "
-"location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally deleted."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-delete.page:49
-msgid "To send a file to the trash:"
-msgstr "Send en fil til papirkurven:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-delete.page:50
-msgid "Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-delete.page:52
-msgid ""
-"Press <key>Delete</key> on your keyboard. Alternatively, drag the item to "
-"the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
-msgstr ""
-"Tryk på <key>Delete</key> på dit tastatur. Eller: Træk elementet til "
-"<gui>Papirkurven</gui> i sidepanelet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-delete.page:56
-msgid ""
-"The file will be moved to the trash, and you’ll be presented with an option "
-"to <gui>Undo</gui> the deletion. The <gui>Undo</gui> button will appear for "
-"a few seconds. If you select <gui>Undo</gui>, the file will be restored to "
-"its original location."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-delete.page:61
-msgid ""
-"To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you "
-"need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in "
-"the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-delete.page:66
-msgid "Permanently delete a file"
-msgstr "Slet en fil permanent"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-delete.page:67
-msgid ""
-"You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to "
-"the trash first."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-delete.page:71
-msgid "To permanently delete a file:"
-msgstr "Slet en fil permanent:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-delete.page:72
-msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-delete.page:73
-msgid ""
-"Press and hold the <key>Shift</key> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> "
-"key on your keyboard."
-msgstr ""
-"Tryk på og hold <key>Skift</key>-tasten nede, og tryk herefter på "
-"<key>Delete</key>-tasten på dit tastatur."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-delete.page:75
-msgid ""
-"Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to "
-"delete the file or folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-delete.page:79
-msgid ""
-"Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device </link> "
-"may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The "
-"files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back "
-"into your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:18
-msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."
-msgstr ""
-"Læg filer og dokumenter på en tom cd eller dvd ved brug af en cd/dvd-brænder."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:22
-msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"
-msgstr "Skriv filer til en cd eller dvd"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:24
-msgid ""
-"You can put files onto a blank disc by using <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
-"option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you "
-"place the CD into your CD/DVD writer. The file manager lets you transfer "
-"files to other computers or perform <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> "
-"by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:32
-msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:34
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> notification that pops up at the "
-"bottom of the screen, select <gui>Open with CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
-"<gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> folder window will open."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:37
-msgid ""
-"(You can also click on <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> under <gui>Devices</"
-"gui> in the file manager sidebar.)"
-msgstr ""
-"(du kan også klikke på <gui>Tom cd/dvd-r-disk</gui> under <gui>Enheder</gui> "
-"i filhåndteringens sidepanel)."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:41
-msgid "In the <gui>Disc Name</gui> field, type a name for the disc."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:44
-msgid "Drag or copy the desired files into the window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:47
-msgid "Click <gui>Write to Disc</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:50
-msgid "Under <gui>Select a disc to write to</gui>, choose the blank disc."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:51
-msgid ""
-"(You could choose <gui>Image file</gui> instead. This will put the files in "
-"a <em>disc image</em>, which will be saved on your computer. You can then "
-"burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)"
-msgstr ""
-"(du kan i stedet vælge <gui>Aftryksfil</gui>. Dette lægger filerne i et "
-"<em>diskaftryk</em>, som gemmes på din computer. Du kan herefter brænde "
-"diskaftrykket på en tom disk på et senere tidspunkt)."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:56
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Properties</gui> if you want to adjust burning speed, the "
-"location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should "
-"be fine."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik på <gui>Egenskaber</gui> hvis du vil justere brændingshastigheden, "
-"placeringen af midlertidige filer, og andre valgmuligheder. "
-"Standardindstillingerne skulle virke fint."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:61
-msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Brænd</gui>-knappen for at starte optagelsen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:62
-msgid ""
-"If <gui>Burn Several Copies</gui> is selected, you will be prompted for "
-"additional discs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:66
-msgid ""
-"When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose "
-"<gui>Make More Copies</gui> or <gui>Close</gui> to exit."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:72
-msgid "If the disc wasn’t burned properly"
-msgstr "Hvis disken ikke blev brændt ordentligt"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:74
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes the computer doesn’t record the data correctly, and you won’t be "
-"able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a "
-"computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:78
-msgid ""
-"In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, for "
-"example, 12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You "
-"can choose the speed by clicking the <gui>Properties</gui> button in the "
-"<gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-hidden.page:28
-msgid "Make a file invisible, so you cannot see it in the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-hidden.page:32
-msgid "Hide a file"
-msgstr "Skjul en fil"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-hidden.page:34
-msgid ""
-"The <app>Files</app> file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide "
-"files at your discretion. When a file is hidden, it is not displayed by the "
-"file manager, but it is still there in its folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-hidden.page:38
-msgid ""
-"To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a <file>.</"
-"file> at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named "
-"<file>example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>.example.txt</file>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-hidden.page:44
-msgid ""
-"You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder "
-"by placing a <file>.</file> at the beginning of the folder’s name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-hidden.page:49
-msgid "Show all hidden files"
-msgstr "Vis alle skjulte filer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-hidden.page:51
-msgid ""
-"If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and "
-"either click the view options button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show "
-"Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. "
-"You will see all hidden files, along with regular files that are not hidden."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-hidden.page:58
-msgid ""
-"To hide these files again, either click the view options button in the "
-"toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
-"key><key>H</key></keyseq> again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-hidden.page:66
-msgid "Unhide a file"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-hidden.page:68
-msgid ""
-"To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the "
-"view options button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>. "
-"Then, find the hidden file and rename it so that it does not have a <file>.</"
-"file> in front of its name. For example, to unhide a file called <file>."
-"example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-hidden.page:77
-msgid ""
-"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the view options button "
-"in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press "
-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files "
-"again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-hidden.page:83
-msgid ""
-"By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you "
-"close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will "
-"always show hidden files, see <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-hidden.page:88
-msgid ""
-"Most hidden files will have a <file>.</file> at the beginning of their name, "
-"but others might have a <file>~</file> at the end of their name instead. "
-"These files are backup files. See <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/> for more "
-"information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-lost.page:32
-msgid "Follow these tips if you can’t find a file you created or downloaded."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-lost.page:36
-msgid "Find a lost file"
-msgstr "Find en mistet fil"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-lost.page:38
-msgid ""
-"If you created or downloaded a file, but now you cannot find it, follow "
-"these tips."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-lost.page:42
-msgid ""
-"If you do not remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of "
-"how you named it, you can <link xref=\"files-search\">search for the file by "
-"name</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-lost.page:46
-msgid ""
-"If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically "
-"saved it to a common folder. Check the <file>Desktop</file> and "
-"<file>Downloads</file> folders in your home folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-lost.page:51
-msgid ""
-"You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it "
-"gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. "
-"See <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> to learn how to recover a deleted file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-lost.page:56
-msgid ""
-"You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files "
-"that start with a <file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in "
-"the file manager. Click the view options button in the <app>Files</app> "
-"toolbar and enable <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> to display them. See <link "
-"xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-open.page:23
-msgid ""
-"Open files using an application that isn’t the default one for that type of "
-"file. You can change the default too."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-open.page:27
-msgid "Open files with other applications"
-msgstr "Åbn filer med andre programmer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-open.page:29
-msgid ""
-"When you double-click (or middle-click) a file in the file manager, it will "
-"be opened with the default application for that file type. You can open it "
-"in a different application, search online for applications, or set the "
-"default application for all files of the same type."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-open.page:34
-msgid ""
-"To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the "
-"file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you do "
-"not see the application you want, select <gui>Open With Other Application</"
-"gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications that are known to "
-"handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, "
-"click <gui>View All Applications</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-open.page:41
-msgid ""
-"If you still cannot find the application you want, you can search for more "
-"applications by clicking <gui>Find New Applications</gui>. The file manager "
-"will search online for packages containing applications that are known to "
-"handle files of that type."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-open.page:47
-msgid "Change the default application"
-msgstr "Skift standardprogrammet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-open.page:48
-msgid ""
-"You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given "
-"type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-"
-"click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player "
-"to open when you double-click an MP3 file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-open.page:54
-msgid ""
-"Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For "
-"example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a "
-"<file>.mp3</file> file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-open.page:57
-msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-open.page:58
-msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-open.page:59
-msgid "Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-open.page:61
-msgid ""
-"If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want "
-"to use, but do not want to make the default, select that application and "
-"click <gui>Add</gui>. This will add it to <gui>Recommended Applications</"
-"gui>. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the "
-"file and selecting it from the list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-open.page:68
-msgid ""
-"This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for "
-"all files with the same type."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-preview.page:26
-msgid "Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-preview.page:30
-msgid "Preview files and folders"
-msgstr "Forhåndsvis filer og mapper"
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-preview.page:33
-msgid ""
-"You need to have <app>Sushi</app> installed on your computer to perform "
-"these steps."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#. Translators: This button is only shown on Ubuntu, where this link
-#. format is preferred over 'install:gnome-sushi'.
-#: C/files-preview.page:36
-msgid ""
-"<link style=\"button\" href=\"apt:gnome-sushi\">Install <app>Sushi</app></"
-"link>"
-msgstr ""
-"<link style=\"button\" href=\"apt:gnome-sushi\">Installér <app>Sushi</app></"
-"link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-preview.page:40
-msgid ""
-"You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown "
-"application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in "
-"a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the preview."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-preview.page:44
-msgid ""
-"The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, "
-"video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or "
-"seek through your video and audio."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-preview.page:48
-msgid ""
-"To view a preview full-screen, press <key>F</key> or <key>F11</key>. Press "
-"<key>F</key> or <key>F11</key> again to leave full-screen, or press the "
-"space bar to exit the preview completely."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-recover.page:24
-msgid "Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-recover.page:28
-msgid "Recover a file from the Trash"
-msgstr "Gendan en fil fra papirkurven"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-recover.page:30
-msgid ""
-"If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into "
-"the <gui>Trash</gui>, and should be able to be restored."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-recover.page:34
-msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:"
-msgstr "Gendan en fil fra papirkurven:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-recover.page:36
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <app>Files</app>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <app>Filer</app>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-recover.page:40
-msgid "Click on <app>Files</app> to open the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-recover.page:43
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar. If you do not see the sidebar, press "
-"the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select "
-"<gui>Sidebar</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-recover.page:48
-msgid ""
-"If your deleted file is there, click on it and select <gui>Restore</gui>. It "
-"will be restored to the folder from where it was deleted."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-recover.page:54
-msgid ""
-"If you deleted the file by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete </"
-"key></keyseq>, or by using the command line, the file has been permanently "
-"deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can’t be recovered from "
-"the <gui>Trash</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-recover.page:59
-msgid ""
-"There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to "
-"recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not "
-"very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, "
-"it’s probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can "
-"recover it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:28
-msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
-msgstr "Afmontér eller skub et USB-flash-drev, cd, dvd eller anden enhed, ud."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:31
-msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
-msgstr "Sikker fjernelse af eksternt drev"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:33
-msgid ""
-"When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should "
-"safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you "
-"run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it. This "
-"could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an "
-"optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc "
-"from your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:41
-msgid "To eject a removable device:"
-msgstr "Skub en flytbar enhed ud:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:43
-msgid ""
-"From the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview, open <app>Files</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:47
-msgid ""
-"Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to "
-"the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:50
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:67
-msgid ""
-"Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and "
-"select <gui>Eject</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:56
-msgid "Safely remove a device that is in use"
-msgstr "Sikker fjernelse af en enhed som er i brug"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:58
-msgid ""
-"If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you "
-"will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a "
-"window telling you <gui>Volume is busy</gui>. To safely remove the device:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:63
-msgid "Click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:64
-msgid "Close all the files on the device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:65
-msgid "Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:71
-msgid ""
-"You can also choose <gui>Eject Anyway</gui> to remove the device without "
-"closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those "
-"files open."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-rename.page:35
-msgid "Change file or folder name."
-msgstr "Skift navn på fil eller mappe."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-rename.page:38
-msgid "Rename a file or folder"
-msgstr "Omdøb en fil eller mappe"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:40
-msgid ""
-"As with other file managers, you can use <app>Files</app> to change the name "
-"of a file or folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-rename.page:44
-msgid "To rename a file or folder:"
-msgstr "Omdøb en fil eller mappe:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:45
-msgid ""
-"Right-click on the item and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the file and "
-"press <key>F2</key>."
-msgstr ""
-"Højreklik på elementet og vælg <gui>Omdøb</gui>, eller vælg filen og tryk på "
-"<key>F2</key>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:47
-msgid ""
-"Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key> or click <gui>Rename</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Skriv det nye navn og tryk på <key>Enter</key> eller klik på <gui>Omdøb</"
-"gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:51
-msgid ""
-"You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
-"basic\">properties</link> window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:54
-msgid ""
-"When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is "
-"selected, not the file extension (the part after the last <file>.</file>). "
-"The extension normally denotes what type of file it is (for example, "
-"<file>file.pdf</file> is a PDF document), and you usually do not want to "
-"change that. If you need to change the extension as well, select the entire "
-"file name and change it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:62
-msgid ""
-"If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo "
-"the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the menu button in the "
-"toolbar and select <gui>Undo Rename</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
-"key><key>Z</key></keyseq>, to restore the former name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-rename.page:70
-msgid "Valid characters for file names"
-msgstr "Gyldige tegn til filnavne"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:72
-msgid ""
-"You can use any character except the <file>/</file> (slash) character in "
-"file names. Some devices, however, use a <em>file system</em> that has more "
-"restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the "
-"following characters in your file names: <file>|</file>, <file>\\</file>, "
-"<file>?</file>, <file>*</file>, <file><</file>, <file>\"</file>, <file>:</"
-"file>, <file>></file>, <file>/</file>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:80
-msgid ""
-"If you name a file with a <file>.</file> as the first character, the file "
-"will be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link> when you attempt to view "
-"it in the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-rename.page:88
-#: C/hardware.page:39
-#: C/mouse.page:50
-msgid "Common problems"
-msgstr "Almindelige problemer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-rename.page:92
-msgid "The file name is already in use"
-msgstr "Filnavnet er allerede i brug"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:93
-msgid ""
-"You cannot have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. "
-"If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you "
-"are working in, the file manager will not allow it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:96
-msgid ""
-"File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name <file>File.txt</"
-"file> is not the same as <file>FILE.txt</file>. Using different file names "
-"like this is allowed, though it is not recommended."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-rename.page:102
-msgid "The file name is too long"
-msgstr "Filnavnet er for langt"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:103
-msgid ""
-"On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in "
-"their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the "
-"path to the file (for example, <file>/home/wanda/Documents/work/business-"
-"proposals/…</file>), so you should avoid long file and folder names where "
-"possible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-rename.page:110
-msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:111
-msgid ""
-"If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the "
-"file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some "
-"protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See <link xref="
-"\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> for more information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-search.page:38
-msgid "Locate files based on file name and type."
-msgstr "Find filer baseret på filnavn og -type."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-search.page:41
-msgid "Search for files"
-msgstr "Søg efter filer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-search.page:43
-msgid ""
-"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within "
-"the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#: C/files-search.page:47
-msgid "Other search applications"
-msgstr "Andre søgeprogrammer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/files-search.page:53
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:118
-msgid "Search"
-msgstr "Søg"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:55
-#: C/files-share.page:53
-msgid ""
-"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui xref=\"shell-"
-"introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn programmet <app>Filer</app> fra <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
-"\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:59
-msgid ""
-"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that "
-"folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:63
-msgid ""
-"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name, and they will be "
-"shown in the search bar. For example, if you name all your invoices with the "
-"word “Invoice”, type <input>invoice</input>. Words are matched regardless of "
-"case."
-msgstr ""
-"Skriv et eller flere ord som du ved indgår i filnavnet, og de vil blive vist "
-"i søgelinjen. F.eks. hvis du navngiver alle dine fakturaer med ordet "
-"“Faktura”, så skriv <input>faktura</input>. Der skelnes ikke mellem store og "
-"små bogstaver i ordene."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-search.page:68
-msgid ""
-"Instead of typing words directly to bring up the search bar, you can click "
-"the <_:media-1/> in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</"
-"key></keyseq>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:76
-msgid ""
-"You can narrow your results by date, by file type, and by whether to search "
-"a file's full text, or to only search for file names."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:78
-msgid ""
-"To apply filters, select the drop-down menu button to the left of the file "
-"manager's <_:media-1/> icon, and choose from the available filters:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:84
-msgid "<gui>When</gui>: How far back do you want to search?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:87
-msgid "<gui>What</gui>: What is the type of item?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:90
-msgid ""
-"Should your search include a full-text search, or search only the file names?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:96
-msgid ""
-"To remove a filter, select the <gui>X</gui> beside the filter tag that you "
-"want to remove."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:100
-msgid ""
-"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the "
-"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:105
-msgid ""
-"Click the <_:media-1/> in the toolbar again to exit the search and return to "
-"the folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-search.page:113
-msgid "Customize files search"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-search.page:115
-msgid ""
-"You may want certain directories to be included or excluded from searches in "
-"the <app>Files</app> application. To customize which directories are "
-"searched:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:121
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>Search</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Søg</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:125
-msgid ""
-"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Search</gui></guiseq> from the "
-"results. This will open the <gui>Search Settings</gui> panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:129
-msgid ""
-"Select the <_:media-1/> icon from the bottom of the <gui>Search</gui> "
-"settings panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-search.page:136
-msgid ""
-"This will open a separate settings panel which allows you toggle directory "
-"searches on or off. You can toggle searches on each of the three tabs:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:141
-msgid "<gui>Places</gui>: Lists common home directory locations"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:144
-msgid ""
-"<gui>Bookmarks</gui>: Lists directory locations that you have bookmarked in "
-"the <app>Files</app> application"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:148
-msgid ""
-"<gui>Other</gui>: Lists directory locations that you include via the <gui>+</"
-"gui> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-select.page:18
-msgid ""
-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files "
-"which have similar names."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-select.page:22
-msgid "Select files by pattern"
-msgstr "Vælg filer efter mønster"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-select.page:24
-msgid ""
-"You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press "
-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select "
-"Items Matching</gui> window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the "
-"file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters "
-"available:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-select.page:31
-msgid ""
-"<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at "
-"all."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-select.page:33
-msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-select.page:36
-msgid "For example:"
-msgstr "F.eks.:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-select.page:39
-msgid ""
-"If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all "
-"have the same base name <file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the "
-"pattern"
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du har en OpenDocument-tekstfil, en PDF-fil, og et billede som alle har "
-"det samme grundnavn <file>Faktura</file>, vælges alle tre med mønsteret"
-
-#. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/files-select.page:42
-msgid "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
-msgstr "<file>Faktura.*</file>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-select.page:44
-msgid ""
-"If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, "
-"<file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them "
-"all with the pattern"
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du har nogle billeder, der er navngivet som <file>Ferie-001.jpg</file>, "
-"<file>Ferie-002.jpg</file>, <file>Ferie-003.jpg</file>; så vælges de alle "
-"med mønsteret"
-
-#. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/files-select.page:47
-msgid "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
-msgstr "<file>Ferie-???.jpg</file>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-select.page:49
-msgid ""
-"If you have photos as before, but you have edited some of them and added "
-"<file>-edited</file> to the end of the file name of the photos you have "
-"edited, select the edited photos with"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/files-select.page:52
-msgid "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
-msgstr "<file>Ferie-???-redigeret.jpg</file>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-share.page:26
-msgid "Easily transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-share.page:30
-msgid "Share files by email"
-msgstr "Del filer via e-mail"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-share.page:42
-msgid ""
-"You can easily share files with your contacts by email directly from the "
-"file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-share.page:46
-msgid ""
-"Before you begin, make sure <app>Evolution</app> or <app>Geary</app> is "
-"installed on your computer, and your email account is configured."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-share.page:51
-msgid "To share a file by email:"
-msgstr "Del en fil via e-mail:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-share.page:56
-msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-share.page:58
-msgid ""
-"Right-click the file and select <gui>Send to…</gui>. An email compose window "
-"will appear with the file attached."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-share.page:61
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>To</gui> to choose a contact, or enter an email address where you "
-"want to send the file. Fill in the <gui>Subject</gui> and the body of the "
-"message as required and click <gui>Send</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-share.page:67
-msgid ""
-"You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down "
-"<key>Ctrl</key> while clicking the files, then right-click any selected file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-sort.page:27
-msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-sort.page:30
-msgid "Sort files and folders"
-msgstr "Sortér filer og mapper"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:36
-msgid ""
-"You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting "
-"them in order of date or file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a "
-"list of common ways to sort files. See <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> for "
-"information on how to change the default sort order."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:41
-msgid ""
-"The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you "
-"are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in "
-"the toolbar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-sort.page:46
-msgid "Icon view"
-msgstr "Ikonvisning"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:48
-msgid ""
-"To sort files in a different order, click the view options button in the "
-"toolbar and choose <gui>By Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</"
-"gui>, <gui>By Modification Date</gui>, or <gui>By Access Date</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:54
-msgid ""
-"As an example, if you select <gui>By Name</gui>, the files will be sorted by "
-"their names, in alphabetical order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:58
-msgid ""
-"You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> "
-"from the menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-sort.page:64
-msgid "List view"
-msgstr "Listevisning"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:66
-msgid ""
-"To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the "
-"file manager. For example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click "
-"the column heading again to sort in the reverse order."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:69
-msgid ""
-"In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those "
-"columns. Click the view options button in the toolbar, pick <gui>Visible "
-"Columns…</gui> and select the columns that you want to be visible. You will "
-"then be able to sort by those columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> "
-"for descriptions of available columns."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-sort.page:79
-msgid "Ways of sorting files"
-msgstr "Filsortering"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:83
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:55
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:38
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Navn"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:84
-msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/files-sort.page:87
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:76
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:62
-msgid "Size"
-msgstr "Størrelse"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:88
-msgid ""
-"Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from "
-"smallest to largest by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/files-sort.page:92
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:67
-msgid "Type"
-msgstr "Type"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:93
-msgid ""
-"Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped "
-"together, then sorted by name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-sort.page:97
-msgid "Last Modified"
-msgstr "Sidst ændret"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:98
-msgid ""
-"Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest "
-"to newest by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/files-templates.page:13
-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:14
-msgid "Anita Reitere"
-msgstr "Anita Reitere"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-templates.page:27
-msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-templates.page:30
-msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types"
-msgstr "Skabeloner til almindelige dokumenttyper"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-templates.page:32
-msgid ""
-"If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit "
-"from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type "
-"with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you "
-"could create a template document with your letterhead."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-templates.page:38
-msgid "Make a new template"
-msgstr "Opret en ny skabelon"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-templates.page:40
-msgid ""
-"Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you "
-"could make your letterhead in a word processing application."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-templates.page:45
-msgid ""
-"Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates</file> folder "
-"in your <file>Home</file> folder. If the <file>Templates</file> folder does "
-"not exist, you will need to create it first."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-templates.page:52
-msgid "Use a template to create a document"
-msgstr "Brug en skabelon til at oprette et dokument"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-templates.page:54
-msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-templates.page:57
-msgid ""
-"Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui "
-"style=\"menuitem\">New Document</gui>. The names of available templates will "
-"be listed in the submenu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-templates.page:62
-msgid "Choose your desired template from the list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-templates.page:65
-msgid ""
-"Double-click the file to open it and start editing. You may wish to <link "
-"xref=\"files-rename\">rename the file</link> when you are finished."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-tilde.page:28
-msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."
-msgstr "Disse er sikkerhedskopier. De er skjult som standard."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-tilde.page:31
-msgid "What is a file with a <file>~</file> at the end of its name?"
-msgstr "Hvad er en fil med en <file>~</file> i slutningen af dens navn?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-tilde.page:33
-msgid ""
-"Files with a <file>~</file> at the end of their names (for example, "
-"<file>example.txt~</file>) are automatically created backup copies of "
-"documents edited in the <app>gedit</app> text editor or other applications. "
-"It is safe to delete them, but there is no harm to leave them on your "
-"computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-tilde.page:39
-msgid ""
-"These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because "
-"you either selected <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> (in the view options menu "
-"of the <app>Files</app> toolbar) or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</"
-"key></keyseq>. You can hide them again by repeating either of these steps."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-tilde.page:46
-msgid ""
-"These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link "
-"xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for advice on dealing with hidden files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/files.page:27
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Files"
-msgstr "Filer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files.page:29
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-delete"
-"\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, <link "
-"xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"files-search\">Søgning</link>, <link xref=\"files-delete\">slet "
-"filer</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">sikkerhedskopier</link>, <link "
-"xref=\"files#removable\">flytbare drev</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files.page:38
-msgid "Files, folders & search"
-msgstr "Filer, mapper & søgning"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files.page:41
-msgid "Common tasks"
-msgstr "Almindelige opgaver"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files.page:46
-msgid "More file-related tasks"
-msgstr "Flere filrelaterede opgaver"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files.page:51
-msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
-msgstr "Flytbare drev og eksterne diske"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files.page:56
-msgid "Backing up"
-msgstr "Sikkerhedskopiering"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files.page:61
-msgid "Tips and questions"
-msgstr "Tips og spørgsmål"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/get-involved.page:7
-msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."
-msgstr "Hvordan og hvor problemer med hjælpeemnerne kan rapporteres."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/get-involved.page:22
-msgid "Participate to improve this guide"
-msgstr "Vær med til at forbedre vejledningen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/get-involved.page:26
-msgid "Submit an issue"
-msgstr "Indsend en problemstilling"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/get-involved.page:28
-msgid ""
-"This help documentation is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome "
-"to participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, "
-"incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but are not), you "
-"can submit a <em>new issue</em>. To submit a new issue, go to the <link href="
-"\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-user-docs/issues\";>issue tracker</"
-"link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Hjælpedokumentationen er skabt af et fællesskab af frivillige. Du er "
-"velkommen til at være med. Hvis du støder på et problem med hjælpesiderne "
-"(såsom stavefejl, ukorrekte instruktioner eller emner som bør dækkes men "
-"ikke er), så kan du indsende et <em>nyt issue</em>. Gå til <link href="
-"\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-user-docs/issues\";>issue-trackeren</"
-"link> for at indsende et nyt issue."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/get-involved.page:35
-msgid ""
-"You need to register, so you can submit an issue and receive updates by "
-"email about its status. If you do not already have an account, click the "
-"<gui><link href=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/users/sign_in\";>Sign in / "
-"Register</link></gui> button to create one."
-msgstr ""
-"Du skal tilmelde dig for at kunne indsende et issue og modtage opdateringer "
-"via e-mail om dets status. Har du ikke allerede en konto, så klik på "
-"<gui><link href=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/users/sign_in\";>Sign in/Register</"
-"link></gui>-knappen for at oprette en."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/get-involved.page:40
-msgid ""
-"Once you have an account, make sure you are logged in, then go back to the "
-"<link href=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-user-docs/issues";
-"\">documentation issue tracker</link> and click <gui><link href=\"https://";
-"gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-user-docs/issues/new\">New issue</link></gui>. "
-"Before reporting a new issue, please <link href=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/";
-"GNOME/gnome-user-docs/issues\">browse</link> for the issue to see if "
-"something similar already exists."
-msgstr ""
-"Når du har en konto, så sørg for at du er logget ind og gå herefter tilbage "
-"til <link href=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-user-docs/issues";
-"\">dokumentationens issue-tracker</link> og klik på <gui><link href="
-"\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-user-docs/issues/new\";>New issue</"
-"link></gui>. <link href=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-user-docs/";
-"issues\">Gennemse</link> venligst først eksisterende issues for at se om der "
-"allerede findes noget lignende."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/get-involved.page:48
-msgid ""
-"Before submitting your issue, choose the appropriate label in the "
-"<gui>Labels</gui> menu. If you are filing an issue against this "
-"documentation, you should choose the <gui>gnome-help</gui> label. If you are "
-"not sure which component your issue pertains to, do not choose any."
-msgstr ""
-"Inden du indsender dit issue, så vælg den rette etiket i <gui>Labels</gui>-"
-"menuen. Hvis du udfylder et issue til dokumentationen, så skal du vælge "
-"<gui>gnome-help</gui>-etiketten. Hvis du er i tvivl om hvilken komponent dit "
-"issue hører til, så undlad at vælge nogen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/get-involved.page:53
-msgid ""
-"If you are requesting help about a topic that you feel is not covered, "
-"choose <gui>Feature</gui> as the label. Fill in the Title and Description "
-"sections and click <gui>Submit issue</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du prøver at få hjælp til et emne som du føler ikke er dækket, så vælg "
-"<gui>Feature</gui> som etiketten. Udfyld Title og Description og klik på "
-"<gui>Submit issue</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/get-involved.page:57
-msgid ""
-"Your issue will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it "
-"is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make the GNOME Help better!"
-msgstr ""
-"Dit issue får et id-nummer og dets status opdateres efterhånden som der "
-"arbejdes på det. Tak fordi du hjælper med at forbedre GNOME Hjælp!"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/get-involved.page:63
-msgid "Contact us"
-msgstr "Kontakt os"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/get-involved.page:65
-msgid ""
-"You can send an <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list gnome org\">email</link> "
-"to the GNOME docs mailing list to learn more about how to get involved with "
-"the documentation team."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan sende en <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list gnome org\">e-mail</link> "
-"til GNOME docs-mailinglisten for at læse mere om hvordan du kan være en del "
-"af dokumentationsholdet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:23
-msgid ""
-"Consider switching to GNOME Classic if you prefer a more traditional desktop "
-"experience."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:27
-msgid "What is GNOME Classic?"
-msgstr "Hvad er GNOME Classic?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:31
-msgid ""
-"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional "
-"desktop experience. While <em>GNOME Classic</em> is based on <em>GNOME 3</"
-"em> technologies, it provides a number of changes to the user interface, "
-"such as the <gui>Applications</gui> and <gui>Places</gui> menus on the top "
-"bar, and a window list at the bottom of the screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:39
-msgid ""
-"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional "
-"desktop experience. While <em>GNOME Classic</em> is based on <em>GNOME 3</"
-"em> technologies, it provides a number of changes to the user interface, "
-"such as the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Applications</gui> "
-"and <gui>Places</gui> menus on the top bar, and a window list at the bottom "
-"of the screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:48
-msgid ""
-"You can use the <gui>Applications</gui> menu on the top bar to launch "
-"applications. The <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</"
-"gui> overview is available by selecting the <gui>Activities Overview</gui> "
-"item from the menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:53
-msgid ""
-"To access the <em><gui>Activities</gui> overview</em>, you can also press "
-"the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
-msgstr ""
-"For at få adgang til <em><gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui></em>, kan du også "
-"trykke på <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>-tasten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:57
-msgid "Window list"
-msgstr "Vinduesliste"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:59
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:299
-msgid ""
-"The window list at the bottom of the screen provides access to all your open "
-"windows and applications and lets you quickly minimize and restore them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:62
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:302
-msgid ""
-"At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier "
-"for the current workspace, such as <gui>1</gui> for the first (top) "
-"workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the total number of "
-"available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you can click the "
-"identifier and select the workspace you want to use from the menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:71
-msgid "Switch to and from GNOME Classic"
-msgstr "Skift til og fra GNOME Classic"
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:74
-msgid ""
-"GNOME Classic is only available on systems with certain GNOME Shell "
-"extensions installed. Some Linux distributions may not have these extensions "
-"available or installed by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:80
-msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME</em> to <em>GNOME Classic</em>:"
-msgstr "Skift fra <em>GNOME</em> til <em>GNOME Classic</em>:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:82
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:107
-msgid ""
-"Save any open work, and then log out. Click the system menu on the right "
-"side of the top bar, click your name and then choose the right option."
-msgstr ""
-"Gem dit igangværende arbejde og log ud. Klik på systemmenuen i højre side af "
-"toplinjen, og klik herefter på dit navn og den ønskede valgmulighed."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:86
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:111
-msgid ""
-"A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:90
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:115
-msgid "At the login screen, select your name from the list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:93
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:118
-msgid "Enter your password in the password entry box."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:96
-msgid ""
-"Click the options icon, which is displayed to the left of the <gui>Sign In</"
-"gui> button, and select <gui>GNOME Classic</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:100
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:125
-msgid "Click the <gui>Sign In</gui> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:105
-msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME Classic</em> to <em>GNOME</em>:"
-msgstr "Skift fra <em>GNOME Classic</em> til <em>GNOME</em>:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:121
-msgid ""
-"Click the options icon, which is displayed to the left of the <gui>Sign In</"
-"gui> button, and select <gui>GNOME</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/gnome-version.page:16
-msgid "How to determine which version of GNOME is running."
-msgstr "Find ud af hvilken version af GNOME, som kører."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/gnome-version.page:19
-msgid "Determine which version of GNOME is running"
-msgstr "Find ud af hvilken version af GNOME, som kører"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/gnome-version.page:21
-msgid ""
-"You can determine the version of GNOME that is running on your system by "
-"going to the <gui>Details/About</gui> panel in <gui>Settings</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan finde ud af hvilken version af GNOME, som kører på dit system, ved at "
-"gå til <gui>Detaljer/Om</gui>-panelet i <gui>Indstillinger</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/gnome-version.page:26
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>About</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Om</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/gnome-version.page:30
-msgid "Click on <gui>About</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Om</gui> for at åbne panelet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/gnome-version.page:31
-msgid ""
-"A window appears showing information about your system, including your "
-"distribution’s name and the GNOME version."
-msgstr ""
-"Der vises et vindue med information om dit system, inklusive navnet på din "
-"distribution og GNOME-versionen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/hardware-auth.page:13
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">Fingerprint readers</link>, smart cards…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">Fingeraftrykslæsere</link>, smart cards …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/hardware-auth.page:24
-msgid "Fingerprints & smart cards"
-msgstr "Fingeraftryk & smart cards"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20
-msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers."
-msgstr "Fejlsøg mediekortlæsere."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:23
-msgid "Media card reader problems"
-msgstr "Problemer med mediekortlæser"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:25
-msgid ""
-"Many computers contain readers for SD, MMC, SM, MS, CF, and other storage "
-"media cards. These should be automatically detected and <link xref=\"disk-"
-"partitions\">mounted</link>. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are "
-"not:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:31
-msgid ""
-"Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they "
-"are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is "
-"firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CF, require a small amount "
-"of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! If you come "
-"up against something solid, do not force it.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Open <app>Files</app> from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
-"\">Activities</gui> overview. Does the inserted card appear in the "
-"<gui>Devices</gui> list in the left sidebar? Sometimes the card appears in "
-"this list but is not mounted; click it once to mount. (If the sidebar is not "
-"visible, press <key>F9</key> or click <gui style=\"menu\">Files</gui> in the "
-"top bar and select the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Sidebar</gui>.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:48
-msgid ""
-"If your card does not show up in the sidebar, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
-"key><key>L</key></keyseq>, then type <input>computer:///</input> and press "
-"<key>Enter</key>. If your card reader is correctly configured, the reader "
-"should come up as a drive when no card is present, and the card itself when "
-"the card has been mounted."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:56
-msgid ""
-"If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the "
-"card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if "
-"possible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:61
-msgid ""
-"If no cards or drives are shown when browsing the <gui>Computer</gui> "
-"location, it is possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due "
-"to driver issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the computer "
-"instead of sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to "
-"directly connect your device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the "
-"computer. USB external card readers are also available, and are far better "
-"supported by Linux."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/hardware-driver.page:17
-msgid ""
-"A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are "
-"attached to it."
-msgstr ""
-"En hardware-/enhedsdriver gør det muligt for din computer at bruge enheder "
-"som er forbundet til den."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/hardware-driver.page:21
-msgid "What is a driver?"
-msgstr "Hvad er en driver?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/hardware-driver.page:23
-msgid ""
-"Devices are the physical “parts” of your computer. They may be <em>external</"
-"em> like printers and monitor or <em>internal</em> like graphics and audio "
-"cards."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/hardware-driver.page:27
-msgid ""
-"In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know "
-"how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a "
-"<em>device driver</em>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/hardware-driver.page:31
-msgid ""
-"When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver "
-"installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but "
-"the correct driver is not available, you will not be able to use the "
-"printer. Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible "
-"with any other model."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/hardware-driver.page:37
-msgid ""
-"On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so "
-"everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to "
-"be installed manually or may not be available at all."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/hardware-driver.page:41
-msgid ""
-"In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-"
-"functional. For example, you might find that your printer cannot do double-"
-"sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:13
-msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."
-msgstr "Fejlsøg problemer med skærm og grafikkort."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:19
-msgid "Screen problems"
-msgstr "Skærmproblemer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21
-msgid ""
-"Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or "
-"configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are "
-"experiencing?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/hardware.page:13
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Hardware"
-msgstr "Hardware"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/hardware.page:15
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link xref="
-"\"printing\">printers</link>, <link xref=\"power\">power settings</link>, "
-"<link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth"
-"\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardwareproblemer</link>, <link xref="
-"\"printing\">printere</link>, <link xref=\"power\">strømindstillinger</"
-"link>, <link xref=\"color\">farvestyring</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth"
-"\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">diske</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/hardware.page:26
-msgid "Hardware & drivers"
-msgstr "Hardware & drivere"
-
-#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#: C/hardware.page:31
-msgid "More topics"
-msgstr "Flere emner"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/hardware.page:36
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Problems"
-msgstr "Problemer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/hardware.page:37
-msgctxt "link"
-msgid "Hardware problems"
-msgstr "Hardwareproblemer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/help-irc.page:7
-msgid "Get live support on IRC."
-msgstr "Få livesupport på IRC."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/help-irc.page:18
-msgid "IRC"
-msgstr "IRC"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/help-irc.page:19
-msgid ""
-"IRC stands for Internet Relay Chat. It is a real-time multi-user messaging "
-"system. You can get help and advice on the GNOME IRC server from other GNOME "
-"users and developers."
-msgstr ""
-"IRC står for Internet Relay Chat. Det er et beskedsystem til flere brugere i "
-"realtid. Du kan få hjælp og råd på GNOME IRC-serveren fra andre GNOME-"
-"brugere og -udviklere."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/help-irc.page:24
-msgid ""
-"To connect to the GNOME IRC server, use <app>empathy</app> or <app>xchat</"
-"app>, or use a web interface like <link href=\"http://chat.mibbit.com/";
-"\">mibbit</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Brug <app>empathy</app> eller <app>xchat</app> til at oprette forbindelse "
-"til GNOME IRC-serveren, eller brug en webgrænseflade såsom <link href="
-"\"http://chat.mibbit.com/\";>mibbit</link>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/help-irc.page:28
-msgid ""
-"To create an IRC account in empathy, see the <link href=\"help:empathy/irc-"
-"manage\">Empathy documentation</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"I <link href=\"help:empathy/irc-manage\">Empathys dokumentation</link> kan "
-"du se hvordan du opretter en IRC-konto."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/help-irc.page:32
-msgid ""
-"The GNOME IRC server is <sys>irc.gnome.org</sys>. You may also see it "
-"referred to as the \"GIMP network\". If your computer is properly configured "
-"you can click on the link <link href=\"irc://irc.gnome.org/gnome\"/> to "
-"access the <sys>gnome</sys> channel."
-msgstr ""
-"GNOMEs IRC-server er <sys>irc.gnome.org</sys>. Du kan også se den omtalt som "
-"GIMP-netværket (\"GIMP network\"). Hvis din computer er konfigureret "
-"korrekt, så kan du klikke på linket <link href=\"irc://irc.gnome.org/gnome\"/"
-"> for at åbne <sys>gnome</sys>-kanalen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/help-irc.page:37
-msgid ""
-"While IRC is a real-time discussion medium, people tend to not reply "
-"immediately, so be patient."
-msgstr ""
-"Selvom IRC er et diskussionsmedie i realtid så har folk det med ikke at "
-"svare lige med det samme, så vær tålmodig."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/help-irc.page:42
-msgid ""
-"Please note the <link href=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Foundation/CodeOfConduct";
-"\">GNOME code of conduct</link> applies when you chat on IRC."
-msgstr ""
-"Bemærk venligst at <link href=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Foundation/";
-"CodeOfConduct\">GNOME-adfærdskodekset</link> gælder når du chatter på IRC."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:23
-msgid "Request support by e-mail."
-msgstr "Få hjælp via e-mail."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:26
-msgid "Mailing list"
-msgstr "Mailingliste"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:28
-msgid ""
-"Mailing lists are email based discussions. You can ask for support using the "
-"GNOME mailing lists. Almost each GNOME application has its own mailing list. "
-"The complete list of mailing-lists are listed at <link href=\"http://mail.";
-"gnome.org/mailman/listinfo\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Mailinglister er diskussioner baseret på e-mails. Du kan spørge om hjælp med "
-"GNOME-mailinglisterne. Næsten alle GNOME-programmer har deres egen "
-"mailingliste. Den fulde liste over mailinglister findes på <link href="
-"\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo\"/>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:34
-msgid ""
-"You may need to subscribe to the mailing-list before being able to send an "
-"email to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Det kan være nødvendigt at abonnere på mailinglisten inden du kan sende e-"
-"mail til den."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:38
-msgid ""
-"The default language used on mailing lists is English. There are user "
-"mailing lists for other languages. For example, <sys>gnome-de</sys> for "
-"German speakers or <sys>gnome-cl-list</sys> for all things related to Chile."
-msgstr ""
-"Standardsproget på mailinglisterne er engelsk. Der findes "
-"brugermailinglister til andre sprog. F.eks. <sys>gnome-de</sys> til dem der "
-"taler tysk eller <sys>gnome-cl-list</sys> for alt hvad der har med Chile at "
-"gøre."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/index.page:7
-msgid "A guide for GNOME 3 desktop users."
-msgstr "En vejledning til dem der bruger GNOME 3-skrivebordet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/index.page:9
-msgctxt "link"
-msgid "GNOME Help"
-msgstr "GNOME Hjælp"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/index.page:10
-msgctxt "text"
-msgid "GNOME Help"
-msgstr "GNOME Hjælp"
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/index.page:11
-msgid "Help"
-msgstr "Hjælp"
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/index.page:16
-msgid "Yelp logo"
-msgstr "Yelp-logo"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/index.page:16
-msgid "<_:media-1/> GNOME Help"
-msgstr "<_:media-1/> GNOME Hjælp"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:23
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:19
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:20
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:22
-#: C/keyboard.page:22
-msgid "Julita Inca"
-msgstr "Julita Inca"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:37
-msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:41
-msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
-msgstr "Få tastaturets markør til at blinke"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:43
-msgid ""
-"If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can "
-"make it blink to make it easier to locate."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:58
-msgid "Press <gui>Cursor Blinking</gui> in the <gui>Typing</gui> section."
-msgstr "Tryk på <gui>Markørblink</gui> i afsnittet <gui>Skrivning</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:61
-msgid ""
-"Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:15
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:26
-msgid "Juanjo Marín"
-msgstr "Juanjo Marín"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:25
-msgid ""
-"The <key>Menu</key> key launches a context menu with the keyboard rather "
-"than with a right-click."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:29
-msgid "What is the <key>Menu</key> key?"
-msgstr "Hvad er <key>Menu</key>-tasten?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:31
-msgid ""
-"The <key>Menu</key> key, also known as the <em>Application</em> key, is a "
-"key found on some Windows-oriented keyboards. This key is usually on the "
-"bottom-right of the keyboard, next to the <key>Ctrl</key> key, but it can be "
-"placed in a different location by keyboard manufacturers. Its is usually "
-"depicted as a cursor hovering above a menu: <_:media-1/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:45
-msgid ""
-"The primary function of this key is to launch a context menu with the "
-"keyboard rather than by clicking the right mouse button: this is useful if "
-"mouse or a similar device is not available, or when the right mouse button "
-"is not present."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:50
-msgid ""
-"The <key>Menu</key> key is sometimes omitted in the interest of space, "
-"particularly on portable and laptop keyboards. In this case, some keyboards "
-"include a <key>Menu</key> function key that can be activated in combination "
-"with the Function (<key>Fn</key>) key."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:55
-msgid ""
-"The <em>context menu</em> is a menu that pops up when you right-click. The "
-"menu that you see, if any, is dependent on the context and function of the "
-"area that you right-clicked. When you use the <key>Menu</key> key, the "
-"context menu is shown for the area of the screen that your cursor is over at "
-"the point when the key is pressed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:25
-msgid ""
-"The <key>Super</key> key opens the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. You can "
-"usually find it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:30
-msgid "What is the <key>Super</key> key?"
-msgstr "Hvad er <key>Super</key>-tasten?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:32
-msgid ""
-"When you press the <key>Super</key> key, the <gui>Activities</gui> overview "
-"is displayed. This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your "
-"keyboard, next to the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a Windows logo on "
-"it. It is sometimes called the <em>Windows key</em> or system key."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:38
-msgid ""
-"If you have an Apple keyboard, you will have a <key>⌘</key> (Command) key "
-"instead of the Windows key, while Chromebooks have a magnifying glass "
-"instead."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:43
-msgid ""
-"To change which key is used to display the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:58
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:77
-msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Tastatur</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne panelet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:61
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>System</gui> category, click the row with <gui>Show the "
-"activities overview</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:65
-msgid "Hold down the desired key combination."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36
-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:29
-#: C/prefs-sharing.page:15
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:24
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:17
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:22
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:25
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:15
-#: C/privacy.page:20
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:28
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:26
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24
-#: C/user-autologin.page:18
-msgid "2013"
-msgstr "2013"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41
-msgid "Add keyboard layouts and switch between them."
-msgstr "Tilføj tastaturlayouts og skift mellem dem."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:44
-msgid "Use alternative keyboard layouts"
-msgstr "Brug alternative tastaturlayouts"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:46
-msgid ""
-"Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. "
-"Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such "
-"as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a "
-"keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols "
-"printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple "
-"languages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:62
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Region & Language</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik på <gui>Region & sprog</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne panelet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66
-msgid ""
-"Click the <gui>+</gui> button in the <gui>Input Sources</gui> section, "
-"select the language which is associated with the layout, then select a "
-"layout and press <gui>Add</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:73
-#: C/session-formats.page:69
-#: C/session-language.page:89
-msgid ""
-"If there are multiple user accounts on your system, there is a separate "
-"instance of the <gui>Region & Language</gui> panel for the login screen. "
-"Click the <gui>Login Screen</gui> button at the top right to toggle between "
-"the two instances."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:78
-msgid ""
-"Some rarely used keyboard layout variants are not available by default when "
-"you click the <gui>+</gui> button. To make also those input sources "
-"available you can open a terminal window by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
-"key><key>Alt</key><key>T</key></keyseq> and run this command:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:90
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:95
-msgid "preview"
-msgstr "forhåndsvis"
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88
-msgid ""
-"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list of "
-"<gui>Input Sources</gui> and clicking <gui><_:media-1/></gui>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98
-msgid "preferences"
-msgstr "præferencer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:93
-msgid ""
-"Certain languages offer some extra configuration options. You can identify "
-"those languages because they have a <gui><_:media-1/></gui> icon next to "
-"them. If you want to access these extra parameters, select the language from "
-"the <gui>Input Source</gui> list and a new <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-2/"
-"></gui> button will give you access to the extra settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:101
-msgid ""
-"When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the "
-"same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different "
-"layout for each window is useful, for example, if you’re writing an article "
-"in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will "
-"be remembered for each window as you switch between windows. Press the <gui "
-"style=\"button\">Options</gui> button to select how you want to manage "
-"multiple layouts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109
-msgid ""
-"The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such as "
-"<gui>en</gui> for the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator "
-"and select the layout you want to use from the menu. If the selected "
-"language has any extra settings, they will be shown below the list of "
-"available layouts. This gives you a quick overview of your settings. You can "
-"also open an image with the current keyboard layout for reference."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116
-msgid ""
-"The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the <gui>Input "
-"Source</gui> <gui>Keyboard Shortcuts</gui>. These shortcuts open the "
-"<gui>Input Source</gui> chooser where you can move forward and backward. By "
-"default, you can switch to the next input source with <keyseq><key xref="
-"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> and to the "
-"previous one with <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></"
-"keyseq>. You can change these shortcuts in the <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: p/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' "
-"md5='2ee80298080e748428543267cb499806'"
-msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:34
-msgid "Use applications and the desktop without a mouse."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:37
-msgid "Keyboard navigation"
-msgstr "Tastaturnavigation"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:47
-msgid ""
-"This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or "
-"other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. "
-"For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see <link xref=\"shell-"
-"keyboard-shortcuts\"/> instead."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:53
-msgid ""
-"If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse "
-"pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
-"mousekeys\"/> for details."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:59
-msgid "Navigate user interfaces"
-msgstr "Naviger i brugerflader"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:61
-msgid "<key>Tab</key> and"
-msgstr "<key>Tab</key> og"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:62
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:65
-msgid ""
-"Move keyboard focus between different controls. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> "
-"<key>Tab</key></keyseq> moves between groups of controls, such as from a "
-"sidebar to the main content. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
-"can also break out of a control that uses <key>Tab</key> itself, such as a "
-"text area."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:70
-msgid "Hold down <key>Shift</key> to move focus in reverse order."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:74
-msgid "Arrow keys"
-msgstr "Piletaster"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:76
-msgid ""
-"Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related "
-"controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in "
-"a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:82
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Piletaster</keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:83
-msgid ""
-"In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without "
-"changing which item is selected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:87
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key>Piletaster</keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:88
-msgid ""
-"In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to "
-"the newly focused item."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:90
-msgid ""
-"In a tree view, items that have children can be expanded or collapsed, to "
-"show or hide their children: expand by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</"
-"key><key>→</key></keyseq>, and collapse by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</"
-"key><key>←</key></keyseq>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:96
-msgid "<key>Space</key>"
-msgstr "<key>Mellemrum</key>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:97
-msgid "Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:101
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Mellemrum</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:102
-msgid ""
-"In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without "
-"deselecting other items."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:106
-msgid "<key>Alt</key>"
-msgstr "<key>Alt</key>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:107
-msgid ""
-"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key to reveal <em>accelerators</em>: underlined "
-"letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press <key>Alt</key> "
-"plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked "
-"on it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:113
-msgid "<key>Esc</key>"
-msgstr "<key>Esc</key>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:114
-msgid "Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:117
-msgid "<key>F10</key>"
-msgstr "<key>F10</key>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:118
-msgid ""
-"Open the first menu on the menubar of a window. Use the arrow keys to "
-"navigate the menus."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:122
-msgid ""
-"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:124
-msgid "Open the application menu on the top bar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:127
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> eller"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:128
-msgid "<key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key>"
-msgstr "<key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:130
-msgid ""
-"Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-"
-"clicked."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:135
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:136
-msgid ""
-"In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if "
-"you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:140
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:141
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:97
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106
-msgid "and"
-msgstr "og"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:142
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:143
-msgid "In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:149
-msgid "Navigate the desktop"
-msgstr "Naviger på skrivebordet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:166
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:232
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:167
-msgid ""
-"Cycle through windows in the same application. Hold down the <key>Alt</key> "
-"key and press <key>F6</key> until the window you want is highlighted, then "
-"release <key>Alt</key>. This is similar to the <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</"
-"key></keyseq> feature."
-msgstr ""
-"Gennemløb vinduer i det samme program. Hold <key>Alt</key>-tasten nede og "
-"tryk på <key>F6</key> indtil det ønskede vindue fremhæves, og slip så "
-"<key>Alt</key>. Det er samme fremgangsmåde som <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>½</"
-"key></keyseq>-funktionen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:173
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:228
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:75
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:174
-msgid "Cycle through all open windows on a workspace."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:177
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:348
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:129
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:178
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#notificationlist\">Open the notification "
-"list.</link> Press <key>Esc</key> to close."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:184
-msgid "Navigate windows"
-msgstr "Naviger i vinduer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:186
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:417
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:187
-msgid "Close the current window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:190
-msgid ""
-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
-"key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> eller <keyseq><key>Super</"
-"key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:192
-msgid ""
-"Restore a maximized window to its original size. Use <keyseq><key>Alt</"
-"key><key>F10</key></keyseq> to maximize. <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</"
-"key></keyseq> both maximizes and restores."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:198
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:441
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:199
-msgid ""
-"Move the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>, "
-"then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish "
-"moving the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its original place."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:205
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:453
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:206
-msgid ""
-"Resize the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></"
-"keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press <key>Enter</"
-"key> to finish resizing the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its "
-"original size."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:221
-msgid ""
-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
-"key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> eller <keyseq><key>Super</"
-"key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:224
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize</link> a window. Press "
-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
-"key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to restore a maximized window to its original size."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:230
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:421
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:231
-msgid "Minimize a window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:234
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:473
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:235
-msgid ""
-"Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen. Press again "
-"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
-"key><key>→</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:241
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:477
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:242
-msgid ""
-"Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen. Press again "
-"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
-"key><key>←</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:248
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:413
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Mellemrum</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:249
-msgid "Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:16
-msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
-msgstr "Jeremy Bicha"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:32
-msgid ""
-"Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse "
-"or a touchscreen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38
-msgid "Use an on-screen keyboard"
-msgstr "Brug et skærmtastatur"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:40
-msgid ""
-"If you do not have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use "
-"it, you can turn on the <em>on-screen keyboard</em> to enter text."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:44
-msgid ""
-"The on-screen keyboard is automatically enabled if you use a touchscreen"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:60
-msgid "Switch on <gui>Screen Keyboard</gui> in the <gui>Typing</gui> section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:65
-msgid ""
-"When you next have the opportunity to type, the on-screen keyboard will open "
-"at the bottom of the screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:68
-msgid ""
-"Press the <gui style=\"button\">?123</gui> button to enter numbers and "
-"symbols. More symbols are available if you then press the <gui style=\"button"
-"\">=/<</gui> button. To return to the alphabet keyboard, press the <gui "
-"style=\"button\">ABC</gui> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:74
-msgid "down"
-msgstr "ned"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:73
-msgid ""
-"You can press the <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-1/></gui> button to hide "
-"the keyboard temporarily. The keyboard will show again automatically when "
-"you next press on something where you can use it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:78
-msgid "flag"
-msgstr "flag"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:77
-msgid ""
-"Press the <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-1/></gui> button to change your "
-"settings for <link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link> or <link xref="
-"\"keyboard-layouts\">Input Sources</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:37
-msgid ""
-"Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the "
-"delay and speed of repeat keys."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:41
-msgid "Manage repeated key presses"
-msgstr "Håndter gentagne tastetryk"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43
-msgid ""
-"By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol "
-"will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking "
-"your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change "
-"how long it takes before key presses start repeating, or how quickly key "
-"presses repeat."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:61
-msgid "Press <gui>Repeat Keys</gui> in the <gui>Typing</gui> section."
-msgstr "Tryk på <gui>Gentagende taster</gui> i afsnittet <gui>Skrivning</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:64
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Repeat Keys</gui> switch to off."
-msgstr "Sluk for <gui>Gentagende taster</gui>-kontakten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:65
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you "
-"have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</"
-"gui> slider to control how quickly key presses repeat."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44
-msgid "Define or change keyboard shortcuts in <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48
-msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts"
-msgstr "Indstil tastaturgenveje"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:63
-msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:80
-msgid ""
-"Click the row for the desired action. The <gui>Set shortcut</gui> window "
-"will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84
-msgid ""
-"Hold down the desired key combination, or press <key>Backspace</key> to "
-"reset, or press <key>Esc</key> to cancel."
-msgstr ""
-"Hold den ønskede tastekombination nede eller tryk på <key>Backspace</key> "
-"for at nulstille, eller tryk på <key>Esc</key> for at annullere."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:91
-msgid "Pre-defined shortcuts"
-msgstr "Prædefinerede genveje"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:92
-msgid ""
-"There are a number of pre-configured shortcuts that can be changed, grouped "
-"into these categories:"
-msgstr ""
-"Der findes et antal prækonfigurerede genveje som kan ændres, grupperet i "
-"følgende kategorier:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:96
-msgid "Launchers"
-msgstr "Programstartere"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:98
-msgid "Home folder"
-msgstr "Hjemmemappe"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:99
-msgid "<_:media-1/> or <_:media-2/> or <key>Explorer</key>"
-msgstr "<_:media-1/> eller <_:media-2/> eller <key>Explorer</key>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:102
-msgid "Launch calculator"
-msgstr "Start lommeregner"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:103
-msgid "<_:media-1/> or <key>Calculator</key>"
-msgstr "<_:media-1/> eller <key>Calculator</key>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:106
-msgid "Launch email client"
-msgstr "Start e-mailklient"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:107
-msgid "<_:media-1/> or <key>Mail</key>"
-msgstr "<_:media-1/> eller <key>Mail</key>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:110
-msgid "Launch help browser"
-msgstr "Start hjælpebrowser"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:111
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:132
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:180
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:184
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:188
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:212
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:216
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:220
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:224
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:236
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:377
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:381
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:385
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:389
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:425
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:433
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:437
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:445
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:449
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:461
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:469
-msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr "Deaktiveret"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:114
-msgid "Launch web browser"
-msgstr "Start webbrowser"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:115
-msgid "<_:media-1/> or <_:media-2/> or <key>WWW</key>"
-msgstr "<_:media-1/> eller <_:media-2/> eller <key>WWW</key>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:119
-msgid "<_:media-1/> or <key>Search</key>"
-msgstr "<_:media-1/> eller <key>Search</key>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:122
-msgid "Settings"
-msgstr "Indstillinger"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:123
-msgid "<key>Tools</key>"
-msgstr "<key>Tools</key>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:129
-msgid "Navigation"
-msgstr "Navigation"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:131
-msgid "Hide all normal windows"
-msgstr "Skjul alle normale vinduer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:135
-msgid "Move to workspace above"
-msgstr "Flyt til arbejdsområdet ovenfor"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:136
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:96
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:139
-msgid "Move to workspace below"
-msgstr "Flyt til arbejdsområdet nedenfor"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:140
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:143
-msgid "Move window one monitor down"
-msgstr "Flyt vindue én skærm ned"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:144
-msgid ""
-"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>↓</"
-"key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-"<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>↓</"
-"key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:147
-msgid "Move window one monitor to the left"
-msgstr "Flyt vindue én skærm til venstre"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:148
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:113
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:151
-msgid "Move window one monitor to the right"
-msgstr "Flyt vindue én skærm til højre"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:152
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:117
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:155
-msgid "Move window one monitor up"
-msgstr "Flyt vindue én skærm op"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:156
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:159
-msgid "Move window one workspace down"
-msgstr "Flyt vindue ét arbejdsområde ned"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:160
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:107
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:164
-msgid "Move window one workspace up"
-msgstr "Flyt vindue ét arbejdsområde op"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:165
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key> <key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Super</key> <key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:169
-msgid "Move window to last workspace"
-msgstr "Flyt vindue til sidste arbejdsområde"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:170
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>End</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Super</key><key>End</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:174
-msgid "Move window to workspace 1"
-msgstr "Flyt vindue til arbejdsområde 1"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:175
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Home</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Super</key><key>Home</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:179
-msgid "Move window to workspace 2"
-msgstr "Flyt vindue til arbejdsområde 2"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:183
-msgid "Move window to workspace 3"
-msgstr "Flyt vindue til arbejdsområde 3"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:187
-msgid "Move window to workspace 4"
-msgstr "Flyt vindue til arbejdsområde 4"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:191
-msgid "Switch applications"
-msgstr "Skift programmer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:192
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:60
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:195
-msgid "Switch system controls"
-msgstr "Skift systemstyring"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:196
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:83
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:199
-msgid "Switch system controls directly"
-msgstr "Skift systemstyring direkte"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:200
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:203
-msgid "Switch to last workspace"
-msgstr "Skift til sidste arbejdsområde"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:204
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>End</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>End</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:207
-msgid "Switch to workspace 1"
-msgstr "Skift til arbejdsområde 1"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:208
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Home</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Home</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:211
-msgid "Switch to workspace 2"
-msgstr "Skift til arbejdsområde 2"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:215
-msgid "Switch to workspace 3"
-msgstr "Skift til arbejdsområde 3"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:219
-msgid "Switch to workspace 4"
-msgstr "Skift til arbejdsområde 4"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:223
-msgid "Switch windows"
-msgstr "Skift vinduer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:227
-msgid "Switch windows directly"
-msgstr "Skift vinduer direkte"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:231
-msgid "Switch windows of an app directly"
-msgstr "Skift vinduer af et program direkte"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:235
-msgid "Switch windows of an application"
-msgstr "Skift vinduer af et program"
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:241
-msgid "Screenshots"
-msgstr "Skærmbilleder"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:243
-msgid "Copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard"
-msgstr "Kopiér et skærmbillede af et vindue til udklipsholderen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:244
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:247
-msgid "Copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard"
-msgstr "Kopiér et skærmbillede af et område til udklipsholderen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:248
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:251
-msgid "Copy a screenshot to clipboard"
-msgstr "Kopiér et skærmbillede til udklipsholderen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:252
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:255
-msgid "Record a short screencast"
-msgstr "Optag en kort skærmoptagelse"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:256
-msgid ""
-"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-"<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:260
-msgid "Save a screenshot of a window to Pictures"
-msgstr "Gem et skærmbillede af et vindue til Billeder"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:261
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:264
-msgid "Save a screenshot of an area to Pictures"
-msgstr "Gem et skærmbillede af et område til Billeder"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:265
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:268
-msgid "Save a screenshot to Pictures"
-msgstr "Gem et skærmbillede til Billeder"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:269
-msgid "<key>Print</key>"
-msgstr "<key>Print</key>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:274
-msgid "Sound and Media"
-msgstr "Lyd og medie"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:276
-msgid "Eject"
-msgstr "Skub ud"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:277
-msgid "<_:media-1/> (Eject)"
-msgstr "<_:media-1/> (skub ud)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:280
-msgid "Launch media player"
-msgstr "Start medieafspiller"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:281
-msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio media)"
-msgstr "<_:media-1/> (lyd medie)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:284
-msgid "Next track"
-msgstr "Næste spor"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:285
-msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio next)"
-msgstr "<_:media-1/> (lyd næste)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:287
-msgid "Pause playback"
-msgstr "Sæt afspilning på pause"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:288
-msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio pause)"
-msgstr "<_:media-1/> (lyd pause)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:291
-msgid "Play (or play/pause)"
-msgstr "Afspil (eller afspil/pause)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:292
-msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio play)"
-msgstr "<_:media-1/> (lyd afspil)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:295
-msgid "Previous track"
-msgstr "Forrige spor"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:296
-msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio previous)"
-msgstr "<_:media-1/> (lyd forrige)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:299
-msgid "Stop playback"
-msgstr "Stop afspilning"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:300
-msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio stop)"
-msgstr "<_:media-1/> (lyd stop)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:303
-msgid "Volume down"
-msgstr "Lavere"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:304
-msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio lower volume)"
-msgstr "<_:media-1/> (lyd lavere)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:307
-msgid "Volume mute"
-msgstr "Stilhed"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:308
-msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio mute)"
-msgstr "<_:media-1/> (lyd stilhed)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:311
-msgid "Volume up"
-msgstr "Højere"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:312
-msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio raise volume)"
-msgstr "<_:media-1/> (lyd højere)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:317
-msgid "System"
-msgstr "System"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:319
-msgid "Focus the active notification"
-msgstr "Giv fokus til den aktive påmindelse"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:320
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:323
-msgid "Lock screen"
-msgstr "Lås skærm"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:324
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:125
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:327
-msgid "Log out"
-msgstr "Log ud"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:328
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:121
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:331
-msgid "Open the application menu"
-msgstr "Åbn programmenuen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:332
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:335
-msgid "Restore the keyboard shortcuts"
-msgstr "Gendan tastaturgenvejene"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:336
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:339
-msgid "Show all applications"
-msgstr "Vis alle programmer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:340
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:92
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:343
-msgid "Show the activities overview"
-msgstr "Vis aktivitetsoversigten"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:344
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:347
-msgid "Show the notification list"
-msgstr "Vis påmindelseslisten"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:351
-msgid "Show the overview"
-msgstr "Vis oversigten"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:352
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:355
-msgid "Show the run command prompt"
-msgstr "Vis prompten Kør kommando"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:356
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:55
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:361
-msgid "Typing"
-msgstr "Skrivning"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:363
-msgid "Switch to next input source"
-msgstr "Skift til den næste indtastningskilde"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:364
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Mellemrum</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:368
-msgid "Switch to previous input source"
-msgstr "Skift til den forrige indtastningskilde"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:369
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Super</key><key>Mellemrum</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:374
-msgid "Universal Access"
-msgstr "Tilgængelighed"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:376
-msgid "Decrease text size"
-msgstr "Mindre tekst"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:380
-msgid "High contrast on or off"
-msgstr "Høj kontrast til eller fra"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:384
-msgid "Increase text size"
-msgstr "Større tekst"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:388
-msgid "Turn on-screen keyboard on or off"
-msgstr "Slå skærmtastatur til eller fra"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:392
-msgid "Turn screen reader on or off"
-msgstr "Slå skærmlæser til eller fra"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:393
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:396
-msgid "Turn zoom on or off"
-msgstr "Slå zoom til eller fra"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:397
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:400
-msgid "Zoom in"
-msgstr "Zoom ind"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:401
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:404
-msgid "Zoom out"
-msgstr "Zoom ud"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:405
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:410
-msgid "Windows"
-msgstr "Vinduer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:412
-msgid "Activate the window menu"
-msgstr "Aktivér vinduesmenuen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:416
-msgid "Close window"
-msgstr "Luk vinduet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:420
-msgid "Hide window"
-msgstr "Skjul vinduet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:424
-msgid "Lower window below other windows"
-msgstr "Sænk vinduet under de andre vinduer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:428
-msgid "Maximize window"
-msgstr "Maksimer vinduet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:429
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:432
-msgid "Maximize window horizontally"
-msgstr "Maksimer vinduet vandret"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:436
-msgid "Maximize window vertically"
-msgstr "Maksimer vinduet lodret"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:440
-msgid "Move window"
-msgstr "Flyt vinduet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:444
-msgid "Raise window above other windows"
-msgstr "Løft vinduet over de andre vinduer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:448
-msgid "Raise window if covered, otherwise lower it"
-msgstr "Løft vinduet hvis det er tildækket, ellers sænk det"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:452
-msgid "Resize window"
-msgstr "Tilpas størrelsen på vinduet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:456
-msgid "Restore window"
-msgstr "Gendan vinduet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:457
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:460
-msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode"
-msgstr "Fuldskærmstilstand til/fra"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:464
-msgid "Toggle maximization state"
-msgstr "Maksimeret tilstand til/fra"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:465
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:468
-msgid "Toggle window on all workspaces or one"
-msgstr "Vindue på alle arbejdsområder eller ét til/fra"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:472
-msgid "View split on left"
-msgstr "Opdelt visning til venstre"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:476
-msgid "View split on right"
-msgstr "Opdelt visning til højre"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:484
-msgid "Custom shortcuts"
-msgstr "Tilpassede genveje"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:486
-msgid ""
-"To create your own application keyboard shortcut in the <app>Keyboard</app> "
-"settings:"
-msgstr ""
-"Opret din egen tastaturgenvej for et program i <app>Tastatur</app>-"
-"indstillingerne:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:491
-msgid ""
-"Click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button. The <gui>Add Custom "
-"Shortcut</gui> window will appear."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:495
-msgid ""
-"Type a <gui>Name</gui> to identify the shortcut, and a <gui>Command</gui> to "
-"run an application. For example, if you wanted the shortcut to open "
-"<app>Rhythmbox</app>, you could name it <input>Music</input> and use the "
-"<input>rhythmbox</input> command."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:502
-msgid ""
-"Click the row that was just added. When the <gui>Set Custom Shortcut</gui> "
-"window opens, hold down the desired shortcut key combination."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:507
-#: C/user-add.page:83
-msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Tilføj</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:511
-msgid ""
-"The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can "
-"check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. "
-"The command that opens an application cannot have the same name as the "
-"application itself."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:516
-msgid ""
-"If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard "
-"shortcut, click the <em>name</em> of the shortcut. The <gui>Set Custom "
-"Shortcut</gui> window will appear, and you can edit the command."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard.page:11
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link xref="
-"\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility"
-"\">keyboard accessibility</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Tastaturlayouts</link>, <link xref="
-"\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">markørblink</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility"
-"\">tastaturtilgængelighed</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard.page:32
-msgid "Keyboard"
-msgstr "Tastatur"
-
-#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard.page:35
-#: C/prefs-language.page:26
-msgid "Region & Language"
-msgstr "Region & sprog"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/look-background.page:20
-msgid "April Gonzales"
-msgstr "April Gonzales"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/look-background.page:50
-msgid "Set an image as your desktop background or lock screen background."
-msgstr "Indstil et billede som baggrund på dit skrivebord eller låseskærm."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/look-background.page:53
-msgid "Change the desktop and lock screen backgrounds"
-msgstr "Skift baggrunde på skrivebordet og låseskærmen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/look-background.page:55
-msgid "To change the image used for your backgrounds:"
-msgstr "Skift billedet som bruges på dine baggrunde:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:59
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>Background</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Baggrund</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:63
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Background</gui> to open the panel. The current selections for "
-"Background and Lock Screen are shown at the top."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:67
-msgid "There are two ways to change the image used for your backgrounds:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:70
-msgid ""
-"Click one of the many professional background images that ship with GNOME. "
-"You can choose <gui>Set Background</gui>, <gui>Set Lock Screen</gui>, or "
-"<gui>Set Background and Lock Screen</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/look-background.page:74
-msgid ""
-"Some wallpapers change throughout the day. These wallpapers have a small "
-"clock icon in the bottom-right corner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:79
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Add Picture...</gui> to use one of your own photos from your "
-"<file>Pictures</file> folder. Most photo management applications store "
-"photos there."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:86
-msgid "The settings are applied immediately."
-msgstr "Indstillingerne anvendes med det samme."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/look-background.page:88
-msgid ""
-"If you would like to use an image that is not in your <file>Pictures</file> "
-"folder, right-click on the image file in <app>Files</app> and select "
-"<gui>Set as Wallpaper</gui>, or open the image file in <app>Image Viewer</"
-"app>, click the menu button in the titlebar and select <gui>Set as "
-"Wallpaper</gui>. This will affect only the desktop background."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:97
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> "
-"to view your entire desktop."
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Skift til et tomt arbejdsområde</"
-"link> for at vise hele dit skrivebord."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:37
-msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
-msgstr "Skærmopløsningen kan være indstillet forkert."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:40
-msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
-msgstr "Hvorfor er tingene slørede/pixelerede på min skærm?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:42
-msgid ""
-"The display resolution that is configured may not be the correct one for "
-"your screen. To solve this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57
-msgid "Click <gui>Displays</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Skærme</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne panelet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60
-msgid ""
-"Try some of the <gui>Resolution</gui> options and select the one that makes "
-"the screen look better."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66
-msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
-msgstr "Når flere skærme er tilsluttet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:73
-msgid ""
-"If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal "
-"monitor and a projector), the displays might have different optimal, or "
-"<link xref=\"look-resolution#native\">native</link>, resolutions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:77
-msgid ""
-"Using <link xref=\"display-dual-monitors#modes\">Mirror</link> mode, you can "
-"display the same thing on two screens. Both screens use the same resolution, "
-"which may not match the native resolution of either screen, so the sharpness "
-"of the image may suffer on both screens."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:82
-msgid ""
-"Using <link xref=\"display-dual-monitors#modes\">Join Displays</link> mode, "
-"the resolution of each screen can be set independently, so they can both be "
-"set to their native resolution."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/look-resolution.page:40
-msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/look-resolution.page:44
-msgid "Change the resolution or orientation of the screen"
-msgstr "Skift opløsningen eller orienteringen af skærmen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:46
-msgid ""
-"You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by "
-"changing the <em>screen resolution</em>. You can change which way up things "
-"appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the "
-"<em>rotation</em>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:65
-msgid ""
-"If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have "
-"different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/look-resolution.page:81
-msgid "Resolution"
-msgstr "Opløsning"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:83
-msgid ""
-"The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each "
-"direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an <em>aspect ratio</"
-"em>, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a 16∶9 "
-"aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4∶3. If you choose a resolution "
-"that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be "
-"letterboxed to avoid distortion, by adding black bars to the top and bottom "
-"or both sides of the screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:91
-msgid ""
-"You can choose the resolution you prefer from the <gui>Resolution</gui> drop-"
-"down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may <link "
-"xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">look fuzzy or pixelated</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/look-resolution.page:98
-msgid "Native Resolution"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:100
-msgid ""
-"The <em>native resolution</em> of a laptop screen or LCD monitor is the one "
-"that works best: the pixels in the video signal will line up precisely with "
-"the pixels on the screen. When the screen is required to show other "
-"resolutions, interpolation is necessary to represent the pixels, causing a "
-"loss of image quality."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/look-resolution.page:109
-msgid "Refresh Rate"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:111
-msgid ""
-"The refresh rate is the number of times per second the screen image is "
-"drawn, or refreshed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/look-resolution.page:116
-msgid "Scale"
-msgstr "Skalering"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:118
-msgid ""
-"The scale setting increases the size of objects shown on the screen to match "
-"the density of your display, making them easier to read. Choose <gui>100%</"
-"gui> or <gui>200%</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/look-resolution.page:125
-msgid "Orientation"
-msgstr "Orientering"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:127
-msgid ""
-"On some devices, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. "
-"Click <gui>Orientation</gui> in the panel and choose from <gui>Landscape</"
-"gui>, <gui>Portrait Right</gui>, <gui>Portrait Left</gui>, or <gui>Landscape "
-"(flipped)</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/look-resolution.page:135
-msgid "rotation lock"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/look-resolution.page:136
-msgid "rotation unlock"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:133
-msgid ""
-"If your device rotates the screen automatically, you can lock the current "
-"rotation using the <_:media-1/> button at the bottom of the <gui xref="
-"\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui>. To unlock, press the <_:"
-"media-2/> button"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/media.page:13
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref=\"media#music"
-"\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing photos</link>, <link "
-"xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digitale kameraer</link>, <link xref="
-"\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">billedredigering</"
-"link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">videoafspilning</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/media.page:22
-msgid "Sound, video & pictures"
-msgstr "Lyd, video & billeder"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/media.page:26
-msgctxt "sort"
-msgid "Sound"
-msgstr "Lyd"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/media.page:27
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Sound"
-msgstr "Lyd"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/media.page:28
-msgctxt "link:topic"
-msgid "Sound"
-msgstr "Lyd"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/media.page:29
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usespeakers"
-"\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usemic\">microphones</"
-"link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Lydstyrke</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usespeakers"
-"\">højttalere og hovedtelefoner</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usemic"
-"\">mikrofoner</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/media.page:36
-msgid "Basic sound"
-msgstr "Grundlæggende lyd"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/media.page:40
-msgctxt "link"
-msgid "Music and players"
-msgstr "Musik og afspillere"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/media.page:41
-msgid "Music and portable audio players"
-msgstr "Musik og bærbare lydafspillere"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/media.page:45
-msgctxt "link"
-msgid "Photos"
-msgstr "Billeder"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/media.page:46
-msgid "Photos and digital cameras"
-msgstr "Billeder og digitalkameraer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/media.page:50
-msgctxt "link"
-msgid "Videos"
-msgstr "Videoer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/media.page:51
-msgid "Videos and video cameras"
-msgstr "Videoer og videokamera"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/more-help.page:18
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link xref="
-"\"get-involved\">help improve this guide</link>, <link xref=\"help-mailing-"
-"list\">mailing list</link>, <link xref=\"help-irc\">IRC</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips til at bruge vejledningen</link>, <link "
-"xref=\"get-involved\">hjælp med at forbedre vejledningen</link>, <link xref="
-"\"help-mailing-list\">mailingliste</link>, <link xref=\"help-irc\">IRC</"
-"link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/more-help.page:26
-msgid "Get more help"
-msgstr "Få mere hjælp"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to "
-"double-click."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39
-msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
-msgstr "Justér hastigheden for dobbeltklik"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41
-msgid ""
-"Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly "
-"enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you’ll just get two "
-"separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the "
-"mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:55
-msgid ""
-"Under <gui>Pointing & Clicking</gui>, adjust the <gui>Double-Click "
-"Delay</gui> slider to a value you find comfortable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:60
-msgid ""
-"If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you "
-"have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try "
-"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works "
-"properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see "
-"if it still has the same problem."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:67
-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:57
-msgid ""
-"This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other "
-"pointing device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34
-msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:37
-msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
-msgstr "Brug din mus venstrehåndet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39
-msgid ""
-"You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or "
-"touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44
-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:46
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:112
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:148
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>Mouse & Touchpad</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Mus & pegeplade</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:48
-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:50
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:116
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:152
-msgid "Click on <gui>Mouse & Touchpad</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Mus & pegeplade</gui> for at åbne panelet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:51
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>General</gui> section, click to switch <gui>Primary button</gui> "
-"to <gui>Right</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik for at skifte <gui>Primær knap</gui> til <gui>Højre</gui> i afsnittet "
-"<gui>Generelt</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:33
-msgid "Use the middle mouse button to open applications, open tabs and more."
-msgstr ""
-"Brug den midterste museknap til at åbne programmer, åbne faneblade og mere."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37
-msgid "Middle-click"
-msgstr "Midterklik"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a "
-"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to "
-"middle-click. If you don’t have a middle mouse button, you can press the "
-"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45
-msgid ""
-"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers "
-"at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click"
-"\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:50
-msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53
-msgid ""
-"In applications with scrollbars, left-clicking in the empty space of the bar "
-"moves the scroll position directly to that place. Middle-clicking moves up "
-"to a single page towards that location."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you can quickly open a new window for "
-"an application with middle-click. Simply middle-click on the application’s "
-"icon, either in the dash on the left, or in the applications overview. The "
-"applications overview is displayed using the grid button in the dash."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:63
-msgid ""
-"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle "
-"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will "
-"open in a new tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:67
-msgid ""
-"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a "
-"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web "
-"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you "
-"had double-clicked."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:73
-msgid ""
-"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for "
-"other functions. Search your application’s help for <em>middle-click</em> or "
-"<em>middle mouse button</em>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:31
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:27
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:23
-msgid "2013, 2015"
-msgstr "2013, 2015"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:36
-msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the numeric keypad."
-msgstr "Aktivér musetaster for at styre musen med det numeriske tastatur."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40
-msgid "Click and move the mouse pointer using the keypad"
-msgstr "Klik og flyt musemarkøren med det numeriske tastatur"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42
-msgid ""
-"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can "
-"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This "
-"feature is called <em>mouse keys</em>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:50
-msgid ""
-"You can access the <gui>Activities</gui> overview by pressing on it, by "
-"moving your mouse pointer against the top-left corner of the screen, by "
-"using <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> followed "
-"by <key>Enter</key>, or by using the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</"
-"key> key."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:62
-msgid ""
-"Use the up and down arrow keys to select <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> in the "
-"<gui>Pointing & Clicking</gui> section, then press <key>Enter</key> to "
-"switch the <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:67
-msgid ""
-"Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to "
-"move the mouse pointer using the keypad."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72
-msgid ""
-"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged "
-"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a "
-"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (<key>Fn</key>) key "
-"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this "
-"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB or Bluetooth "
-"numeric keypads."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:79
-msgid ""
-"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing "
-"<key>8</key> will move the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will "
-"move it downwards. Press the <key>5</key> key to click once with the mouse, "
-"or quickly press it twice to double-click."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:84
-msgid ""
-"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click, sometimes "
-"called the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key. Note, however, "
-"that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse "
-"pointer is. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for information on how to "
-"right-click by holding down <key>5</key> or the left mouse button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:90
-msgid ""
-"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, "
-"turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad "
-"when <key>Num Lock</key> is turned on, though."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:95
-msgid ""
-"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not "
-"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:23
-msgid "How to check why your mouse is not working."
-msgstr "Tjek hvorfor din mus ikke virker."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:26
-msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving"
-msgstr "Musemarkøren bevæger sig ikke"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:31
-msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"
-msgstr "Tjek at musen er sat i"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:32
-msgid ""
-"If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your "
-"computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:36
-msgid ""
-"If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a "
-"different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector "
-"with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port "
-"rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer "
-"if it was not plugged in."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:46
-msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
-msgstr "Tjek at musen virker"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:47
-msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."
-msgstr "Sæt musen i en anden computer og se om den virker."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:49
-msgid ""
-"If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of "
-"the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that "
-"it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be "
-"broken."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:56
-msgid "Checking wireless mice"
-msgstr "Tjek trådløs mus"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:60
-msgid ""
-"Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of "
-"the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can take it with you "
-"without it constantly waking up."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:64
-msgid ""
-"If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the "
-"mouse with your computer. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:67
-msgid ""
-"Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go "
-"to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See "
-"<link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:74
-msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."
-msgstr "Tjek at batteriet i musen er opladet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:79
-msgid ""
-"Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:84
-msgid ""
-"If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make "
-"sure that they are both set to the same channel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:90
-msgid ""
-"You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a "
-"connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if "
-"this is the case."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:98
-msgid ""
-"Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them "
-"into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, "
-"you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might "
-"depend on the make or model of your mouse."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39
-msgid "Adjust the speed of the mouse and touchpad"
-msgstr "Justér hastigheden på musen og pegepladen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41
-msgid ""
-"If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your "
-"touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:53
-msgid ""
-"Adjust the <gui>Mouse Speed</gui> or <gui>Touchpad Speed</gui> slider until "
-"the pointer motion is comfortable for you. Sometimes the most comfortable "
-"settings for one type of device are not the best for the other."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61
-msgid ""
-"The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad, "
-"while the <gui>Mouse</gui> section is only visible when a mouse is connected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32
-msgid "Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36
-msgid "Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad"
-msgstr "Klik, træk eller rul med pegepladen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:38
-msgid ""
-"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, "
-"without separate hardware buttons."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan klikke, dobbeltklikke, trække og rulle kun med pegepladen, uden "
-"separate hardwareknapper."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"touchscreen-gestures\">Touchscreen gestures</link> are covered "
-"separately."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47
-msgid "Tap to click"
-msgstr "Tryk for at klikke"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49
-msgid "You can tap your touchpad to click instead of using a button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:60
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:119
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, make sure the <gui>Touchpad</gui> switch "
-"is set to on."
-msgstr ""
-"Sørg for at <gui>Pegeplade</gui>-kontakten er tændt i afsnittet "
-"<gui>Pegeplade</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63
-msgid ""
-"The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Tap to click</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Tryk for at klikke</gui>-kontakten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:74
-msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:77
-msgid "To double-click, tap twice."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80
-msgid ""
-"To drag an item, double-tap but don’t lift your finger after the second tap. "
-"Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:85
-msgid ""
-"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two "
-"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-"
-"click. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for a method of right-clicking "
-"without a second mouse button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:91
-msgid ""
-"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick"
-"\">middle-click</link> by tapping with three fingers at once."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98
-msgid ""
-"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are "
-"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may "
-"think they’re a single finger."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106
-msgid "Two finger scroll"
-msgstr "Rulning med to fingre"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:108
-msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:123
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Two-finger Scrolling</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Tofingerrulning</gui>-kontakten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:127
-msgid ""
-"When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as "
-"normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will "
-"scroll instead. Move your fingers between the top and bottom of your "
-"touchpad to scroll up and down, or move your fingers across the touchpad to "
-"scroll sideways. Be careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your "
-"fingers are too close together, they just look like one big finger to your "
-"touchpad."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:135
-msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
-msgstr "Tofingerrulning virker måske ikke på alle pegeplader."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:141
-msgid "Natural scrolling"
-msgstr "Naturlig rulning"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:143
-msgid ""
-"You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the "
-"touchpad."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:155
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, make sure that the <gui>Touchpad</gui> "
-"switch is set to on."
-msgstr ""
-"Sørg for at <gui>Pegeplade</gui>-kontakten er tændt i afsnittet "
-"<gui>Pegeplade</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:159
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Natural Scrolling</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Naturlig rulning</gui>-kontakten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:164
-msgid "This feature is also known as <em>Reverse Scrolling</em>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:14
-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:19
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:15
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:21
-#: C/translate.page:13
-msgid "2011"
-msgstr "2011"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:27
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:22
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:15
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:23
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:22
-msgid "Jana Svarova"
-msgstr "Jana Svarova"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:34
-msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:37
-msgid "Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working"
-msgstr "Musens bevægelser er forsinket i starten"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "
-"“wake up” before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when not "
-"in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad, you can "
-"click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/mouse.page:29
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
-"sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click"
-"\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Venstrehåndet</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
-"sensitivity\">hastighed og følsomhed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
-"click\">klik og rul med pegeplade</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/mouse.page:36
-msgid "Mouse, Touchpad & Touchscreen"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/mouse.page:47
-msgctxt "link"
-msgid "Common mouse problems"
-msgstr "Almindelige museproblemer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/mouse.page:48
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Common problems"
-msgstr "Almindelige problemer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/mouse.page:55
-msgctxt "link"
-msgid "Mouse tips"
-msgstr "Musetips"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/mouse.page:56
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Tips"
-msgstr "Tips"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/mouse.page:58
-msgid "Tips"
-msgstr "Tips"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:13
-msgid ""
-"Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "
-"“copy protected”."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17
-msgid "I can’t play the songs I bought from an online music store"
-msgstr "Jeg kan ikke afspille de sange, jeg har købt fra en online musikbutik"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19
-msgid ""
-"If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won’t "
-"play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS "
-"computer and then copied it over."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21
-msgid ""
-"This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by "
-"your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the "
-"right audio formats installed — for example, if you want to play MP3 files, "
-"you need MP3 support installed. If you don’t have support for a given audio "
-"format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. "
-"The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for "
-"that format so that you can play it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23
-msgid ""
-"If you do have support installed for the song’s audio format but still can’t "
-"play it, the song might be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being "
-"<em>DRM restricted</em>). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song "
-"and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you "
-"is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you "
-"will probably not be able to play it — you generally need special software "
-"from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not "
-"supported on Linux."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25
-msgid ""
-"You can learn more about DRM from the <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/";
-"drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:13
-msgid ""
-"Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:17
-msgid "Songs don’t appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it"
-msgstr "Sangene vises ikke på min iPod når jeg kopierer dem til den"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19
-msgid ""
-"When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music "
-"player application and also in the file manager (the <app>Files</app> "
-"application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview). You must copy songs onto "
-"the iPod using the music player — if you copy them across using the file "
-"manager, it won’t work because the songs won’t be put into the right "
-"location. iPods have a special location for storing songs which music player "
-"applications know how to get to but the file manager does not."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21
-msgid ""
-"You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you "
-"unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link xref="
-"\"files-removedrive\">safely remove it</link>. This will make sure that all "
-"of the songs have been copied across properly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23
-msgid ""
-"A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the "
-"music player application you’re using does not support converting the songs "
-"from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an "
-"audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis "
-"(.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the "
-"iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software "
-"(also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not "
-"be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the "
-"software installer for an appropriate codec."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:13
-msgid ""
-"Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can "
-"use them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:17
-msgid "My new iPod won’t work"
-msgstr "Min nye iPod virker ikke"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19
-msgid ""
-"If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, "
-"it won’t be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. "
-"This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the <app>iTunes</"
-"app> software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21
-msgid ""
-"To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it "
-"in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the "
-"<gui>Volume Format</gui>, choose <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> "
-"or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23
-msgid ""
-"Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it "
-"into a Linux computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8
-msgid ""
-"Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify "
-"trash behavior."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:28
-msgid "Sindhu S"
-msgstr "Sindhu S"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:38
-msgid "File manager behavior preferences"
-msgstr "Indstillinger for opførsel i filhåndtering"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:39
-msgid ""
-"You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how "
-"executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. Click the menu "
-"button in the top-right corner of the window and select <gui>Preferences</"
-"gui>, and select the <gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:45
-msgid "Behavior"
-msgstr "Opførsel"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:48
-msgid "<gui>Single click to open items</gui>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:49
-msgid "<gui>Double click to open items</gui>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:50
-msgid ""
-"By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can "
-"instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. "
-"When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
-"while clicking to select one or more files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:59
-msgid "Executable text files"
-msgstr "Eksekverbare tekstfiler"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:60
-msgid ""
-"An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run "
-"(execute). The <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">file "
-"permissions</link> must also allow for the file to run as a program. The "
-"most common are <sys>Shell</sys>, <sys>Python</sys> and <sys>Perl</sys> "
-"scripts. These have extensions <file>.sh</file>, <file>.py</file> and <file>."
-"pl</file>, respectively."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:67
-msgid "When you open an executable text file, you can select from:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:71
-msgid "<gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:74
-msgid "<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:77
-msgid "<gui>Ask each time</gui>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:81
-msgid ""
-"If <gui>Ask each time</gui> is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you "
-"wish to run or view the selected text file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:91
-msgid ""
-"Executable text files are also called <em>scripts</em>. All scripts in the "
-"<file>~/.local/share/nautilus/scripts</file> folder will appear in the "
-"context menu for a file under the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> "
-"submenu. When a script is executed from a local folder, all selected files "
-"will be pasted to the script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:99
-msgid "Navigate to the desired folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:102
-msgid "Select the desired file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:105
-msgid ""
-"Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired "
-"script to execute from the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:111
-msgid ""
-"A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote "
-"folder such as a folder showing web or <sys>ftp</sys> content."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:120
-msgctxt "link"
-msgid "File manager trash preferences"
-msgstr "Filhåndteringens præferencer for papirkurven"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:122
-msgid "Trash"
-msgstr "Papirkurv"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:126
-msgid "<gui>Ask before emptying the Trash</gui>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:127
-msgid ""
-"This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will "
-"be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete "
-"files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:26
-msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30
-msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"
-msgstr "Rediger mappebogmærker"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:32
-msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35
-msgid "Add a bookmark:"
-msgstr "Tilføj et bogmærke:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37
-msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:40
-msgid ""
-"Click the window menu in the toolbar and pick <gui>Bookmark this Location</"
-"gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46
-msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
-msgstr "Slet et bogmærke:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48
-msgid ""
-"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select <gui>Remove</gui> from "
-"the menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:54
-msgid "Rename a bookmark:"
-msgstr "Omdøb et bogmærke:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:56
-msgid ""
-"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select <gui>Rename…</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:60
-msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:63
-msgid ""
-"Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two "
-"different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same "
-"name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won’t be able to tell "
-"them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other "
-"than the name of the folder it points to."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:29
-msgid ""
-"View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or "
-"WebDAV."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:34
-msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
-msgstr "Gennemse filer på en server eller netværksdeling"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44
-msgid ""
-"You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on "
-"that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a "
-"convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share "
-"files with other people on your local network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:50
-msgid ""
-"To browse files over the network, open the <app>Files</app> application from "
-"the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, and click <gui>Other Locations</gui> in "
-"the sidebar. The file manager will find any computers on your local area "
-"network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect "
-"to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you’re "
-"looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/"
-"network address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:60
-msgid "Connect to a file server"
-msgstr "Opret forbindelse til en filserver"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:61
-msgid "In the file manager, click <gui>Other Locations</gui> in the sidebar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:64
-msgid ""
-"In <gui>Connect to Server</gui>, enter the address of the server, in the "
-"form of a <link xref=\"#urls\">URL</link>. Details on supported URLs are "
-"<link xref=\"#types\">listed below</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:69
-msgid ""
-"If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the "
-"<gui>Recent Servers</gui> list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:74
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Connect</gui>. The files on the server will be shown. You can "
-"browse the files just as you would for those on your own computer. The "
-"server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it quickly in the "
-"future."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:82
-msgid "Writing URLs"
-msgstr "Skrivning af URL'er"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:84
-msgid ""
-"A <em>URL</em>, or <em>uniform resource locator</em>, is a form of address "
-"that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted "
-"like this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:87
-msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
-msgstr "<sys>scheme://servernavn.eksempel.dk/mappe</sys>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:89
-msgid ""
-"The <em>scheme</em> specifies the protocol or type of server. The "
-"<em>example.com</em> portion of the address is called the <em>domain name</"
-"em>. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:93
-msgid "<sys>scheme://username servername example com/folder</sys>"
-msgstr "<sys>scheme://brugernavn servernavn eksempel dk/mappe</sys>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:95
-msgid ""
-"Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the "
-"domain name:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:97
-msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>"
-msgstr "<sys>scheme://servernavn.eksempel.dk:port/mappe</sys>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:99
-msgid ""
-"Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:103
-msgid "Types of servers"
-msgstr "Typer af servere"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:105
-msgid ""
-"You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and "
-"allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a "
-"username and password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:108
-msgid ""
-"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a "
-"server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to "
-"delete files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:111
-msgid ""
-"The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its "
-"file shares."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:115
-msgid "SSH"
-msgstr "SSH"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:116
-msgid ""
-"If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect "
-"using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they "
-"can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:120
-msgid "A typical SSH URL looks like this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:122
-msgid "<sys>ssh://username servername example com/folder</sys>"
-msgstr "<sys>ssh://brugernavn servernavn eksempel dk/mappe</sys>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:129
-msgid ""
-"When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted "
-"so that other users on your network can’t see it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:133
-msgid "FTP (with login)"
-msgstr "FTP (uden login)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:134
-msgid ""
-"FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not "
-"encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some "
-"servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or "
-"download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and "
-"upload files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:139
-msgid "A typical FTP URL looks like this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:141
-msgid "<sys>ftp://username ftp example com/path/</sys>"
-msgstr "<sys>ftp://brugernavn ftp eksempel dk/sti/</sys>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:145
-msgid "Public FTP"
-msgstr "Offentlig FTP"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:146
-msgid ""
-"Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or "
-"anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, "
-"and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:150
-msgid "A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:152
-msgid "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
-msgstr "<sys>ftp://ftp.eksempel.dk/sti/</sys>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:154
-msgid ""
-"Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and "
-"password, or with a public username using your email address as the "
-"password. For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and "
-"use the credentials specified by the FTP site."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:161
-msgid "Windows share"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:162
-msgid ""
-"Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local "
-"area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into "
-"<em>domains</em> for organization and to better control access. If you have "
-"the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows "
-"share from the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:167
-msgid "A typical Windows share URL looks like this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:169
-msgid "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>"
-msgstr "<sys>smb://servernavn/Share</sys>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:173
-msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:174
-msgid ""
-"Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to "
-"share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the "
-"server you’re connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose "
-"this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users "
-"can’t see your password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:179
-msgid "A WebDAV URL looks like this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:181
-msgid "<sys>dav://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"
-msgstr "<sys>dav://eksempel.værtsnavn.dk/sti</sys>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:192
-msgid "NFS share"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:193
-msgid ""
-"UNIX computers traditionally use the Network File System protocol to share "
-"files over a local network. With NFS, security is based on the UID of the "
-"user accessing the share, so no authentication credentials are needed when "
-"connecting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:197
-msgid "A typical NFS share URL looks like this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:199
-msgid "<sys>nfs://servername/path</sys>"
-msgstr "<sys>nfs://servernavn/sti</sys>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:27
-msgid "Control icon captions used in the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:31
-msgid "File manager display preferences"
-msgstr "Indstillinger for visning i filhåndtering"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:33
-msgid ""
-"You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click "
-"the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select "
-"<gui>Preferences</gui>, then select the <gui>Views</gui> tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:38
-msgid "Icon captions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:41
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' "
-"md5='c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
-msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:42
-msgid "File manager icons with captions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:44
-msgid ""
-"When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files "
-"and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for "
-"example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last "
-"modified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:48
-msgid ""
-"You can zoom in a folder by clicking the view options button in the toolbar "
-"and choosing a zoom level with the slider. As you zoom in, the file manager "
-"will display more and more information in captions. You can choose up to "
-"three things to show in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom "
-"levels. The last will only be shown at very large sizes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:54
-msgid ""
-"The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you "
-"can use in list view. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more "
-"information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:61
-msgid "List View"
-msgstr "Listevisning"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:63
-msgid ""
-"When viewing files as a list, you can <gui>Navigate folders in a tree</gui>. "
-"This shows expanders on each directory in the file list, so that the "
-"contents of several folders can be shown at once. This is useful if the "
-"folder structure is relevant, such as if your music files are organized with "
-"a folder per artist, and a subfolder per album."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:26
-msgid ""
-"View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default "
-"applications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:31
-msgid "File properties"
-msgstr "Filegenskaber"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:33
-msgid ""
-"To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select "
-"<gui>Properties</gui>. You can also select the file and press "
-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:37
-msgid ""
-"The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the "
-"size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this "
-"information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-list"
-"\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions"
-"\">icon captions</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:43
-msgid ""
-"The information given on the <gui>Basic</gui> tab is explained below. There "
-"are also <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions"
-"\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-open#default\">Open "
-"With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such as images and "
-"videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information like the "
-"dimensions, duration, and codec."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:51
-msgid "Basic properties"
-msgstr "Grundlæggende egenskaber"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:54
-msgid "<gui>Name</gui>"
-msgstr "<gui>Navn</gui>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55
-msgid ""
-"You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file "
-"outside the properties window. See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:60
-msgid "<gui>Type</gui>"
-msgstr "<gui>Type</gui>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:61
-msgid ""
-"This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, "
-"OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which "
-"applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can’t "
-"open a picture with a music player. See <link xref=\"files-open\"/> for more "
-"information on this."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66
-msgid ""
-"The <em>MIME type</em> of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a "
-"standard way that computers use to refer to the file type."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71
-msgid "Contents"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72
-msgid ""
-"This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder "
-"rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If "
-"the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, "
-"even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If "
-"the folder is empty, the contents will display <gui>nothing</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77
-msgid ""
-"This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The "
-"size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an "
-"indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email "
-"(big files take longer to send/receive)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78
-msgid ""
-"Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, "
-"the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is "
-"1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82
-msgid "Parent Folder"
-msgstr "Ophavsmappe"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83
-msgid ""
-"The location of each file on your computer is given by its <em>absolute "
-"path</em>. This is a unique “address” of the file on your computer, made up "
-"of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. "
-"For example, if Jim had a file called <file>Resume.pdf</file> in his Home "
-"folder, its parent folder would be <file>/home/jim</file> and its location "
-"would be <file>/home/jim/Resume.pdf</file>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:92
-msgid "Free Space"
-msgstr "Ledig plads"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93
-msgid ""
-"This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which "
-"is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking "
-"if the hard disk is full."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:99
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:140
-msgid "Accessed"
-msgstr "Tilgået"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:100
-msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:104
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:72
-msgid "Modified"
-msgstr "Ændret"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:105
-msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:15
-msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:33
-msgid "Set file permissions"
-msgstr "Indstil filtilladelser"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:35
-msgid ""
-"You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you "
-"own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select "
-"<gui>Properties</gui>, then select the <gui>Permissions</gui> tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:39
-msgid ""
-"See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details "
-"on the types of permissions you can set."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:45
-msgid ""
-"You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all "
-"other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can "
-"give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-"
-"only if you don’t want to accidentally change it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:50
-msgid ""
-"Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is "
-"common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not "
-"often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for "
-"departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a "
-"group. You can set the file’s group and control the permissions for all "
-"users in that group. You can only set the file’s group to a group you belong "
-"to."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:58
-msgid ""
-"You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in "
-"the file’s group."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:61
-msgid ""
-"If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow "
-"executing file as program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, "
-"the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what "
-"to do. See <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> for more "
-"information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:69
-msgid "Folders"
-msgstr "Mapper"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70
-msgid ""
-"You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. "
-"See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, "
-"groups, and other users."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:73
-msgid ""
-"The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can "
-"set for a file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:77
-msgctxt "permission"
-msgid "None"
-msgstr "Ingen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:78
-msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:82
-msgid "List files only"
-msgstr "Vis kun filer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:83
-msgid ""
-"The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be "
-"able to open, create, or delete files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:87
-msgid "Access files"
-msgstr "Tilgå filer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:88
-msgid ""
-"The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have "
-"permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create "
-"new files or delete files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:93
-msgid "Create and delete files"
-msgstr "Opret og slet filer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:94
-msgid ""
-"The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, "
-"and deleting files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:99
-msgid ""
-"You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the "
-"folder by clicking <gui>Change Permissions for Enclosed Files</gui>. Use the "
-"drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files or folders, and "
-"click <gui>Change</gui>. Permissions are applied to files and folders in "
-"subfolders as well, to any depth."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:37
-msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:40
-msgid "Files list columns preferences"
-msgstr "Indstillinger for kolonner i filliste"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:42
-msgid ""
-"There are eleven columns of information that you can display in the "
-"<gui>Files</gui> list view. Click the menu button in the top-right corner of "
-"the window, select <gui>Preferences</gui> and choose the <gui>List Columns</"
-"gui> tab to select which columns will be visible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:48
-msgid ""
-"Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the "
-"order in which the selected columns will appear. Click <gui>Reset to "
-"Default</gui> to undo any changes and return to the default columns."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:56
-msgid "The name of folders and files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:58
-msgid "The <gui>Name</gui> column cannot be hidden."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:63
-msgid ""
-"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the "
-"folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:68
-msgid ""
-"Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 "
-"audio, and more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:73
-msgid "Gives the date of the last time the file was modified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:76
-msgid "Owner"
-msgstr "Ejer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:77
-msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:80
-msgid "Group"
-msgstr "Gruppe"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:81
-msgid ""
-"The group the file is owned by. Each user is normally in their own group, "
-"but it is possible to have many users in one group. For example, a "
-"department may have their own group in a work environment."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:86
-msgid "Permissions"
-msgstr "Tilladelser"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:87
-msgid ""
-"Displays the file access permissions. For example, <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:91
-msgid ""
-"The first character is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means regular file and "
-"<gui>d</gui> means directory (folder). In rare cases, other characters can "
-"also be shown."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:96
-msgid ""
-"The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user "
-"who owns the file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:100
-msgid ""
-"The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the "
-"group that owns the file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:104
-msgid ""
-"The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions "
-"for all other users on the system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:108
-msgid "Each permission has the following meanings:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:111
-msgid "<gui>r</gui>: readable, meaning that you can open the file or folder"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:115
-msgid "<gui>w</gui>: writable, meaning that you can save changes to it"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:118
-msgid ""
-"<gui>x</gui>: executable, meaning that you can run it if it is a program or "
-"script file, or you can access subfolders and files if it is a folder"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:123
-msgid "<gui>-</gui>: permission not set"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:128
-msgid "MIME Type"
-msgstr "MIME-type"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:129
-msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:132
-msgid "Location"
-msgstr "Placering"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:133
-msgid "The path to the location of the file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:136
-msgid "Modified — Time"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:137
-msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:141
-msgid "Gives the date or time of the last time the file was modified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:11
-msgid "View and set preferences for the file browser."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:16
-msgid "File manager preferences"
-msgstr "Indstillinger for filhåndtering"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:27
-msgid "Control when thumbnails are used for files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:30
-msgid "File manager preview preferences"
-msgstr "Indstillinger for forhåndsvisning i filhåndtering"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:32
-msgid ""
-"The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. "
-"Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can "
-"control when previews are made. Click the menu button in the top-right of "
-"the window, select <gui>Preferences</gui>, then select the <gui>Search & "
-"Preview</gui> tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:40
-msgid "<gui>Files</gui>"
-msgstr "<gui>Filer</gui>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:41
-msgid ""
-"By default, all previews are done for <gui>Files on this computer only</"
-"gui>, those on your computer or connected external drives. You can set this "
-"feature to <gui>All Files</gui> or <gui>Never</gui>. The file manager can "
-"<link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">browse files on other computers</link> over "
-"a local area network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local "
-"area network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set the "
-"preview option to <gui>All Files</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:49
-msgid ""
-"In addition, you can use the <gui>Only for files smaller than</gui> setting "
-"to limit the size of files previewed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:53
-msgid "<gui>File count</gui>"
-msgstr "<gui>Antal filer</gui>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:54
-msgid ""
-"If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</"
-"link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>, "
-"folders will be shown with a count of how many files and folders they "
-"contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large "
-"folders, or over a network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:59
-msgid ""
-"You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your "
-"computer and local external drives."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:38
-msgid "Specify the default sort order and grouping for the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:43
-msgid "Views preferences in <app>Files</app>"
-msgstr "Visningsindstillinger i <app>Filer</app>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:45
-msgid ""
-"You can change how files and folders are grouped and sorted by default. "
-"Press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui "
-"style=\"menuitem\">Preferences</gui>, and then select the <gui style=\"tab"
-"\">Views</gui> tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:51
-msgid "Default view"
-msgstr "Standardvisning"
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:54
-msgid "Arrange items"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the view selector
-#. button that opens the view popover in the main window for 'View options'
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:57
-msgid ""
-"You can change how <link xref=\"files-sort\">files are sorted</link> in an "
-"individual folder by clicking the view options menu button in the toolbar "
-"and choosing the desired option under <gui>Sort</gui>, or by clicking the "
-"list column headers in list view."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:64
-msgid "Sort folders before files"
-msgstr "Sortér mapper før filer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:65
-msgid ""
-"By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To "
-"see all folders listed before files, enable this option."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-antivirus.page:18
-msgid ""
-"There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don’t need anti-virus software."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-antivirus.page:22
-msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"
-msgstr "Behøver jeg at have antivirussoftware?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-antivirus.page:24
-msgid ""
-"If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having "
-"anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the "
-"background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their "
-"way onto your computer and cause problems."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-antivirus.page:29
-msgid ""
-"Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don’t need to use "
-"it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is "
-"because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no one "
-"writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, "
-"and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-antivirus.page:36
-msgid ""
-"Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don’t really need to "
-"worry about them at the moment."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-antivirus.page:39
-msgid ""
-"If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files "
-"that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, "
-"you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the software installer "
-"or search online; a number of applications are available."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/net-browser.page:12
-#: C/net-email.page:12
-#: C/net-general.page:12
-#: C/net-problem.page:12
-#: C/net-security.page:12
-#: C/net-wired.page:17
-#: C/net-wireless.page:22
-msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team"
-msgstr "Ubuntus dokumentationshold"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-browser.page:17
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Change the default browser</link>, <link "
-"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Vælg standardbrowseren</link>, <link xref="
-"\"net-install-flash\">installér Flash</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-browser.page:23
-msgid "Web browsers"
-msgstr "Webbrowsere"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-default-browser.page:28
-msgid ""
-"Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
-"<gui>Settings</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-default-browser.page:31
-msgid "Change which web browser opens websites by default"
-msgstr "Vælg webbrowser der åbner websteder som standard"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-default-browser.page:33
-msgid ""
-"When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will "
-"automatically open up to that page. However, if you have more than one "
-"browser installed, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to "
-"open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-default-browser.page:47
-#: C/net-default-email.page:48
-msgid ""
-"Choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the list on the left side of the "
-"window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-default-browser.page:51
-msgid ""
-"Choose which web browser you would like to open links by changing the "
-"<gui>Web</gui> option."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-default-browser.page:56
-msgid ""
-"When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it’s not "
-"the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
-"button (or similar) so that it does not try to set itself as the default "
-"browser again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-default-email.page:28
-msgid ""
-"Change the default email client by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
-"<gui>Settings</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-default-email.page:31
-msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
-msgstr "Vælg postprogram som bruges til at skrive e-mails"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-default-email.page:33
-msgid ""
-"When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your "
-"word processing application), your default mail application will open up "
-"with a blank message, ready for you to write. However, if you have more than "
-"one mail application installed, the wrong mail application might open up. "
-"You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-default-email.page:52
-msgid ""
-"Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing "
-"the <gui>Mail</gui> option."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-email-virus.page:21
-msgid ""
-"Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers "
-"of people you email."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-email-virus.page:25
-msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"
-msgstr "Behøver jeg at skanne mine e-mails for virusser?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-email-virus.page:27
-msgid ""
-"Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way "
-"onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is "
-"through email messages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-email-virus.page:31
-msgid ""
-"Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are "
-"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or "
-"otherwise</link>. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will "
-"probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don’t need "
-"to scan your email for viruses."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-email-virus.page:37
-msgid ""
-"You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to "
-"forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your "
-"friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected "
-"email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows "
-"computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install "
-"an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it’s "
-"unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus "
-"software of their own anyway."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/net-email.page:15
-#: C/net-general.page:15
-msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project"
-msgstr "GNOMEs dokumentationsprojekt"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-email.page:25
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Default email apps</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
-"email-virus\">Should I scan for viruses?</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Standard e-mailprogram</link>, <link xref="
-"\"net-email-virus\">Skal jeg skanne efter virusser?</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-email.page:31
-msgid "Email & email software"
-msgstr "E-mail & e-mailsoftware"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-findip.page:33
-msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-findip.page:36
-msgid "Find your IP address"
-msgstr "Find din IP-adresse"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-findip.page:38
-msgid ""
-"Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your "
-"internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have <em>two</"
-"em> IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal network "
-"and an IP address for your computer on the internet."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/net-findip.page:44
-msgid "Find your internal (network) IP address"
-msgstr "Find din interne (netværks) IP-adresse"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-findip.page:46
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:49
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:49
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:46
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:66
-#: C/net-proxy.page:64
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:62
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>Network</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Netværk</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-findip.page:50
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:53
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:53
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:50
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:70
-#: C/net-proxy.page:68
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:66
-msgid "Click on <gui>Network</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-findip.page:53
-msgid ""
-"Choose which connection, <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> or <gui>Wired</gui>, from the left "
-"pane."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-findip.page:55
-msgid "The IP address for a wired connection will be displayed on the right."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/net-findip.page:59
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:58
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:61
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:62
-#: C/net-manual.page:55
-#: C/net-manual.page:58
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:57
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:77
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:95
-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:37
-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:48
-msgid "settings"
-msgstr "indstillinger"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-findip.page:58
-msgid ""
-"Click the <_:media-1/> button to see the IP address for the wireless network "
-"in the <gui>Details</gui> panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/net-findip.page:66
-msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address"
-msgstr "Find din eksterne (internet) IP-adresse"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-findip.page:68
-msgid ""
-"Visit <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\";>whatismyipaddress.com</"
-"link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-findip.page:72
-msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-findip.page:76
-msgid ""
-"Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, both of these "
-"addresses may be the same."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:20
-msgid ""
-"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep "
-"your computer secure."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:23
-msgid "Enable or block firewall access"
-msgstr "Aktivér og bloker adgang til firewall"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Your system should be equipped with a <em>firewall</em> that allows it to "
-"block programs from being accessed by other people on the internet or your "
-"network. This helps to keep your computer secure."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Many applications can use your network connection. For instance, you can "
-"share files or let someone view your desktop remotely when connected to a "
-"network. Depending on how your computer is set up, you may need to adjust "
-"the firewall to allow these services to work as intended."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44
-msgid ""
-"Each program that provides network services uses a specific <em>network "
-"port</em>. To enable other computers on the network to access a service, you "
-"may need to “open” its assigned port on the firewall:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:51
-msgid ""
-"Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen and start "
-"your firewall application. You may need to install a firewall manager "
-"yourself if you can’t find one (for example, Firestarter or GUFW)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:57
-msgid ""
-"Open or disable the port for your network service, depending on whether you "
-"want people to be able to access it or not. Which port you need to change "
-"will <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports\">depend on the service</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:63
-msgid ""
-"Save or apply the changes, following any additional instructions given by "
-"the firewall tool."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19
-msgid ""
-"You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access "
-"for a program with your firewall."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:23
-msgid "Commonly-used network ports"
-msgstr "Populære netværksporte"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:25
-msgid ""
-"This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide "
-"network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can "
-"change your system’s firewall to <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">block or "
-"allow access</link> to these applications. There are thousands of ports in "
-"use, so this table isn’t complete."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:35
-msgid "Port"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:41
-msgid "Description"
-msgstr "Beskrivelse"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:48
-msgid "5353/udp"
-msgstr "5353/udp"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:51
-msgid "mDNS, Avahi"
-msgstr "mDNS, Avahi"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:54
-msgid ""
-"Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, "
-"without you having to specify the details manually."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:60
-msgid "631/udp"
-msgstr "631/udp"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:63
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:74
-#: C/printing.page:28
-msgid "Printing"
-msgstr "Udskrivning"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:66
-msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:71
-msgid "631/tcp"
-msgstr "631/tcp"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:77
-msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:83
-msgid "5298/tcp"
-msgstr "5298/tcp"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:86
-msgid "Presence"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:89
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the "
-"network, such as “online” or “busy”."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:95
-msgid "5900/tcp"
-msgstr "5900/tcp"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:98
-msgid "Remote desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:101
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide "
-"remote assistance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:107
-msgid "3689/tcp"
-msgstr "3689/tcp"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:110
-msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:113
-msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:32
-msgid ""
-"Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network "
-"services from your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:36
-msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
-msgstr "Opret en forbindelse med en fast IP-adresse"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:38
-msgid ""
-"Most networks will automatically assign an <link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-"
-"address\">IP address</link> and other details to your computer when you "
-"connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but you might "
-"want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its "
-"address is (for example, if it is a file server)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:47
-msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:"
-msgstr "Giv din computer en fast (statisk) IP-adresse:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:56
-msgid ""
-"Find the network connection that you want to have a fixed address. Click the "
-"<_:media-1/> button next to the network connection. For a <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> "
-"connection, the <_:media-2/> button will be located next to the active "
-"network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:65
-#: C/net-manual.page:63
-msgid ""
-"Select the <gui>IPv4</gui> or <gui>IPv6</gui> tab and change the "
-"<gui>Method</gui> to <gui>Manual</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:69
-#: C/net-manual.page:67
-msgid ""
-"Type in the <gui xref=\"net-what-is-ip-address\">IP Address</gui> and "
-"<gui>Gateway</gui>, as well as the appropriate <gui>Netmask</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:73
-#: C/net-manual.page:71
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>DNS</gui> section, switch the <gui>Automatic</gui> switch to "
-"off. Enter the IP address of a DNS server you want to use. Enter additional "
-"DNS server addresses using the <gui>+</gui> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:78
-#: C/net-manual.page:76
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Routes</gui> section, switch the <gui>Automatic</gui> switch to "
-"off. Enter the <gui>Address</gui>, <gui>Netmask</gui>, <gui>Gateway</gui> "
-"and <gui>Metric</gui> for a route you want to use. Enter additional routes "
-"using the <gui>+</gui> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:84
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The network connection should now have a fixed IP "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-general.page:21
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find your IP address</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
-"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP & WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-macaddress"
-"\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find din IP-adresse</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
-"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP- & WPA-sikkerhed</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
-"macaddress\">MAC-adresser</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-general.page:29
-msgid "Networking terms & tips"
-msgstr "Netværkstermer & -tips"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-install-flash.page:19
-msgid ""
-"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, "
-"which display videos and interactive web pages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-install-flash.page:23
-msgid "Install the Flash plug-in"
-msgstr "Installér Flash-plugin"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-install-flash.page:25
-msgid ""
-"<app>Flash</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser that allows you "
-"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some "
-"websites won’t work without Flash."
-msgstr ""
-"<app>Flash</app> er et <em>plugin</em> til din webbrowser, som giver dig "
-"mulighed for at se videoer og bruge interaktive websider på nogle websteder. "
-"Nogle websteder virker ikke uden Flash."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-install-flash.page:34
-msgid ""
-"If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling "
-"you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free "
-"(but not open-source) download for most web browsers. Most Linux "
-"distributions have a version of Flash that you can install through their "
-"software installer (package manager) too."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/net-install-flash.page:41
-msgid "If Flash is available from the software installer:"
-msgstr "Hvis Flash er tilgængelig i softwareinstallationsprogrammet:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-install-flash.page:43
-msgid ""
-"Open the software installer application and search for <input>flash</input>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-install-flash.page:47
-msgid ""
-"Look for the <gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> "
-"or similar and click to install it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-install-flash.page:51
-msgid ""
-"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. "
-"The web browser should realize that Flash is installed when you open it "
-"again and you should now be able to view websites using Flash."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/net-install-flash.page:59
-msgid "If Flash <em>is not</em> available from the software installer:"
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis Flash <em>ikke er</em> tilgængelig i softwareinstallationsprogrammet:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-install-flash.page:62
-msgid ""
-"Go to the <link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\";>Flash Player "
-"download website</link>. Your browser and operating system should be "
-"automatically detected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-install-flash.page:67
-msgid ""
-"Click where it says <gui>Select version to download</gui> and choose the "
-"type of software installer that works for your Linux distribution. If you "
-"don’t know which to use, choose the <file>.tar.gz</file> option."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-install-flash.page:72
-msgid ""
-"Look at the <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380.html";
-"\">installation instructions for Flash</link> to learn how to install it for "
-"your web browser."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-install-flash.page:80
-msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash"
-msgstr "Open source-alternativer til Flash"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-install-flash.page:82
-msgid ""
-"A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These "
-"tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by "
-"handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not "
-"being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-install-flash.page:88
-msgid ""
-"You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash "
-"player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible "
-"on your computer. Here are a few of the options:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-install-flash.page:94
-msgid "LightSpark"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-install-flash.page:97
-msgid "Gnash"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:32
-msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:35
-msgid "What is a MAC address?"
-msgstr "Hvad er en MAC-adresse?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:37
-msgid ""
-"A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique identifier that is assigned by the "
-"manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an "
-"ethernet card). MAC stands for <em>Media Access Control</em>, and each "
-"identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:42
-msgid ""
-"A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a "
-"colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:45
-msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:56
-msgid ""
-"Choose which device, <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> or <gui>Wired</gui>, from the left "
-"pane."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:58
-msgid ""
-"The MAC address for the wired device will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware "
-"Address</gui> on the right."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:61
-msgid ""
-"Click the <_:media-1/> button to see the MAC address for the wireless device "
-"displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui> in the <gui>Details</gui> panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:68
-msgid ""
-"In practice, you may need to modify or “spoof” a MAC address. For example, "
-"some internet service providers may require that a specific MAC address be "
-"used to access their service. If the network card stops working, and you "
-"need to swap a new card in, the service won’t work anymore. In such cases, "
-"you would need to spoof the MAC address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-manual.page:25
-msgid ""
-"You may have to enter network settings if they don’t get assigned "
-"automatically."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-manual.page:30
-msgid "Manually set network settings"
-msgstr "Manuel opsætning af netværksindstillinger"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-manual.page:32
-msgid ""
-"If your network doesn’t automatically assign network settings to your "
-"computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic "
-"assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may "
-"need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your "
-"router or network switch."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/net-manual.page:39
-msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
-msgstr "Manuel opsætning af dine netværksindstillinger:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-manual.page:48
-msgid ""
-"If you plug in to the network with a cable, click <gui>Network</gui>. "
-"Otherwise click <gui>Wi-Fi</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-manual.page:50
-msgid ""
-"Make sure that your wireless card is turned on or a network cable is plugged "
-"in."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-manual.page:54
-msgid "Click the <_:media-1/>button."
-msgstr "Klik på <_:media-1/>-knappen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-manual.page:57
-msgid ""
-"For a <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> connection, the <_:media-1/> button will be located "
-"next to the active network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-manual.page:82
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, open the "
-"<gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> from the right "
-"side of the top bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying to "
-"visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-mobile.page:28
-msgid ""
-"Use your phone or Internet stick to connect to the mobile broadband network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-mobile.page:33
-msgid "Connect to mobile broadband"
-msgstr "Opret forbindelse til mobilt bredbånd"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-mobile.page:35
-msgid ""
-"You can set up a connection to a cellular (3G) network with your computer’s "
-"built-in 3G modem, your mobile phone, or an Internet stick."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan opsætte en forbindelse til et mobilnetværk (3G) med din computers "
-"indbyggede 3G-modem, din mobiltelefon eller en internet-pen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-mobile.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Most phones have a setting called <link xref=\"net-tethering\">USB "
-"tethering</link> that requires no setup on the computer, and is generally "
-"the better method to connect to the cellular network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-mobile.page:45
-msgid ""
-"If you do not have a built-in 3G modem, connect your phone or Internet stick "
-"to a USB port on your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-mobile.page:53
-msgid ""
-"Select <gui><_:media-1/> Mobile Broadband Off</gui>. The <gui>Mobile "
-"Broadband</gui> section of the menu will expand."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-mobile.page:58
-msgid ""
-"If <gui>Mobile Broadband</gui> does not appear in the system menu, ensure "
-"that your device is not set to connect as Mass Storage."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-mobile.page:62
-msgid ""
-"Select <gui>Connect</gui>. If you are connecting for the first time, the "
-"<gui>Set up a Mobile Broadband Connection</gui> wizard is launched. The "
-"opening screen displays a list of required information. Click <gui style="
-"\"button\">Next</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-mobile.page:66
-msgid ""
-"Choose your provider’s country or region from the list. Click <gui style="
-"\"button\">Next</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-mobile.page:68
-msgid ""
-"Choose your provider from the list. Click <gui style=\"button\">Next</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-mobile.page:70
-msgid ""
-"Select a plan according to the type of device you are connecting. This will "
-"determine the Access Point Name. Click <gui style=\"button\">Next</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-mobile.page:73
-msgid ""
-"Confirm the settings you have selected by clicking <gui style=\"button"
-"\">Apply</gui>. The wizard will close and the <gui>Network</gui> panel will "
-"display the properties of your connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:29
-msgid ""
-"You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that "
-"everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:32
-msgid "Other users can’t connect to the internet"
-msgstr "Andre brugere kan ikke oprette forbindelse til internettet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:40
-msgid ""
-"When you set up a network connection, all other users on your computer will "
-"normally be able to use it. If the connection information is not shared, you "
-"should check the connection settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:53
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:73
-msgid "Select <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> from the list on the left."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:56
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:76
-msgid "Click the <_:media-1/> button to open the connection details."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:61
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:81
-msgid "Select <gui>Identity</gui> from the pane on the left."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:64
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:84
-msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the <gui>Identity</gui> panel, check the <gui>Make "
-"available to other users</gui> option to allow other users to use the "
-"network connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:69
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:89
-msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Apply</gui> to save the changes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:73
-msgid ""
-"Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without "
-"entering any further details."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:77
-msgid "Any user can change this setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:29
-msgid ""
-"You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the "
-"network connection settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:32
-msgid "Other users can’t edit the network connections"
-msgstr "Andre brugere kan ikke redigere netværksforbindelserne"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:40
-msgid ""
-"If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can’t, "
-"you may have set the connection to be <em>available to all users</em>. This "
-"makes it so that everyone on the computer can <em>connect</em> using that "
-"connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-problem.page:17
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless "
-"connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">finding your Wi-Fi "
-"network</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Fejlsøg trådløse forbindelser</"
-"link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">find dit Wi-Fi-netværk</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-problem.page:23
-msgid "Network problems"
-msgstr "Netværksproblemer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-proxy.page:37
-msgid ""
-"A proxy is an intermediary for web traffic, it can be used for accessing web "
-"services anonymously, for control or security purposes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-proxy.page:40
-msgid "Define proxy settings"
-msgstr "Vælg proxyindstillinger"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-proxy.page:43
-msgid "What is a proxy?"
-msgstr "Hvad er en proxy?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-proxy.page:45
-msgid ""
-"A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at, it receives requests "
-"from your web browser to fetch web pages and their elements, and following a "
-"policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly used in "
-"businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you can "
-"look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or to "
-"do security checks on websites."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-proxy.page:55
-msgid "Change proxy method"
-msgstr "Skift proxymetode"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-proxy.page:71
-msgid "Select <gui>Network proxy</gui> from the list on the left."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-proxy.page:74
-msgid "Choose which proxy method you want to use from:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/net-proxy.page:77
-msgctxt "proxy"
-msgid "None"
-msgstr "Ingen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-proxy.page:78
-msgid ""
-"The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content from the "
-"web."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/net-proxy.page:82
-msgid "Manual"
-msgstr "Manuel"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-proxy.page:83
-msgid ""
-"For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the "
-"protocols. The protocols are <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, <gui>FTP</"
-"gui> and <gui>SOCKS</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/net-proxy.page:88
-msgid "Automatic"
-msgstr "Automatisk"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-proxy.page:89
-msgid ""
-"A URL pointing to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration "
-"for your system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-proxy.page:96
-msgid ""
-"Applications that use the network connection will use your specified proxy "
-"settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:13
-msgid "Steven Richards"
-msgstr "Steven Richards"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:19
-msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:22
-msgid "Staying safe on the internet"
-msgstr "Sikkerhed på internettet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:24
-msgid ""
-"A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it "
-"is known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and "
-"viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are "
-"targeted at popular operating systems, like Windows, that have an extremely "
-"large user base. Linux is also very secure due to its open source nature, "
-"which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included "
-"with each distribution."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:32
-msgid ""
-"Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Linux is "
-"secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet "
-"you can still be susceptible to:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:38
-msgid ""
-"Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information "
-"through deception)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:42
-msgid "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Forwarding malicious emails</link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:45
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intent (viruses)</"
-"link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:49
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unauthorized remote/local network access</"
-"link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:54
-msgid "To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:58
-msgid ""
-"Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do "
-"not know."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:62
-msgid ""
-"If a website’s offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive "
-"information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information "
-"you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is "
-"compromised by identity thieves or other criminals."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:68
-msgid ""
-"Be careful in providing <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">root level "
-"permissions</link> to any application, especially ones that you have not "
-"used before or which are not well-known. Providing anyone or anything with "
-"root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:75
-msgid ""
-"Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH "
-"or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to "
-"intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a <link xref=\"net-"
-"firewall-on-off\">firewall</link> to help protect your computer from "
-"intrusion."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-security.page:17
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirus software</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
-"firewall-on-off\">basic firewalls</link>, <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports"
-"\">firewall ports</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirussoftware</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
-"firewall-on-off\">grundlæggende firewalls</link>, <link xref=\"net-firewall-"
-"ports\">firewall-porte</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-security.page:24
-msgid "Keeping safe on the internet"
-msgstr "Sikkerhed på internettet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-slow.page:19
-msgid ""
-"Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it "
-"could be a busy time of day."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-slow.page:23
-msgid "The internet seems slow"
-msgstr "Internettet virker til at være langsomt"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:25
-msgid ""
-"If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of "
-"things that could be causing the slow down."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:28
-msgid ""
-"Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from "
-"the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things "
-"that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:34
-msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Busy time of day</em>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they "
-"are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, "
-"through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest "
-"of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this "
-"is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same "
-"time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You’re most likely to experience "
-"this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the "
-"evenings, for example)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:45
-msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Downloading lots of things at once</em>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:46
-msgid ""
-"If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading "
-"several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not "
-"be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:52
-msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Unreliable connection</em>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:53
-msgid ""
-"Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or "
-"those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference "
-"center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:59
-msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Low wireless connection signal</em>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:60
-msgid ""
-"If you are connected to the internet by wireless (Wi-Fi), check the network "
-"icon on the top bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the "
-"internet may be slow because you don’t have a very strong signal."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:66
-msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Using a slower mobile internet connection</em>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:67
-msgid ""
-"If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may "
-"have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, "
-"the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast “mobile "
-"broadband” connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection "
-"like GPRS."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:74
-msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Web browser has a problem</em>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:75
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This "
-"could be for any number of reasons — you could have visited a website that "
-"the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a "
-"long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser’s windows and then "
-"opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:28
-msgid "Set up a VPN connection to a local network over the internet."
-msgstr "Opsæt en VPN-forbindelse til et lokalt netværk over internettet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:32
-msgid "Connect to a VPN"
-msgstr "Opret forbindelse til et VPN"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:34
-msgid ""
-"A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a "
-"local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the "
-"local network at your workplace while you’re on a business trip. You would "
-"find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to "
-"your workplace’s VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the "
-"network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the "
-"hotel’s internet connection. VPN connections are usually <em>encrypted</em> "
-"to prevent people from accessing the local network you’re connecting to "
-"without logging in."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:44
-msgid ""
-"There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some "
-"extra software depending on what type of VPN you’re connecting to. Find out "
-"the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which "
-"<em>VPN client</em> you need to use. Then, go to the software installer "
-"application and search for the <app>NetworkManager</app> package which works "
-"with your VPN (if there is one) and install it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:52
-msgid ""
-"If there isn’t a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will "
-"probably have to download and install some client software from the company "
-"that provides the VPN software. You’ll probably have to follow some "
-"different instructions to get that working."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:58
-msgid "To set up the VPN connection:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:69
-msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the list on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add "
-"a new connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:73
-msgid "Choose <gui>VPN</gui> in the interface list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:76
-msgid "Choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:79
-msgid ""
-"Fill in the VPN connection details, then press <gui>Add</gui> once you are "
-"finished."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:83
-msgid ""
-"When you have finished setting up the VPN, open the <gui xref=\"shell-"
-"introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> from the right side of the top "
-"bar, click <gui>VPN off</gui> and select <gui>Connect</gui>. You may need to "
-"enter a password for the connection before it is established. Once the "
-"connection is made, you will see a lock shaped icon in the top bar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:91
-msgid ""
-"Hopefully you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to "
-"double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this from the "
-"<gui>Network</gui> panel that you used to create the connection. Select the "
-"VPN connection from the list, then press the <_:media-1/> button to review "
-"the settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:98
-msgid ""
-"To disconnect from the VPN, click the system menu on the top bar and click "
-"<gui>Turn Off</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22
-msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:25
-msgid "What is an IP address?"
-msgstr "Hvad er en IP-adresse?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:27
-msgid ""
-"“IP address” stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each device "
-"that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one."
-msgstr ""
-"“IP-adresse” står for <em>internetprotokol-adresse</em>, og hver enhed som "
-"er forbundet til et netværk (såsom internettet) har en."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:30
-msgid ""
-"An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique "
-"set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. "
-"Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your "
-"computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated "
-"by a period. <code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:40
-msgid ""
-"An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP "
-"addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a "
-"network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP "
-"addresses are more common that static addresses — static addresses are "
-"typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as in the "
-"administration of a server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25
-msgid ""
-"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
-"network cable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:29
-msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"
-msgstr "Opret forbindelse til et kablet (ethernet) netværk"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:33
-msgid ""
-"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
-"network cable. The wired network icon (<_:media-1/>) is displayed on the top "
-"bar with three dots while the connection is being established. The dots "
-"disappear when you are connected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:41
-msgid ""
-"If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network "
-"cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the "
-"rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other end "
-"should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar "
-"(depending on the network setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the "
-"Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:49
-msgid ""
-"You cannot plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable "
-"(at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you "
-"should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:55
-msgid ""
-"If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup "
-"(DHCP). In this case you will have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure it "
-"manually</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wired.page:11
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Wired internet connections</link>, <link "
-"xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">Fixed IP addresses</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Kablede internetforbindelser</link>, <link "
-"xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">Faste IP-adresser</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wired.page:22
-msgid "Wired networking"
-msgstr "Kablet netværk"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27
-msgid ""
-"Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and "
-"its network connections."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:33
-msgid "Create a wireless hotspot"
-msgstr "Opret et trådløst hotspot"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:35
-msgid ""
-"You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices "
-"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an "
-"internet connection you’ve made with another interface, such as to a wired "
-"network or over the cellular network."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan bruge din computer som et trådløst hotspot. Så kan andre enheder "
-"forbinde til dig uden et separat netværk, og du kan dele en "
-"internetforbindelse, du har lavet, med en anden grænseflade såsom med en "
-"kabelforbindelse eller over mobilnetværket."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:56
-msgid ""
-"Select <gui><_:media-1/> Wi-Fi Not Connected</gui> or the name of the "
-"wireless network to which you are already connected. The Wi-Fi section of "
-"the menu will expand."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:62
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:49
-msgid "Click <gui>Wi-Fi Settings</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:63
-msgid ""
-"Press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select "
-"<gui>Turn On Wi-Fi Hotspot…</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:65
-msgid ""
-"If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you "
-"want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can connect "
-"to or create only one network at a time. Click <gui>Turn On</gui> to confirm."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:71
-msgid ""
-"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The "
-"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will "
-"need this information to connect to the hotspot you’ve just created."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30
-msgid "Open Network Settings and switch Airplane Mode to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34
-msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
-msgstr "Slå trådløs fra (flytilstand)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36
-msgid ""
-"If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless "
-"connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may "
-"also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery "
-"power, for example)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:42
-msgid ""
-"Using <em>Airplane Mode</em> will completely turn off all wireless "
-"connections, including Wi-Fi, 3G and Bluetooth connections."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:46
-msgid "To turn on airplane mode:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:50
-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:41
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:50
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>Wi-Fi</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Wi-Fi</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:54
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:54
-msgid "Click on <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> for at åbne panelet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:57
-msgid ""
-"Switch the <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> switch to on. This will turn off your "
-"wireless connection until you disable airplane mode again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:63
-msgid ""
-"You can turn off your Wi-Fi connection from the <gui xref=\"shell-"
-"introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> by clicking on the connection "
-"name and choosing <gui>Turn Off</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:25
-msgid "Get on the internet — wirelessly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:29
-msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
-msgstr "Opret forbindelse til et trådløst netværk"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:31
-msgid ""
-"If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless "
-"network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared "
-"files on the network, and so on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:41
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:44
-msgid ""
-"Select <gui><_:media-1/> Wi-Fi Not Connected</gui>. The Wi-Fi section of the "
-"menu will expand."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:46
-msgid "Click <gui>Select Network</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:49
-msgid "Click the name of the network you want, then click <gui>Connect</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:51
-msgid ""
-"If the name of the network is not in the list, try clicking <gui>More</gui> "
-"to see if the network is further down the list. If you still do not see the "
-"network, you may be out of range, or the network <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
-"hidden\">might be hidden</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:57
-msgid ""
-"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa"
-"\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click "
-"<gui>Connect</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:60
-msgid ""
-"If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the "
-"wireless router or base station, or in its instruction manual, or you may "
-"have to ask the person who administers the wireless network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:65
-msgid ""
-"The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect "
-"to the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:69
-msgid ""
-"If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several "
-"curved bars above it (<_:media-1/>). More bars indicate a stronger "
-"connection to the network. Fewer bars mean the connection is weaker and "
-"might not be very reliable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:77
-msgid ""
-"If the connection is not successful, you may be asked for your password "
-"again or it might just tell you that the connection has been disconnected. "
-"There are a number of things that could have caused this to happen. You "
-"could have entered the wrong password, the wireless signal could be too "
-"weak, or your computer’s wireless card might have a problem, for example. "
-"See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more help."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:84
-msgid ""
-"A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that "
-"you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download "
-"speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the <em>device "
-"which provides the internet connection</em> (like a router or modem), but "
-"the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different "
-"speeds."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24
-msgid ""
-"You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect "
-"properly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29
-msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
-msgstr "Hvorfor bliver mit trådløse netværk ved med at afbryde forbindelsen?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31
-msgid ""
-"You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even "
-"though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to "
-"reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the "
-"top bar will display three dots if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be "
-"annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38
-msgid "Weak wireless signal"
-msgstr "Svagt trådløst signal"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40
-msgid ""
-"A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you "
-"have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too "
-"far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong "
-"enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you "
-"and the base station can also weaken the signal."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:46
-msgid ""
-"The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. "
-"If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:52
-msgid "Network connection not being established properly"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you "
-"have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon "
-"after. This normally happens because your computer was only partially "
-"successful in connecting to the network — it managed to establish a "
-"connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so "
-"was disconnected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:61
-msgid ""
-"A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless "
-"passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because "
-"the network requires a username to log in, for example)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:68
-msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:70
-msgid ""
-"Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks "
-"are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into "
-"minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens "
-"quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless "
-"connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens "
-"very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:80
-msgid "Busy wireless networks"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:82
-msgid ""
-"Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for "
-"example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. "
-"Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of "
-"the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:23
-msgid ""
-"The wireless could be turned off or broken, or you may be trying to connect "
-"to a hidden network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:27
-msgid "I can’t see my wireless network in the list"
-msgstr "Jeg kan ikke se mit trådløse netværk i listen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:29
-msgid ""
-"There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless "
-"network on the list of available networks from the system menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34
-msgid ""
-"If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned "
-"off, or it <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working "
-"properly</link>. Make sure it is turned on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:48
-msgid ""
-"You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless "
-"base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:53
-msgid ""
-"The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned "
-"on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so "
-"and then check if the network has appeared in the list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:58
-msgid ""
-"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden"
-"\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27
-msgid ""
-"Connect to a wireless network that is not displayed in the network list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:32
-msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
-msgstr "Opret forbindelse til et skjult trådløst netværk"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is “hidden.” Hidden "
-"networks won’t show up in the list of wireless networks displayed in the "
-"<gui>Network</gui> settings. To connect to a hidden wireless network:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:51
-msgid ""
-"Press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select "
-"<gui>Connect to Hidden Network…</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:54
-msgid ""
-"In the window that appears, select a previously-connected hidden network "
-"using the <gui>Connection</gui> drop-down list, or <gui>New</gui> for a new "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:59
-msgid ""
-"For a new connection, type the network name and choose the type of wireless "
-"security from the <gui>Wi-Fi security</gui> drop-down list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:63
-msgid "Enter the password or other security details."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:66
-msgid "Click <gui>Connect</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:70
-msgid ""
-"You may have to check the settings of the wireless access point or router to "
-"see what the network name is. If you don’t have the network name (SSID), you "
-"can use the <em>BSSID</em> (Basic Service Set Identifier, the access point’s "
-"MAC address), which looks something like <gui>02:00:01:02:03:04</gui> and "
-"can usually be found on the underside of the access point."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:76
-msgid ""
-"You should also check the security settings for the wireless access point. "
-"Look for terms like WEP and WPA."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:80
-msgid ""
-"You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by "
-"preventing people who don’t know about it from connecting. In practice, this "
-"is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still "
-"detectable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:18
-msgid "Double-check the password, and other things to try."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:22
-msgid "I’ve entered the correct password, but I still can’t connect"
-msgstr ""
-"Jeg har indtastet den korrekte adgangskode, men jeg kan stadigvæk ikke "
-"oprette forbindelse"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:24
-msgid ""
-"If you’re sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa"
-"\">wireless password</link> but you still can’t successfully connect to a "
-"wireless network, try some of the following:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:28
-msgid "Double-check that you have the correct password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:29
-msgid ""
-"Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-"
-"case letters), so check that you didn’t get the case of one of the letters "
-"wrong."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:33
-msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:34
-msgid ""
-"The password you enter can also be represented in a different way — as a "
-"string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a "
-"pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you have access to "
-"the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key "
-"instead. Make sure you select the correct <gui>wireless security</gui> "
-"option when asked for your password (for example, select <gui>WEP 40/128-bit "
-"Key</gui> if you’re typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted "
-"connection)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:38
-msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means "
-"they won’t connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it — "
-"see <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:43
-msgid "Check that you’re using the correct type of wireless security"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:44
-msgid ""
-"When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type "
-"of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by "
-"the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but "
-"sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don’t know which one it is, "
-"use trial and error to go through the different options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:48
-msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:49
-msgid ""
-"Some wireless cards aren’t supported very well. They show up as a wireless "
-"connection, but they can’t connect to a network because their drivers lack "
-"the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, "
-"or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different "
-"<em>firmware</em>). See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for "
-"more information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:14
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:16
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15
-msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
-msgstr "Bidragsydere til Ubuntu-dokumentationens wiki"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:24
-msgid ""
-"Some device drivers don’t work very well with certain wireless adapters, so "
-"you may need to find a better one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:28
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:28
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27
-msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter"
-msgstr "Fejlsøgning af trådløst netværk"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30
-msgid "Make sure that working device drivers are installed"
-msgstr "Sørg for at der er installeret enhedsdrivere som virker"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:34
-msgid ""
-"In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for "
-"your wireless adapter. A <em>device driver</em> is a piece of software which "
-"tells the computer how to make a hardware device work properly. Even though "
-"the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have "
-"drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for "
-"the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:43
-msgid ""
-"Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:45
-msgid ""
-"Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have "
-"support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get "
-"the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list for your "
-"distribution (for example, <link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/";
-"WifiDocs/WirelessCardsSupported\">Ubuntu</link>, <link href=\"https://wiki.";
-"archlinux.org/index.php/Wireless_network_configuration\">Arch</link>, <link "
-"href=\"http://linuxwireless.org/en/users/Drivers\";>Fedora</link> or <link "
-"href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/HCL:Network_(Wireless)\">openSUSE</link>) and "
-"see if your make and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to "
-"use some of the information there to get your wireless drivers working."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:58
-msgid "Look for restricted (binary) drivers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:59
-msgid ""
-"Many Linux distributions only come with device drivers which are <em>free</"
-"em> and <em>open source</em>. This is because they cannot distribute drivers "
-"which are proprietary, or closed-source. If the correct driver for your "
-"wireless adapter is only available in a non-free, or “binary-only” version, "
-"it may not be installed by default. If this is the case, look on the "
-"wireless adapter manufacturer’s website to see if they have any Linux "
-"drivers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:66
-msgid ""
-"Some Linux distributions have a tool that can download restricted drivers "
-"for you. If your distribution has one of these, use it to see if it can find "
-"any wireless drivers for you."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:71
-msgid "Use the Windows drivers for your adapter."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:72
-msgid ""
-"In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system "
-"(like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because "
-"they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless adapters, "
-"however, you can install a compatibility layer called <em>NDISwrapper</em> "
-"which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful "
-"because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for "
-"them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more "
-"about how to use NDISwrapper <link href=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/";
-"mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?title=Main_Page\">here</link>. Note that not "
-"all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:85
-msgid ""
-"If none of these options work, you may want to try a different wireless "
-"adapter to see if you can get that working. USB wireless adapters are often "
-"quite cheap, and will plug into any computer. You should check that the "
-"adapter is compatible with your Linux distribution before buying it, though."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:24
-msgid ""
-"Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been "
-"recognized properly by the computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:28
-msgid "Wireless connection troubleshooter"
-msgstr "Fejlsøgning af trådløs forbindelse"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29
-msgid "Check that the wireless adapter was recognized"
-msgstr "Tjek at den trådlåse adapter blev genkendt"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:31
-msgid ""
-"Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not "
-"have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you "
-"will check whether the device was recognized properly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:37
-msgid ""
-"Open a Terminal window, type <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> and press "
-"<key>Enter</key>. If this gives an error message, you may need to install "
-"the <app>lshw</app> program on your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:42
-msgid ""
-"Look through the information that appeared and find the <em>Wireless "
-"interface</em> section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you "
-"should see something similar (but not identical) to this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/code
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"*-network\n"
-" description: Wireless interface\n"
-" product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
-" vendor: Intel Corporation"
-msgstr ""
-"*-network\n"
-" description: Wireless interface\n"
-" product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
-" vendor: Intel Corporation"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51
-msgid ""
-"If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
-"troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:54
-msgid ""
-"If a wireless device is <em>not</em> listed, the next steps you take will "
-"depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that "
-"is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has (<link "
-"xref=\"#pci\">internal PCI</link>, <link xref=\"#usb\">USB</link>, or <link "
-"xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</link>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63
-msgid "PCI (internal) wireless adapter"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:65
-msgid ""
-"Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops "
-"made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was "
-"recognized:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71
-msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lspci</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74
-msgid ""
-"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked "
-"<code>Network controller</code> or <code>Ethernet controller</code>. Several "
-"devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to your wireless "
-"adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, "
-"<code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what the "
-"entry might look like:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/code
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection"
-msgstr "Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:84
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:117
-msgid ""
-"If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the <link xref="
-"\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. "
-"If you didn’t find anything related to your wireless adapter, see <link xref="
-"\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:95
-msgid "USB wireless adapter"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:97
-msgid ""
-"Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less "
-"common. They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB "
-"cable. 3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (Wi-Fi) "
-"adapters, so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that "
-"it is not actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was "
-"recognized:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:106
-msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lsusb</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:109
-msgid ""
-"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to "
-"refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your "
-"wireless adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</"
-"code>, <code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what "
-"the entry might look like:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/code
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:114
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 Wireless Data Modem HSD USB
Card"
-msgstr "Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 Wireless Data Modem HSD USB
Card"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:128
-msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:130
-msgid ""
-"PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the "
-"side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To "
-"check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:136
-msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:140
-msgid "Open a Terminal and type the following, then press <key>Enter</key>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/code
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:142
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "tail -f /var/log/messages"
-msgstr "tail -f /var/log/messages"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:143
-msgid ""
-"This will display a list of messages related to your computer’s hardware, "
-"and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:148
-msgid ""
-"Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in "
-"the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your "
-"wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:154
-msgid ""
-"To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
-"key><key>C</key></keyseq>. After you have done that, you can close the "
-"Terminal if you like."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:159
-msgid ""
-"If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the "
-"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers "
-"step</link>. If you didn’t find anything related to your wireless adapter, "
-"see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:169
-msgid "Wireless adapter was not recognized"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:171
-msgid ""
-"If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working "
-"properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it. How you check "
-"to see if there are any drivers you can install will depend on which Linux "
-"distribution you are using (like Ubuntu, Arch, Fedora or openSUSE)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:176
-msgid ""
-"To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution’s "
-"website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask "
-"about your wireless adapter, for example."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:24
-msgid ""
-"You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in "
-"subsequent troubleshooting steps."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29
-msgid "Gather information about your network hardware"
-msgstr "Indsaml information om din netværkshardware"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:31
-msgid ""
-"In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network "
-"device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model "
-"number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a note of these "
-"details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with "
-"your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the "
-"following items, if you still have them:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:40
-msgid ""
-"The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the "
-"user guide for your router)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:44
-msgid ""
-"The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only "
-"contains Windows drivers)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:48
-msgid ""
-"The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and "
-"router. This information can usually be found on the underside or reverse of "
-"the device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:53
-msgid ""
-"Any version or revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network "
-"devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look "
-"carefully."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:58
-msgid ""
-"Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "
-"“firmware” version, or the components (chipset) it uses."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:63
-msgid ""
-"If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection "
-"so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your "
-"computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way "
-"of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:69
-msgid ""
-"Once you have as many of these items as possible, click <gui>Next</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:25
-msgid ""
-"Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next "
-"few troubleshooting steps."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:30
-msgid "Perform an initial connection check"
-msgstr "Udfør et indledende tjek af forbindelsen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32
-msgid ""
-"In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless "
-"network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn’t "
-"caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being "
-"turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet "
-"connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:43
-msgid ""
-"If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA "
-"card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into "
-"the proper slot on your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:48
-msgid ""
-"If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that the "
-"wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless "
-"switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:54
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> from "
-"the right side of the top bar and select the Wi-Fi network, then select "
-"<gui>Wi-Fi Settings</gui>. Make sure that the <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> switch is set "
-"to on. You should also check that <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane"
-"\">Airplane Mode</link> is <em>not</em> switched on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:62
-msgid ""
-"Open the Terminal, type <cmd>nmcli device</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:64
-msgid ""
-"This will display information about your network interfaces and connection "
-"status. Look down the list of information and see if there is an item "
-"related to the wireless network adapter. If the state is <code>connected</"
-"code>, it means that the adapter is working and connected to your wireless "
-"router."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:72
-msgid ""
-"If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access "
-"the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet "
-"Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review "
-"your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or "
-"contact your ISP for support."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:78
-msgid ""
-"If the information from <cmd>nmcli device</cmd> did not indicate that you "
-"were connected to the network, click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next "
-"portion of the troubleshooting guide."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:24
-msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29
-msgid ""
-"This is a step-by-step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix "
-"wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some "
-"reason, try following the instructions here."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33
-msgid ""
-"We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected "
-"to the internet:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38
-msgid "Performing an initial check"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41
-msgid "Gathering information about your hardware"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:44
-msgid "Checking your hardware"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:47
-msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:50
-msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:54
-msgid ""
-"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the "
-"page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you "
-"through each step in the guide."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:59
-msgid "Using the command line"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:60
-msgid ""
-"Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the "
-"<em>command line</em> (Terminal). You can find the <app>Terminal</app> "
-"application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:63
-msgid ""
-"If you are not familiar with using a command line, don’t worry — this guide "
-"will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are "
-"case-sensitive (so you must type them <em>exactly</em> as they appear here), "
-"and to press <key>Enter</key> after typing each command to run it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20
-msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:23
-msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
-msgstr "Hvad betyder WEP og WPA?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:25
-msgid ""
-"WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used "
-"to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network "
-"connection so that no one can “listen in” to it and look at which web pages "
-"you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for <em>Wired Equivalent Privacy</"
-"em>, and WPA stands for <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 is the "
-"second version of the WPA standard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:32
-msgid ""
-"Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is "
-"the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can "
-"avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and "
-"router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your "
-"wireless network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless.page:15
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to Wi-Fi</link>, <link xref="
-"\"net-wireless-hidden\">hidden networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
-"disconnecting\">Wi-Fi disconnecting</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Opret forbindelse til Wi-Fi</link>, "
-"<link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">skjulte netværk</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
-"wireless-disconnecting\">Wi-Fi afbryder forbindelsen</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless.page:33
-msgid "Wireless networking"
-msgstr "Trådløst netværk"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:26
-msgid ""
-"Edit your connection settings, and remove the unwanted connection option."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:31
-msgid "My computer connects to the wrong network"
-msgstr "Min computer opretter forbindelse til det forkerte netværk"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:33
-msgid ""
-"When you turn your computer on, your computer will automatically try to "
-"connect to wireless networks that you have connected to in the past. If it "
-"tries to connect to a network that you do not want to connect to, follow the "
-"steps below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:39
-msgid "To forget a wireless connection:"
-msgstr "Glem en trådløs forbindelse:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:45
-msgid ""
-"Find the network that you <em>do not</em> want it to keep connecting to."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:48
-msgid "Click the <_:media-1/> button located next to the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:51
-msgid ""
-"Click the <gui>Forget Connection</gui> button. Your computer will not try to "
-"connect to that network any more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:56
-msgid ""
-"If you later want to connect to the network that your computer just forgot, "
-"follow the steps in <link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net.page:20
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired\">wired</"
-"link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">connection problems</link>, <link xref="
-"\"net-browser\">web browsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-email\">email "
-"accounts</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Trådløst</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired"
-"\">kablet</link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">forbindelsesproblemer</link>, "
-"<link xref=\"net-browser\">webbrowsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-email\">e-"
-"mailkonti</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net.page:45
-msgid "Networking, web & email"
-msgstr "Netværk, web & e-mail"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/power-autobrightness.page:15
-#: C/power-autosuspend.page:17
-#: C/power-status.page:16
-#: C/power-wireless.page:16
-msgid "2016"
-msgstr "2016"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-autobrightness.page:20
-msgid "Automatically control screen brightness to reduce battery use."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-autobrightness.page:23
-msgid "Enable automatic brightness"
-msgstr "Aktivér automatisk lysstyrke"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-autobrightness.page:25
-msgid ""
-"If your computer has an integrated light sensor, it can be used to "
-"automatically control screen brightness. This ensures that the screen is "
-"always easy to see in different ambient light conditions, and helps to "
-"reduce battery consumption."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-autobrightness.page:40
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Power Saving</gui> section, ensure that the <gui>Automatic "
-"brightness</gui> switch is set to on."
-msgstr ""
-"Sørg for at <gui>Automatisk lysstyrke</gui>-kontakten er tændt i afsnittet "
-"<gui>Strømbesparelse</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-autobrightness.page:46
-msgid "To disable automatic screen brightness, switch it to off."
-msgstr "Sluk for den for at deaktivere automatisk skærmlysstyrke."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-autosuspend.page:22
-msgid "Configure your computer to suspend automatically."
-msgstr "Konfigurer din computer, så den automatisk går i hviletilstand."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-autosuspend.page:25
-msgid "Set up automatic suspend"
-msgstr "Opsæt automatisk hviletilstand"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-autosuspend.page:27
-msgid ""
-"You can configure your computer to automatically suspend when idle. "
-"Different intervals can be specified for running on battery or plugged in."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-autosuspend.page:40
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Suspend & Power Button</gui> section, click <gui>Automatic "
-"suspend</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-autosuspend.page:44
-msgid ""
-"Choose <gui>On Battery Power</gui> or <gui>Plugged In</gui>, set the switch "
-"to on, and select a <gui>Delay</gui>. Both options can be configured."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/power-autosuspend.page:49
-msgid ""
-"On a desktop computer, there is one option labeled <gui>When Idle</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:12
-msgid ""
-"The battery life displayed when you click on the <gui>battery icon</gui> is "
-"an estimate."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:34
-msgid "The estimated battery life is wrong"
-msgstr "Den anslåede levetid for batteriet er forkert"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:36
-msgid ""
-"When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time "
-"remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually "
-"lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be "
-"estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:41
-msgid ""
-"In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be "
-"taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the "
-"computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have "
-"open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any "
-"intensive tasks (like watching high-definition video or converting music "
-"files, for example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to "
-"predict."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:48
-msgid ""
-"Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge "
-"faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery "
-"discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:52
-msgid ""
-"As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge "
-"properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They "
-"will never be completely accurate, though."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:57
-msgid ""
-"If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of "
-"days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to "
-"make a sensible estimate."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:60
-msgid ""
-"If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug "
-"it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the "
-"data it needs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:38
-msgid "Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer."
-msgstr "Tips til at reducere din computers strømforbrug."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:41
-msgid "Use less power and improve battery life"
-msgstr "Brug mindre strøm og forbedr batteriets levetid"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:43
-msgid ""
-"Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving "
-"strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:47
-msgid "General tips"
-msgstr "Generelle tips"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:51
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are "
-"not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it "
-"can be woken up very quickly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:56
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">Turn off</link> the computer when you "
-"will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off "
-"a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the "
-"case."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:62
-msgid ""
-"Use the <gui>Power</gui> panel in <app>Settings</app> to change your power "
-"settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: you "
-"can <link xref=\"display-blank\">automatically blank the screen</link> after "
-"a certain time, reduce the <link xref=\"display-brightness\">screen "
-"brightness</link>, and have the computer <link xref=\"power-autosuspend"
-"\">automatically suspend</link> if you have not used it for a certain period "
-"of time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:71
-msgid ""
-"Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not "
-"using them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:79
-msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
-msgstr "Bærbare, netbooks og andre enheder med batterier"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:83
-msgid ""
-"Reduce the <link xref=\"display-brightness\">screen brightness</link>. "
-"Powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop power "
-"consumption."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:86
-msgid ""
-"Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you "
-"can use to reduce the brightness."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:90
-msgid ""
-"If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the "
-"wireless or Bluetooth cards. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, "
-"which takes quite a bit of power."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:93
-msgid ""
-"Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, "
-"whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can "
-"turn it on again when you need it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:102
-msgid "More advanced tips"
-msgstr "Flere avancerede tips"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:106
-msgid ""
-"Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use "
-"more power when they have more work to do."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:108
-msgid ""
-"Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively "
-"using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the "
-"internet or play music or movies can impact your power consumption."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:11
-msgid "Tips such as “Do not let the battery charge get too low”."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:29
-msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"
-msgstr "Få mest ud af batteriet i din bærbare"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:31
-msgid ""
-"As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity "
-"gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong "
-"their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big difference."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:37
-msgid ""
-"Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> "
-"the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards "
-"to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it is only partially "
-"discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly "
-"discharged is worse for the battery."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:44
-msgid ""
-"Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do "
-"not let the battery get any warmer than it has to."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:48
-msgid ""
-"Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage "
-"in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original "
-"battery — always buy replacements when you need them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:55
-msgid ""
-"This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which "
-"are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different "
-"treatment."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7
-msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:25
-msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?"
-msgstr "Hvorfor er min bærbare langsom når den bruger batteri?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:27
-msgid ""
-"Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in "
-"order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a "
-"slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the "
-"battery should last longer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:32
-msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:15
-msgid ""
-"Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the "
-"cause of this problem."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:33
-msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"
-msgstr ""
-"Hvorfor har jeg mindre batterilevetid end da jeg brugte Windows/Mac OS?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux "
-"than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that "
-"computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes "
-"various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These "
-"tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including "
-"them in Linux is difficult."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:42
-msgid ""
-"Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself "
-"without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some <link "
-"xref=\"power-batterylife\">power-saving methods</link> helps, though. If "
-"your computer has a <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">variable-speed "
-"processor</link>, you might find that changing its settings is also useful."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:48
-msgid ""
-"Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating "
-"battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual "
-"battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give "
-"different estimates."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-closelid.page:31
-msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-closelid.page:35
-msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
-msgstr "Hvorfor slukker min computer når jeg lukker låget?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-closelid.page:37
-msgid ""
-"When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <link xref=\"power-"
-"suspend\"><em>suspend</em></link> in order to save power. This means that "
-"the computer is not actually turned off — it has just gone to sleep. You can "
-"resume it by opening the lid. If it does not resume, try clicking the mouse "
-"or pressing a key. If that still does not work, press the power button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-closelid.page:44
-msgid ""
-"Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their "
-"hardware is not completely supported by the operating system (for example, "
-"the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are "
-"unable to resume your computer after you have closed the lid. You can try to "
-"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix the problem with suspend</link>, or you "
-"can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/power-closelid.page:52
-msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
-msgstr "Stop computeren i at gå i hviletilstand når låget lukkes"
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/power-closelid.page:55
-msgid ""
-"These instructions will only work if you are using <app>systemd</app>. "
-"Contact your distribution for more information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/power-closelid.page:60
-#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:37
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66
-msgid ""
-"You need to have <app>Tweaks</app> installed on your computer to change this "
-"setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: if/p
-#: C/power-closelid.page:63
-#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:40
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69
-msgid ""
-"<link style=\"button\" action=\"install:gnome-tweaks\">Install <app>Tweaks</"
-"app></link>"
-msgstr ""
-"<link style=\"button\" action=\"install:gnome-tweaks\">Installér "
-"<app>Tilpasninger</app></link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/power-closelid.page:68
-msgid ""
-"If you do not want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can "
-"change the setting for that behavior."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/power-closelid.page:72
-msgid ""
-"Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if "
-"they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a "
-"confined place like a backpack."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-closelid.page:79
-#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:48
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>Tweaks</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Tilpasninger</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-closelid.page:83
-#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:52
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81
-msgid "Click <gui>Tweaks</gui> to open the application."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Tilpasninger</gui> for at åbne programmet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-closelid.page:86
-msgid "Select the <gui>General</gui> tab."
-msgstr "Vælg fanebladet <gui>Generelt</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-closelid.page:89
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Suspend when laptop lid is closed</gui> switch to off."
-msgstr ""
-"Sluk for <gui>Sæt i hviletilstand, når låget lukkes på den bærbare lukkes</"
-"gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-closelid.page:93
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:102
-msgid "Close the <gui>Tweaks</gui> window."
-msgstr "Luk <gui>Tilpasninger</gui>-vinduet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-constantfan.page:10
-msgid ""
-"Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running "
-"hot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-constantfan.page:21
-msgid "The laptop fan is always running"
-msgstr "Blæseren i den bærbare kører altid"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-constantfan.page:23
-msgid ""
-"If cooling fan in your laptop is always running, it could be that the "
-"hardware that controls the cooling system in the laptop is not very well "
-"supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their "
-"cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or "
-"available for Linux at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of "
-"the time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-constantfan.page:29
-msgid ""
-"If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install "
-"extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, <link href="
-"\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\";>vaiofand</link> can be installed to control "
-"the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a "
-"technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of your "
-"laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for your "
-"computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-constantfan.page:37
-msgid ""
-"It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does "
-"not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to "
-"run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this "
-"is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all "
-"of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your "
-"laptop which may help."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:11
-msgid ""
-"Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which "
-"can be damaging."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:21
-msgid "My computer gets really hot"
-msgstr "Min computer bliver meget varm"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:23
-msgid ""
-"Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is "
-"normal: it is simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. "
-"However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is "
-"overheating, which can potentially cause damage."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:28
-msgid ""
-"Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. "
-"It is generally nothing to worry about — computers produce a lot of heat and "
-"laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and "
-"their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, "
-"however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a "
-"poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling "
-"accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient "
-"cooling."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:36
-msgid ""
-"If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have "
-"insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans "
-"or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other "
-"blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-"
-"ventilated area too — if kept in confined spaces (for example, in a "
-"cupboard), the cooling system in the computer may not be able to remove heat "
-"and circulate cool air fast enough."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:49
-msgid ""
-"Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There "
-"are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might "
-"possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being "
-"suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential "
-"problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of "
-"course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:56
-msgid ""
-"Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to "
-"prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting "
-"down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will "
-"probably need to get it repaired."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-lowpower.page:11
-msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-lowpower.page:32
-msgid "Why did my computer turn off when the battery got to 10%?"
-msgstr "Hvorfor slukkede min computer da batteriet var på 10 %?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-lowpower.page:34
-msgid ""
-"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will "
-"automatically turn off. It does this to make sure that the battery does not "
-"completely discharge, since this is bad for the battery. If the battery just "
-"ran out, the computer would not have time to shut down properly either."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-lowpower.page:40
-msgid ""
-"Bear in mind that when your computer automatically turns off, your "
-"applications and documents <em>are not</em> saved. To avoid losing your "
-"work, save it before the battery gets too low."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:32
-msgid ""
-"Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended "
-"and does not resume properly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:36
-msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
-msgstr "Jeg har ikke noget trådløst netværk når jeg vækker computeren"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:38
-msgid ""
-"If you have suspended your computer, you may find that your wireless "
-"internet connection does not work when you resume it again. This happens "
-"when the <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">driver</link> for the wireless "
-"device does not fully support certain power saving features. Typically, the "
-"wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the computer is resumed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:45
-msgid ""
-"If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:57
-msgid ""
-"Switch the <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> switch at the top-right of the window to off and "
-"then on again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:61
-msgid ""
-"If the wireless still does not work, switch the <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> "
-"switch to on and then switch it off again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:66
-msgid ""
-"If this does not work, restarting your computer should make the wireless "
-"work again. If you are still having problems after that, connect to the "
-"internet using an Ethernet cable and update your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-othercountry.page:7
-msgid ""
-"Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a "
-"travel adapter."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-othercountry.page:25
-msgid "Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?"
-msgstr "Virker min computer med en strømforsyning fra et andet land?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-othercountry.page:27
-msgid ""
-"Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V "
-"or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer "
-"should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have "
-"an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-othercountry.page:32
-msgid ""
-"If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for "
-"your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for "
-"their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your "
-"existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-othercountry.page:37
-msgid ""
-"If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different "
-"plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change "
-"the voltage switch on the computer’s power supply, if there is one. Many "
-"computers do not have a switch like this, and will happily work with either "
-"voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power "
-"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "
-"“110V” or “230V” (for example). Switch it if you need to."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/power-othercountry.page:46
-msgid ""
-"Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch "
-"everything off first if you can."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-status.page:21
-msgid "Display the status of the battery and connected devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-status.page:24
-msgid "Check the battery status"
-msgstr "Tjek batteriets status"
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/power-status.page:28
-msgid "Display the status of the battery and connected devices"
-msgstr "Vis statussen af batteriet og tilsluttede enheder"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-status.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Power</gui> to open the panel. The status of known devices is "
-"displayed."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik på <gui>Strøm</gui> for at åbne panelet. Statussen på kendte enheder "
-"vises."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-status.page:41
-msgid ""
-"If an internal battery is detected, the <gui>Battery</gui> section displays "
-"the status of one or more laptop batteries. The indicator bar shows the "
-"percent charged, as well as time until fully charged if plugged in, and time "
-"remaining when running on battery power."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-status.page:58
-msgid ""
-"The <gui>Devices</gui> section displays the status of connected devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13
-msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:27
-msgid "Why does my computer not turn back on after I suspended it?"
-msgstr ""
-"Hvorfor tænder min computer ikke efter jeg har sat den i hviletilstand?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:29
-msgid ""
-"If you <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link> your computer, then try "
-"to resume it, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could "
-"be because suspend is not supported properly by your hardware."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34
-msgid "My computer is suspended and is not resuming"
-msgstr "Min computer går i hviletilstand og genoptager ikke"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:35
-msgid ""
-"If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it "
-"should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this does "
-"not happen, try pressing the power button (do not hold it in, just press it "
-"once)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:39
-msgid ""
-"If this still does not help, make sure that your computer’s monitor is "
-"switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:41
-msgid ""
-"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for "
-"5-10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You "
-"should then be able to turn on the computer again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:44
-msgid ""
-"If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature "
-"may not work with your hardware."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:47
-msgid ""
-"If your computer loses power and does not have an alternative power supply "
-"(such as a working battery), it will switch off."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:53
-msgid ""
-"My wireless connection (or other hardware) does not work when I wake up my "
-"computer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:55
-msgid ""
-"If you suspend your computer and then resume it again, you may find that "
-"your internet connection, mouse, or some other device does not work "
-"properly. This could be because the driver for the device does not properly "
-"support suspend. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">problem with the "
-"driver</link> and not the device itself."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:61
-msgid ""
-"If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In "
-"most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB "
-"cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it "
-"works."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:65
-msgid ""
-"If you cannot turn off or unplug the device, or if this does not work, you "
-"may need to restart your computer for the device to start working again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-suspend.page:9
-msgid "Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power."
-msgstr ""
-"Hviletilstand får din computer til at sove, så den bruger mindre strøm."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-suspend.page:25
-msgid "What happens when I suspend my computer?"
-msgstr "Hvad sker der når jeg sætter min computer i hviletilstand?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-suspend.page:33
-msgid ""
-"When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your "
-"applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of "
-"the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on "
-"though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it "
-"up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try "
-"pressing the power button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-suspend.page:40
-msgid ""
-"Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they "
-"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend properly</link>. "
-"It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see if it does work "
-"before relying on it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/power-suspend.page:46
-msgid "Always save your work before suspending"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/power-suspend.page:47
-msgid ""
-"You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in "
-"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
-"recovered when you resume the computer again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-whydim.page:32
-msgid "The screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-whydim.page:35
-msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
-msgstr "Hvorfor nedtones min skærm efter noget tid?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-whydim.page:43
-msgid ""
-"If it is possible to set the brightness of your screen, it will dim when the "
-"computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the computer "
-"again, the screen will brighten."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-whydim.page:47
-msgid "To stop the screen from dimming itself:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-whydim.page:58
-msgid ""
-"Switch the <gui>Dim Screen When Inactive</gui> switch to off in the "
-"<gui>Power Saving</gui> section."
-msgstr ""
-"Sluk for <gui>Dæmp skærmen ved inaktivitet</gui>-kontakten i afsnittet "
-"<gui>Strømbesparelse</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12
-msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21
-msgid "My computer will not turn on"
-msgstr "Min computer tænder ikke"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:23
-msgid ""
-"There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic "
-"gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:34
-msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and "
-"the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in "
-"and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in "
-"case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery "
-"is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it is "
-"removable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:44
-msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"
-msgstr "Problemer med computerens hardware"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:45
-msgid ""
-"A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the "
-"case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a "
-"broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory "
-"or RAM) and a faulty motherboard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:52
-msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"
-msgstr "Computeren bipper og slukker bagefter"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:53
-msgid ""
-"If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off "
-"(or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. "
-"These beeps are sometimes referred to as <em>beep codes</em>, and the "
-"pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer "
-"is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to "
-"consult the manual for your computer’s motherboard, or take your computer in "
-"for repairs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:63
-msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"
-msgstr "Computerens blæser kører, men der er ikke noget på skærmen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:64
-msgid ""
-"The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:66
-msgid ""
-"This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on "
-"when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer "
-"might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-wireless.page:21
-msgid ""
-"Bluetooth, wi-fi and mobile broadband can be switched off to reduce battery "
-"use."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-wireless.page:24
-msgid "Switch off unused wireless technologies"
-msgstr "Sluk for trådløse teknologier der ikke bruges"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-wireless.page:26
-msgid ""
-"You can reduce battery use by switching off bluetooth, wi-fi or mobile "
-"broadband when they are not in use."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-wireless.page:39
-msgid ""
-"The <gui>Power Saving</gui> section contains switches for <gui>Wi-Fi</gui>, "
-"<gui>Mobile broadband</gui>, and <gui>Bluetooth</gui>. Switch the unused "
-"services to off. Re-enable when needed by switching to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/power.page:13
-msgid "Natalia Ruz"
-msgstr "Natalia Ruz"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power.page:23
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"power-status\">Battery status</link>, <link xref=\"power-suspend"
-"\">suspend</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen dimming</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"power-status\">Batteristatus</link>, <link xref=\"power-suspend"
-"\">hviletilstand</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">skærmnedtoning</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power.page:31
-msgid "Power & battery"
-msgstr "Strøm & batteri"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/power.page:39
-msgid "Power saving settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/power.page:43
-msgid "Questions"
-msgstr "Spørgsmål"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/power.page:49
-msgctxt "link"
-msgid "Power problems"
-msgstr "Strømproblemer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power.page:51
-msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries."
-msgstr "Fejlsøg problemer med strøm og batterier."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/prefs-display.page:17
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
-"resolution\">size and orientation</link>, <link xref=\"display-brightness"
-"\">brightness</link>, <link xref=\"display-night-light\">color temperature</"
-"link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"look-background\">Baggrund</link>, <link xref=\"look-resolution"
-"\">størrelse og orientering</link>, <link xref=\"display-brightness"
-"\">lysstyrke</link>, <link xref=\"display-night-light\">farvetemperatur</"
-"link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/prefs-display.page:27
-msgid "Display & screen"
-msgstr "Visning & skærm"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/prefs-language.page:17
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link>, <link xref=\"session-formats"
-"\">region and formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">keyboard "
-"layouts</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"session-language\">Sprog</link>, <link xref=\"session-formats"
-"\">region og formater</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts"
-"\">tastaturlayouts</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/prefs-sharing.page:20
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth sharing</link>, <link xref="
-"\"sharing-personal\">Personal file sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
-"desktop\">Screen sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Media sharing</"
-"link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth-deling</link>, <link xref="
-"\"sharing-personal\">Personlig fildeling</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-desktop"
-"\">Skærmdeling</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Mediedeling</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/prefs-sharing.page:28
-msgid "Sharing Settings"
-msgstr "Delingsindstillinger"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/prefs-sharing.page:30
-msgid ""
-"The <em>Sharing Settings</em> in GNOME help you control what is shared over "
-"the local network, or through other technologies such as <em>Bluetooth</em>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/prefs.page:7
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Settings"
-msgstr "Indstillinger"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/prefs.page:14
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse & "
-"touchpad</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref="
-"\"prefs-language\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user "
-"accounts</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"keyboard\">Tastatur</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mus & "
-"pegeplade</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-display\">skærm</link>, <link xref="
-"\"prefs-language\">sprog</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">brugerkonti</"
-"link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/prefs.page:24
-msgid "User & system settings"
-msgstr "Bruger- & systemindstillinger"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-2sided.page:23
-msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
-msgstr "Udskriv på begge sider af papiret eller flere sider pr. ark."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-2sided.page:26
-msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
-msgstr "Udskriv layouts, dobbeltsidet eller flersidet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-2sided.page:28
-msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-2sided.page:32
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:38
-#: C/printing-select.page:28
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Open the print dialog by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></"
-"keyseq>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-2sided.page:36
-msgid ""
-"Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option "
-"from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-"
-"sided printing is not available for your printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-2sided.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It is a good idea to "
-"experiment with your printer to see how it works."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-2sided.page:43
-msgid ""
-"You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper "
-"too. Use the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option to do this."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-2sided.page:49
-msgid ""
-"The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you "
-"have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always "
-"be available."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:23
-msgid ""
-"Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) from a PDF using normal A4/"
-"Letter-size paper."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:27
-msgid "Print a booklet on a double-sided printer"
-msgstr "Udskriv en brochure/pjece på en duplexprinter"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:29
-msgid ""
-"You can make a folded booklet (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing "
-"pages of a document in a special order and changing a couple of printing "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:33
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:29
-msgid "These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document."
-msgstr "Instruktioner til at udskrive en brochure/pjece fra et PDF-dokument."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:35
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:30
-#: C/printing-booklet.page:27
-msgid ""
-"If you want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, first "
-"export it to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Export as PDF…</"
-"gui></guiseq>. Your document needs to have a multiple of 4 number of pages "
-"(4, 8, 12, 16,…). You may need to add up to 3 blank pages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40
-msgid "To print a booklet:"
-msgstr "Sådan udskrives en brochure/pjece:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:41
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:81
-msgid ""
-"Open the print dialog. This can normally be done through <gui style="
-"\"menuitem\">Print</gui> in the menu or using the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
-"key><key>P</key></keyseq> keyboard shortcut."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:49
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46
-msgid "Click the <gui>Properties…</gui> button"
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Egenskaber …</gui>-knappen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:47
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Orientation</gui> drop-down list, make sure that <gui>Landscape</"
-"gui> is selected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:52
-msgid "In the <gui>Duplex</gui> drop-down list, select <gui>Short Edge</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:54
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:49
-msgid "Click <gui>OK</gui> to go back to the print dialog."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:57
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52
-msgid "Under <gui>Range and Copies</gui>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:60
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53
-msgid ""
-"Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, "
-"and a multiple of 4):"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:62
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55
-msgid ""
-"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, "
-"n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
-msgstr ""
-"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, "
-"n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11 …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:64
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:59
-msgid "Examples:"
-msgstr "Eksempler:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:66
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60
-msgid "4 page booklet: Type <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
-msgstr "4-siders brochure/pjece: Skriv <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:67
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:61
-msgid "8 page booklet: Type <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
-msgstr "8-siders brochure/pjece: Skriv <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:68
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:64
-msgid ""
-"20 page booklet: Type "
-"<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
-msgstr ""
-"20-siders brochure/pjece: Skriv "
-"<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:73
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:68
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:86
-msgid "Choose the <gui>Page Layout</gui> tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:74
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:69
-msgid "Under <gui>Layout</gui>, select <gui>Brochure</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:75
-msgid ""
-"Under <gui>Page Sides</gui>, in the <gui>Include</gui> drop-down list, "
-"select <gui>All pages</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:79
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:74
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:91
-msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui>."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Udskriv</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:23
-msgid "Print a booklet from a PDF using a single-sided printer."
-msgstr ""
-"Udskriv en brochure/pjece fra en PDF ved brug af en enkeltsidet printer."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:26
-msgid "Print a booklet on a single-sided printer"
-msgstr "Udskriv en brochure/pjece på en enkeltsidet printer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37
-msgid "To print:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:57
-msgid "…until you have typed all of the pages."
-msgstr "… indtil du har skrevet alle siderne."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:62
-msgid "12 page booklet: Type <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
-msgstr ""
-"12-siders brochure/pjece: Skriv <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63
-msgid ""
-"16 page booklet: Type <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
-msgstr ""
-"16-siders brochure/pjece: Skriv "
-"<input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:70
-msgid ""
-"Under <gui>Page Sides</gui>, in the <gui>Include</gui> drop-down list, "
-"select <gui>Front sides / right pages</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:77
-msgid ""
-"When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in "
-"the printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:87
-msgid ""
-"Under <gui>Page Sides</gui>, in the <gui>Include</gui> drop-down list, "
-"select <gui>Back sides / left pages</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-booklet.page:19
-msgid ""
-"How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-booklet.page:23
-msgid "Print a booklet"
-msgstr "Udskriv en brochure/pjece"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-booklet.page:25
-msgid "You can print a booklet from a PDF."
-msgstr "Du kan udskrive en brochure/pjece fra en PDF."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-booklet.page:33
-msgid ""
-"If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you "
-"should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a "
-"multiple of 4. To do so, you can:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Create a <app>LibreOffice</app> document with the number (1-3) of blank "
-"pages needed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet.page:43
-msgid ""
-"Export the blank pages to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui> "
-"<gui>Export as PDF…</gui></guiseq>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet.page:47
-msgid ""
-"Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using <app>PDF-Shuffler</app> "
-"or <app>PDF Mod</app>, placing the blank pages at the end."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-booklet.page:53
-msgid ""
-"Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list "
-"below:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29
-msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:32
-msgid "Cancel, pause or release a print job"
-msgstr "Annuller, paus eller genoptag et udskrivningsjob"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:34
-msgid ""
-"You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the "
-"printer settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:38
-msgid "Cancel a print job"
-msgstr "Annuller et udskrivningsjob"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:40
-msgid ""
-"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so "
-"that you do not need to waste any ink or paper."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44
-msgid "How to cancel a print job:"
-msgstr "Annullér et udskrivningsjob:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:46
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:86
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:48
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:76
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:50
-#: C/printing-setup.page:76
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>Printers</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Printere</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:50
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:90
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:52
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:80
-msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Printere</gui> for at åbne panelet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:53
-msgid ""
-"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
-"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:57
-msgid "Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:61
-msgid ""
-"If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down "
-"the <em>cancel</em> button on your printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:64
-msgid ""
-"As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages "
-"that will not cancel, remove the paper from the printer’s paper input tray. "
-"The printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. "
-"You can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer "
-"off and then on again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:71
-msgid ""
-"Be careful that you don’t damage the printer when removing the paper, "
-"though. If you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should "
-"probably just leave it where it is."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:79
-msgid "Pause and release a print job"
-msgstr "Paus og genoptag et udskrivningsjob"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:81
-msgid ""
-"If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the "
-"jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:93
-msgid ""
-"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
-"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog and either pause or release the print job based "
-"on your needs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27
-msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:30
-msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
-msgstr "Vælg en anden papirstørrelse til udskrivning"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32
-msgid ""
-"If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a "
-"US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the "
-"document."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:42
-msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45
-msgid ""
-"Under the <gui>Paper</gui> column, choose your <gui>Paper size</gui> from "
-"the drop-down list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:49
-msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> to print your document."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Udskriv</gui> for at udskrive dit dokument."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:53
-msgid ""
-"You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> drop-down list to choose a "
-"different orientation:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: p/gui
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:57
-msgid "Portrait"
-msgstr "Portræt"
-
-#. (itstool) path: p/gui
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:58
-msgid "Landscape"
-msgstr "Landskab"
-
-#. (itstool) path: p/gui
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:59
-msgid "Reverse portrait"
-msgstr "Omvendt portræt"
-
-#. (itstool) path: p/gui
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:60
-msgid "Reverse landscape"
-msgstr "Omvendt landskab"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:23
-msgid ""
-"Make sure that you have the envelope the right way up, and have chosen the "
-"correct paper size."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:27
-msgid "Print envelopes"
-msgstr "Udskriv konvolutter"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:29
-msgid ""
-"Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope. This is "
-"especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for example."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:34
-msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
-msgstr "Udskrivning på konvolutter"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:36
-msgid ""
-"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:38
-msgid ""
-"The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. Press "
-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq> to open the Print dialog, go to "
-"the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as "
-"“Envelope” if you can. If you cannot do this, see if you can change the "
-"<gui>Paper size</gui> to an envelope size (for example, <gui>C5</gui>). The "
-"pack of envelopes will say what size they are; most envelopes come in "
-"standard sizes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:46
-msgid ""
-"Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right "
-"side up in the printer’s in-tray. Check the printer’s manual for this, or "
-"try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see "
-"which way is the right way up."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:52
-msgid ""
-"Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially "
-"some laser printers. Check your printer’s manual to see if it accepts "
-"envelopes. Otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:20
-msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:23
-msgid "How can I check my printer’s ink or toner levels?"
-msgstr "Hvordan tjekker jeg min printers blæk- eller tonerniveauer?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:25
-msgid ""
-"How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the "
-"model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications "
-"installed on your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:29
-msgid ""
-"Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other "
-"information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:32
-msgid ""
-"Some printers report toner or ink levels to the computer, which can be found "
-"in the <gui>Printers</gui> panel in <app>Settings</app>. The ink level will "
-"be shown with the printer details if it is available."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:36
-msgid ""
-"The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP "
-"Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply "
-"proprietary drivers with similar features."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:40
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink "
-"levels. <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon "
-"printers. See if your printer is on the <link href=\"http://libinklevel.";
-"sourceforge.net/#supported\">list of supported models</link>. Another ink "
-"levels application for Epson and some other printers is <app>mtink</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:47
-msgid ""
-"Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not "
-"designed to report their ink levels."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:27
-msgid "Change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:31
-msgid "Change the name or location of a printer"
-msgstr "Skift navn eller placering på en printer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:33
-msgid ""
-"You can change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:37
-msgid ""
-"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative privileges</link> "
-"on the system to change the name or location of a printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:42
-msgid "Change printer name"
-msgstr "Skift printernavn"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:44
-msgid "If you want to change the name of a printer, take the following steps:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:55
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:83
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:61
-#: C/printing-setup.page:83
-#: C/user-add.page:54
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:49
-#: C/user-autologin.page:44
-#: C/user-delete.page:60
-msgid ""
-"Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type in "
-"your password when prompted."
-msgstr ""
-"Tryk på <gui style=\"button\">Lås op</gui> i øverste højre hjørne og skriv "
-"din adgangskode, når du bliver spurgt."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:59
-msgid ""
-"Click the name of your printer, and start typing a new name for the printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:63
-msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save your changes."
-msgstr "Tryk på <key>Enter</key> for at gemme dine ændringer."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:70
-msgid "Change printer location"
-msgstr "Skift printerplacering"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:72
-msgid "To change the location of your printer:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:87
-msgid "Click the location, and start editing the location."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:90
-msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save the changes."
-msgstr "Tryk på <key>Enter</key> for at gemme ændringerne."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-order.page:23
-msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
-msgstr "Saml sætvis og omvend rækkefølgen på udskriften."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-order.page:26
-msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
-msgstr "Udskriv sider i en anden rækkefølge"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing-order.page:29
-msgid "Reverse"
-msgstr "Omvendt"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-order.page:31
-msgid ""
-"Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the "
-"pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can "
-"reverse this printing order."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/printing-order.page:36
-msgid "To reverse the order:"
-msgstr "Omvendt rækkefølge:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-order.page:38
-#: C/printing-order.page:61
-msgid ""
-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq> to open the Print dialog."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-order.page:42
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>General</gui> tab, under <gui>Copies</gui>, check <gui>Reverse</"
-"gui>. The last page will be printed first, and so on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing-order.page:50
-msgid "Collate"
-msgstr "Sætvis"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-order.page:52
-msgid ""
-"If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will "
-"be grouped by page number by default (that is, all of the copies of page one "
-"come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). <em>Collating</em> will "
-"make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order "
-"instead."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/printing-order.page:59
-msgid "To collate:"
-msgstr "Saml sætvis:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-order.page:65
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>General</gui> tab, under <gui>Copies</gui>, check <gui>Collate</"
-"gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Vælg <gui>Sætvis</gui> i fanebladet <gui>Generelt</gui> under <gui>Kopier</"
-"gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20
-msgid ""
-"How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that "
-"you have."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24
-msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
-msgstr "Fjern papir der har sat sig fast"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:26
-msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:28
-msgid ""
-"The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on "
-"how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer’s "
-"panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the "
-"jammed paper out of the printer’s feeding mechanism."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:33
-msgid ""
-"Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer’s "
-"<em>resume</em> button to start printing again. With some printers, you may "
-"even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the "
-"print job again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-select.page:19
-msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-select.page:22
-msgid "Print only certain pages"
-msgstr "Udskriv kun bestemte sider"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-select.page:24
-msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-select.page:32
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>General</gui> tab, choose <gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</"
-"gui> section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-select.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated "
-"by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-select.page:40
-msgid ""
-"For example, if you enter “1,3,5-7,9” in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, "
-"pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/printing-select.page:42
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' "
-"md5='9d2e7d75fbf695d4362b0d6dfb493d96'"
-msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35
-msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
-msgstr "Vælg den printer du bruger mest."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38
-msgid "Set the default printer"
-msgstr "Indstil standardprinteren"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:40
-msgid ""
-"If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be "
-"your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:44
-msgid ""
-"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative privileges</link> "
-"on the system to set the default printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:54
-#: C/printing-setup.page:80
-msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Printere</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:57
-msgid ""
-"Select your desired default printer from the list of available printers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:65
-msgid "Select the <gui>Default printer</gui> checkbox."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:69
-msgid ""
-"When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, "
-"unless you choose a different printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-setup.page:38
-msgid ""
-"Set up a printer that is connected to your computer, or your local network."
-msgstr ""
-"Opsæt en printer som er forbundet til din computer eller dit lokale netværk."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-setup.page:42
-msgid "Set up a local printer"
-msgstr "Opsæt en lokal printer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:44
-msgid ""
-"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they are "
-"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to "
-"your computer, but some printers connect to your wired or wireless network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:50
-msgid ""
-"If your printer is connected to the network, it will not be set up "
-"automatically – you should add it from the <gui>Printers</gui> panel in "
-"<gui>Settings</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:57
-msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:60
-msgid ""
-"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see "
-"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be "
-"asked to authenticate to install them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:65
-msgid ""
-"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. "
-"Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or <gui>Options</"
-"gui> to make additional changes in the printer setup."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:71
-msgid ""
-"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer "
-"settings:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:87
-msgid "Press the <gui style=\"button\">Add…</gui> button."
-msgstr "Tryk på <gui style=\"button\">Tilføj …</gui>-knappen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:90
-msgid ""
-"In the pop-up window, select your new printer and press <gui style=\"button"
-"\">Add</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:93
-msgid ""
-"If your printer is not discovered automatically, but you know its network "
-"address, enter it into the text field at the bottom of the dialog and then "
-"press <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:100
-msgid ""
-"If your printer does not appear in the <gui>Add Printer</gui> window, you "
-"may need to install print drivers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:108
-msgid ""
-"After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-"
-"default-printer\">change your default printer</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:20
-msgid ""
-"If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels "
-"or clean the print head."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:24
-msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
-msgstr ""
-"Hvorfor er der striber, linjer eller forkerte farver på det jeg udskriver?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:27
-msgid ""
-"If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that should not be "
-"there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with "
-"the printer or a low ink or toner supply."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:33
-msgid "Fading text or images"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:34
-msgid ""
-"You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink or toner supply and "
-"buy a new cartridge if necessary."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:38
-msgid "Streaks and lines"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:39
-msgid ""
-"If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially "
-"blocked. Try cleaning the print head. See the printer’s manual for "
-"instructions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:44
-msgid "Wrong colors"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:45
-msgid ""
-"The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink or "
-"toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:49
-msgid "Jagged lines, or lines are not straight"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:50
-msgid ""
-"If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may "
-"need to align the print head. See the printer’s instruction manual for "
-"details on how to do this."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:20
-msgid ""
-"Save a document as a PDF, PostScript or SVG file instead of sending it to a "
-"printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:24
-msgid "Print to file"
-msgstr "Udskriv til fil"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:26
-msgid ""
-"You can choose to print a document to a file instead of sending it to print "
-"from a printer. Printing to file will create a <sys>PDF</sys>, a "
-"<sys>PostScript</sys> or a <sys>SVG</sys> file that contains the document. "
-"This can be useful if you want to transfer the document to another machine "
-"or to share it with someone."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:33
-msgid "To print to file:"
-msgstr "Udskriv til fil:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Select <gui>Print to File</gui> under <gui>Printer</gui> in the <gui style="
-"\"tab\">General</gui> tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:43
-msgid ""
-"To change the default filename and where the file is saved to, click the "
-"filename below the printer selection. Click <gui style=\"button\">Select</"
-"gui> once you have finished choosing."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:48
-msgid ""
-"<sys>PDF</sys> is the default file type for the document. If you want to use "
-"a different <gui>Output format</gui>, select either <sys>PostScript</sys> or "
-"<sys>SVG</sys>."
-msgstr ""
-"<sys>PDF</sys> er dokumentets standardfiltype. Hvis du vil bruge et andet "
-"<gui>outputformat</gui>, så vælg enten <sys>PostScript</sys> eller <sys>SVG</"
-"sys>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:53
-msgid "Choose your other page preferences."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:56
-msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Print</gui> to save the file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing.page:18
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-order"
-"\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided and "
-"multi-page</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Lokal opsætning</link>, <link xref=\"printing-"
-"order\">rækkefølge og sætvis udskrift</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided"
-"\">tosidet og multiside</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/printing.page:37
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Setup"
-msgstr "Opsætning"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing.page:39
-msgid "Set up a printer"
-msgstr "Opsæt en printer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/printing.page:44
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Sizes and layouts"
-msgstr "Størrelser og layouts"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing.page:46
-msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
-msgstr "Andre papirstørrelser og layouts"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing.page:52
-msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…"
-msgstr ""
-"Uregistrerede printere, fastsiddende papir, udskrifter med forkert udseende …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing.page:54
-msgid "Printer problems"
-msgstr "Udskrivningsproblemer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/privacy.page:29
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Screen lock</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-"
-"history-recent-off\">Usage history</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-purge"
-"\">Purge trash & temporary files</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Skærmlås</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-"
-"history-recent-off\">Forbrugshistorik</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-purge"
-"\">Tøm papirkurven & midlertidige filer</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/privacy.page:36
-msgid "Privacy Settings"
-msgstr "Privatlivsindstillinger"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/privacy.page:38
-msgid ""
-"The <em>Privacy Settings</em> in GNOME help you control whether or not "
-"certain parts of your desktop are visible to others. You can also use these "
-"settings to clear your computer usage history and clean out unnecessary "
-"files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:26
-msgid "Stop or limit your computer from tracking your recently-used files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:30
-msgid "Turn off or limit file history tracking"
-msgstr "Sluk for eller begræns sporing af filhistorik"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:32
-msgid ""
-"Tracking recently used files and folders makes it easier to find items that "
-"you have been working on in the file manager and in file dialogs in "
-"applications. You may wish to keep your file usage history private instead, "
-"or only track your very recent history."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:38
-msgid "Turn off file history tracking"
-msgstr "Slå sporing af filhistorik fra"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:40
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:66
-#: C/privacy-location.page:33
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:50
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:54
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:47
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>Privacy</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Privatliv</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:44
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:70
-#: C/privacy-location.page:37
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:54
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:58
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:52
-msgid "Click on <gui>Privacy</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:47
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:73
-msgid "Select <gui>Usage & History</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:50
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Recently Used</gui> switch to off."
-msgstr "Sluk for <gui>Seneste</gui>-kontakten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:51
-msgid ""
-"To re-enable this feature, switch the <gui>Recently Used</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Seneste</gui>-kontakten for at genaktivere funktionen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:55
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:84
-msgid ""
-"Use the <gui>Clear Recent History</gui> button to purge the history "
-"immediately."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:60
-msgid ""
-"This setting will not affect how your web browser stores information about "
-"the web sites you visit."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:64
-msgid "Restrict the amount of time your file history is tracked"
-msgstr "Begræns hvor længe din filhistorik spores"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:76
-msgid "Ensure the <gui>Recently Used</gui> switch is set to on."
-msgstr "Sørg for at <gui>Seneste</gui>-kontakten er tændt."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:79
-msgid ""
-"Select the length of time to <gui>Retain History</gui>. Choose from options "
-"<gui>1 day</gui>, <gui>7 days</gui>, <gui>30 days</gui>, or <gui>Forever</"
-"gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/privacy-location.page:19
-msgid "Enable or disable geolocation."
-msgstr "Aktivér eller deaktivér geoplacering."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/privacy-location.page:22
-msgid "Control location services"
-msgstr "Styr placeringstjenester"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/privacy-location.page:24
-msgid ""
-"Geolocation, or location services, uses cell tower positioning, GPS, and "
-"nearby Wi-Fi access points to determine your current location for use in "
-"setting your timezone and by applications such as <app>Maps</app>. When "
-"enabled, it is possible for your location to be shared over the network with "
-"a great deal of precision."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/privacy-location.page:31
-msgid "Turn off the geolocation features of your desktop"
-msgstr "Slå skrivebordets geoplacering-funktionerne fra"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-location.page:40
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Location Services</gui> switch to off."
-msgstr "Sluk for <gui>Placeringstjenester</gui>-kontakten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-location.page:41
-msgid ""
-"To re-enable this feature, set the <gui>Location Services</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr ""
-"Tænd for <gui>Placeringstjenester</gui>-kontakten for at genaktivere "
-"funktionen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:31
-msgid ""
-"Set how often your trash and temporary files will be cleared from your "
-"computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:35
-msgid "Purge trash & temporary files"
-msgstr "Tøm papirkurven og midlertidige filer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:37
-msgid ""
-"Clearing out your trash and temporary files removes unwanted and unneeded "
-"files from your computer, and also frees up more space on your hard drive. "
-"You can manually empty your trash and clear your temporary files, but you "
-"can also set your computer to automatically do this for you."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:43
-msgid ""
-"Temporary files are files created automatically by applications in the "
-"background. They can increase performance by providing a copy of data that "
-"was downloaded or computed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:48
-msgid "Automatically empty your trash and clear temporary files"
-msgstr "Tøm automatisk din papirkurv og ryd midlertidige filer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:57
-msgid "Select <gui>Purge Trash & Temporary Files</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:60
-msgid ""
-"Switch one or both of the <gui>Automatically empty Trash</gui> or "
-"<gui>Automatically purge Temporary Files</gui> switches to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:64
-msgid ""
-"Set how often you would like your <em>Trash</em> and <em>Temporary Files</"
-"em> to be purged by changing the <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:69
-msgid ""
-"Use the <gui>Empty Trash</gui> or <gui>Purge Temporary Files</gui> buttons "
-"to perform these actions immediately."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:75
-msgid ""
-"You can delete files immediately and permanently without using the Trash. "
-"See <link xref=\"files-delete#permanent\"/> for information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:33
-msgid ""
-"Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your "
-"computer."
-msgstr ""
-"Forhindr andre i at bruge dit skrivebord, når du er væk fra din computer."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:37
-msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
-msgstr "Lås din skærm automatisk"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:39
-msgid ""
-"When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen"
-"\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your desktop "
-"and accessing your files. If you sometimes forget to lock your screen, you "
-"may wish to have your computer’s screen lock automatically after a set "
-"period of time. This will help to secure your computer when you aren’t using "
-"it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:46
-msgid ""
-"When your screen is locked, your applications and system processes will "
-"continue to run, but you will need to enter your password to begin using "
-"them again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:51
-msgid "To set the length of time before your screen locks automatically:"
-msgstr "Indstil hvor længe der skal gå inden skærmen låses automatisk:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:61
-msgid "Select <gui>Screen Lock</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:64
-msgid ""
-"Make sure <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a "
-"length of time from the drop-down list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:70
-msgid ""
-"Applications can present notifications to you that are still displayed on "
-"your lock screen. This is convenient, for example, to see if you have any "
-"email without unlocking your screen. If you’re concerned about other people "
-"seeing these notifications, switch <gui>Show Notifications</gui> off."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:82
-msgid ""
-"When your screen is locked, and you want to unlock it, press <key>Esc</key>, "
-"or swipe up from the bottom of the screen with your mouse. Then enter your "
-"password, and press <key>Enter</key> or click <gui>Unlock</gui>. "
-"Alternatively, just start typing your password and the lock curtain will be "
-"automatically raised as you type."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:34
-msgid "Take a picture or record a video of what is happening on your screen."
-msgstr "Tag et billede eller optag en video af din skærm."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:38
-msgid "Screenshots and screencasts"
-msgstr "Skærmbilleder og skærmoptagelser"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:40
-msgid ""
-"You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>) or record a "
-"video of what is happening on the screen (a <em>screencast</em>). This is "
-"useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for "
-"example. Screenshots and screencasts are just normal picture and video "
-"files, so you can email them and share them on the web."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:47
-msgid "Take a screenshot"
-msgstr "Tag et skærmbillede"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:51
-msgid ""
-"Open <app>Screenshot</app> from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
-"\">Activities</gui> overview."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <app>Skærmbillede</app> fra <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
-"\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:55
-msgid ""
-"In the <app>Screenshot</app> window, select whether to grab the whole "
-"screen, the current window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you "
-"need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. "
-"Then choose any effects you want."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:61
-msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Gem skærmbillede</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:62
-msgid ""
-"If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the pointer changes into a "
-"crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:67
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window, enter a file name and choose a "
-"folder, then click <gui>Save</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Indtast et filnavn og vælg en mappe i <gui>Gem skærmbillede</gui>-vinduet, "
-"og klik så på <gui>Gem</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:69
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively, import the screenshot directly into an image-editing "
-"application without saving it first. Click <gui>Copy to Clipboard</gui> then "
-"paste the image in the other application, or drag the screenshot thumbnail "
-"to the application."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:77
-msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"
-msgstr "Tastaturgenveje"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:79
-msgid ""
-"Quickly take a screenshot of the desktop, a window, or an area at any time "
-"using these global keyboard shortcuts:"
-msgstr ""
-"Tag hurtigt et skærmbillede af skrivebordet, et vindue eller et område når "
-"som helst med følgende globale tastaturgenveje:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:84
-msgid "<key>Prt Scrn</key> to take a screenshot of the desktop."
-msgstr "<key>Prt Scrn</key> for at tage et skærmbillede af skrivebordet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:87
-msgid ""
-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of a "
-"window."
-msgstr ""
-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> for at tage et "
-"skærmbillede af et vindue."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:91
-msgid ""
-"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of "
-"an area you select."
-msgstr ""
-"<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> for at tage et "
-"skærmbillede af et område, du har markeret."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:96
-msgid ""
-"When you use a keyboard shortcut, the image is automatically saved in your "
-"<file>Pictures</file> folder in your home folder with a file name that "
-"begins with <file>Screenshot</file> and includes the date and time it was "
-"taken."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:101
-msgid ""
-"If you do not have a <file>Pictures</file> folder, the images will be saved "
-"in your home folder instead."
-msgstr ""
-"Har du ikke en <file>Billeder</file>-mappe, så gemmes billederne i stedet i "
-"din hjemmemappe."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:104
-msgid ""
-"You can also hold down <key>Ctrl</key> with any of the above shortcuts to "
-"copy the screenshot image to the clipboard instead of saving it."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan også holde <key>Ctrl</key> nede med genvejene ovenfor for at kopiere "
-"skærmbilledet til udklipsholderen i stedet for at gemme det."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:111
-msgid "Make a screencast"
-msgstr "Lav en skærmoptagelse"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:113
-msgid "You can make a video recording of what is happening on your screen:"
-msgstr "Du kan lave en videooptagelse af din skærm:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:117
-msgid ""
-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></"
-"keyseq> to start recording what is on your screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Tryk på <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Skift</key><key>R</key></"
-"keyseq> for at starte optagelsen af din skærm."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:120
-msgid ""
-"A red circle is displayed in the top right corner of the screen when the "
-"recording is in progress."
-msgstr ""
-"Der vises en rød cirkel i øverste højre hjørne af skærmen når optagelsen er "
-"i gang."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:124
-msgid ""
-"Once you have finished, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</"
-"key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq> again to stop the recording."
-msgstr ""
-"Når du er færdig så tryk på <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Skift</"
-"key><key>R</key></keyseq> igen for at stoppe optagelsen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:129
-msgid ""
-"The video is automatically saved in your <file>Videos</file> folder in your "
-"home folder, with a file name that starts with <file>Screencast</file> and "
-"includes the date and time it was taken."
-msgstr ""
-
-# scootergrisen: "Videos" er oversat til "Videoer" med vilje selvom det på nuværende tidspunkt (marts 2019)
er oversat til "Videoklip" i xdg-user-dirs men det bliver forhåbentligt ændret i fremtiden.
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:136
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:136
-msgid ""
-"If you do not have a <file>Videos</file> folder, the videos will be saved in "
-"your home folder instead."
-msgstr ""
-"Har du ikke en <file>Videoer</file>-mappe, så gemmes videoerne i stedet i "
-"din hjemmemappe."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:36
-msgid ""
-"You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner instead "
-"of typing in your password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40
-msgid "Log in with a fingerprint"
-msgstr "Log ind med et fingeraftryk"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:42
-msgid ""
-"If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your "
-"fingerprint and use it to log in."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:46
-msgid "Record a fingerprint"
-msgstr "Optag et fingeraftryk"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:48
-msgid ""
-"Before you can log in with your fingerprint, you need to record it so that "
-"the system can use it to identify you."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:52
-msgid ""
-"If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your "
-"fingerprint. If this happens, moisten your finger slightly, dry it with a "
-"clean, lint-free cloth, and retry."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:57
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:65
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:41
-msgid ""
-"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
-"to edit user accounts other than your own."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:62
-#: C/user-add.page:47
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:42
-#: C/user-autologin.page:33
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:70
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:46
-#: C/user-delete.page:53
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>Users</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Brugere</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66
-#: C/user-add.page:51
-msgid "Click on <gui>Users</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:69
-msgid ""
-"Press on <gui>Disabled</gui>, next to <gui>Fingerprint Login</gui> to add a "
-"fingerprint for the selected account. If you are adding the fingerprint for "
-"a different user, you will first need to <gui>Unlock</gui> the panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:75
-msgid ""
-"Select the finger that you want to use for the fingerprint, then <gui style="
-"\"button\">Next</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:79
-msgid ""
-"Follow the instructions in the dialog and swipe your finger at a "
-"<em>moderate speed</em> over your fingerprint reader. Once the computer has "
-"a good record of your fingerprint, you will see a <gui>Done!</gui> message."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:85
-msgid ""
-"Select <gui>Next</gui>. You will see a confirmation message that your "
-"fingerprint was saved successfully. Select <gui>Close</gui> to finish."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:94
-msgid "Check that your fingerprint works"
-msgstr "Tjek at dit fingeraftryk virker"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:96
-msgid ""
-"Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a "
-"fingerprint, you still have the option to log in with your password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:101
-msgid ""
-"Save any open work, and then <link xref=\"shell-exit#logout\">log out</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:105
-msgid ""
-"At the login screen, select your name from the list. The password entry form "
-"will appear."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:109
-msgid ""
-"Instead of typing your password, you should be able to swipe your finger on "
-"the fingerprint reader."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/session-formats.page:25
-msgid ""
-"Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/session-formats.page:29
-msgid "Change date and measurement formats"
-msgstr "Skift formater for dato og måling"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-formats.page:31
-msgid ""
-"You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, "
-"currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-formats.page:36
-#: C/session-language.page:49
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>Region & Language</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Region & sprog</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-formats.page:40
-#: C/session-language.page:53
-msgid "Click on <gui>Region & Language</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-formats.page:43
-msgid "Click <gui>Formats</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/session-formats.page:48
-#: C/session-language.page:61
-msgid "…"
-msgstr "…"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-formats.page:46
-msgid ""
-"Select the region and language that most closely matches the formats you "
-"would like to use. If your region and language are not listed, click <gui><_:"
-"media-1/></gui> at the bottom of the list to select from all available "
-"regions and languages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-formats.page:53
-#: C/session-language.page:66
-msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui> to save."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-formats.page:56
-#: C/session-language.page:69
-msgid ""
-"Respond to the prompt, <gui>Your session needs to be restarted for changes "
-"to take effect</gui> by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Restart Now</gui>, or "
-"click <gui style=\"button\">×</gui> to restart later."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-formats.page:63
-msgid ""
-"After you have selected a region, the area to the right of the list shows "
-"various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown "
-"in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in "
-"calendars."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/session-language.page:32
-msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/session-language.page:36
-msgid "Change which language you use"
-msgstr "Vælg sprog"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-language.page:44
-msgid ""
-"You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, "
-"provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-language.page:56
-msgid "Click <gui>Language</gui>."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Sprog</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-language.page:59
-msgid ""
-"Select your desired region and language. If your region and language are not "
-"listed, click <gui><_:media-1/></gui> at the bottom of the list to select "
-"from all available regions and languages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-language.page:76
-msgid ""
-"Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not "
-"support your language at all. Any untranslated text will appear in the "
-"language in which the software was originally developed, usually American "
-"English."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-language.page:81
-msgid ""
-"There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can "
-"store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard "
-"names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if "
-"you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected "
-"language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should "
-"update the folder names."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:31
-msgid ""
-"Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Privacy</gui> "
-"settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Vælg hvor længe der skal ventes inden skærmen låses i <gui>Privatliv</gui>-"
-"indstillingerne."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:35
-msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
-msgstr "Skærmen låser sig selv for hurtigt"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37
-msgid ""
-"If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically "
-"lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This "
-"is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with your work if you leave "
-"the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself "
-"too quickly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:43
-msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:55
-msgid "Press on <gui>Screen Lock</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:58
-msgid ""
-"If <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is on, you can change the value in the "
-"<gui>Lock screen after blank for</gui> drop-down list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:64
-msgid ""
-"If you don’t ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch the "
-"<gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> switch to off."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sharing.page:11
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
-"share\">Share files by email</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Media "
-"sharing</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Skrivebordsdeling</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
-"share\">Del filer via e-mail</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media"
-"\">Mediedeling</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sharing.page:25
-msgid "Sharing"
-msgstr "Deling"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:25
-msgid "2014-2015"
-msgstr "2014-2015"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:30
-msgid "Allow files to be uploaded to your computer over Bluetooth."
-msgstr "Tillad upload af filer til din computer via Bluetooth."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:33
-msgid "Control sharing over Bluetooth"
-msgstr "Styr deling via Bluetooth"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:35
-msgid ""
-"You can enable <gui>Bluetooth</gui> sharing to receive files over Bluetooth "
-"in the <file>Downloads</file> folder"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:39
-msgid "Allow files to be shared into your <file>Downloads</file> folder"
-msgstr "Tillad deling af filer i din <file>Hentet</file>-mappe"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:48
-msgid ""
-"Make sure that <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"><gui>Bluetooth</gui> is "
-"switched on</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:52
-msgid ""
-"Bluetooth-enabled devices can send files to your <file>Downloads</file> "
-"folder only when the <gui>Bluetooth</gui> panel is open."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:29
-msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:32
-msgid "Share your desktop"
-msgstr "Del dit skrivebord"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:44
-msgid ""
-"You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer "
-"with a desktop viewing application. Configure <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to "
-"allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:50
-msgid ""
-"You must have the <app>Vino</app> package installed for <gui>Screen Sharing</"
-"gui> to be visible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:55
-msgid "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Install Vino</link>"
-msgstr "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Installér Vino</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:69
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:161
-msgid "Click on <gui>Sharing</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Deling</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne panelet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:72
-msgid ""
-"If the <gui>Sharing</gui> switch at the top-right of the window is set to "
-"off, switch it to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:75
-#: C/sharing-media.page:66
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:75
-msgid ""
-"If the text below <gui>Computer Name</gui> allows you to edit it, you can "
-"<link xref=\"sharing-displayname\">change</link> the name your computer "
-"displays on the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:80
-msgid "Select <gui>Screen Sharing</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:83
-msgid ""
-"To let others view your desktop, switch the <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> switch "
-"to on. This means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to "
-"your computer and view what’s on your screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:88
-msgid ""
-"To let others interact with your desktop, ensure that <gui>Allow connections "
-"to control the screen</gui> is checked. This may allow the other person to "
-"move your mouse, run applications, and browse files on your computer, "
-"depending on the security settings which you are currently using."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:97
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:95
-msgid "Security"
-msgstr "Sikkerhed"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:99
-msgid ""
-"It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security "
-"option means before changing it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:104
-msgid "New connections must ask for access"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:105
-msgid ""
-"If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your "
-"desktop, enable <gui>New connections must ask for access</gui>. If you "
-"disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow someone "
-"to connect to your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:110
-msgid "This option is enabled by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:114
-msgid "Require a Password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:115
-msgid ""
-"To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, "
-"enable <gui>Require a Password</gui>. If you do not use this option, anyone "
-"can attempt to view your desktop."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:119
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:105
-msgid ""
-"This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a "
-"secure password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:140
-#: C/sharing-media.page:93
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:113
-msgid "Networks"
-msgstr "Netværk"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:142
-msgid ""
-"The <gui>Networks</gui> section lists the networks to which you are "
-"currently connected. Use the switch next to each to choose where your "
-"desktop can be shared."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:148
-msgid "Stop sharing your desktop"
-msgstr "Stop deling af dit skrivebord"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:150
-msgid "To disconnect someone who is viewing your desktop:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:164
-msgid "<gui>Screen Sharing</gui> will show as <gui>Active</gui>. Click on it."
-msgstr "<gui>Skærmdeling</gui> vises som <gui>Aktiv</gui>. Klik på den."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:168
-msgid "Toggle the switch at the top to off."
-msgstr "Sluk for kontakten øverst."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sharing-displayname.page:20
-msgid "Control how your computer will appear to other computers or devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sharing-displayname.page:24
-msgid "Set the display name for your computer"
-msgstr "Indstil navnet som vises for computeren"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sharing-displayname.page:26
-msgid ""
-"You can change the name your computer uses to display itself to other "
-"computers or devices, on the network or over Bluetooth."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/sharing-displayname.page:30
-msgid "Change the display name of your computer:"
-msgstr "Skift navnet som vises for din computer:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-displayname.page:32
-#: C/sharing-media.page:56
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:65
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>Sharing</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Deling</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-displayname.page:36
-#: C/sharing-media.page:60
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:69
-msgid "Click on <gui>Sharing</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-displayname.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Edit the text below <gui>Computer Name</gui> to change the name your "
-"computer displays on the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sharing-media.page:23
-msgid "Share media on your local network using UPnP."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sharing-media.page:26
-msgid "Share your music, photos and videos"
-msgstr "Del din musik, billeder og videoer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:38
-msgid ""
-"You can browse, search and play the media on your computer using a "
-"<sys>UPnP</sys> or <sys>DLNA</sys> enabled device such as a phone, TV or "
-"game console. Configure <gui>Media Sharing</gui> to allow these devices to "
-"access the folders containing your music, photos and videos."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:44
-msgid ""
-"You must have the <app>Rygel</app> package installed for <gui>Media Sharing</"
-"gui> to be visible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:49
-msgid "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Install Rygel</link>"
-msgstr "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Installér Rygel</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:63
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:72
-msgid ""
-"If the <gui>Sharing</gui> switch in the top-right of the window is set to "
-"off, switch it to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:71
-msgid "Select <gui>Media Sharing</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:74
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Media Sharing</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Mediedeling</gui>-kontakten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:77
-msgid ""
-"By default, <file>Music</file>, <file>Pictures</file> and <file>Videos</"
-"file> are shared. To remove one of these, click the <gui>×</gui> next to the "
-"folder name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:82
-msgid ""
-"To add another folder, click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> to open the "
-"<gui>Choose a folder</gui> window. Navigate <em>into</em> the desired folder "
-"and click <gui style=\"button\">Open</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:87
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui style=\"button\">×</gui>. You will now be able to browse or play "
-"media in the folders you selected using the external device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:95
-msgid ""
-"The <gui>Networks</gui> section lists the networks to which you are "
-"currently connected. Use the switch next to each to choose where your media "
-"can be shared."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:23
-msgid "Let other people access files in your <file>Public</file> folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:27
-msgid "Share your personal files"
-msgstr "Del dine personlige filer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:45
-msgid ""
-"You can allow access to the <file>Public</file> folder in your <file>Home</"
-"file> folder from another computer on the network. Configure <gui>Personal "
-"File Sharing</gui> to allow others to access the contents of the folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:51
-msgid ""
-"You must have the <app>gnome-user-share</app> package installed for "
-"<gui>Personal File Sharing</gui> to be visible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:56
-msgid ""
-"<link action=\"install:gnome-user-share\" style=\"button\">Install gnome-"
-"user-share</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"<link action=\"install:gnome-user-share\" style=\"button\">Installér gnome-"
-"user-share</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:80
-msgid "Select <gui>Personal File Sharing</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:83
-msgid ""
-"Switch the <gui>Personal File Sharing</gui> switch to on. This means that "
-"other people on your current network will be able to attempt to connect to "
-"your computer and access files in your <file>Public</file> folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:88
-msgid ""
-"A <em>URI</em> is displayed by which your <file>Public</file> folder can be "
-"accessed from other computers on the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:99
-msgid "Require Password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:100
-msgid ""
-"To require other people to use a password when accessing your <file>Public</"
-"file> folder, switch the <gui>Require Password</gui> switch to on. If you do "
-"not use this option, anyone can attempt to view your <file>Public</file> "
-"folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:115
-msgid ""
-"The <gui>Networks</gui> section lists the networks to which you are "
-"currently connected. Use the switch next to each to choose where your "
-"personal files can be shared."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:14
-msgid "Aruna Sankaranarayanan"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:22
-msgid "Use <app>Tweaks</app> to start applications automatically on login."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:26
-msgid "Have applications start automatically on log in"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:28
-msgid ""
-"When you log in, your computer automatically starts some applications and "
-"runs them in the background. These are usually important programs that help "
-"your desktop session to run smoothly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:32
-msgid ""
-"You can use the <app>Tweaks</app> application to add other applications that "
-"you use frequently, such as web browsers or editors, to the list of programs "
-"that start automatically on login."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:46
-msgid "To start an application automatically on login:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:55
-msgid "Click the <gui>Startup Applications</gui> tab."
-msgstr "Klik på fanebladet <gui>Opstartsprogrammer</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:58
-msgid ""
-"Click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button to get a list of available "
-"applications."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik på <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>-knappen for at få en liste over "
-"tilgængelige programmer."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:62
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui> to add an application of your choice "
-"to the list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:68
-msgid ""
-"You can remove an application from the list by clicking the <gui style="
-"\"button\">Remove</gui> button next to the application."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:29
-msgid "Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash."
-msgstr "Tilføj (eller fjern) programikoner som ofte bruges i favoritområdet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32
-msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the dash"
-msgstr "Fastgør dine favoritprogrammer til favoritområdet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34
-msgid ""
-"To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
-"\">dash</link> for easy access:"
-msgstr ""
-"Tilføj et program til <link xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
-"\">favoritområdet</link> for let adgang:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview by clicking <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen"
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"ved at klikke på <gui>Aktiviteter</gui> øverst til venstre på skærmen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:42
-msgid ""
-"Click the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Applications</gui> "
-"menu at the top left of the screen and choose the <gui>Activities Overview</"
-"gui> item from the menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik på <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Programmer</gui>-menuen "
-"øverst til venstre på skærmen og vælg <gui>Aktivitetsoversigt</gui> fra "
-"menuen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:47
-msgid ""
-"Click the grid button in the dash and find the application you want to add."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik på gitterknappen i favoritområdet og find det program, du vil tilføje."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:51
-msgid ""
-"Right-click the application icon and select <gui>Add to Favorites</gui>."
-msgstr "Højreklik på programikonet og vælg <gui>Føj til favoritter</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:53
-msgid "Alternatively, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
-msgstr "Alternativt kan du klikke-og-trække ikonet til favoritområdet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:57
-msgid ""
-"To remove an application icon from the dash, right-click the application "
-"icon and select <gui>Remove from Favorites</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"For at fjerne et programikon fra favoritområdet skal du højreklikke på "
-"programikonet og vælge <gui>Fjern fra favoritter</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:60
-msgid ""
-"Favorite applications also appear in the <gui>Favorites</gui> section of the "
-"<gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Applications</gui> menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Favoritprogrammer vises også i afsnittet <gui>Favoritter</gui> i <gui xref="
-"\"shell-introduction#activities\">Programmer</gui>-menuen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:28
-msgid "Launch apps from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
-msgstr "Start programmer fra <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:31
-msgid "Start applications"
-msgstr "Start programmer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:41
-msgid ""
-"Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left "
-"of the screen to show the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
-"\">Activities</gui> overview. This is where you can find all of your "
-"applications. You can also open the overview by pressing the <key xref="
-"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
-msgstr ""
-"Flyt din musemarkør til hjørnet med <gui>Aktiviteter</gui> øverst til "
-"venstre på skærmen for at vise <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
-"\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>. Her finder du alle dine programmer. Du kan "
-"også åbne oversigten ved at trykke på <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super"
-"\">Super</key>-tasten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:47
-msgid ""
-"You can start applications from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
-"\">Applications</gui> menu at the top left of the screen, or you can use the "
-"<gui>Activities</gui> overview by pressing the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super"
-"\">Super</key> key."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte programmer fra <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
-"\">Programmer</gui>-menuen øverst til venstre på skærmen, eller du kan bruge "
-"<gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> ved at trykke på <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
-"super\">Super</key>-tasten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:52
-msgid ""
-"There are several ways of opening an application once you’re in the "
-"<gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
-msgstr ""
-"Der er flere måder hvorpå du kan åbne et program fra "
-"<gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:57
-msgid ""
-"Start typing the name of an application — searching begins instantly. (If "
-"this doesn’t happen, click the search bar at the top of the screen and start "
-"typing.) If you don’t know the exact name of an application, try to type an "
-"related term. Click the application’s icon to start it."
-msgstr ""
-"Begynd at skrive navnet på et program — søgningen starter med det samme "
-"(sker det ikke, så klik på søgelinjen øverst på skærmen og begynd at "
-"skrive). Kender du ikke det præcise navn på et program, så prøv at skrive "
-"relaterede termer. Klik på programmets ikon for at starte det."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:63
-msgid ""
-"Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of "
-"icons on the left-hand side of the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Click one "
-"of these to start the corresponding application."
-msgstr ""
-"Nogle programmer har ikoner i <em>favoritområdet</em> (den lodrette stribe "
-"med ikoner i venstre side af <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>). Klik på et af "
-"dem for at starte det tilhørende program."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:66
-msgid ""
-"If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can <link xref="
-"\"shell-apps-favorites\">add them to the dash</link> yourself."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du har programmer som du bruger meget tit, så kan du selv <link xref="
-"\"shell-apps-favorites\">tilføje dem i favoritområdet</link>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:71
-msgid ""
-"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash. You will see the frequently "
-"used applications if the <gui style=\"button\">Frequent</gui> view is "
-"enabled. If you want to run a new application, press the <gui style=\"button"
-"\">All</gui> button at the bottom to view all the applications. Press on the "
-"application to start it."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik på gitterknappen nederst i favoritområdet. Du ser de programmer der "
-"bruges mest hvis <gui style=\"button\">Ofte</gui>-visningen er aktiveret. "
-"Hvis du vil køre et nyt program, så tryk på <gui style=\"button\">Alle</gui>-"
-"knappen nederst for at vise alle programmerne. Tryk så på programmet for at "
-"starte det."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:78
-msgid ""
-"You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-workspaces"
-"\">workspace</link> by dragging its icon from the dash, and dropping it onto "
-"one of the workspaces on the right-hand side of the screen. The application "
-"will open in the chosen workspace."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte et program i et separat <link xref=\"shell-workspaces"
-"\">arbejdsområde</link> ved at trække dets ikon fra favoritområdet og slippe "
-"det i et af arbejdsområderne i højre side af skærmen. Programmet åbnes i det "
-"valgte arbejdsområde."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:83
-msgid ""
-"You can launch an application in a <em>new</em> workspace by dragging its "
-"icon to the empty workspace at the bottom of the workspace switcher, or to "
-"the small gap between two workspaces."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte et program i et <em>nyt</em> arbejdsområde ved at trække dets "
-"ikon til det tomme arbejdsområde nederst i arbejdsområdeskifteren, eller til "
-"det lille mellemrum mellem to arbejdsområder."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:90
-msgid "Quickly running a command"
-msgstr "Kør en kommando hurtigt"
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:91
-msgid ""
-"Another way of launching an application is to press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
-"key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, enter its <em>command name</em>, and then press "
-"the <key>Enter</key> key."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan også starte et program ved at trykke på <keyseq><key>Alt</"
-"key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, og så indtaste dets <em>kommandonavn</em>, og "
-"herefter trykke på <key>Enter</key>-tasten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:94
-msgid ""
-"For example, to launch <app>Rhythmbox</app>, press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
-"key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type ‘<cmd>rhythmbox</cmd>’ (without the "
-"single-quotes). The name of the app is the command to launch the program."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan f.eks. starte <app>Rhythmbox</app> ved at trykke på <keyseq><key>Alt</"
-"key><key>F2</key></keyseq> og skrive “<cmd>rhythmbox</cmd>” (uden "
-"citationstegn). Programmets navn er kommandoen til at starte programmet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:98
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:57
-msgid "Use the arrow keys to quickly access previously run commands."
-msgstr ""
-"Brug piletasterne til hurtigt at tilgå kommandoer som blev kørt tidligere."
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/shell-exit.page:27
-msgid "Alexandre Franke"
-msgstr "Alexandre Franke"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/shell-exit.page:35
-msgid "David Faour"
-msgstr "David Faour"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-exit.page:45
-msgid ""
-"Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and "
-"so on."
-msgstr "Læs om at forlade din brugerkonto ved at logge ud, skifte bruger osv."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-exit.page:50
-msgid "Log out, power off or switch users"
-msgstr "Log ud, sluk eller skift bruger"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:58
-msgid ""
-"When you have finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it "
-"(to save power), or leave it powered on and log out."
-msgstr ""
-"Når du er færdig med at bruge din computer, så kan du slukke den, sætte den "
-"i hviletilstand (for at spare på strømmen) eller lade den være tændt og "
-"logge ud."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-exit.page:62
-msgid "Log out or switch users"
-msgstr "Log ud eller skift bruger"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:64
-msgid ""
-"To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave "
-"yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your "
-"applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it "
-"when you log back in."
-msgstr ""
-"For at lade andre brugere bruge din computer, så kan du enten logge ud eller "
-"forblive logget ind og bare skifte bruger. Hvis du skifter bruger, så vil "
-"alle dine programmer fortsat køre, og alt vil være som du forlod det, næste "
-"gang du logger ind."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:69
-msgid ""
-"To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click the <link xref="
-"\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</link> on the right side of "
-"the top bar, click your name and then choose the correct option."
-msgstr ""
-"For at <gui>logge ud</gui> eller <gui>skifte bruger</gui> skal du klikke på "
-"<link xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">systemmenuen</link> i højre "
-"side af toplinjen, og herefter klikke på dit navn og vælge den korrekte "
-"valgmulighed."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:74
-msgid ""
-"The <gui>Log Out</gui> and <gui>Switch User</gui> entries only appear in the "
-"menu if you have more than one user account on your system."
-msgstr ""
-"<gui>Log ud</gui>- og <gui>Skift bruger</gui>-punkterne vises kun i menuen, "
-"hvis der er mere end én brugerkonto på dit system."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:79
-msgid ""
-"The <gui>Switch User</gui> entry only appears in the menu if you have more "
-"than one user account on your system."
-msgstr ""
-"<gui>Skift bruger</gui>-punktet vises kun i menuen, hvis der er mere end én "
-"brugerkonto på dit system."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-exit.page:90
-msgid "Lock the screen"
-msgstr "Lås skærmen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:92
-msgid ""
-"If you’re leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your "
-"screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running "
-"applications. When you return, raise the <link xref=\"shell-lockscreen"
-"\">lock screen</link> curtain and enter your password to log back in. If you "
-"don’t lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain amount of "
-"time."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du forlader din computer i et stykke tid, så bør du låse skærmen for at "
-"forhindre andre i at tilgå dine filer og køre programmer. Når du vender "
-"tilbage så træk gardinet op på <link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">låseskærmen</"
-"link> og indtast din adgangskode for at logge ind igen. Hvis du undlader at "
-"låse skærmen, så låses den automatisk efter et stykke tid."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:99
-msgid ""
-"To lock your screen, click the system menu on the right side of the top bar "
-"and press the lock screen button at the bottom of the menu."
-msgstr ""
-"For at låse din skærm skal du klikke på systemmenuen i højre side af "
-"toplinjen, og trykke på lås skærm-knappen nederst i menuen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:102
-msgid ""
-"When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by "
-"clicking <gui>Log in as another user</gui> on the password screen. You can "
-"switch back to your desktop when they are finished."
-msgstr ""
-"Når din skærm er låst, kan andre brugere logge ind på deres egne konti ved "
-"at klikke på <gui>Log ind som en anden bruger</gui> på adgangskodeskærmen. "
-"Du kan skifte tilbage til dit skrivebord når de er færdige."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-exit.page:113
-msgid "Suspend"
-msgstr "Hviletilstand"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:115
-msgid ""
-"To save power, suspend your computer when you are not using it. If you use a "
-"laptop, GNOME, by default, suspends your computer automatically when you "
-"close the lid. This saves your state to your computer’s memory and powers "
-"off most of the computer’s functions. A very small amount of power is still "
-"used during suspend."
-msgstr ""
-"For at spare på strømmen kan du sætte din computer i hviletilstand når du "
-"ikke bruger den. Hvis du bruger en bærbar, så sætter GNOME, som standard, "
-"automatisk din computer i hviletilstand når du lukker låget. Det gemmer "
-"tilstanden i din computers hukommelse og slukker for de fleste af "
-"computerens funktioner. Der bruges fortsat en lille mængde strøm i "
-"hviletilstand."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:122
-msgid ""
-"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu on the right side "
-"of the top bar. From there you may either hold down the <key>Alt</key> key "
-"and click the power off button, or simply long-click the power off button."
-msgstr ""
-"For at sætte din computer i hviletilstand manuelt kan du klikke på "
-"systemmenuen på højre side af toplinjen. Der kan du enten holde <key>Alt</"
-"key>-tasten nede og klikke på slukknappen eller ganske enkelt klikke på "
-"slukknappen hvor du holder knappen nede længe."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-exit.page:133
-msgid "Power off or restart"
-msgstr "Sluk eller genstart"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:135
-msgid ""
-"If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click "
-"the system menu on the right side of the top bar and press the power off "
-"button at the bottom of the menu. A dialog will open offering you the "
-"options to either <gui>Restart</gui> or <gui>Power Off</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du vil slukke helt for din computer eller foretage en fuld genstart, så "
-"klik på systemmenuen i højre side af toplinjen og tryk på slukknappen "
-"nederst i menuen. Der vises en dialog med <gui>Genstart</gui> og <gui>Sluk</"
-"gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:140
-msgid ""
-"If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or "
-"restart the computer because this will end their sessions. If you are an "
-"administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis der er andre brugere som er logget ind, så vil du måske ikke have "
-"tilladelse til at slukke eller genstarte computeren da det vil afslutte "
-"deres session. Hvis du er en administrativ bruger, så kan du blive spurgt om "
-"din adgangskode for at slukke."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:145
-msgid ""
-"You may want to power off your computer if you wish to move it and do not "
-"have a battery, if your battery is low or does not hold charge well. A "
-"powered off computer also uses <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">less energy</"
-"link> than one which is suspended."
-msgstr ""
-"Du vil måske slukke din computer hvis du skal flytte den eller ikke har et "
-"batteri, hvis batteriet er lavt eller har ringe kapacitet. En slukket "
-"computer bruger også <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">mindre energi</link> "
-"end en som er i hviletilstand."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:32
-msgid ""
-"A visual overview of your desktop, the top bar, and the <gui>Activities</"
-"gui> overview."
-msgstr ""
-"En visuel oversigt af dit skrivebord, toplinjen og "
-"<gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:36
-msgid "Visual overview of GNOME"
-msgstr "En visuel oversigt af GNOME"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:38
-msgid ""
-"GNOME 3 features a completely reimagined user interface designed to stay out "
-"of your way, minimize distractions, and help you get things done. When you "
-"first log in, you will see an empty desktop and the top bar."
-msgstr ""
-"GNOME 3 har en nytænkt brugerflade som er designet til ikke at være i vejen "
-"for dig, minimere forstyrrelser og hjælpe dig med at få ting gjort. Første "
-"gang du logger ind, vil du se et tomt skrivebord og toplinjen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:44
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' "
-"md5='55f7ae9983112f7b1052e10f21ac84c3'"
-msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:45
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:50
-#: C/status-icons.page:30
-#: C/status-icons.page:36
-msgid "GNOME Shell top bar"
-msgstr "Toplinjen i GNOME Shell"
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:49
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' "
-"md5='b102db16e8fb7c87cb4e718422359ba4'"
-msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:55
-msgid ""
-"The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar "
-"and appointments, and <link xref=\"status-icons\">system properties</link> "
-"like sound, networking, and power. In the system menu in the top bar, you "
-"can change the volume or screen brightness, edit your <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> "
-"connection details, check your battery status, log out or switch users, and "
-"turn off your computer."
-msgstr ""
-"Toplinjen giver adgang til dine vinduer og programmer, din kalender og "
-"aftaler, og <link xref=\"status-icons\">systemegenskaber</link> såsom lyd, "
-"netværk og strøm. I systemmenuen i toplinjen kan du ændre lydstyrken eller "
-"skærmens lysstyrke, redigere detaljerne i din <gui>Wi-Fi</gui>-forbindelse, "
-"tjekke din batteristatus, logge ud eller skifte bruger og slukke for din "
-"computer."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:65
-msgid "<gui>Activities</gui> overview"
-msgstr "<gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:69
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' "
-"md5='f21d5d62e41f6823325a144cf82ca1f6'"
-msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:70
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:75
-msgid "Activities button"
-msgstr "Aktiviteter-knappen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:74
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' "
-"md5='3e44ebb1a8da23348a1727c60d65d013'"
-msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:80
-msgid ""
-"To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> "
-"button, or just move your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can "
-"also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key on your "
-"keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can "
-"also just start typing to search your applications, files, folders, and the "
-"web."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik på <gui>Aktivitetsoversigt</gui>-knappen for at få adgang til dine "
-"vinduer og programmer, eller flyt din musemarkør til øverste venstre hjørne. "
-"Du kan også trykke på <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>-tasten på "
-"dit tastatur. Du kan se dine vinduer og programmer i oversigten. Du kan også "
-"bare begynde at skrive for at søge efter dine programmer, filer, mapper og "
-"webbet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:87
-msgid ""
-"To access your windows and applications, click the <gui xref=\"shell-"
-"introduction#activities\">Applications</gui> menu at the top left of the "
-"screen and select the <gui>Activities Overview</gui> item. You can also "
-"press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to see your "
-"windows and applications in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Just start "
-"typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik på <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Programmer</gui>-menuen, "
-"øverst til venstre på skærmen, for at få adgang til dine vinduer og "
-"programmer, og vælg <gui>Aktivitetsoversigt</gui>. Du kan også trykke på "
-"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>-tasten for at se dine vinduer "
-"og programmer i <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>. Begynd blot at skrive for "
-"at søge efter dine programmer, filer og mapper."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:95
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='fe0f72dadeb6ef4f8bd48296b075f00e'"
-msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:96
-msgid "The dash"
-msgstr "Favoritområdet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:99
-msgid ""
-"On the left of the overview, you will find the <em>dash</em>. The dash shows "
-"you your favorite and running applications. Click any icon in the dash to "
-"open that application; if the application is already running, it will be "
-"highlighted. Clicking its icon will bring up the most recently used window. "
-"You can also drag the icon to the overview, or onto any workspace on the "
-"right."
-msgstr ""
-"I venstre side af oversigten finder du <em>favoritområdet</em>. "
-"Favoritområdet viser dine favoritprogrammer og programmer som kører. Klik på "
-"et ikon i favoritområdet for at åbne programmet; hvis det kører i forvejen, "
-"så fremhæves det. Når der klikkes på dets ikon, så vises vinduet som sidst "
-"blev brugt. Du kan også trække ikonet til oversigten eller hen til et "
-"arbejdsområde til højre."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:106
-msgid ""
-"Right-clicking the icon displays a menu that allows you to pick any window "
-"in a running application, or to open a new window. You can also click the "
-"icon while holding down <key>Ctrl</key> to open a new window."
-msgstr ""
-"Når der højreklikkes på ikonet, så vises en menu som giver dig mulighed for "
-"at vælge et vindue i et program som kører, eller at åbne et nyt vindue. Du "
-"kan også klikke på ikonet mens du holder <key>Ctrl</key> nede, for at åbne "
-"et nyt vindue."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:110
-msgid ""
-"When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. "
-"This shows you live thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace."
-msgstr ""
-"Når du træder ind i oversigten, så møder du først vinduesoversigten. Her "
-"vises live-miniaturer over alle vinduerne i det nuværende arbejdsområde."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:114
-msgid ""
-"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to display the applications "
-"overview. This shows you all the applications installed on your computer. "
-"Click any application to run it, or drag an application to the overview or "
-"onto a workspace thumbnail. You can also drag an application onto the dash "
-"to make it a favorite. Your favorite applications stay in the dash even when "
-"they’re not running, so you can access them quickly."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik på gitterknappen nederst i favoritområdet for at vise "
-"programoversigten. Her vises alle de programmer som er installeret på din "
-"computer. Klik på et program for at køre det eller træk et program til "
-"oversigten eller hen til en arbejdsområde-miniature. Du kan også trække et "
-"program hen på favoritområdet for at gøre det til en favorit. Dine "
-"favoritprogrammer bliver på favoritområdet selv når de ikke kører, så du "
-"hurtigt kan få adgang til dem."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:123
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Læs mere om at starte programmer.</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:127
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Læs mere om vinduer og arbejdsområder.</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:135
-msgid "Application menu"
-msgstr "Programmenuen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:139
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/shell-appmenu-shell.png' "
-"md5='870b7e88bdac60ef6fd0f32941bc3526'"
-msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:140
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:151
-msgid "App Menu of <app>Terminal</app>"
-msgstr "Programmenuen i <app>Terminal</app>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:142
-msgid ""
-"Application menu, located beside the <gui>Activities</gui> button, shows the "
-"name of the active application alongside with its icon and provides quick "
-"access to windows and details of the application, as well as a quit item."
-msgstr ""
-"Programmenuen findes ved siden af <gui>Aktivitetsoversigt</gui>-knappen, og "
-"viser navnet på det aktive program samt dets ikon og giver hurtig adgang til "
-"vinduer og detaljer om programmet samt et afslut-punkt."
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:150
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/shell-appmenu-classic.png' "
-"md5='6e28997f340de69969bbd0ea6d4ec822'"
-msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:153
-msgid ""
-"Application menu, located next to the <gui>Applications</gui> and "
-"<gui>Places</gui> menus, shows the name of the active application alongside "
-"with its icon and provides quick access to application preferences or help. "
-"The items that are available in the application menu vary depending on the "
-"application."
-msgstr ""
-"Programmenuen findes ved siden af <gui>Programmer</gui>- og <gui>Steder</"
-"gui>-menuerne, og viser navnet på det aktive program samt dets ikon. Menuen "
-"giver hurtig adgang til programindstillinger eller hjælp. Punkterne som "
-"findes i programmenuen afhænger af programmet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:164
-msgid "Clock, calendar & appointments"
-msgstr "Uret, kalenderen & aftaler"
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:169
-msgid "Clock, calendar, appointments and notifications"
-msgstr "Ur, kalender, aftaler og påmindelser"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:179
-msgid ""
-"Click the clock on the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month "
-"calendar, a list of your upcoming appointments and new notifications. You "
-"can also open the calendar by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></"
-"keyseq>. You can access the date and time settings and open your full "
-"<app>Evolution</app> calendar directly from the menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik på uret i toplinjen for at se den nuværende dato, en månedskalender, en "
-"liste over dine kommende aftaler og nye påmindelser. Du kan også åbne "
-"kalenderen ved at trykke på <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. "
-"Du kan få adgang til indstillingerne for dato og klokkeslæt og åbne din "
-"fulde <app>Evolution</app>-kalender direkte fra menuen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:188
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Learn more about the calendar and appointments."
-"</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Læs mere om kalenderen og aftaler.</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:192
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Learn more about notifications and the "
-"notification list.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Læs mere om påmindelser og "
-"påmindelseslisten.</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:201
-msgid "System menu"
-msgstr "Systemmenu"
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:205
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='d1151d6ca5276564830b92a2af45902b'"
-msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:206
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:211
-msgid "User menu"
-msgstr "Brugermenu"
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:210
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' "
-"md5='f36e3a0a115ff2181a6fc787e6a83283'"
-msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:216
-msgid ""
-"Click the system menu in the top-right corner to manage your system settings "
-"and your computer."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik på systemmenuen i øverste højre hjørne for at håndtere dine "
-"systemindstillinger og din computer."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:243
-msgid ""
-"When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other "
-"people from using it. You can also quickly switch users without logging out "
-"completely to give somebody else access to the computer, or you can suspend "
-"or power off the computer from the menu. If you have a screen that supports "
-"vertical or horizontal rotation, you can quickly rotate the screen from the "
-"system menu. If your screen does not support rotation, you will not see the "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-"Når du forlader din computer, så kan du låse din skærm for at forhindre "
-"andre personer i at bruge den. Du kan også hurtigt skifte bruger uden at "
-"logge helt ud for at give en anden person adgang til computeren, eller du "
-"kan sætte computeren i hviletilstand eller slukke for den fra menuen. Hvis "
-"du har en skærm, der understøtter lodret eller vandret drejning, så kan du "
-"hurtigt dreje skærmen fra systemmenuen. Hvis din skærm ikke understøtter "
-"drejning, så kan du ikke se knappen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:253
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Learn more about switching users, logging out, and "
-"turning off your computer.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Læs mere om at skifte bruger, logge ud og slukke "
-"for din computer.</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:260
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:263
-msgid "Lock Screen"
-msgstr "Låseskærmen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:262
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='dcc0335a64450a3a7abed4448bfa84f2'"
-msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:266
-msgid ""
-"When you lock your screen, or it locks automatically, the lock screen is "
-"displayed. In addition to protecting your desktop while you’re away from "
-"your computer, the lock screen displays the date and time. It also shows "
-"information about your battery and network status."
-msgstr ""
-"Når du låser din skærm, eller den låses automatisk, så vises låseskærmen. "
-"Udover at beskytte din skærm når du er væk fra din computer, så viser "
-"låseskærmen også datoen og klokkeslættet. Den viser også information om dit "
-"batteri og netværksstatus."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:273
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Learn more about the lock screen.</link>"
-msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Læs mere om låseskærmen.</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:281
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:297
-msgid "Window List"
-msgstr "Vindueslisten"
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:285
-msgid ""
-"GNOME features a different approach to switching windows than a permanently "
-"visible window list found in other desktop environments. This lets you focus "
-"on the task at hand without distractions."
-msgstr ""
-"GNOME har en anderledes måde til at skifte vinduer end en vinduesliste som "
-"altid er synlig, som det kendes fra andre skrivebordsmiljøer. Det lader dig "
-"fokusere på den opgave, du er i gang med, uden at der er forstyrrelser."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:290
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Learn more about switching windows.</"
-"link>"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Læs mere om at skifte vinduer.</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:296
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' "
-"md5='83226d03f64e23f5c87794c897c81bcf'"
-msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:33
-msgid "Get around the desktop using the keyboard."
-msgstr "Find rundt på skrivebordet med tastaturet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:36
-msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
-msgstr "Nyttige tastaturgenveje"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:38
-msgid ""
-"This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use "
-"your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or "
-"pointing device at all, see <link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> for more "
-"information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard."
-msgstr ""
-"Siden giver en oversigt over tastaturgenveje der kan hjælpe dig til mere "
-"effektivt at bruge dit skrivebord og programmer. Hvis du slet ikke kan bruge "
-"en mus eller pegeenhed så se <link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> for mere "
-"information om at navigere brugerflader kun med tastaturet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:44
-msgid "Getting around the desktop"
-msgstr "Find rundt på skrivebordet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:46
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> eller"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48
-msgid "<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key"
-msgstr "<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>-tasten"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:50
-msgid ""
-"Switch between the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and desktop. In the "
-"overview, start typing to instantly search your applications, contacts, and "
-"documents."
-msgstr ""
-"Skift mellem <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> og skrivebordet. Begynd at "
-"skrive i oversigten for straks at søge efter dine programmer, kontakter og "
-"dokumenter."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:56
-msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)."
-msgstr "Pop op-kommandovindue (til hurtigt at køre kommandoer)."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:61
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows</"
-"link>. Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Skift hurtigt mellem vinduer</link>. "
-"Hold <key>Skift</key> nede for omvendt rækkefølge."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:65
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>½</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67
-msgid ""
-"Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected "
-"application after <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
-msgstr ""
-"Skift mellem vinduer fra det samme program eller fra det valgte program "
-"efter <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:69
-msgid ""
-"This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key "
-"is above <key>Tab</key>. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Super</"
-"key> plus the key above <key>Tab</key>."
-msgstr ""
-"Genvejen bruger <key>`</key> på USA-tastaturer, hvor <key>`</key>-tasten er "
-"over <key>Tab</key>. På alle andre tastaturer er genvejen <key>Super</key> "
-"plus tasten over <key>Tab</key>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:77
-msgid ""
-"Switch between windows in the current workspace. Hold down <key>Shift</key> "
-"for reverse order."
-msgstr ""
-"Skift mellem vinduer i det nuværende arbejdsområde. Hold <key>Skift</key> "
-"nede for omvendt rækkefølge."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:85
-msgid ""
-"Give keyboard focus to the top bar. In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, "
-"switch keyboard focus between the top bar, dash, windows overview, "
-"applications list, and search field. Use the arrow keys to navigate."
-msgstr ""
-"Giv tastaturfokus til toplinjen. I <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> skifter "
-"tastaturfokus mellem toplinjen, favoritområdet, vinduesoversigten, "
-"programlisten og søgefeltet. Brug piletasterne til at navigere."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:93
-msgid "Show the list of applications."
-msgstr "Vis listen over programmer."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:100
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Skift mellem arbejdsområder</link>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:104
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:109
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a "
-"different workspace</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Flyt det nuværende vindue til et "
-"andet arbejdsområde</link>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:114
-msgid "Move the current window one monitor to the left."
-msgstr "Flyt det nuværende vindue én skærm til venstre."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:118
-msgid "Move the current window one monitor to the right."
-msgstr "Flyt det nuværende vindue én skærm til højre."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:122
-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#logout\">Log Out</link>."
-msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit#logout\">Log ud</link>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:126
-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>"
-msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lås skærmen.</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:130
-msgid ""
-"Show <link xref=\"shell-notifications#notificationlist\">the notification "
-"list</link>. Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq> again or "
-"<key>Esc</key> to close."
-msgstr ""
-"Vis <link xref=\"shell-notifications#notificationlist\">påmindelseslisten</"
-"link>. Tryk på <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq> igen eller "
-"<key>Esc</key> for at lukke."
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:137
-msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
-msgstr "Almindelige redigeringsgenveje"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:139
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:140
-msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
-msgstr "Vælg al teksten eller punkterne i en liste."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:143
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:144
-msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
-msgstr ""
-"Klip (fjern) den valgte tekst eller punkter og læg det i udklipsholderen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:147
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:148
-msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
-msgstr "Kopiér den valgte tekst eller punkter til udklipsholderen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:151
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:152
-msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
-msgstr "Indsæt indholdet fra udklipsholderen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:155
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:156
-msgid "Undo the last action."
-msgstr "Fortryd den sidste handling."
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:161
-msgid "Capturing from the screen"
-msgstr "Optag fra skærmen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:163
-msgid "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"
-msgstr "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:164
-msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Tag et skærmbillede.</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:167
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:168
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of a window.</"
-"link>"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Tag et skærmbillede af et "
-"vindue.</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:172
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:173
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of an area of "
-"the screen.</link> The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to "
-"select an area."
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Tag et skærmbillede af et "
-"område på skærmen.</link> Markøren skifter til et sigtekorn. Klik og træk "
-"for at vælge et område."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:178
-msgid ""
-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Skift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:179
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Start and stop screencast "
-"recording.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Start og stop skærmoptagelse.</"
-"link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:20
-msgid "The decorative and functional lock screen conveys useful information."
-msgstr "Den dekorative og funktionelle låseskærm formidler nyttig information."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:24
-msgid "The lock screen"
-msgstr "Låseskærmen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:26
-msgid ""
-"The lock screen means that you can see what is happening while your computer "
-"is locked, and it allows you to get a summary of what has been happening "
-"while you have been away. The lock screen curtain shows an attractive image "
-"on the screen while your computer is locked, and provides useful information:"
-msgstr ""
-"Med låseskærmen kan du se hvad der sker mens din computer er låst og den "
-"giver dig mulighed for at få en oversigt over, hvad der er sket, mens du har "
-"været væk. Låseskærmens gardin viser et fint billede mens din computer er "
-"låst og giver nyttige informationer:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:33
-msgid "the name of the logged-in user"
-msgstr "navnet på brugeren, som er logget ind"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:34
-msgid "date and time, and certain notifications"
-msgstr "dato og klokkeslæt, samt bestemte påmindelser"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:35
-msgid "battery and network status"
-msgstr "batteri- og netværksstatus"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:41
-msgid ""
-"To unlock your computer, raise the lock screen curtain by dragging it upward "
-"with the cursor, or by pressing <key>Esc</key> or <key>Enter</key>. This "
-"will reveal the login screen, where you can enter your password to unlock. "
-"Alternatively, just start typing your password and the curtain will be "
-"automatically raised as you type. You can also switch users if your computer "
-"is configured for more than one."
-msgstr ""
-"For at låse din computer op skal du løfte låseskærmens gardin ved at trække "
-"det op med markøren eller ved at trykke på <key>Esc</key> eller <key>Enter</"
-"key>. Så vises loginskærmen, hvor du kan indtaste din adgangskode for at "
-"låse op. Alternativt kan du blot skrive din adgangskode, og gardinet løftes "
-"automatisk når du skriver. Du kan også skifte bruger, hvis din computer er "
-"konfigureret til mere end én bruger."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:48
-msgid ""
-"To hide notifications from the lock screen, see <link xref=\"shell-"
-"notifications#lock-screen-notifications\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:13
-msgid "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
-msgstr "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:32
-msgid ""
-"Messages drop down from the top of the screen telling you when certain "
-"events happen."
-msgstr ""
-"Meddelelser dropper ned øverst på skærmen og fortæller dig når bestemte "
-"hændelser sker."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:35
-msgid "Notifications and the notification list"
-msgstr "Påmindelser og påmindelseslisten"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:38
-msgid "What is a notification?"
-msgstr "Hvad er en påmindelse?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:40
-msgid ""
-"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a "
-"notification will be shown at the top of the screen, or on your lock screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis et program eller en systemkomponent vil have din opmærksomhed, så vises "
-"der en påmindelse øverst på skærmen eller på din låseskærm."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:43
-msgid ""
-"For example, if you get a new chat message or a new email, you will get a "
-"notification informing you. Chat notifications are given special treatment, "
-"and are represented by the individual contacts who sent you the chat "
-"messages."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du f.eks. modtager en chatmeddelelese eller en ny e-mail, så får du "
-"besked med en påmindelse. Chatpåmindelser gives særlig behandling og vises "
-"med de kontakter som sendte chatmeddelelsen til dig."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:51
-msgid ""
-"Other notifications have selectable option buttons. To close one of these "
-"notifications without selecting one of its options, click the close button."
-msgstr ""
-"Andre påmindelser har knapper med valgmuligheder der kan vælges. For at "
-"lukke påmindelserne uden at vælge en valgmulighed kan du klikke på luk-"
-"knappen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:55
-msgid ""
-"Clicking the close button on some notifications dismisses them. Others, like "
-"Rhythmbox or your chat application, will stay hidden in the notification "
-"list."
-msgstr ""
-"Når der klikkes på luk-knappen på nogle påmindelser så afvises de. Andre "
-"såsom Rhythmbox eller dit chatprogram forbliver skjulte i påmindelseslisten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:63
-msgid "The notification list"
-msgstr "Påmindelseslisten"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:65
-msgid ""
-"The notification list gives you a way to get back to your notifications when "
-"it is convenient for you. It appears when you click on the clock, or press "
-"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. "
-"The notification list contains all the notifications that you have not acted "
-"upon or that permanently reside in it."
-msgstr ""
-"Påmindelseslisten giver dig en måde til at vende tilbage til dine "
-"påmindelser når det passer dig. Den vises når du klikker på uret eller "
-"trykker på <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>V</key></"
-"keyseq>. Påmindelseslisten indeholder alle de påmindelser, som du ikke har "
-"handlet på, eller som findes permanent i den."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:72
-msgid ""
-"You can view a notification by clicking on it in the list. You can close the "
-"notification list by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq> "
-"again or <key>Esc</key>."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan vise en påmindelse ved at klikke på den i listen. Du kan lukke "
-"påmindelseslisten ved igen at trykke på <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>V</"
-"key></keyseq> eller <key>Esc</key>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:76
-msgid ""
-"Click the <gui>Clear List</gui> button to empty the list of notifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik på <gui>Ryd liste</gui>-knappen for at tømme listen over påmindelser."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:83
-msgid "Hiding notifications"
-msgstr "Skjul påmindelser"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:85
-msgid ""
-"If you are working on something and do not want to be bothered, you can "
-"switch off notifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du arbejder på noget og ikke vil forstyrres, så kan du slukke for "
-"påmindelser."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:97
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:133
-msgid "Click on <gui>Notifications</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Påmindelser</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne panelet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:100
-msgid "Switch <gui>Notification Popups</gui> to off."
-msgstr "Sluk for <gui>Pop op'er til påmindelser</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:104
-msgid ""
-"When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the top of the "
-"screen. Notifications will still be available in the notification list when "
-"you display it (by clicking on the clock, or by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</"
-"key><key>V</key></keyseq>), and they will start popping up again when you "
-"switch the switch back to on."
-msgstr ""
-"Når de er slået fra, så vil de fleste påmindelser ikke poppe op øverst på "
-"skærmen. Påmindelserne vil stadigvæk findes i påmindelseslisten, når du "
-"viser den (ved at klikke på uret eller ved at trykke på <keyseq><key>Super</"
-"key><key>V</key></keyseq>), og de begynder at poppe op igen, når du tænder "
-"for kontakten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:111
-msgid ""
-"You can also disable or re-enable notifications for individual applications "
-"from the <gui>Notifications</gui> panel."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan også deaktivere eller genaktivere påmindelser for enkelte programmer "
-"fra <gui>Påmindelser</gui>-panelet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:118
-msgid "Hiding lock screen notifications"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:120
-msgid ""
-"When your screen is locked, notifications appear on the lock screen. You can "
-"configure the lock screen to hide these notifications for privacy reasons."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:124
-msgid "To switch off notifications when your screen is locked:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:135
-msgid "Switch <gui>Lock Screen Notifications</gui> to off."
-msgstr "Sluk for <gui>Påmindelser for låst skærm</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/shell-overview.page:8
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Desktop"
-msgstr "Skrivebord"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-overview.page:25
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Calendar</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
-"notifications\">notifications</link>, <link xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts"
-"\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"shell-windows\">windows and "
-"workspaces</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Kalender</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
-"notifications\">påmindelser</link>, <link xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts"
-"\">tastaturgenveje</link>, <link xref=\"shell-windows\">vinduer og "
-"arbejdsområder</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-overview.page:33
-msgid "Your desktop"
-msgstr "Dit skrivebord"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-overview.page:38
-msgid "Customize your desktop"
-msgstr "Tilpas dit skrivebord"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-overview.page:42
-msgid "Applications and windows"
-msgstr "Programmer og vinduer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:23
-msgid "Check the <gui>Activities</gui> overview or other workspaces."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:26
-msgid "Find a lost window"
-msgstr "Find et mistet vindue"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:28
-msgid ""
-"A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is "
-"easily found using the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
-"\">Activities</gui> overview:"
-msgstr ""
-"Det er let at finde et vindue på et andet arbejdsområde eller et som er "
-"skjult bag et andet vindue med <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
-"\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:34
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. If the missing window is on the "
-"current <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</"
-"link>, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply click the thumbnail to "
-"redisplay the window, or"
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>. Hvis det manglende vindue er på det "
-"nuværende <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces"
-"\">arbejdsområde</link>, bliver det vist her som miniature. Klik blot på "
-"miniaturen for at vise vinduet igen, eller"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:41
-msgid ""
-"Click different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-workspaces\">workspace "
-"selector</link> at the right-hand side of the screen to try to find your "
-"window, or"
-msgstr ""
-"Klik på de forskellige arbejdsområder i <link xref=\"shell-workspaces"
-"\">arbejdsområdevælgeren</link> på højre side af skærmen og prøv om du kan "
-"finde dit vindue, eller"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:46
-msgid ""
-"Right-click the application in the dash and its open windows will be listed. "
-"Click the window in the list to switch to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Højreklik på programmet i favoritområdet for at vise dets åbne vinduer. Klik "
-"på vinduet i listen for at skifte til det."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:57
-msgid "Using the window switcher:"
-msgstr "Med vinduesskifteren:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:61
-msgid ""
-"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></"
-"keyseq> to display the <link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">window "
-"switcher</link>. Continue to hold down the <key>Super</key> key and press "
-"<key>Tab</key> to cycle through the open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</"
-"key><key>Tab</key> </keyseq> to cycle backwards."
-msgstr ""
-"Tryk på <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></"
-"keyseq> for at vise <link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">vinduesskifteren</"
-"link>. Bliv ved med at holde <key>Super</key>-tasten nede og tryk på "
-"<key>Tab</key> for at gennemløbe de åbne vinduer, eller <keyseq><key>Skift</"
-"key><key>Tab</key> </keyseq> for at gennemløbe baglæns."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:69
-msgid ""
-"If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Super</key> and "
-"press <key>`</key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through them."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis programmet har flere åbne vinduer, så hold <key>Super</key> nede og "
-"tryk på <key>½</key> (eller tasten over <key>Tab</key>) for at gennemløbe "
-"dem."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:20
-msgid "Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window."
-msgstr ""
-"Dobbeltklik eller træk en titellinje for at maksimere eller gendanne et "
-"vindue."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:24
-msgid "Maximize and unmaximize a window"
-msgstr "Maksimér og afmaksimér et vindue"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:26
-msgid ""
-"You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and "
-"unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize "
-"windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, so you can "
-"easily look at two windows at once. See <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/> "
-"for details."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan maksimere et vindue for at bruge al pladsen på skrivebordet og "
-"afmaksimere et vindue for at gendanne det til sin normale størrelse. Du kan "
-"også maksimere vinduer lodret langs venstre og højre side af skærmen, så du "
-"let kan kigge på to vinduer på samme tid. Se <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled"
-"\"/> for detaljer."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:32
-msgid ""
-"To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the "
-"screen, or just double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the "
-"keyboard, hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
-"press <key>↑</key>, or press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
-msgstr ""
-"For at maksimere et vindue skal du tage fat i titellinjen, og trække det "
-"øverste på skærmen. For at maksimere et vindue med tastaturet skal du holde "
-"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>-tasten nede og trykke på "
-"<key>↑</key>, eller trykke på <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:38
-msgid ""
-"You can also maximize a window by clicking the maximize button in the "
-"titlebar."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan også maksimere et vindue ved at klikke på maksimér-knappen på "
-"titellinjen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:41
-msgid ""
-"To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of "
-"the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the "
-"titlebar to restore it. You can also use the same keyboard shortcuts you "
-"used to maximize the window."
-msgstr ""
-"For at gendanne et vindue til sin afmaksimeret størrelse, skal du trække det "
-"væk fra skærmens kanter. Hvis vinduet er fuldt maksimeret kan du "
-"dobbeltklikke på titellinjen for at gendanne det. Du kan også bruge de samme "
-"tastaturgenveje som du brugte til at maksimere vinduet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:47
-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38
-msgid ""
-"Hold down the <key>Super</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it."
-msgstr ""
-"Hold <key>Super</key>-tasten nede og træk, hvor som helst, i vinduet for at "
-"flytte det."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:20
-msgid "Arrange windows in a workspace to help you work more efficiently."
-msgstr "Opstil vinduer i et arbejdsområde så du kan arbejde mere effektivt."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:24
-msgid "Move and resize windows"
-msgstr "Flyt og tilpas størrelsen på vinduer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:26
-msgid ""
-"You can move and resize windows to help you work more efficiently. In "
-"addition to the dragging behavior you might expect, GNOME features shortcuts "
-"and modifiers to help you arrange windows quickly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:32
-msgid ""
-"Move a window by dragging the titlebar, or hold down <key xref=\"keyboard-"
-"key-super\">Super</key> and drag anywhere in the window. Hold down "
-"<key>Shift</key> while moving to snap the window to the edges of the screen "
-"and other windows."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:38
-msgid ""
-"Resize a window by dragging the edges or corner of the window. Hold down "
-"<key>Shift</key> while resizing to snap the window to the edges of the "
-"screen and other windows."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:41
-msgid ""
-"You can also resize a maximized window by clicking the maximize button in "
-"the titlebar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:45
-msgid ""
-"Move or resize a window using only the keyboard. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
-"key><key>F7</key></keyseq> to move a window or <keyseq><key>Alt</"
-"key><key>F8</key></keyseq> to resize. Use the arrow keys to move or resize, "
-"then press <key>Enter</key> to finish, or press <key>Esc</key> to return to "
-"the original position and size."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:52
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize a window</link> by dragging "
-"it to the top of the screen. Drag a window to one side of the screen to "
-"maximize it along the side, allowing you to <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled"
-"\">tile windows side by side</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:27
-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
-msgstr "Tryk på <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:30
-msgid "Switch between windows"
-msgstr "Skift mellem vinduer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:37
-msgid ""
-"You can see all the running applications that have a graphical user "
-"interface in the <em>window switcher</em>. This makes switching between "
-"tasks a single-step process and provides a full picture of which "
-"applications are running."
-msgstr ""
-"I <em>vinduesskifteren</em> kan du se alle de kørende programmer, der har en "
-"grafisk brugerflade. Så skal der kun udføres ét trin for at skifte mellem "
-"opgaver, og det giver et fuldt billede af, hvilke programmer som kører."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:42
-msgid "From a workspace:"
-msgstr "Fra et arbejdsområde:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:46
-msgid ""
-"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></"
-"keyseq> to bring up the <gui>window switcher</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Tryk på <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></"
-"keyseq> for at få <gui>vinduesskifteren</gui> frem."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:51
-msgid ""
-"Release <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> to select the next "
-"(highlighted) window in the switcher."
-msgstr ""
-"Slip <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> for at vælge det næste "
-"(fremhævede) vindue i skifteren."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55
-msgid ""
-"Otherwise, still holding down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</"
-"key> key, press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the list of open windows, or "
-"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
-msgstr ""
-"Ellers bliv ved med at holde <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>-"
-"tasten nede, tryk på <key>Tab</key> for at gennemløbe listen over åbne "
-"vinduer, eller <keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> for at "
-"gennemløbe baglæns."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62
-msgid ""
-"You can also use the window list on the bottom bar to access all your open "
-"windows and switch between them."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan også bruge vindueslisten på bundlinjen for at få adgang til alle dine "
-"åbne vinduer og skifte mellem dem."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66
-msgid ""
-"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of "
-"applications with multiple windows pop down as you click through. Hold down "
-"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> and press <key>`</key> (or the "
-"key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through the list."
-msgstr ""
-"Vinduerne i vinduesskifteren grupperes efter programmer. Forhåndsvisninger "
-"af programmer med flere vinduer popper ned efterhånden som du klikker. Hold "
-"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> nede og tryk på <key>½</key> "
-"(eller tasten over <key>Tab</key>) for at gennemløbe listen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72
-msgid ""
-"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with "
-"the <key>→</key> or <key>←</key> keys, or select one by clicking it with the "
-"mouse."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan også flytte mellem programikonerne i vinduesskifteren med <key>→</"
-"key>- eller <key>←</key>-tasterne eller vælge et ved at klikke på det med "
-"musen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:76
-msgid ""
-"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the "
-"<key>↓</key> key."
-msgstr ""
-"Forhåndsvisninger af programmer med et enkelt vindue kan vises med <key>↓</"
-"key>-tasten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:79
-msgid ""
-"From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, click on a <link xref=\"shell-"
-"windows\">window</link> to switch to it and leave the overview. If you have "
-"multiple <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspaces</"
-"link> open, you can click on each workspace to view the open windows on each "
-"workspace."
-msgstr ""
-"Fra <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> kan du klikke på et <link xref=\"shell-"
-"windows\">vindue</link> for at skifte til det og forlade oversigten. Hvis du "
-"har flere åbne <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces"
-"\">arbejdsområder</link>, så kan du klikke på et arbejdsområde for at vise "
-"de åbne vinduer på hvert arbejdsområde."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:19
-msgid "Maximize two windows side-by-side."
-msgstr "Maksimer to vinduer side om side."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23
-msgid "Tile windows"
-msgstr "Fliselæg vinduer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:25
-msgid ""
-"You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, "
-"allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between "
-"them."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan kun maksimere et vindue på den venstre eller højre side af skærmen, "
-"og dermed placere to vinduer side om side, så du hurtigt kan skifte mellem "
-"dem."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:29
-msgid ""
-"To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag "
-"it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using "
-"the keyboard, hold down <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> and "
-"press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> key."
-msgstr ""
-"For at maksimere et vindue langs en af skærmens sider, skal du tage fat i "
-"titellinjen, og trække det til den venstre eller højre side indtil skærmen "
-"fremhæves. Med tastaturet skal du holde <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super"
-"\">Super</key> nede og trykke på <key>Venstre</key>- eller <key>Højre</key>-"
-"tasten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:34
-msgid ""
-"To restore a window to its original size, drag it away from the side of the "
-"screen, or use the same keyboard shortcut you used to maximize."
-msgstr ""
-"For at gendanne et vindue til sin oprindelige størrelse, skal du trække det "
-"væk fra skærmens side eller bruge den samme tastaturgenvej som du brugte til "
-"at maksimere."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-windows.page:18
-msgid "Move and organize your windows."
-msgstr "Flyt og organiser dine vinduer."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-windows.page:21
-msgid "Windows and workspaces"
-msgstr "Vinduer og arbejdsområder"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows.page:23
-msgid ""
-"Like other desktops, GNOME uses windows to display your running "
-"applications. Using both the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
-"\">Activities</gui> overview and the <em>dash</em>, you can launch new "
-"applications and control active windows."
-msgstr ""
-"GNOME bruger, ligesom de andre skriveborde, vinduer til at vise dine kørende "
-"programmer. Du kan med både <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
-"\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> og <em>favoritområdet</em> starte nye "
-"programmer og styre aktive vinduer."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows.page:28
-msgid ""
-"You can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the "
-"window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these "
-"features."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan også gruppere dine programmer i arbejdsområder. Besøg hjælpeemnerne "
-"for vinduer og arbejdsområder nedenfor, for bedre at lære hvordan du bruger "
-"funktionerne."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/shell-windows.page:60
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Windows"
-msgstr "Vinduer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-windows.page:62
-msgid "Working with windows"
-msgstr "Arbejd med vinduer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/shell-windows.page:67
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Workspaces"
-msgstr "Arbejdsområder"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-windows.page:69
-msgid "Working with workspaces"
-msgstr "Arbejd med arbejdsområder"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:26
-msgid ""
-"Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and drag the window to a different "
-"workspace."
-msgstr ""
-"Gå til <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> og træk vinduet til et andet "
-"arbejdsområde."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:30
-msgid "Move a window to a different workspace"
-msgstr "Flyt et vindue til et andet arbejdsområde"
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:33
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:26
-msgid "Using the mouse:"
-msgstr "Med musen:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:28
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:37
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities Overview</"
-"gui> from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Applications</gui> "
-"menu at the top left of the screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"fra menuen <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Programmer</gui> "
-"øverst til venstre på skærmen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:43
-msgid "Click and drag the window toward the right of the screen."
-msgstr "Klik og træk vinduet mod højre side af skærmen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:46
-msgid "The <em xref=\"shell-workspaces\">workspace selector</em> will appear."
-msgstr "<em xref=\"shell-workspaces\">Arbejdsområdevælgeren</em> vises."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:50
-msgid ""
-"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
-"window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace appears at the bottom of "
-"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
-msgstr ""
-"Træk vinduet til et tomt arbejdsområde. Arbejdsområdet indeholder nu det "
-"vindue, du slap, og et nyt arbejdsområde vises nederst i "
-"<em>arbejdsområdevælgeren</em>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:54
-msgid ""
-"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
-"window you have dropped."
-msgstr ""
-"Slip vinduet på et tomt arbejdsområde. Arbejdsområdet indeholder nu det "
-"vindue, du slap."
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#. (itstool) path: list/title
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:60
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:50
-msgid "Using the keyboard:"
-msgstr "Med tastaturet:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:62
-msgid ""
-"Select the window that you want to move (for example, using the <keyseq><key "
-"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref="
-"\"shell-windows-switching\">window switcher</em>)."
-msgstr ""
-"Vælg vinduet du vil flytte (f.eks. med <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super"
-"\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref=\"shell-windows-switching"
-"\">vinduesskifteren</em>)."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:67
-msgid ""
-"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> to "
-"move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the "
-"<em>workspace selector</em>."
-msgstr ""
-"Tryk på <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Skift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> "
-"for at flytte vinduet til et arbejdsområde, som er ovenover det nuværende "
-"arbejdsområde i <em>arbejdsområdevælgeren</em>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:70
-msgid ""
-"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> "
-"to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on "
-"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
-msgstr ""
-"Tryk på <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Skift</key><key>Page Down</key></"
-"keyseq> for at flytte vinduet til et arbejdsområde, som er nedenunder det "
-"nuværende arbejdsområde i <em>arbejdsområdevælgeren</em>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:20
-msgid "Use the workspace selector."
-msgstr "Brug arbejdsområdevælgeren."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:23
-msgid "Switch between workspaces"
-msgstr "Skift mellem arbejdsområder"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:30
-msgid ""
-"At the top left of the screen, click the <gui xref=\"shell-"
-"introduction#activities\">Applications</gui> menu and choose <gui>Activities "
-"Overview</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Øverst til venstre på skærmen skal du klikke på <gui xref=\"shell-"
-"introduction#activities\">Programmer</gui>-menuen og vælge "
-"<gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Click on a workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-workspaces\">workspace "
-"selector</link> on the right side of the screen to view the open windows on "
-"that workspace."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik på et arbejdsområde i <link xref=\"shell-workspaces"
-"\">arbejdsområdevælgeren</link> på højre side af skærmen for at vise de åbne "
-"vinduer i arbejdsområdet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:40
-msgid "Click on any window thumbnail to activate the workspace."
-msgstr "Klik på en vinduesminiature for at aktivere arbejdsområdet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:44
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively, you can switch between workspaces by clicking the workspace "
-"identifier at the right-hand side of the window list on the bottom bar and "
-"selecting the workspace you want to use from the menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Alternativt kan du skifte mellem arbejdsområder ved at klikke på "
-"arbejdsområdeidentifikatoren på højre side af vindueslisten på bundlinjen, "
-"og vælge det arbejdsområde, du vil bruge fra menuen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:52
-msgid ""
-"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Page Up</"
-"key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Up</key></keyseq> "
-"to move to the workspace shown above the current workspace in the workspace "
-"selector."
-msgstr ""
-"Tryk på <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Page Up</"
-"key></keyseq> eller <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Op</key></"
-"keyseq> for at flytte til arbejdsområdet som vises ovenover det nuværende "
-"arbejdsområde i arbejdsområdevælgeren."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:59
-msgid ""
-"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> or "
-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Down</key></keyseq> to move to the "
-"workspace shown below the current workspace in the workspace selector."
-msgstr ""
-"Tryk på <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> eller "
-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Ned</key></keyseq> for at flytte "
-"til arbejdsområdet som vises nedenunder det nuværende arbejdsområde i "
-"arbejdsområdevælgeren."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:20
-msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
-msgstr "Arbejdsområder er en måde til at gruppere vinduer på dit skrivebord."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:23
-msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
-msgstr "Hvad er et arbejdsområde og hvordan kan det hjælpe mig?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:26
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' "
-"md5='5a7e511449e645bf69111c82868f4db8'"
-msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:27
-msgid "Workspace selector"
-msgstr "Arbejdsområdevælger"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:30
-msgid ""
-"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create "
-"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
-"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
-msgstr ""
-"Arbejdsområder refererer til gruppering af vinduer på dit skrivebord. Du kan "
-"oprette flere arbejdsområder som fungerer som virtuelle skriveborde. "
-"Arbejdsområder er beregnet til at reducere rod og gøre det lettere at finde "
-"rundt på skrivebordet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can use "
-"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
-"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
-msgstr ""
-"Arbejdsområder refererer til gruppering af vinduer på dit skrivebord. Du kan "
-"bruge flere arbejdsområder som fungerer som virtuelle skriveborde. "
-"Arbejdsområder er beregnet til at reducere rod og gøre det lettere at finde "
-"rundt på skrivebordet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:40
-msgid ""
-"Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have "
-"all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one "
-"workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music "
-"manager could be on a third workspace."
-msgstr ""
-"Arbejdsområder kan bruges til at organisere dit arbejde. Du kan f.eks. have "
-"alle dine kommunikationsvinduer såsom e-mail- og chatprogrammer på ét "
-"arbejdsområde og dit arbejde på et andet arbejdsområde. Din musiksamling "
-"kunne være på et tredje arbejdsområde."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:45
-msgid "Using workspaces:"
-msgstr "Brug af arbejdsområder:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview, move your cursor to the right-most side of the screen."
-msgstr ""
-"I <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"skal du flytte markøren til det yderste af skærmens højre side."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:52
-msgid ""
-"Press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to open the "
-"<gui>Activities</gui> overview and then move your cursor to the right-most "
-"side of the screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Tryk på <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>-tasten for at åbne "
-"<gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> og flyt så din markør til det yderste af "
-"skærmens højre side."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58
-msgid ""
-"A vertical panel will appear showing workspaces in use, plus an empty "
-"workspace. This is the workspace selector."
-msgstr ""
-"Der vises et lodret panel med arbejdsområder som er i brug, plus et tomt "
-"arbejdsområde. Det er arbejdsområdevælgeren."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61
-msgid ""
-"A vertical panel will appear showing available workspaces. This is the "
-"workspace selector."
-msgstr ""
-"Der vises et lodret panel med tilgængelige arbejdsområder. Det er "
-"arbejdsområdevælgeren."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:65
-msgid ""
-"To add a workspace, drag and drop a window from an existing workspace onto "
-"the empty workspace in the workspace selector. This workspace now contains "
-"the window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace will appear below it."
-msgstr ""
-"For at tilføje et arbejdsområde skal du trække og slippe et vindue fra et "
-"eksisterende arbejdsområde til det tomme arbejdsområde i "
-"arbejdsområdevælgeren. Arbejdsområdet indeholder nu kun vinduet, som du har "
-"sluppet, og et nyt arbejdsområde vises nedenunder."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:71
-msgid ""
-"To remove a workspace, simply close all of its windows or move them to other "
-"workspaces."
-msgstr ""
-"For at fjerne et arbejdsområde skal du ganske enkelt lukke alle dets vinduer "
-"eller flytte dem til et andet arbejdsområde."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:76
-msgid "There is always at least one workspace."
-msgstr "Der er altid mindst ét arbejdsområde."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sound-alert.page:29
-msgid ""
-"Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable "
-"alert sounds."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sound-alert.page:33
-msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
-msgstr "Vælg eller deaktivér påmindelseslyden"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-alert.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
-"and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert "
-"volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-alert.page:42
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:51
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:92
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:55
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:60
-#: C/sound-volume.page:61
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>Sound</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Lyd</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-alert.page:46
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:55
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:96
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:59
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:64
-#: C/sound-volume.page:65
-msgid "Click on <gui>Sound</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Lyd</gui> for at åbne panelet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-alert.page:49
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Alert Sound</gui> section, select an alert sound. Each sound "
-"will play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-alert.page:54
-msgid ""
-"Use the volume slider for <gui>System Sounds</gui>in the <gui>Volume Levels</"
-"gui> section to set the volume of the alert sound. This will not affect the "
-"volume of your music, movies, or other sound files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sound-broken.page:20
-msgid ""
-"Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
-msgstr "Fejlsøg problemer såsom manglende lyd eller dårlig lydkvalitet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sound-broken.page:24
-msgid "Sound problems"
-msgstr "Lydproblemer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-broken.page:31
-msgid ""
-"There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. "
-"Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:19
-msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
-msgstr "Tjek dine lydkabler og drivere til lydkortet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:22
-msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
-msgstr "Jeg hører knitren eller brummelyd når der afspilles lyde"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:24
-msgid ""
-"If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, "
-"you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem "
-"with the drivers for the sound card."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:30
-msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:31
-msgid ""
-"If the speakers are not fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the "
-"wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:36
-msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable is not damaged."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:37
-msgid ""
-"Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the "
-"cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD "
-"player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may "
-"need to replace the cable or headphones."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:44
-msgid "Check if the sound drivers are not very good."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:45
-msgid ""
-"Some sound cards do not work very well on Linux because they do not have "
-"very good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching "
-"for the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search "
-"term “Linux”, to see if other people are having the same problem."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:49
-msgid ""
-"You can use the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command to get more information about your "
-"sound card."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:24
-msgid ""
-"Check that the sound is not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and "
-"that the sound card is detected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:28
-msgid "I cannot hear any sounds on the computer"
-msgstr "Jeg kan ikke høre nogen lyd på computeren"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:30
-msgid ""
-"If you cannot hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to "
-"play music, go through the following troubleshooting tips."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:34
-msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
-msgstr "Sørg for at lyden ikke er på stilhed"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:36
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> and "
-"make sure that the sound is not muted or turned down."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">systemmenuen</gui> og sørg "
-"for at lyden ikke er slået fra eller skruet ned."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards — try pressing "
-"that key to see if it unmutes the sound."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:42
-msgid ""
-"You should also check that you have not muted the application that you are "
-"using to play sound (for example, your music player or movie player). The "
-"application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check "
-"that."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:47
-msgid ""
-"Also, you can check the <gui>Applications</gui> tab in the <gui>Sound</gui> "
-"GUI:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:58
-msgid ""
-"Under <gui>Volume Levels</gui>, check that your application is not muted."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:66
-msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:67
-msgid ""
-"If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on "
-"and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is "
-"securely plugged into the “output” audio socket on your computer. This "
-"socket is usually light green in color."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:72
-msgid ""
-"Some sound cards can switch between the socket they use for output (to the "
-"speakers) and the socket for input (from a microphone, for instance). The "
-"output socket may be different when running Linux, Windows or Mac OS. Try "
-"connecting the speaker cable to a different audio socket on your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:78
-msgid ""
-"A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the "
-"back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input, too."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:83
-msgid "Check that the correct sound device is selected"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:85
-msgid ""
-"Some computers have multiple “sound devices” installed. Some of these are "
-"capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you "
-"have the correct sound device selected. This might involve some trial-and-"
-"error to choose the right one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:99
-msgid ""
-"Under <gui>Output</gui>, change the <gui>Profile</gui> settings for the "
-"selected device and play a sound to see if it works. You might need to go "
-"through the list and try each profile."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:103
-msgid ""
-"If that does not work, you might want to try doing the same for any other "
-"devices that are listed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:112
-msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:114
-msgid ""
-"Your sound card may not have been detected properly probably because the "
-"drivers for the card are not installed. You may need to install the drivers "
-"for the card manually. How you do this depends on the type of the card."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:118
-msgid ""
-"Run the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command in the Terminal to find out what sound card "
-"you have:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:122
-msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open a Terminal."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:125
-msgid ""
-"Run <cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">superuser</link>; "
-"either type <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> and type your password, or type <cmd>su</"
-"cmd>, enter the <em>root</em> (administrative) password, then type "
-"<cmd>lspci</cmd>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:131
-msgid ""
-"Check if an <em>audio controller</em> or <em>audio device</em> is listed: in "
-"such case you should see the make and model number of the sound card. Also, "
-"<cmd>lspci -v</cmd> shows a list with more detailed information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:137
-msgid ""
-"You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It is best to ask "
-"on support forums (or otherwise) for your Linux distribution for "
-"instructions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:141
-msgid ""
-"If you cannot get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new "
-"sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the "
-"computer and external USB sound cards."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:29
-msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
-msgstr "Brug en analog- eller USB-mikrofon og vælg en standardinputenhed."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:33
-msgid "Use a different microphone"
-msgstr "Brug en anden mikrofon"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:35
-msgid ""
-"You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with "
-"colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia "
-"applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam "
-"with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio "
-"quality."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:41
-msgid ""
-"If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate "
-"audio socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "
-"microphones and one for speakers. This socket is usually light red in color "
-"or is accompanied by a picture of a microphone. Microphones plugged into the "
-"appropriate socket are usually used by default. If not, see the instructions "
-"below for selecting a default input device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:48
-msgid ""
-"If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. "
-"USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify "
-"which microphone to use by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:53
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:58
-msgid "Select a default audio input device"
-msgstr "Vælg en standardenhed til lydinput"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:62
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Input</gui> tab, select the device that you want to use. The "
-"input level indicator should respond when you speak."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:67
-msgid ""
-"You can adjust the volume and switch the microphone off from this panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:30
-msgid ""
-"Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:34
-msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
-msgstr "Brug andre højttalere eller hovedtelefoner"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:36
-msgid ""
-"You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers "
-"usually either connect using a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) "
-"plug or a USB."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:40
-msgid ""
-"If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate "
-"socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "
-"microphones and one for speakers. This socket is usually light green in "
-"color or is accompanied by a picture of headphones. Speakers or headphones "
-"plugged into a TRS socket are usually used by default. If not, see the "
-"instructions below for selecting the default device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:47
-msgid ""
-"Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually "
-"uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure "
-"which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound "
-"settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:52
-msgid ""
-"If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a "
-"USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate "
-"audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:67
-msgid "In the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select the device that you want to use."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:72
-msgid ""
-"Use the <gui style=\"button\">Test Speakers</gui> button to check that all "
-"speakers are working and are connected to the correct socket."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sound-volume.page:28
-msgid ""
-"Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each "
-"application."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sound-volume.page:32
-msgid "Change the sound volume"
-msgstr "Skift lydstyrken"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-volume.page:34
-msgid ""
-"To change the sound volume, open the <gui xref=\"shell-"
-"introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> from the right side of the top "
-"bar and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely turn off "
-"sound by dragging the slider to the left."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-volume.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look "
-"like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near "
-"the “F” keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the “F” "
-"keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-volume.page:44
-msgid ""
-"If you have external speakers, you can also change the volume using the "
-"speakers’ volume control. Some headphones have a volume control too."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/sound-volume.page:49
-msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-volume.page:51
-msgid ""
-"You can change the volume for one application and leave the volume for "
-"others unchanged. This is useful if you are listening to music and browsing "
-"the web, for example. You might want to turn off the audio in the web "
-"browser so sounds from websites do not interrupt the music."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-volume.page:56
-msgid ""
-"Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your "
-"application has its volume control, use that to change the volume. If not:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-volume.page:68
-msgid ""
-"Under <gui>Volume Levels</gui>, change the volume of the application listed "
-"there."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sound-volume.page:72
-msgid ""
-"Only applications that are playing sounds are listed. If an application is "
-"playing sounds but is not listed, it might not support the feature that lets "
-"you control its volume in this way. In such case, you cannot change its "
-"volume."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/status-icons.page:13
-msgid "Monica Kochofar"
-msgstr "Monica Kochofar"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/status-icons.page:20
-msgid "Explains the meanings of the icons located on the right of the top bar."
-msgstr "Forklarer betydningen af de ikoner som findes til højre på toplinjen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/status-icons.page:23
-msgid "What do the icons in the top bar mean?"
-msgstr "Hvad betyder ikonerne på toplinjen?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:24
-msgid ""
-"This section explains the meaning of icons located on the top right corner "
-"of the screen. More specifically, the different variations of the icons "
-"provided by the GNOME interface are described."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/status-icons.page:29
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' "
-"md5='ec52429596ce2045c08b989c18f1a579'"
-msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/status-icons.page:35
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' "
-"md5='a297d2b5fa52907add3f075cd4753e08'"
-msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/status-icons.page:44
-msgid "Universal Access Menu Icons"
-msgstr "Ikoner for tilgængelighedsmenuen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:49
-msgid "Leads to a menu that turns on accessibility settings."
-msgstr "Fører til en menu som slår tilgængelighedsindstillinger til."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/status-icons.page:57
-msgid "Volume Control Icons"
-msgstr "Ikoner for lydstyrkestyring"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:62
-msgid "The volume is set to high."
-msgstr "Lydstyrken er indstillet til høj."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:66
-msgid "The volume is set to medium."
-msgstr "Lydstyrken er indstillet til medium."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:70
-msgid "The volume is set to low."
-msgstr "Lydstyrken er indstillet til lav."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:74
-msgid "The volume is muted."
-msgstr "Lydstyrken er indstillet til stilhed."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/status-icons.page:81
-msgid "Bluetooth Manager Icons"
-msgstr "Ikoner for Bluetooth-håndtering"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:86
-msgid "Bluetooth has been activated."
-msgstr "Bluetooth er aktiveret."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:90
-msgid "Bluetooth has been disabled."
-msgstr "Bluetooth er deaktiveret."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/status-icons.page:98
-msgid "Explains the meanings of the Network Manager icons."
-msgstr "Forklarer betydningen af ikonerne for netværkshåndtering."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/status-icons.page:101
-msgid "Network Manager Icons"
-msgstr "Ikoner for netværkshåndtering"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:103
-msgid "<app>Cellular Connection</app>"
-msgstr "<app>Mobilnetværksforbindelse</app>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:108
-msgid "Connected to a 3G network."
-msgstr "Forbundet til et 3G-netværk."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:112
-msgid "Connected to a 4G network."
-msgstr "Forbundet til et 4G-netværk."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:116
-msgid "Connected to an EDGE network."
-msgstr "Forbundet til et EDGE-netværk."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:120
-msgid "Connected to a GPRS network."
-msgstr "Forbundet til et GPRS-netværk."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:124
-msgid "Connected to a UMTS network."
-msgstr "Forbundet til et UMTS-netværk."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:128
-msgid "Connected to a cellular network."
-msgstr "Forbundet til et mobilnetværk."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:132
-msgid "Acquiring a cellular network connection."
-msgstr "Opretter forbindelse til et mobilnetværk."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:136
-#: C/status-icons.page:238
-msgid "Very high signal strength."
-msgstr "Meget høj signalstyrke."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:140
-#: C/status-icons.page:242
-msgid "High signal strength."
-msgstr "Høj signalstyrke."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:144
-#: C/status-icons.page:246
-msgid "Medium signal strength."
-msgstr "Medium signalstyrke."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:148
-#: C/status-icons.page:250
-msgid "Low signal strength."
-msgstr "Lav signalstyrke."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:152
-msgid "Extremely low signal strength."
-msgstr "Ekstrem lav signalstyrke."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:158
-msgid "<app>Local Area Network (LAN) Connection</app>"
-msgstr "<app>Forbindelse for lokalt netværk (LAN)</app>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:162
-msgid "There has been an error in finding the network."
-msgstr "Der opstod en fejl ved forsøg på at finde netværket."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:166
-msgid "The network is inactive."
-msgstr "Netværket er inaktivt."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:170
-msgid "There is no route found for the network."
-msgstr "Der blev ikke fundet nogen rute for netværket."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:174
-msgid "The network is offline."
-msgstr "Netværket er offline."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:178
-msgid "The network is receiving data."
-msgstr "Netværket modtager data."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:182
-msgid "The network is transmitting and receiving data."
-msgstr "Netværket sender og modtager data."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:186
-msgid "The network is transmitting data."
-msgstr "Netværket sender data."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:192
-msgid "<app>Virtual Private Network (VPN) Connection</app>"
-msgstr "<app>Forbindelse for virtuelt privat netværk (VPN)</app>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:196
-#: C/status-icons.page:209
-msgid "Acquiring a network connection."
-msgstr "Opretter forbindelse til et netværk."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:200
-msgid "Connected to a VPN network."
-msgstr "Forbundet til et VPN-netværk."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:205
-msgid "<app>Wired Connection</app>"
-msgstr "<app>Kablet forbindelse</app>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:213
-msgid "Disconnected from the network."
-msgstr "Forbindelsen til netværket er afbrudt."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:217
-msgid "Connected to a wired network."
-msgstr "Forbundet til et kablet netværk."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:222
-msgid "<app>Wireless Connection</app>"
-msgstr "<app>Trådløs forbindelse</app>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:226
-msgid "Acquiring a wireless connection."
-msgstr "Opretter trådløs forbindelse."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:230
-msgid "The wireless network is encrypted."
-msgstr "Det trådløse netværk er krypteret."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:234
-msgid "Connected to a wireless network."
-msgstr "Forbundet til et trådløst netværk."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:254
-msgid "Very low signal strength."
-msgstr "Meget lav signalstyrke."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/status-icons.page:261
-msgid "Power Manager Icons"
-msgstr "Ikoner for strømstyring"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:266
-msgid "The battery is full."
-msgstr "Batteriet er fuldt."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:270
-msgid "The battery is partially drained."
-msgstr "Batteriet er delvist afladet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:274
-msgid "The battery is low."
-msgstr "Batteriet er lavt."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:278
-msgid "Caution: The battery is very low."
-msgstr "Forsigtig: Batteriet er meget lavt."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:282
-msgid "The battery is extremely low."
-msgstr "Batteriet er ekstremt lavt."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:286
-msgid "The battery has been unplugged."
-msgstr "Batteriet er blevet fjernet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:290
-msgid "The battery is fully charged."
-msgstr "Batteriet er fuldt opladet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:294
-msgid "The battery is full and charging."
-msgstr "Batteriet er fuldt og oplades."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:298
-msgid "The battery is partially full and charging."
-msgstr "Batteriet er delvist fuldt og oplades."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:302
-msgid "The battery is low and charging."
-msgstr "Batteriet er lavt og oplades."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:306
-msgid "The battery is very low and charging."
-msgstr "Batteriet er meget lavt og oplades."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:310
-msgid "The battery is empty and charging."
-msgstr "Batteriet er tomt og oplades."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:33
-msgid ""
-"Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, "
-"mathematical symbols, and dingbats."
-msgstr ""
-"Skriv tegn som ikke findes på dit tastatur. inklusive fremmede alfabeter, "
-"matematiske symboler og dingbats."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:36
-msgid "Enter special characters"
-msgstr "Indtast specialtegn"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:38
-msgid ""
-"You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world’s "
-"writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some "
-"different ways you can enter special characters."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan indtaste og vise tusindvis af tegn fra de fleste af verdens "
-"skrivesystemer — selv dem der ikke findes på dit tastatur. Siden viser nogle "
-"forskellige måder til at indtaste specialtegn."
-
-#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:43
-msgid "Methods to enter characters"
-msgstr "Metoder til at indtaste tegn"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47
-msgid "Characters"
-msgstr "Tegn"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:48
-msgid ""
-"GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to find and "
-"insert unusual characters, including emoji, by browsing character categories "
-"or searching for keywords."
-msgstr ""
-"GNOME kommer med et tegnkort-program som giver dig mulighed for at finde og "
-"indsætte ualmindelige tegn, inklusive emoji, ved at gennemse tegnkategorier "
-"eller søge efter nøgleord."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:52
-msgid "You can launch <app>Characters</app> from the Activities overview."
-msgstr "Du kan starte <app>Tegn</app> fra Aktivitetsoversigten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57
-msgid "Compose key"
-msgstr "Compose-tasten"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58
-msgid ""
-"A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a "
-"row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter "
-"<em>é</em>, you can press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then <key>e</"
-"key>."
-msgstr ""
-"En compose-tast er en speciel tast som giver dig mulighed for at trykke på "
-"flere taster efter hinanden for at få et specialtegn. For f.eks. at skrive "
-"<em>é</em> med accenttegn, kan du trykke på <key>compose</key> og så <key>'</"
-"key> og <key>e</key>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62
-msgid ""
-"Keyboards don’t have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of "
-"the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key."
-msgstr ""
-"Tastaturer har ikke en bestemt compose-tast. Du kan i stedet definere en af "
-"de eksisterende taster på dit tastatur som en compose-tast."
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:75
-msgid "Define a compose key"
-msgstr "Vælg en compose-tast"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84
-msgid "Click the <gui>Keyboard & Mouse</gui> tab."
-msgstr "Klik på fanebladet <gui>Tastatur & mus</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87
-msgid "Click <gui>Disabled</gui> next to the <gui>Compose Key</gui> setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik på <gui>Deaktiveret</gui> ved siden af <gui>Compose-tast</gui>-"
-"indstillingen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:91
-msgid ""
-"Turn the switch on in the dialog and pick the keyboard shortcut you want to "
-"use."
-msgstr ""
-"Tænd for kontakten i dialogen og vælg den tastaturgenvej, du vil bruge."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:95
-msgid "Tick the checkbox of the key that you want to set as the Compose key."
-msgstr ""
-"Tilvælg afkrydsningsboksen til den tast du vil indstille som Compose-tast."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:99
-msgid "Close the dialog."
-msgstr "Luk dialogen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:106
-msgid "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
-msgstr "Du kan skrive mange almindelige tegn med compose-tasten, f.eks.:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110
-msgid ""
-"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute "
-"accent over that letter, such as <em>é</em>."
-msgstr ""
-"Tryk på <key>compose</key> og så <key>'</key> og så et bogstav for at sætte "
-"et accent aigu over, såsom <em>é</em>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:112
-msgid ""
-"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to "
-"place a grave accent over that letter, such as <em>è</em>."
-msgstr ""
-"Tryk på <key>compose</key> og så <key>`</key> (omvendt ´) og så et bogstav "
-"for at sætte et accent grave over, såsom <em>è</em>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115
-msgid ""
-"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut "
-"over that letter, such as <em>ë</em>."
-msgstr ""
-"Tryk på <key>compose</key> og så <key>\"</key> og så et bogstav for at sætte "
-"et umlaut over bogstavet, såsom <em>ë</em>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:117
-msgid ""
-"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron "
-"over that letter, such as <em>ē</em>."
-msgstr ""
-"Tryk på <key>compose</key> og så <key>-</key> og så et bogstav for at sætte "
-"en macron over bogstavet, såsom <em>ē</em>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:120
-msgid ""
-"For more compose key sequences, see <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/";
-"wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">the compose key page on "
-"Wikipedia</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Se <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/";
-"Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">Wikipedias side om Compose-tasten</"
-"link> for flere sekvenser til Compose-tasten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:126
-msgid "Code points"
-msgstr "Kodepunkter"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:128
-msgid ""
-"You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the "
-"numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-"
-"character code point. To find the code point for a character, look it up in "
-"the <app>Characters</app> application. The code point is the four characters "
-"after <gui>U+</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan indtaste alle Unicode-tegn med dit tastatur ved at bruge tegnets "
-"numeriske kodepunkt. Hvert tegn identificeres af et kodepunkt på 4 tegn. Du "
-"kan finde et tegns kodepunkt ved at slå det op i <app>Tegn</app>-programmet. "
-"Kodepunktet er de fire tegn efter <gui>U+</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:134
-msgid ""
-"To enter a character by its code point, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
-"key><key>Shift</key><key>U</key></keyseq>, then type the four-character code "
-"and press <key>Space</key> or <key>Enter</key>. If you often use characters "
-"that you can’t easily access with other methods, you might find it useful to "
-"memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter them quickly."
-msgstr ""
-"For at indtaste et tegns kodepunkt skal du trykke på <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
-"key><key>Skift</key><key>U</key></keyseq> og så skrive koden på 4 tegn og "
-"trykke på <key>Mellemrum</key> eller <key>Enter</key>. Hvis du ofte bruger "
-"tegn som du ikke har let adgang til på andre måder, så kan det være, du vil "
-"huske kodepunkterne for de tegn udenad så du hurtigt kan indtaste dem."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:144
-msgid "Keyboard layouts"
-msgstr "Tastaturlayouts"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:145
-msgid ""
-"You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, "
-"regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch "
-"between different keyboard layouts using an icon in the top bar. To learn "
-"how, see <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan få et tastatur til at opføre sig som tastaturet på et andet sprog, "
-"uanset hvilke bogstaver der er trykt på tasterne. Du kan endda let skifte "
-"mellem forskellige tastaturlayouts ved at bruge et ikon på toplinjen. Se "
-"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/> for at læse mere."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:152
-msgid "Input methods"
-msgstr "Indtastningsmetoder"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:154
-msgid ""
-"An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters "
-"not only with keyboard but also any input devices. For instance you could "
-"enter characters with a mouse using a gesture method, or enter Japanese "
-"characters using a Latin keyboard."
-msgstr ""
-"En indtastningsmetode udvider de forrige metoder ved at give mulighed for at "
-"indtaste tegn, ikke kun med tastaturet, men alle inputenheder. Du kan f.eks. "
-"indtaste tegn med en mus ved at bruge en gestusmetode eller indtaste "
-"japanske tegn med et latin-tastatur."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:159
-msgid ""
-"To choose an input method, right-click over a text widget, and in the menu "
-"<gui>Input Method</gui>, choose an input method you want to use. There is no "
-"default input method provided, so refer to the input methods documentation "
-"to see how to use them."
-msgstr ""
-"Højreklik på tekst-widgeten for at vælge en indtastningsmetode, og vælg den "
-"indtastningsmetode du vil bruge i <gui>Indtastningsmetode</gui>-menuen. Der "
-"leveres ikke nogen standardindtastningsmetode, så referer til "
-"dokumentationen for indtastningsmetode for at se hvordan de bruges."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/tips.page:12
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link xref="
-"\"mouse-middleclick\">middle click shortcuts</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Specialtegn</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
-"middleclick\">genveje for midterklik</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/tips.page:16
-msgid "Tips & tricks"
-msgstr "Tips & tricks"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:19
-msgid "Manipulate your desktop using gestures on your touchscreen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:22
-msgid "Use touchscreen gestures to navigate the desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:24
-msgid ""
-"Multitouch gestures can be used on touchscreens for system navigation, as "
-"well as in applications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:27
-msgid ""
-"A number of applications make use of gestures. In <app>Document Viewer</"
-"app>, documents can be zoomed and swiped with gestures, and <app>Image "
-"Viewer</app> allows you to zoom, rotate and pan."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:32
-msgid "System-wide gestures"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:37
-msgid "<em>Open the Activities Overview</em>"
-msgstr "<em>Åbn aktivitetsoversigten</em>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:38
-msgid "Bring three or more fingers closer together while touching the screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:42
-msgid "<em>Open the Applications View</em>"
-msgstr "<em>Åbn programvisningen</em>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:43
-msgid "Slide right from the left screen edge."
-msgstr "Stryg til højre fra skærmens venstre kant."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:47
-msgid "<em>Bring down the notifications list</em>"
-msgstr "<em>Vis påmindelseslisten</em>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:48
-msgid "Slide down from the top center edge."
-msgstr "Stryg ned fra øverste midterste kant."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:52
-msgid "<em>Bring down the system menu</em>"
-msgstr "<em>Vis systemmenuen</em>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:53
-msgid "Slide down from the top right edge."
-msgstr "Stryg ned fra øverste højre kant."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:57
-msgid "<em>Bring up the on-screen keyboard</em>"
-msgstr "<em>Vis skærmtastaturet</em>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:58
-msgid "Slide up from the bottom screen edge."
-msgstr "Stryg op fra skærmens nederste kant."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:62
-msgid "<em>Switch Application</em>"
-msgstr "<em>Skift program</em>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:63
-msgid "Hold three fingers on the surface while tapping with the fourth."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:67
-msgid "<em>Switch Workspace</em>"
-msgstr "<em>Skift arbejdsområde</em>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:68
-msgid "Drag up or down with four fingers touching the screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:75
-msgid "Application gestures"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:80
-msgid "<em>Open an item, launch an application, play a song</em>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:81
-msgid "Tap on an item."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:85
-msgid "<em>Select an item and list actions that can be performed</em>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:86
-msgid "Press and hold for a second or two."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:90
-msgid "<em>Scroll the area on the screen</em>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:91
-msgid "Drag: slide a finger touching the surface."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:98
-msgid ""
-"<em>Change the zoom level of a view (<app>Maps</app>, <app>Photos</app>)</em>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:100
-msgid ""
-"Two-finger pinch or stretch: Touch the surface with two fingers while "
-"bringing them closer or further apart."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:106
-msgid "<em>Rotate a photo</em>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:107
-msgid "Two-finger rotate: Touch the surface with two fingers and rotate."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/translate.page:7
-msgid "How and where to help translate these topics."
-msgstr "Hvordan og hvor du kan hjælpe med at oversætte emnerne."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/translate.page:27
-msgid "Participate to improve translations"
-msgstr "Vær med til at forbedre oversættelserne"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/translate.page:29
-msgid ""
-"GNOME’s help is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You "
-"are welcome to participate."
-msgstr ""
-"GNOMEs hjælp oversættes af et verdensomspændende fællesskab af frivillige. "
-"Du er velkommen til at være med."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/translate.page:33
-msgid ""
-"There are <link href=\"https://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\";>many "
-"languages</link> for which translations are still needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Der findes stadigvæk <link href=\"https://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-";
-"docs/\">mange sprog</link> som har brug for at blive oversat."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/translate.page:37
-msgid ""
-"To start translating, you will need to <link href=\"https://l10n.gnome.org/";
-"register/\">create an account</link> and join the <link href=\"https://l10n.";
-"gnome.org/teams/\">translation team</link> for your language. This will give "
-"you the ability to upload new translations."
-msgstr ""
-"For at komme i gang med at oversætte skal du <link href=\"https://l10n.gnome.";
-"org/register/\">oprette en konto</link> og tilmelde <link href=\"https://";
-"l10n.gnome.org/teams/\">oversættelsesholdet</link> på dit sprog. Så kan du "
-"uploade nye oversættelser."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/translate.page:43
-msgid ""
-"You can chat with GNOME translators by joining the #i18n channel on the "
-"<link xref=\"help-irc\">GNOME IRC server</link>. People on the channel are "
-"located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of "
-"timezone differences."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan chatte med GNOME-oversættere ved at deltage i #i18n-kanalen på <link "
-"xref=\"help-irc\">GNOME IRC-serveren</link>. Folk på kanalen er fra hele "
-"verden, så det kan godt være du ikke får svar med det samme pga. "
-"tidsforskellen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/translate.page:49
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their "
-"<link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n\";>mailing "
-"list</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Alternativt kan du kontakte internationaliseringsholdet ved at bruge deres "
-"<link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n";
-"\">mailingliste</link>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/user-accounts.page:20
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Users"
-msgstr "Brugere"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-accounts.page:21
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword"
-"\">change password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</"
-"link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"user-add\">Tilføj bruger</link>, <link xref=\"user-"
-"changepassword\">skift adgangskode</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change"
-"\">administratorer</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-accounts.page:28
-msgid "User accounts"
-msgstr "Brugerkonti"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-accounts.page:31
-msgid ""
-"Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. "
-"This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their "
-"own settings. It is also more secure. You can only access a different user "
-"account if you know their password."
-msgstr ""
-"Hver person som bruger computeren bør have en brugerkonto. Det gør det "
-"muligt at holde deres filer adskilt fra dine og for at vælge deres egne "
-"indstillinger. Det er også mere sikkert. Du kan kun tilgå en anden bruger "
-"hvis du kender deres adgangskode."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/user-accounts.page:38
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Accounts"
-msgstr "Konti"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/user-accounts.page:40
-msgid "Manage user accounts"
-msgstr "Håndter brugerkonti"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/user-accounts.page:44
-msgid "Passwords"
-msgstr "Adgangskoder"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/user-accounts.page:49
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Privileges"
-msgstr "Rettigheder"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/user-accounts.page:51
-msgid "User privileges"
-msgstr "Brugerrettigheder"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-add.page:33
-msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
-msgstr "Tilføj nye brugere så andre personer kan logge ind på computeren."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-add.page:36
-msgid "Add a new user account"
-msgstr "Tilføj en ny brugerkonto"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-add.page:38
-msgid ""
-"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to "
-"each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home "
-"folder, documents, and settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan tilføje flere brugerkonti til din computer. Giv en konto til hver "
-"person i dit hjem eller virksomhed. Hver bruger har deres egen hjemmemappe, "
-"dokumenter og indstillinger."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-add.page:42
-msgid ""
-"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
-"to add user accounts."
-msgstr ""
-"Du skal have <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative rettigheder</"
-"link> for at tilføje brugerkonti."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-add.page:58
-msgid ""
-"Press the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button, below the list of accounts "
-"on the left, to add a new user account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-add.page:62
-msgid ""
-"If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
-"\">administrative access</link> to the computer, select <gui>Administrator</"
-"gui> for the account type."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-add.page:65
-msgid ""
-"Administrators can do things like add and delete users, install software and "
-"drivers, and change the date and time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-add.page:69
-msgid ""
-"Enter the new user’s full name. The username will be filled in automatically "
-"based on the full name. If you do not like the proposed username, you can "
-"change it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-add.page:74
-msgid ""
-"You can choose to set a password for the new user, or let them set it "
-"themselves on their first login."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/user-add.page:79
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:86
-msgid "generate password"
-msgstr "generér adgangskode"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-add.page:76
-msgid ""
-"If you choose to set the password now, you can press the <gui style=\"button"
-"\"><_:media-1/></gui> icon to automatically generate a random password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-add.page:87
-msgid ""
-"If you want to change the password after creating the account, select the "
-"account, <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> the panel and press the current "
-"password status."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-add.page:92
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Users</gui> panel, you can click the image next to the user’s "
-"name to the right to set an image for the account. This image will be shown "
-"in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or you "
-"can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:26
-msgid ""
-"You can allow users to make changes to the system by giving them "
-"administrative privileges."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:30
-msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
-msgstr "Vælg hvem der har administrative rettigheder"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:32
-msgid ""
-"Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to "
-"important parts of the system. You can change which users have "
-"administrative privileges and which ones do not. They are a good way of "
-"keeping your system secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized "
-"changes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:37
-msgid ""
-"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
-"to change account types."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:46
-#: C/user-autologin.page:37
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:74
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:50
-#: C/user-delete.page:57
-msgid "Click <gui>Users</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:53
-msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:56
-msgid ""
-"Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account Type</gui> and "
-"select <gui>Administrator</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:60
-msgid "The user’s privileges will be changed when they next log in."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:65
-msgid ""
-"The first user account on the system is usually the one that has "
-"administrator privileges. This is the user account that was created when you "
-"first installed the system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:68
-msgid ""
-"It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges "
-"on one system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:25
-msgid ""
-"You need administrative privileges to change important parts of your system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29
-msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
-msgstr "Hvordan virker administrative rettigheder?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:31
-msgid ""
-"As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer has a number of "
-"files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these "
-"important <em>system files</em> are changed incorrectly they can cause "
-"various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. "
-"Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are "
-"also protected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:38
-msgid ""
-"The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with "
-"<em>administrative privileges</em> to change the files or use the "
-"applications. In day-to-day use, you will not need to change any system "
-"files or use these applications, so by default you do not have "
-"administrative privileges."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:44
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to "
-"temporarily get administrative privileges to allow you to make the changes. "
-"If an application needs administrative privileges, it will ask for your "
-"password. For example, if you want to install some new software, the "
-"software installer (package manager) will ask for your administrator "
-"password so it can add the new application to the system. Once it has "
-"finished, your administrative privileges will be taken away again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:52
-msgid ""
-"Administrative privileges are associated with your user account. "
-"<gui>Administrator</gui> users are allowed to have these privileges while "
-"<gui>Standard</gui> users are not. Without administrative privileges you "
-"will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, the "
-"“root” account) have permanent administrative privileges. You should not use "
-"administrative privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally "
-"change something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, "
-"for example)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:61
-msgid ""
-"In summary, administrative privileges allow you to change important parts of "
-"your system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65
-msgid "What does “super user” mean?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:66
-msgid ""
-"A user with administrative privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</"
-"em>. This is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. "
-"You might see people discussing things like <cmd>su</cmd> and <cmd>sudo</"
-"cmd>; these are programs for temporarily giving you “super "
-"user” (administrative) privileges."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:74
-msgid "Why are administrative privileges useful?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:76
-msgid ""
-"Requiring users to have administrative privileges before important system "
-"changes are made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from "
-"being broken, intentionally or unintentionally."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:80
-msgid ""
-"If you had administrative privileges all of the time, you might accidentally "
-"change an important file, or run an application which changes something "
-"important by mistake. Only getting administrative privileges temporarily, "
-"when you need them, reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:86
-msgid ""
-"Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have administrative "
-"privileges. This prevents other users from messing with the computer and "
-"doing things like uninstalling applications that you need, installing "
-"applications that you don’t want, or changing important files. This is "
-"useful from a security standpoint."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28
-msgid ""
-"You can do some things, like installing applications, only if you have "
-"administrative privileges."
-msgstr ""
-"Nogen ting kan kun gøres hvis du har administrative rettigheder, såsom "
-"installation af programmer."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:32
-msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
-msgstr "Problemer som er forårsaget af administrative restriktioner"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:34
-msgid ""
-"You may experience a few problems if you do not have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
-"explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some tasks require "
-"administrative privileges in order to work, such as:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:40
-msgid "connecting to networks or wireless networks,"
-msgstr "forbinde til netværk eller trådløse netværk,"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:43
-msgid ""
-"viewing the contents of a different disk partition (for example, a Windows "
-"partition), or"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:47
-msgid "installing new applications."
-msgstr "installere nye programmer."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:51
-msgid ""
-"You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has administrative "
-"privileges</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">vælge hvem der har administrative "
-"rettigheder</link>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-autologin.page:23
-msgid "Set up automatic login for when you switch on your computer."
-msgstr "Opsæt automatisk login til når du tænder din computer."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-autologin.page:26
-msgid "Log in automatically"
-msgstr "Automatisk indlogning"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-autologin.page:28
-msgid ""
-"You can change your settings so that you are automatically logged in to your "
-"account when you start up your computer:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-autologin.page:40
-msgid ""
-"Select the user account that you want to log in to automatically at startup."
-msgstr "Vælg brugerkontoen som automatisk skal logge ind ved opstart."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-autologin.page:48
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Automatic Login</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Automatisk login</gui>-kontakten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-autologin.page:52
-msgid ""
-"When you next start up your computer, you will be logged in automatically. "
-"If you have this option enabled, you will not need to type in your password "
-"to log in to your account which means that if someone else starts up your "
-"computer, they will be able to access your account and your personal data "
-"including your files and browser history."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-autologin.page:59
-msgid ""
-"If your account type is <em>Standard</em>, you cannot change this setting. "
-"Contact your system administrator who can change this setting for you."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:31
-msgid ""
-"Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account "
-"settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:35
-msgid "Change your password"
-msgstr "Skift din adgangskode"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:62
-msgid ""
-"It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if "
-"you think someone else knows your password."
-msgstr ""
-"Der er en god ide at skifte din adgangskode en gang imellem. Specielt hvis "
-"du tror at nogen kender din adgangskode."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:77
-msgid ""
-"Click the label <gui>·····</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. If you are "
-"changing the password for a different user, you will first need to "
-"<gui>Unlock</gui> the panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:82
-msgid ""
-"Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password "
-"again in the <gui>Verify New Password</gui> field."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:84
-msgid ""
-"You can press the <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-1/></gui> icon to "
-"automatically generate a random password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:90
-msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Skift</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:94
-msgid ""
-"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</"
-"link>. This will help to keep your user account safe."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:98
-msgid ""
-"When you update your login password, your login keyring password will "
-"automatically be updated to be the same as your new login password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:102
-msgid ""
-"If you forget your password, any user with administrator privileges can "
-"change it for you."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:31
-msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens."
-msgstr "Tilføj dit billede til login- og brugerskærmene."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:34
-msgid "Change your login screen photo"
-msgstr "Skift billedet på din loginskærm"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:36
-msgid ""
-"When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their "
-"login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your "
-"own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:53
-msgid ""
-"If you want to edit a user other than yourself, press <gui style=\"button"
-"\">Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type in your password when "
-"prompted."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:58
-msgid ""
-"Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with "
-"some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for "
-"yourself."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:63
-msgid ""
-"If you would rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click "
-"<gui>Select a file…</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:67
-msgid ""
-"If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking "
-"<gui>Take a picture…</gui>. Take your picture, then move and resize the "
-"square outline to crop out the parts you do not want. If you do not like the "
-"picture you took, click <gui style=\"button\">Take Another Picture</gui> to "
-"try again, or <gui>Cancel</gui> to give up."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-delete.page:39
-msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
-msgstr "Fjern brugere som ikke længere bruger din computer."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-delete.page:42
-msgid "Delete a user account"
-msgstr "Slet en brugerkonto"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-delete.page:44
-msgid ""
-"You can <link xref=\"user-add\">add multiple user accounts to your computer</"
-"link>. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can delete that "
-"user’s account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-delete.page:48
-msgid ""
-"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
-"to delete user accounts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-delete.page:64
-msgid ""
-"Select the user that you want to delete and press the <gui style=\"button\">-"
-"</gui> button, below the list of accounts on the left, to delete that user "
-"account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-delete.page:69
-msgid ""
-"Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can "
-"choose to keep or delete the user’s home folder. Click <gui>Delete Files</"
-"gui> if you are sure they will not be used anymore and you need to free up "
-"disk space. These files are permanently deleted. They cannot be recovered. "
-"You may want to back up the files to an external storage device before "
-"deleting them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:31
-msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."
-msgstr "Brug længere, mere komplicerede adgangskoder."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34
-msgid "Choose a secure password"
-msgstr "Vælg en sikker adgangskode"
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:37
-msgid ""
-"Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for "
-"others (including computer programs) to guess."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:41
-msgid ""
-"Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your "
-"password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your "
-"personal information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:45
-msgid ""
-"People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your "
-"password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be "
-"extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for "
-"choosing a good password:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:52
-msgid ""
-"Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and "
-"spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are "
-"more symbols from which to choose, meaning more possible passwords that "
-"someone would have to check when trying to guess yours."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:57
-msgid ""
-"A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each "
-"word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a "
-"movie, a book, a song or an album. For example, “Flatland: A Romance of Many "
-"Dimensions” would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:65
-msgid ""
-"Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the "
-"longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:70
-msgid ""
-"Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. "
-"Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "
-"“password” — people can guess passwords like this very quickly!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:76
-msgid ""
-"Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or "
-"any family member’s name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:80
-msgid "Do not use any nouns."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:83
-msgid ""
-"Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of "
-"someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be "
-"watching you."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:87
-msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:92
-msgid "Use different passwords for different things."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:95
-msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:96
-msgid ""
-"If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it "
-"will be able to access all of your accounts immediately."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:98
-msgid ""
-"It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as "
-"secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to "
-"use the same one for things that do not matter (like websites), and "
-"different ones for important things (like your online banking account and "
-"your email)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:105
-msgid "Change your passwords regularly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/video-dvd.page:23
-msgid ""
-"You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong "
-"region."
-msgstr ""
-"Du har måske ikke de rette codecs installeret eller dvd'en er en forkert "
-"region."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/video-dvd.page:27
-msgid "Why won’t DVDs play?"
-msgstr "Hvorfor afspilles dvd'er ikke?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/video-dvd.page:29
-msgid ""
-"If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn’t play, you may not have "
-"the right DVD <em>codecs</em> installed, or the DVD might be from a "
-"different <em>region</em>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/video-dvd.page:34
-msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"
-msgstr "Installere de korrekte codecs til afspilning af dvd"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/video-dvd.page:36
-msgid ""
-"In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. "
-"A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or "
-"audio format. If your movie player software doesn’t find the right codecs, "
-"it may offer to install them for you. If not, you’ll have to install the "
-"codecs manually — ask for help on how to do this, for example on your Linux "
-"distribution’s support forums."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/video-dvd.page:43
-msgid ""
-"DVDs are also <em>copy-protected</em> using a system called CSS. This "
-"prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them "
-"unless you have extra software to handle the copy protection. This software "
-"is available from a number of Linux distributions, but cannot be legally "
-"used in all countries. You can buy a commercial DVD decoder that can handle "
-"copy protection from <link href=\"https://fluendo.com/en/products/multimedia/";
-"oneplay-dvd-player/\">Fluendo</link>. It works with Linux and should be "
-"legal to use in all countries."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/video-dvd.page:55
-msgid "Checking the DVD region"
-msgstr "Tjek dvd-regionen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/video-dvd.page:57
-msgid ""
-"DVDs have a <em>region code</em>, which tells you in which region of the "
-"world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer’s DVD "
-"player does not match the region of the DVD you are trying to play, you "
-"won’t be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD "
-"player, you will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/video-dvd.page:63
-msgid ""
-"It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it "
-"can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To "
-"change the DVD region of your computer’s DVD player, use <link href=\"http://";
-"linvdr.org/projects/regionset/\">regionset</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/video-dvd.page:68
-msgid ""
-"You can find <link href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DVD_region_code";
-"\">more information about DVD region codes on Wikipedia</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan finde <link href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DVD_region_code";
-"\">mere information om regionskodning af dvd'er på Wikipedia</link>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/video-sending.page:20
-msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."
-msgstr "Tjek at du har de rette video-codecs installeret."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/video-sending.page:23
-msgid "Other people can’t play the videos I made"
-msgstr "Andre personer kan ikke afspille de videoer, jeg har lavet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/video-sending.page:25
-msgid ""
-"If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using "
-"Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/video-sending.page:29
-msgid ""
-"To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right "
-"<em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows "
-"how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of "
-"different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. "
-"You can check which format your video is by doing:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/video-sending.page:37
-msgid ""
-"Open <app>Files</app> from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
-"\">Activities</gui> overview."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/video-sending.page:41
-msgid "Right-click on the video file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/video-sending.page:44
-msgid ""
-"Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> or <gui>Video</gui> tab and look at which "
-"<gui>Codec</gui> are listed under <gui>Video</gui> and <gui>Audio</gui> (if "
-"the video also has audio)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/video-sending.page:50
-msgid ""
-"Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec "
-"installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the "
-"codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if "
-"your video uses the <em>Theora</em> format and you have a friend using "
-"Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for “theora windows media "
-"player”. You will often be able to download the right codec for free if it’s "
-"not installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/video-sending.page:58
-msgid ""
-"If you can’t find the right codec, try the <link href=\"http://www.videolan.";
-"org/vlc/\">VLC media player</link>. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well "
-"as Linux, and supports a lot of different video formats. Failing that, try "
-"converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able "
-"to do this, and specific video converter applications are available. Check "
-"the software installer application to see what’s available."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/video-sending.page:67
-msgid ""
-"There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your "
-"video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes "
-"big files aren’t copied across perfectly), they could have problems with "
-"their video playback application, or the video may not have been created "
-"properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:24
-msgid "Switch the Wacom tablet to <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:27
-msgid "Use the tablet left-handed"
-msgstr "Brug tegnepladen venstrehåndet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:29
-msgid ""
-"Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated "
-"180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the "
-"orientation to left-handed:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:35
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:33
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:42
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Wacom-tegneplade</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:39
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:37
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:46
-msgid "Click on <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Wacom-tegneplade</gui> for at åbne panelet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:41
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:40
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:49
-msgid "Click the <gui>Tablet</gui> button in the header bar."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Tegneplade</gui>-knappen i hovedbjælken."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:42
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:41
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:50
-msgid ""
-"If no tablet is detected, you’ll be asked to <gui>Please plug in or turn on "
-"your Wacom tablet</gui>. Click the <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui> link to "
-"connect a wireless tablet."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:46
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Venstrehåndet orientering</gui>-kontakten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:24
-msgid "Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:27
-msgid "Set the Wacom tablet’s tracking mode"
-msgstr "Indstil Wacom-tegnepladens sporingstilstand"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:29
-msgid ""
-"<gui>Tracking Mode</gui> determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:45
-msgid ""
-"Next to <gui>Tracking Mode</gui>, select <gui>Tablet (absolute)</gui> or "
-"<gui>Touchpad (relative)</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:49
-msgid ""
-"In <em>absolute</em> mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the "
-"screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds "
-"to the same point on the tablet."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:52
-msgid ""
-"In <em>relative</em> mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it "
-"down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn’t move. This is "
-"the way a mouse operates."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:29
-msgid "Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:32
-msgid "Choose a monitor"
-msgstr "Vælg en skærm"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:54
-msgid "Click <gui>Map to Monitor…</gui>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:55
-msgid "Check <gui>Map to single monitor</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:56
-msgid ""
-"Next to <gui>Output</gui>, select the monitor you wish to receive input from "
-"your graphics tablet."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:58
-msgid "Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:62
-msgid ""
-"Switch the <gui>Keep aspect ratio (letterbox)</gui> switch to on to match "
-"the drawing area of the tablet to the proportions of the monitor. This "
-"setting, also called <em>force proportions</em>, “letterboxes” the drawing "
-"area on a tablet to correspond more directly to a display. For example, a "
-"4∶3 tablet would be mapped so that the drawing area would correspond to a "
-"widescreen display."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:69
-msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Luk</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:23
-msgid "Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:26
-msgid "Configure the stylus"
-msgstr "Konfigurer pennen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46
-msgid "Click <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Wacom-tegneplade</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne panelet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:49
-msgid "Click the <gui>Stylus</gui> button in the header bar."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Pen</gui>-knappen i hovedbjælken."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50
-msgid ""
-"If no stylus is detected, you’ll be asked to <gui>Please move your stylus to "
-"the proximity of the tablet to configure it</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:54
-msgid ""
-"The panel contains details and settings specific to your stylus, with the "
-"device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. These settings can "
-"be adjusted:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58
-msgid ""
-"<gui>Eraser Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the “feel” (how "
-"physical pressure is translated to digital values) between <gui>Soft</gui> "
-"and <gui>Firm</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:61
-msgid ""
-"<gui>Button/Scroll Wheel</gui> configuration (these change to reflect the "
-"stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: "
-"No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click, Right Mouse "
-"Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, or "
-"Forward."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:66
-msgid ""
-"<gui>Tip Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the “feel” between "
-"<gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:73
-msgid ""
-"If you have more than one stylus, use the pager next to the stylus device "
-"name to choose which stylus to configure."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/wacom.page:7
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">Map a monitor</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-"
-"stylus\">configure the stylus</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-handed\">use "
-"the tablet left handed</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">Kortlæg en skærm</link>, <link xref="
-"\"wacom-stylus\">konfigurer pennen</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-handed"
-"\">brug tegnepladen med venstre hånd</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/wacom.page:31
-msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet"
-msgstr "Wacom-tegneplade"
+#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "translator-credits"
+msgstr "scootergrisen <>, 2015-2016, 2019-2021"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:20 C/a11y-braille.page:16 C/a11y-contrast.page:18
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:20 C/a11y-font-size.page:19 C/a11y-mag.page:18
+#: C/a11y.page:13 C/a11y-right-click.page:20 C/a11y-screen-reader.page:15
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:18 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:20 C/a11y-visualalert.page:19
+#: C/accounts-add.page:28 C/accounts-remove.page:23 C/bluetooth.page:16
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:29 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:21
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:17 C/clock.page:13 C/disk.page:9
+#: C/display-brightness.page:26 C/files-browse.page:20 C/files-delete.page:19
+#: C/files-lost.page:18 C/files-open.page:17 C/files-preview.page:16
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:9 C/files-rename.page:17 C/files-search.page:21
+#: C/files-select.page:9 C/files-share.page:16 C/files.page:15
+#: C/hardware-auth.page:9 C/hardware.page:9 C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:15
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:17 C/keyboard-nav.page:23
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15 C/keyboard.page:18 C/look-background.page:29
+#: C/media.page:9 C/mouse-doubleclick.page:21 C/mouse-lefthanded.page:20
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:18 C/mouse-mousekeys.page:21
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17 C/mouse-sensitivity.page:25
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:17 C/mouse-wakeup.page:17
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:20 C/nautilus-connect.page:15
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:13 C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:16
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:24 C/nautilus-prefs.page:8
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:13 C/nautilus-views.page:17 C/net-findip.page:16
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:14 C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:19
+#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:12 C/net.page:11 C/prefs-display.page:9
+#: C/prefs-language.page:9 C/prefs.page:10 C/printing-setup.page:28
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:25 C/privacy-screen-lock.page:19
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:18 C/session-formats.page:15
+#: C/session-language.page:18 C/shell-exit.page:20 C/shell-introduction.page:19
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:19 C/shell-windows-maximize.page:14
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:13 C/shell-windows-tiled.page:13
+#: C/sound-alert.page:15 C/sound-usemic.page:15 C/sound-usespeakers.page:16
+#: C/sound-volume.page:18 C/tips-specialchars.page:15 C/tips.page:8
+#: C/user-add.page:19 C/user-changepicture.page:21 C/user-delete.page:25
+msgid "Shaun McCance"
+msgstr "Shaun McCance"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:24 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:24 C/a11y-icon.page:17
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:25 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:22 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:24
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:13 C/accounts.page:13
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:18 C/files-browse.page:24
+#: C/files-hidden.page:14 C/files-sort.page:13 C/files-tilde.page:14
+#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:9 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:23
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:17 C/mouse-lefthanded.page:16
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:17 C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:17 C/nautilus-list.page:17
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:15 C/net-default-email.page:14
+#: C/net-email-virus.page:15 C/net-manual.page:17 C/net-othersconnect.page:15
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:15 C/net-proxy.page:19 C/net-slow.page:13
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:15 C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:14
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:18
+#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:16 C/power-batteryestimate.page:19
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:24 C/power-batteryoptimal.page:18
+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:22 C/power-othercountry.page:18
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:13 C/printing-cancel-job.page:14
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:13 C/printing-envelopes.page:13
+#: C/printing-order.page:13 C/printing-select.page:13 C/printing-setup.page:16
+#: C/printing.page:12 C/sound-volume.page:14 C/user-goodpassword.page:17
+msgid "Phil Bull"
+msgstr "Phil Bull"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:28 C/a11y-contrast.page:22 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:23 C/a11y-mag.page:22 C/a11y.page:17
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:29 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:26 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:23 C/accounts-add.page:19
+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:17 C/accounts-remove.page:15
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:19 C/accounts-whyadd.page:18
+#: C/backup-how.page:20 C/backup-thinkabout.page:22 C/backup-what.page:20
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:33 C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:22
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:25 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:27
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:25 C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:21 C/clock-set.page:21 C/clock-timezone.page:21
+#: C/clock-world.page:14 C/color-assignprofiles.page:20
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:22 C/color-calibrate-screen.page:21
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:20 C/color-testing.page:23
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:19 C/contacts.page:13 C/contacts-connect.page:16
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:20 C/contacts-link-unlink.page:19
+#: C/contacts-search.page:18 C/contacts-setup.page:16 C/disk-benchmark.page:22
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:16 C/disk-check.page:17 C/display-blank.page:23
+#: C/display-brightness.page:34 C/display-dual-monitors.page:19
+#: C/display-night-light.page:12 C/files-autorun.page:22 C/files-browse.page:28
+#: C/files-copy.page:22 C/files-delete.page:27 C/files-disc-write.page:13
+#: C/files-hidden.page:18 C/files-lost.page:22 C/files-removedrive.page:17
+#: C/files-rename.page:25 C/files-search.page:25 C/files-share.page:20
+#: C/files-sort.page:21 C/files-templates.page:17 C/files-tilde.page:18
+#: C/files.page:19 C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:27 C/keyboard-layouts.page:26
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:15 C/keyboard-osk.page:24 C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:27
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:18 C/keyboard.page:26
+#: C/look-background.page:37 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:27
+#: C/look-resolution.page:26 C/mouse-doubleclick.page:25
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:24 C/mouse-middleclick.page:22
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:25 C/mouse-sensitivity.page:29
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:21 C/mouse-wakeup.page:22 C/mouse.page:23
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:24 C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:19 C/nautilus-display.page:17
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:28 C/nautilus-list.page:21
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:17 C/nautilus-views.page:21
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:19 C/net-default-email.page:18
+#: C/net-email.page:19 C/net-findip.page:24 C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:22 C/net-manual.page:21 C/net-mobile.page:20
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:19 C/net-othersedit.page:19 C/net-proxy.page:27
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:20 C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:17
+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:18 C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:23
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 C/net-wireless-connect.page:21
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19 C/net-wireless.page:25
+#: C/power-autobrightness.page:13 C/power-autosuspend.page:15
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:27 C/power-batterylife.page:32
+#: C/power-batteryslow.page:18 C/power-batterywindows.page:26
+#: C/power-lowpower.page:25 C/power-nowireless.page:26 C/power-status.page:14
+#: C/power-whydim.page:22 C/power-wireless.page:14 C/power.page:17
+#: C/prefs-display.page:13 C/prefs-language.page:13 C/prefs-sharing.page:13
+#: C/printing-setup.page:32 C/privacy.page:23
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:21 C/privacy-location.page:13
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:21 C/privacy-screen-lock.page:23
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:23 C/session-formats.page:19
+#: C/session-language.page:26 C/session-screenlocks.page:21
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:18 C/sharing-desktop.page:20
+#: C/sharing-displayname.page:13 C/sharing-media.page:17
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:17 C/shell-apps-favorites.page:18
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:18 C/shell-exit.page:40 C/shell-introduction.page:23
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24 C/shell-lockscreen.page:14
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:17 C/shell-windows-lost.page:17
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:21 C/sound-alert.page:19
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:18 C/sound-usemic.page:19 C/sound-usespeakers.page:20
+#: C/sound-volume.page:22 C/tips-specialchars.page:19
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:13 C/translate.page:16 C/user-add.page:23
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:21 C/user-delete.page:29
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:25 C/wacom-left-handed.page:17 C/wacom-mode.page:17
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:17 C/wacom-stylus.page:16 C/wacom.page:23
+msgid "Michael Hill"
+msgstr "Michael Hill"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:32 C/a11y-contrast.page:26 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:32
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:27 C/a11y-mag.page:26 C/a11y.page:21
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:33 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:30 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:32
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:27 C/accounts-add.page:23 C/accounts-remove.page:19
+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:22 C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:37
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:30 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:31
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:30 C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:25 C/clock-timezone.page:25
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:24 C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:26
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:25 C/color-howtoimport.page:24
+#: C/color-notifications.page:18 C/color-testing.page:19
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:23 C/contacts-connect.page:21
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:24 C/contacts-link-unlink.page:23
+#: C/contacts-search.page:22 C/display-brightness.page:30
+#: C/display-brightness.page:38 C/display-dual-monitors.page:23
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:19 C/keyboard-key-super.page:19
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:34 C/keyboard-nav.page:28 C/keyboard-osk.page:28
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:34 C/look-background.page:45
+#: C/look-resolution.page:34 C/mouse-lefthanded.page:28
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:26 C/mouse-mousekeys.page:29
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 C/mouse.page:18 C/nautilus-list.page:25
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:25 C/net-default-browser.page:23
+#: C/net-default-email.page:22 C/net-findip.page:28
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21 C/net-macaddress.page:26
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:23 C/net-othersedit.page:23 C/net-proxy.page:31
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:24 C/net-wireless-airplane.page:25
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:23 C/net.page:15 C/power-batteryestimate.page:23
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:28 C/power-batteryoptimal.page:22
+#: C/power-closelid.page:21 C/power-lowpower.page:17 C/power-nowireless.page:22
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:20 C/power-suspend.page:18 C/power-whydim.page:26
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:28 C/printing-to-file.page:13
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:24 C/session-screenlocks.page:25
+#: C/sharing.page:18 C/sharing-desktop.page:16 C/shell-exit.page:32
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:27 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:28
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:21 C/shell-overview.page:18 C/sound-alert.page:23
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:23 C/sound-usespeakers.page:24
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:23 C/user-add.page:27 C/user-admin-change.page:20
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:19 C/user-admin-problems.page:22
+#: C/user-autologin.page:16 C/user-changepassword.page:25
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:25 C/user-delete.page:33 C/video-dvd.page:17
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:22
+msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
+msgstr "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:36
+msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key."
+msgstr "Ignorér hurtige gentagne tastetryk på den samme tast."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39
+msgid "Turn on bounce keys"
+msgstr "Aktivér rystetaster"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly "
+"repeated. For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a "
+"key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on "
+"bounce keys."
+msgstr ""
+"Aktivér <em>rystetaster</em> for at ignorere hurtige tastetryk efter "
+"hinanden. Hvis du f.eks. har rystelser i hænderne, der får dig til at trykke "
+"gentagne gange når du kun ville trykke én gang, bør du aktivere rystetaster."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:48 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:51 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54
+#: C/clock-set.page:38 C/clock-timezone.page:43 C/color-assignprofiles.page:40
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:55 C/color-calibrate-screen.page:50
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:43 C/color-testing.page:64
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:48 C/keyboard-key-super.page:48
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:55 C/keyboard-osk.page:50
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:51 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:67
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:47 C/net-findip.page:51 C/net-findip.page:80
+#: C/net-manual.page:41 C/sharing-desktop.page:62 C/sharing-desktop.page:154
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:90 C/shell-notifications.page:126
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Indstillinger</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:58
+#: C/clock-set.page:42 C/clock-timezone.page:47 C/color-assignprofiles.page:44
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:59 C/color-calibrate-screen.page:54
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:47 C/color-testing.page:68
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:52 C/keyboard-key-super.page:52
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 C/keyboard-osk.page:54
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:55 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:71
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:51 C/net-findip.page:55 C/net-findip.page:84
+#: C/net-manual.page:45 C/sharing-desktop.page:66 C/sharing-desktop.page:158
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:94 C/shell-notifications.page:130
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:40
+msgid "Click on <gui>Settings</gui>."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Indstillinger</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:55 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:58 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:61
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:55 C/keyboard-osk.page:57
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:58
+msgid "Click <gui>Accessibility</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Tilgængelighed</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne panelet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:64
+msgid ""
+"Press <gui>Typing Assist (AccessX)</gui> in the <gui>Typing</gui> section."
+msgstr ""
+"Tryk på <gui>Skrivehjælp (AccessX)</gui> i afsnittet <gui>Skrivning</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:62
+msgid "Switch the <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> switch to on."
+msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Rystetaster</gui>-kontakten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:67
+msgid "Quickly turn bounce keys on and off"
+msgstr "Slå hurtigt rystetaster til og fra"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:68
+msgid ""
+"You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce Keys</"
+"gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have been "
+"enabled from the <gui>Accessibility</gui> panel."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan slå rystetaster til og fra ved at klikke på <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+"\">tilgængelighedsikonet</link> på toplinjen og vælge <gui>Rystetaster</"
+"gui>. Tilgængelighedsikonet er synligt når en eller flere indstillinger er "
+"blevet aktiveret i panelet <gui>Tilgængelighed</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:75
+msgid ""
+"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys "
+"waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for "
+"the first time. Select <gui>Beep when a key is rejected</gui> if you want "
+"the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it "
+"happened too soon after the previous key press."
+msgstr ""
+"Brug skyderen <gui>Ventetid for accept</gui> for at ændre hvor længe "
+"rystetaster skal vente før et nyt tastetryk registreres, efter du første "
+"gang trykker på tasten. Vælg <gui>Bip når en tast afvises</gui> hvis du vil "
+"have computeren til at lave en lyd, hver gang den ignorerer et tastetryk "
+"fordi det sker for tidligt efter det forrige tastetryk."
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/a11y-braille.page:20 C/a11y-screen-reader.page:19
+msgid "Jana Heves"
+msgstr "Jana Heves"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/a11y-braille.page:24
+msgid ""
+"Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."
+msgstr ""
+"Brug Skærmlæseren <app>Orca</app> med et punktskriftsdisplay, der kan "
+"opdateres."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/a11y-braille.page:28
+msgid "Read screen in Braille"
+msgstr "Læs skærm i Braille"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-braille.page:30
+msgid ""
+"The <app>Orca</app> screen reader can display the user interface on a "
+"refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed your system, you "
+"might not have Orca installed. If not, install Orca first."
+msgstr ""
+"Skærmlæseren <app>Orca</app> kan vise brugerfladen på et "
+"punktskriftsdisplay, der kan opdateres. Afhængig af hvordan du installerede "
+"dit system, så kan det være Orca ikke er installeret. Hvis det ikke er, så "
+"installer først Orca."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-braille.page:34 C/a11y-screen-reader.page:33
+msgid "<link style=\"button\" action=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>"
+msgstr "<link style=\"button\" action=\"install:orca\">Installér Orca</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-braille.page:36 C/a11y-screen-reader.page:66
+msgid ""
+"Refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+"Se <link href=\"help:orca\">Hjælp til Orca</link> for mere information."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:30
+msgid ""
+"Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they’re "
+"easier to see."
+msgstr ""
+"Gør vinduer og knapper på skærmen mere (eller mindre) tydelige, så de er "
+"lettere at se."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:34
+msgid "Adjust the contrast"
+msgstr "Justér kontrasten"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:36
+msgid ""
+"You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they’re easier to "
+"see. This is not the same as changing the brightness of the whole screen; "
+"only parts of the <em>user interface</em> will change."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan justere kontrasten på vinduer og knapper, så de er lettere at se. Det "
+"er ikke det samme som at ændre lysstyrken på hele skærmen; kun dele af "
+"<em>brugerfladen</em> ændres."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:53 C/a11y-font-size.page:41
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:41 C/a11y-mag.page:42 C/a11y-right-click.page:48
+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:47 C/a11y-visualalert.page:48
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:48 C/mouse-mousekeys.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Accessibility</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Tilgængelighed</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:48 C/a11y-font-size.page:45 C/a11y-icon.page:45
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:46 C/a11y-visualalert.page:52
+msgid "Click on <gui>Accessibility</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Tilgængelighed</gui> for at åbne panelet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Switch the <gui>High Contrast</gui> switch in the <gui>Seeing</gui> section "
+"to on."
+msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Høj kontrast</gui>-kontakten i afsnittet <gui>Syn</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:57
+msgid "Quickly turn high contrast on and off"
+msgstr "Slå høj kontrast til og fra, hurtigt"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:58
+msgid ""
+"You can turn high contrast on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>High "
+"Contrast</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan slå høj kontrast til og fra ved at klikke på <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+"\">tilgængelighedsikonet</link> på toplinjen og vælge <gui>Høj kontrast</"
+"gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:36
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>Hover Click</gui> (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by "
+"holding the mouse still."
+msgstr ""
+"Funktionaliteten <gui>Svæveklik</gui> (hvileklik) giver dig mulighed for at "
+"klikke ved at holde musen stille."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:40
+msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"
+msgstr "Simulér klik når markøren holdes over"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:42
+msgid ""
+"You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control "
+"or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the "
+"mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called <gui>Hover Click</"
+"gui> or Dwell Click."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan klikke eller trække blot ved at holde din musemarkør over en kontrol "
+"eller et objekt på skærmen. Det er nyttigt hvis du synes det er svært at "
+"flytte musen og klikke på samme tid. Funktionaliteten kaldes <gui>Svæveklik</"
+"gui> eller hvileklik."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:47
+msgid ""
+"When <gui>Hover Click</gui> is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over "
+"a control, let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button "
+"will be clicked for you."
+msgstr ""
+"Når <gui>Svæveklik</gui> er aktiveret, så kan du flytte din musemarkør over "
+"en kontrol, slippe musen, og vente noget tid inden knappen klikkes for dig."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:57 C/a11y-right-click.page:52
+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:51 C/mouse-doubleclick.page:52
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57
+msgid "Click <gui>Accessibility</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Tilgængelighed</gui> for at åbne panelet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 C/a11y-right-click.page:55
+msgid ""
+"Press <gui>Click Assist</gui> in the <gui>Pointing & Clicking</gui> "
+"section."
+msgstr "Tryk på <gui>Klikhjælp</gui> i afsnittet <gui>Pege og klikke</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:64
+msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> to on."
+msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Svæveklik</gui>-kontakten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your "
+"other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen "
+"when you hover. For example, if you select <gui>Secondary Click</gui>, you "
+"will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or "
+"drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking."
+msgstr ""
+"Vinduet <gui>Svæveklik</gui> åbnes og bliver oven på alle dine andre "
+"vinduer. Du kan bruge det til at vælge hvilken slags klik der skal udføres "
+"når du holder over. Hvis du f.eks. vælger <gui>Sekundært klik</gui>, så "
+"højreklikker du når du holder over. Efter du har dobbeltklikket, "
+"højreklikket eller trukket, så vender du automatisk tilbage til at klikke."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74
+msgid ""
+"When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and do not move it, it will "
+"gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be "
+"clicked."
+msgstr ""
+"Når du holder din musemarkør over en knap og ikke flytter den, så ændrer den "
+"gradvist farve. Når farven er ændret helt, så klikkes der på knappen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:78
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> setting to change how long you have to hold the "
+"mouse pointer still before clicking."
+msgstr ""
+"Juster indstillingen <gui>Forsinkelse</gui> for at ændre hvor længe du skal "
+"holde musemarkøren stille inden der klikkes."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:81
+msgid ""
+"You do not need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. "
+"The pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a "
+"while. If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen."
+msgstr ""
+"Du behøver ikke holde musen helt perfekt stille når du holder over for at "
+"klikke. Markøren må gerne flyttes en lille smule og klikker stadigvæk efter "
+"noget tid. Men hvis den flyttes for meget, så klikkes der ikke."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> setting to change how much the "
+"pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering."
+msgstr ""
+"Juster indstillingen <gui>Bevægelsestærskel</gui> for at ændre hvor meget "
+"markøren kan flyttes og stadigvæk betragtes som holdes over."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:31
+msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."
+msgstr "Brug større skrifttyper for at gøre teksten lettere at læse."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:34
+msgid "Change text size on the screen"
+msgstr "Skift tekststørrelse på skærmen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36
+msgid ""
+"If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the "
+"size of the font."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du har svært ved at læse teksten på skærmen, så kan du ændre størrelsen "
+"på skrifttypen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:48
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Seeing</gui> section, switch the <gui>Large Text</gui> switch to "
+"on."
+msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Stor tekst</gui>-kontakten i afsnittet <gui>Syn</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can quickly change the text size by clicking the <link "
+"xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
+"<gui>Large Text</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Eller du kan hurtigt ændre tekststørrelsen ved at klikke på <link xref="
+"\"a11y-icon\">tilgængelighedsikonet</link> på toplinjen og vælge <gui>Stor "
+"tekst</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:58
+msgid ""
+"In many applications, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+"I mange programmer kan du når som helst gøre teksten større ved at trykke på "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. Tryk på <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+"key><key>-</key></keyseq> for at gøre teksten mindre."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:63
+msgid ""
+"<gui>Large Text</gui> will scale the text by 1.2 times. You can use "
+"<app>Tweaks</app> to make text size bigger or smaller."
+msgstr ""
+"<gui>Stor tekst</gui> skalerer teksten 1,2 gange. Du kan bruge "
+"<app>Tilpasninger</app> til at gøre teksten større eller mindre."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:21
+msgid ""
+"The accessibility menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a person."
+msgstr "Tilgængelighedsmenuen er det ikon på toplinjen, der ligner en person."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:25
+msgid "Find the accessibility menu"
+msgstr "Find tilgængelighedsmenuen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:27
+msgid ""
+"The <em>accessibility menu</em> is where you can turn on some of the "
+"accessibility settings. You can find this menu by clicking the icon which "
+"looks like a person surrounded by a circle on the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+"<em>Tilgængelighedsmenuen</em> er stedet hvor du kan slå nogle af "
+"tilgængelighedsindstillingerne til. Du kan finde menuen ved at klikke på det "
+"ikon på toplinjen, der ligner en person i en cirkel."
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:32
+msgid "The accessibility menu can be found on the top bar."
+msgstr "Tilgængelighedsmenuen findes på toplinjen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:36
+msgid ""
+"If you do not see the accessibility menu, you can enable it from the "
+"<gui>Accessibility</gui> settings panel:"
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du ikke kan se tilgængelighedsmenuen, så kan du aktivere den i "
+"indstillingspanelet <gui>Tilgængelighed</gui>:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:48
+msgid "Switch the <gui>Always Show Accessibility Menu</gui> switch to on."
+msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Vis altid tilgængelighedsmenu</gui>-kontakten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:53
+msgid ""
+"To access this menu using the keyboard rather than the mouse, press "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to move the "
+"keyboard focus to the top bar. A white line will appear underneath the "
+"<gui>Activities</gui> button — this tells you which item on the top bar is "
+"selected. Use the arrow keys on the keyboard to move the white line under "
+"the accessibility menu icon and then press <key>Enter</key> to open it. You "
+"can use the up and down arrow keys to select items in the menu. Press "
+"<key>Enter</key> to toggle the selected item."
+msgstr ""
+"For at få adgang til menuen med tastaturet, frem for med musen, trykkes på "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> for at flytte "
+"tastaturfokusset til toplinjen. En hvid linje vises under knappen "
+"<gui>Aktiviteter</gui> — det fortæller dig hvilket punkt på toplinjen som er "
+"valgt. Brug piletasterne på tastaturet til at flytte den hvide linje under "
+"tilgængelighedsmenuikonet og tryk så på <key>Enter</key> for at åbne den. Du "
+"kan bruge piletasteren op og ned til at vælge punkter i menuen. Tryk på "
+"<key>Enter</key> for at slå det valgte punkt til/fra."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:30
+msgid "Zoom in on your screen so that it is easier to see things."
+msgstr "Zoom ind på din skærm, så det er lettere at se tingene."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:33
+msgid "Magnify a screen area"
+msgstr "Forstør et skærmområde"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Magnifying the screen is different than just enlarging the <link xref=\"a11y-"
+"font-size\">text size</link>. This feature is like having a magnifying "
+"glass, allowing you to move around by zooming in on parts of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Forstørrelse af skærmen er ikke det samme som blot at gøre <link xref=\"a11y-"
+"font-size\">tekststørrelsen</link> større. Funktionaliteten er ligesom at "
+"have et forstørrelsesglas hvor du kan flytte rundt ved at zoome ind på dele "
+"af skærmen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:49
+msgid "Press on <gui>Zoom</gui> in the <gui>Seeing</gui> section."
+msgstr "Tryk på <gui>Zoom</gui> i afsnittet <gui>Syn</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Switch the <gui>Zoom</gui> switch in the top-right corner of the <gui>Zoom "
+"Options</gui> window to on."
+msgstr ""
+"Tænd for <gui>Zoom</gui>-kontakten i øverste højre hjørne af vinduet "
+"<gui>Indstillinger for zoom</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:63
+msgid ""
+"You can now move around the screen area. By moving your mouse to the edges "
+"of the screen, you will move the magnified area in different directions, "
+"allowing you to view your area of choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan nu flytte rundt på skærmområdet. Ved at flytte din mus til skærmens "
+"kanter flytter du forstørrelsesområdet i forskellige retninger, hvorved du "
+"kan vise det ønskede område."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:68
+msgid ""
+"You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Zoom</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan hurtigt slå zoom til og fra ved at klikke på <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+"\">tilgængelighedsikonet</link> på toplinjen og vælge <gui>Zoom</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:73
+msgid ""
+"You can change the magnification factor, the mouse tracking, and the "
+"position of the magnified view on the screen. Adjust these in the "
+"<gui>Magnifier</gui> tab of the <gui>Zoom Options</gui> window."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan ændre forstørrelsesfaktoren, musesporingen og placeringen af den "
+"forstørrede visning på skærmen. Juster dem i fanebladet "
+"<gui>Forstørrelsesglas</gui> i vinduet <gui>Indstillinger for zoom</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:77
+msgid ""
+"You can activate crosshairs to help you find the mouse or touchpad pointer. "
+"Switch them on and adjust their length, color, and thickness in the "
+"<gui>Crosshairs</gui> tab of the <gui>Zoom</gui> settings window."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan aktivere sigtekorn for at hjælpe dig med at finde musemarkøren eller "
+"pegepladens markør. Tænd for dem eller juster deres længde, farve og "
+"tykkelse i fanebladet <gui>Sigtekorn</gui> i indstillingsvinduet "
+"<gui>Zoom</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:81
+msgid ""
+"You can switch to inverse video or <gui>White on black</gui>, and adjust "
+"brightness, contrast and greyscale options for the magnifier. The "
+"combination of these options is useful for people with low-vision, any "
+"degree of photophobia, or just for using the computer under adverse lighting "
+"conditions. Select the <gui>Color Effects</gui> tab in the <gui>Zoom</gui> "
+"settings window to enable and change these options."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan skifte til negativ video eller <gui>Hvid på sort</gui> og justere "
+"indstillinger for lysstyrke, kontrast og gråtone for forstørrelsesglasset. "
+"Kombinationen af indstillingerne er nyttig for personer med nedsat syn, "
+"enhver grad af fotofobi eller blot til at bruge computeren under dårlige "
+"lysforhold. Vælg fanebladet <gui>Farveeffekter</gui> i indstillingsvinduet "
+"<gui>Zoom</gui> for at aktivere og ændre indstillingerne."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/a11y.page:25
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</"
+"link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
+"braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">screen magnifier</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Syn</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">hørelse</"
+"link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">bevægelse</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
+"braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">skærmforstørrelsesglas</"
+"link> …"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
+#: C/a11y.page:34 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:371 C/keyboard.page:39
+msgid "Accessibility"
+msgstr "Tilgængelighed"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y.page:36
+msgid ""
+"The system includes assistive technologies to support users with various "
+"impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive "
+"devices. An accessibility menu can be added to the top bar, giving easier "
+"access to many of the accessibility features."
+msgstr ""
+"Systemet inkluderer assisterende teknologier til at hjælpe brugere med "
+"diverse handikap og særlige behov, og til at interagere med almindelige "
+"assisterende enheder. Der kan tilføjes en tilgængelighedsmenu til toplinjen "
+"som giver let adgang til mange af tilgængelighedsfaciliteterne."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/a11y.page:42
+msgid "Visual impairments"
+msgstr "Synshandikap"
+
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
+#: C/a11y.page:45
+msgid "Blindness"
+msgstr "Blindhed"
+
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
+#: C/a11y.page:48
+msgid "Low vision"
+msgstr "Nedsat syn"
+
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
+#: C/a11y.page:51
+msgid "Color-blindness"
+msgstr "Farveblindhed"
+
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
+#: C/a11y.page:54 C/a11y.page:76 C/keyboard.page:43
+msgid "Other topics"
+msgstr "Andre emner"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/a11y.page:59
+msgid "Hearing impairments"
+msgstr "Hørehandikap"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/a11y.page:64
+msgid "Mobility impairments"
+msgstr "Bevægelseshandikap"
+
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
+#: C/a11y.page:67
+msgid "Mouse movement"
+msgstr "Musebevægelse"
+
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
+#: C/a11y.page:70
+msgid "Clicking and dragging"
+msgstr "Klikke og trække"
+
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
+#: C/a11y.page:73
+msgid "Keyboard use"
+msgstr "Brug af tastaturet"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:22 C/accounts-whyadd.page:15 C/contacts.page:15
+#: C/contacts-connect.page:18 C/contacts-setup.page:18
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:19 C/keyboard-layouts.page:19
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:25 C/mouse-wakeup.page:24 C/screen-shot-record.page:20
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:21 C/shell-lockscreen.page:16
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:15 C/status-icons.page:15
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:19 C/wacom-mode.page:19
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:19 C/wacom-stylus.page:18
+msgid "2012"
+msgstr "2012"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:37
+msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."
+msgstr "Tryk på og hold den venstre museknap nede for at højreklikke."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:40
+msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"
+msgstr "Simulér et højreklik med musen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42
+msgid ""
+"You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if "
+"you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if "
+"your pointing device only has a single button."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan højreklikke ved at holde den venstre museknap nede. Det er nyttigt "
+"hvis du har svært ved at flytte dine fingre hver for sig på den ene hånd eller "
+"hvis din pegeenhed kun har én knap."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:59
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Click Assist</gui> window, switch the <gui>Simulated Secondary "
+"Click</gui> switch to on."
+msgstr ""
+"Tænd for <gui>Simuleret sekundært klik</gui> i vinduet <gui>Klikhjælp</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:64
+msgid ""
+"You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it "
+"is registered as a right click by changing the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan ændre hvor længe du skal holde den venstre museknap nede inden det "
+"registreres som et højreklik ved at ændre <gui>Ventetid for accept</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:68
+msgid ""
+"To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse "
+"button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills "
+"with a different color as you hold down the left mouse button. Once it will "
+"change this color entirely, release the mouse button to right-click."
+msgstr ""
+"For at højreklikke med simuleret sekundært klik holdes den venstre museknap "
+"nede, hvor du normalt ville højreklikke, og herefter slippes den. Markøren "
+"udfyldes med en anden farve mens du holder den venstre museknap nede. Når "
+"farven er ændret helt, så slip museknappen for at højreklikke."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73
+msgid ""
+"Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. "
+"You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you do not "
+"get visual feedback from the pointer."
+msgstr ""
+"Visse specielle markører såsom markørene til at tilpasse størrelse ændrer "
+"ikke farve. Du kan stadigvæk bruge simuleret sekundært klik som normalt, "
+"selv hvis du ikke får visuel feedback fra markøren."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:77
+msgid ""
+"If you use <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">Mouse Keys</link>, this also "
+"allows you to right-click by holding down the <key>5</key> key on your "
+"keypad."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du bruger <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">musetaster</link>, så giver "
+"det dig også mulighed for at højreklikke ved at holde <key>5</key>-tasten "
+"nede på dit numeriske tastatur."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:82
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you are always able to long-press to "
+"right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly "
+"differently in the overview: you do not have to release the button to right-"
+"click."
+msgstr ""
+"I <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> kan du også bruge langvarigt tryk til at "
+"højreklikke, selv hvis funktionaliteten er deaktiveret. Langvarigt tryk "
+"virker en smule anderledes i oversigten: du behøver ikke slippe knappen "
+"for at højreklikke."
+
+# scootergrisen: tjek oversættelsen af "speak" når det engang er blevet besluttet hvad det skal hedde i
orca/orca-help
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:23
+msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
+msgstr "Brug skærmlæseren <app>Orca</app> til at sige brugerfladen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:27
+msgid "Read screen aloud"
+msgstr "Læs højt fra skærmen"
+
+# scootergrisen: tjek oversættelsen af "speak" når det engang er blevet besluttet hvad det skal hedde i
orca/orca-help
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:29
+msgid ""
+"The <app>Orca</app> screen reader can speak the user interface. Depending on "
+"how you installed your system, you might not have Orca installed. If not, "
+"install Orca first."
+msgstr ""
+"Skærmlæseren <app>Orca</app> kan sige brugerfladen. Afhængig af hvordan du "
+"installerede dit system, så kan det være Orca ikke er installeret. Hvis det "
+"ikke er, så installer først Orca."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:35
+msgid "To start <app>Orca</app> using the keyboard:"
+msgstr "Start <app>Orca</app> med tastaturet:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:39
+msgid "Press <key>Super</key>+<key>Alt</key>+<key>S</key>."
+msgstr "Tryk på <key>Super</key>+<key>Alt</key>+<key>S</key>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:43
+msgid "Or to start <app>Orca</app> using a mouse and keyboard:"
+msgstr "Eller start <app>Orca</app> med en mus eller et tastatur:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:54
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Screen Reader</gui> in the <gui>Seeing</gui> section, then switch "
+"<gui>Screen Reader</gui> on in the dialog."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på <gui>Skærmlæser</gui> i afsnittet <gui>Syn</gui> og tænd herefter "
+"for <gui>Skærmlæser</gui> i dialogen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:60
+msgid "Quickly turn Screen Reader on and off"
+msgstr "Slå hurtigt skærmlæser til og fra"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:61
+msgid ""
+"You can turn Screen Reader on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+"\">accessibility icon</link> in the top bar and selecting <gui>Screen "
+"Reader</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan slå skærmlæser til og fra ved at klikke på <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+"\">tilgængelighedsikonet</link> på toplinjen og vælge <gui>Skærmlæser</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the "
+"screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Hav en forsinkelse mellem at der trykkes på en tast og at bogstavet vises på "
+"skærmen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:40
+msgid "Turn on slow keys"
+msgstr "Slå langsomme taster til"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:42
+msgid ""
+"Turn on <em>slow keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between "
+"pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means "
+"that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little while "
+"before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a "
+"time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on "
+"the keyboard first time."
+msgstr ""
+"Tænd for <em>langsomme taster</em> hvis du vil have en forsinkelse "
+"mellem at der trykkes på en tast og at bogstavet vises på skærmen. Det "
+"betyder at du skal holde hver taste nede som du vil skrive et lille stykke "
+"tid inden det vises. Brug langsomme taster hvis du utilsigtet trykker på "
+"flere taster ad gangen når du skriver eller hvis du har svært ved at trykke "
+"på den korrekte tast på tastaturet første gang."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65
+msgid "Switch the <gui>Slow Keys</gui> switch to on."
+msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Langsomme taster</gui>-kontakten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:70
+msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off"
+msgstr "Slå hurtigt langsomme taster til og fra"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:71
+msgid ""
+"Switch the <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui> switch to turn slow keys on and off "
+"from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold "
+"<key>Shift</key> for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys."
+msgstr ""
+"Skift <gui>Slå til med tastatur</gui>-kontakten for at slå langsomme taster "
+"til og fra med tastaturet. Når valgmuligheden er tilvalgt, så kan du trykke "
+"på og holde <key>Skift</key> nede i 8 sekunder for at aktivere eller "
+"deaktivere langsomme taster."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:75
+msgid ""
+"You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
+"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow Keys</"
+"gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have been "
+"enabled from the <gui>Accessibility</gui> panel."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan også slå langsomme taster til og fra ved at klikke på <link xref="
+"\"a11y-icon\">tilgængelighedsikonet</link> på toplinjen og vælge "
+"<gui>Langsomme taster</gui>. Tilgængelighedsikonet er synligt når en eller "
+"flere indstillinger er blevet aktiveret i panelet <gui>Tilgængelighed</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:82
+msgid ""
+"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to "
+"hold a key down for it to register. See <link xref=\"a11y-bouncekeys\"/> for "
+"more info."
+msgstr ""
+"Brug skyderen <gui>Ventetid for accept</gui> til at styre hvor længe du skal "
+"holde en tast nede før det registreres. Se <link xref=\"a11y-bouncekeys\"/"
+"> for mere information."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:86
+msgid ""
+"You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key "
+"press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn’t hold "
+"the key down long enough."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan få din computer til at lave en lyd når du trykker på en tast, når en "
+"tast accepteres eller når et tastetryk afvises fordi du ikke holdt tasten "
+"nede længe nok."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down "
+"all of the keys at once."
+msgstr ""
+"Skriv tastaturgenveje én tast ad gangen frem for at skulle holde alle "
+"tasterne nede på samme tid."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:40
+msgid "Turn on sticky keys"
+msgstr "Slå klæbetaster til"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42
+msgid ""
+"<em>Sticky keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time "
+"rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the "
+"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
+"shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would "
+"have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, "
+"you would press <key>Super</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
+msgstr ""
+"<em>Klæbetaster</em> giver dig mulighed for at skrive tastaturgenveje én "
+"tast ad gangen frem for at skulle holde alle tasterne nede på samme tid. "
+"F.eks. bruges genvejen <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
+"super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> til at skifte mellem vinduer. Uden "
+"klæbetaster skal du holde begge taster nede på samme tid; med klæbetaster "
+"skal du trykke på <key>Super</key> og så <key>Tab</key> for at gøre det "
+"samme."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49
+msgid ""
+"You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down "
+"several keys at once."
+msgstr ""
+"Det kan være du vil slå klæbetaster til hvis du har svært ved at holde flere "
+"taster nede på samme tid."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:68
+msgid "Switch the <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> switch to on."
+msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Klæbetaster</gui>-kontakten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:73
+msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off"
+msgstr "Slå hurtigt klæbetaster til og fra"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:74
+msgid ""
+"Switch the <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui> switch to turn sticky keys on and "
+"off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press "
+"<key>Shift</key> five times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys."
+msgstr ""
+"Tænd for <gui>Slå til med tastatur</gui> for at slå klæbetaster til eller "
+"fra med tastaturet. Når valgmuligheden er tilvalgt, så kan du trykke på "
+"<key>Skift</key> 5 gange i træk for at aktivere eller deaktivere "
+"klæbetaster."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78
+msgid ""
+"You can also turn sticky keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
+"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Sticky "
+"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
+"been enabled from the <gui>Accessibility</gui> panel."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan også slå klæbetaster til og fra ved at klikke på <link xref="
+"\"a11y-icon\">tilgængelighedsikonet</link> på toplinjen og vælge "
+"<gui>Klæbetaster</gui>. Tilgængelighedsikonet er synligt når en eller "
+"flere indstillinger er blevet aktiveret i panelet <gui>Tilgængelighed</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:85
+msgid ""
+"If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off "
+"temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du trykker på to taster på samme tid, så kan du få klæbetaster til at "
+"slå sig selv fra midlertidigt, så du kan indtaste en tastaturgenvej på den "
+"normale måde."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:88
+msgid ""
+"For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Super</key> "
+"and <key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to "
+"press another key if you had this option turned on. It <em>would</em> wait "
+"if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to "
+"press some keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are "
+"close together), but not others."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du f.eks. har klæbetaster slået til men trykker på <key>Super</key> og "
+"<key>Tab</key> samtidigt, så venter klæbetaster ikke på at du trykker på en "
+"anden tast hvis du havde valgmuligheden slået til. Den <em>venter</em> dog "
+"hvis du kun trykkede på én tast. Det er nyttigt hvis du er i stand til at "
+"trykke på visse taster samtidigt (f.eks. taster som er tæt på hinanden), men "
+"ikke på andre."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95
+msgid ""
+"Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."
+msgstr ""
+"Vælg <gui>Deaktivér hvis to taster holdes nede samtidig</gui> for at "
+"aktivere det."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:98
+msgid ""
+"You can have the computer make a “beep” sound when you start typing a "
+"keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to "
+"know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the "
+"next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select <gui>Beep "
+"when a modifier key is pressed</gui> to enable this."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan få computeren til at lave en “biplyd” når du begynder at skrive en "
+"tastaturgenvej med klæbetaster slået til. Det er nyttigt hvis du vil vide om "
+"klæbetaster forventer at der skrives en tastaturgenvej, så det næste "
+"tastetryk tolkes som del af en genvej. Vælg <gui>Bip når der trykkes på en "
+"modifikationstast</gui> for at aktivere det."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is "
+"played."
+msgstr ""
+"Aktivér visuelle påmindelser for at få skærmen eller vinduet til at blinke "
+"når der afspilles en påmindelseslyd."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:35
+msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"
+msgstr "Få skærmen til at blinke ved påmindelseslyde"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
+"and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have "
+"either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the "
+"alert sound is played."
+msgstr ""
+"Din computer afspiller en simpel påmindelseslyd ved bestemte typer meddelelser og "
+"hændelser. Hvis du har svært ved at høre lydene, så kan du enten få hele "
+"skærmen eller dit nuværende vindue til visuelt at blinke når påmindelseslyden "
+"afspilles."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:42
+msgid ""
+"This can also be useful if you’re in an environment where you need your "
+"computer to be silent, such as in a library. See <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/"
+"> to learn how to mute the alert sound, then enable visual alerts."
+msgstr ""
+"Det kan også være nyttigt hvis du er et sted hvor din computer skal være "
+"stille såsom et bibliotek. Se <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/> for at lære "
+"hvordan du kan sætte påmindelseslyden på lydløs for så at aktivere visuelle påmindelser."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55
+msgid "Press <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> in the <gui>Hearing</gui> section."
+msgstr ""
+"Tryk på <gui>Visuelle påmindelser</gui> i afsnittet <gui>Hørelse</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:58
+msgid "Switch the <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> switch to on."
+msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Visuelle påmindelser</gui>-kontakten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:61
+msgid ""
+"Select whether you want the entire screen or just your current window title "
+"to flash."
+msgstr ""
+"Vælg om du vil have hele skærmen til at blinke eller blot titlen på det "
+"nuværende vindue."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:67
+msgid ""
+"You can quickly turn visual alerts on and off by clicking the <link xref="
+"\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
+"<gui>Visual Alerts</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan hurtigt slå visuelle påmindelser til og fra ved at klikke på <link "
+"xref=\"a11y-icon\">tilgængelighedsikonet</link> på toplinjen og vælge "
+"<gui>Visuelle påmindelser</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:8
+msgid "A few tips on using the desktop help guide."
+msgstr "Nogle få tips til brug af skrivebordets hjælpevejledning."
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:10 C/backup-check.page:12 C/backup-frequency.page:16
+#: C/backup-how.page:16 C/backup-restore.page:15 C/backup-thinkabout.page:18
+#: C/backup-what.page:12 C/backup-where.page:12 C/backup-why.page:13
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:17 C/clock-set.page:17 C/clock-timezone.page:17
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:14 C/disk-capacity.page:8 C/disk-check.page:9
+#: C/disk-format.page:9 C/disk-partitions.page:9 C/disk-repair.page:9
+#: C/disk-resize.page:9 C/display-brightness.page:18 C/files-autorun.page:18
+#: C/files-lost.page:14 C/files-recover.page:14 C/files-rename.page:13
+#: C/files-search.page:17 C/gnome-classic.page:13 C/hardware-cardreader.page:14
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:11 C/keyboard-key-super.page:15
+#: C/look-background.page:17 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:15
+#: C/look-resolution.page:18 C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9
+#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:9 C/music-player-newipod.page:9
+#: C/net-antivirus.page:12 C/net-mobile.page:16 C/net-vpn-connect.page:16
+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:14 C/net-wireless-airplane.page:16
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:17 C/net-wireless-find.page:17
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:19
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:18 C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:15 C/power-batterylife.page:20
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:14 C/power-batteryslow.page:14
+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:18 C/power-closelid.page:17
+#: C/power-constantfan.page:14 C/power-hotcomputer.page:14
+#: C/power-lowpower.page:13 C/power-nowireless.page:18
+#: C/power-othercountry.page:14 C/power-suspendfail.page:16
+#: C/power-suspend.page:14 C/power-whydim.page:18 C/power-willnotturnon.page:14
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:14 C/session-fingerprint.page:15
+#: C/session-language.page:14 C/session-screenlocks.page:17
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:14 C/shell-apps-open.page:14
+#: C/shell-overview.page:14 C/shell-windows-lost.page:13
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:16 C/shell-windows.page:12
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:17 C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:15
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:16 C/sound-broken.page:14 C/sound-crackle.page:13
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:14 C/user-accounts.page:14 C/user-add.page:15
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:16 C/user-admin-explain.page:15
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:18 C/user-changepassword.page:17
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:17 C/user-delete.page:21
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:13 C/video-dvd.page:13 C/video-sending.page:14
+msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
+msgstr "GNOMEs dokumentationsprojekt"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:17
+msgid "About this guide"
+msgstr "Om vejledningen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:18
+msgid ""
+"This guide is designed to give you a tour of the features of your desktop, "
+"answer your computer-related questions, and provide tips on using your "
+"computer more effectively. Here are a few notes regarding the help guide:"
+msgstr ""
+"Vejledningen er designet til at give dig en rundvisning i funktionerne til "
+"dit skrivebord, svare på computerrelaterede spørgsmål og give tips til at "
+"bruge din computer mere effektivt. Her er nogle bemærkninger til "
+"hjælpevejledningen:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:23
+msgid ""
+"The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics — not chapters. This "
+"means that you don’t need to skim through an entire manual to find the "
+"answer to your questions."
+msgstr ""
+"Vejledningen er sorteret i små, opgaveorienterede emner — ikke kapitler. Det "
+"betyder at du ikke behøver se hele manualen igennem for at finde svar på "
+"dine spørgsmål."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:26
+msgid ""
+"Related items are linked together. “See Also” links at the bottom of some "
+"pages will direct you to related topics. This makes it easy to find similar "
+"topics that might help you perform a certain task."
+msgstr ""
+"Relaterede emner, som er sammenkædet. “Se også”-links nederst på nogle sider "
+"viderestiller dig til relaterede emner. Det gør det let at finde lignende "
+"emner som måske kan hjælpe dig med at udføre en bestemt opgave."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:29
+msgid ""
+"It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a "
+"<em>search bar</em>, and relevant results will start appearing as soon as "
+"you start typing."
+msgstr ""
+"Den inkluderer indbygget søgning. Linjen øverst i hjælpebrowseren er en "
+"<em>søgelinje</em>, og relaterede resultater vises når du begynder at skrive."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:32
+msgid ""
+"The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you "
+"with a comprehensive set of helpful information, we know we can’t answer all "
+"of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things "
+"more helpful."
+msgstr ""
+"Vejledningen forbedres konstant. Selvom vi prøver på at give dig et "
+"omfattende sæt af hjælpsom information, så ved vi godt at du ikke får svar "
+"på alle dine spørgsmål her. Vi tilføjer løbende mere information for at gøre "
+"tingene mere hjælpsomme."
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/accounts-add.page:15 C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:21
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:17 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:19
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:17 C/clock-timezone.page:29
+#: C/files-delete.page:23 C/files-removedrive.page:13 C/files-rename.page:21
+#: C/files-search.page:33 C/files-sort.page:17 C/files.page:23
+#: C/more-help.page:14 C/net-findip.page:20 C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:17
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:18 C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:13
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:15 C/printing-2sided.page:17
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:18 C/printing-differentsize.page:17
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:17 C/printing-name-location.page:20
+#: C/printing-order.page:17 C/printing-paperjam.page:14
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:15 C/printing-setup.page:20
+#: C/privacy.page:18 C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:17
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:17 C/privacy-screen-lock.page:27
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:29 C/sharing-desktop.page:24
+msgid "Jim Campbell"
+msgstr "Jim Campbell"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/accounts-add.page:25 C/accounts-whyadd.page:24
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:32
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:33 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:27
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 C/bluetooth-visibility.page:23
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:28 C/nautilus-list.page:27
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:23 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:30
+#: C/privacy-location.page:15 C/session-fingerprint.page:31
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:20 C/sharing-displayname.page:15
+msgid "2014"
+msgstr "2014"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/accounts-add.page:30 C/accounts-remove.page:25
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:37 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:38
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:37 C/bluetooth-visibility.page:33
+#: C/clock-world.page:16 C/gnome-version.page:11 C/mouse-middleclick.page:28
+#: C/mouse.page:20 C/nautilus-list.page:32 C/net-wired-connect.page:20
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27
+#: C/net.page:17 C/privacy-purge.page:27 C/screen-shot-record.page:29
+#: C/shell-overview.page:20 C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:24
+msgid "2015"
+msgstr "2015"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/accounts-add.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Allow applications to access your accounts online for photos, contacts, "
+"calendars, and more."
+msgstr ""
+"Giv programmer adgang til dine konti online for billeder, kontakter, "
+"kalendere mm."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/accounts-add.page:39
+msgid "Add an account"
+msgstr "Tilføj en konto"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/accounts-add.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your GNOME "
+"desktop. Thus, your email program, chat program and other related "
+"applications will be set up for you."
+msgstr ""
+"Tilføjelse af en konto hjælper med at sammenkæde dine onlinekonti med dit "
+"GNOME-skrivebord. Derved vil dit e-mailprogram, chatprogram og andre "
+"relaterede programmer være opsat for dig."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-add.page:47 C/accounts-disable-service.page:38
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Online Accounts</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Onlinekonti</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-add.page:51 C/accounts-disable-service.page:42
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:56
+msgid "Click on <gui>Online Accounts</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Onlinekonti</gui> for at åbne panelet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-add.page:54
+msgid "Select an account from the list on the right."
+msgstr "Vælg en konto i listen til højre."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-add.page:57
+msgid "Select the type of account which you want to add."
+msgstr "Vælg den type konto du vil tilføje."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-add.page:60
+msgid ""
+"A small website window or dialog will open where you can enter your online "
+"account credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, "
+"enter your Google username and password. Some providers allow you to create "
+"a new account from the login dialog."
+msgstr ""
+"Der åbnes et lille vindue eller dialog med et websted hvor du kan indtaste "
+"loginoplysninger til onlinekontoen. Hvis du f.eks. opsætter en Google-konto, "
+"så indtast dit Google-brugernavn og -adgangskode. Nogle udbydere giver dig "
+"mulighed til at oprette en ny konto fra logindialogen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-add.page:66
+msgid ""
+"If you have entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to "
+"allow GNOME access to your online account. Authorize access to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du har indtastet dine loginoplysninger korrekt, så vil du blive spurgt "
+"om at give GNOME adgang til din onlinekonto. Godkend adgangen for at "
+"fortsætte."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-add.page:71
+msgid ""
+"All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by "
+"default. <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Switch</link> individual "
+"services to off to disable them."
+msgstr ""
+"Alle tjenester som tilbydes af en kontoudbyder er aktiveret som standard. "
+"<link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Sluk</link> for de enkelte tjenester "
+"for at deaktivere dem."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/accounts-add.page:77
+msgid ""
+"After you have added accounts, applications can use those accounts for the "
+"services you have chosen to allow. See <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service"
+"\"/> for information on controlling which services to allow."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter du har tilføjet kontoer kan programmerne bruge kontoerne til de "
+"tjenester du har valgt at tillade. Se <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service"
+"\"/> for information om at styre hvilke tjenester der tillades."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/accounts-add.page:82
+msgid ""
+"Many online services provide an authorization token which GNOME stores "
+"instead of your password. If you remove an account, you should also revoke "
+"that certificate in the online service. See <link xref=\"accounts-remove\"/> "
+"for more information."
+msgstr ""
+"Mange onlinetjenester leverer en godkendelsestoken som GNOME gemmer i stedet "
+"for din adgangskode. Hvis du fjerner din konto, så bør du også tilbagekalde "
+"certifikatet i onlinetjenesten. Se <link xref=\"accounts-remove\"/> for mere "
+"information."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:19
+msgid ""
+"Some online accounts can be used to access multiple services (like calendar "
+"and email). You can control which of these services can be used by "
+"applications."
+msgstr ""
+"Nogle onlinekontoer kan bruges til at få adgang til flere tjenester (såsom "
+"kalender og e-mail). Du kan styre hvilke tjenester der kan bruges af "
+"programmer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:24
+msgid "Control which online services an account can be used to access"
+msgstr "Styr hvilke onlinetjenester en konto har adgang til"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:26
+msgid ""
+"Some types of online account providers allow you to access several services "
+"with the same user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to "
+"calendar, email, contacts and chat. You may want to use your account for "
+"some services, but not others. For example, you may want to use your Google "
+"account for email but not chat if you have a different online account that "
+"you use for chat."
+msgstr ""
+"Nogle typer onlinekontoudbydere giver dig mulighed for at få adgang til "
+"adskillige tjenester med den samme brugerkonto. Google-kontoer giver f.eks. "
+"adgang til kalender, e-mail, kontakter og chat. Det kan være du vil bruge "
+"din konto til nogle tjenester men ikke til andre. Det kan f.eks. være du vil "
+"bruge din Google-konto til e-mail men ikke til chat hvis du har en anden "
+"onlinekonto som du bruger til chat."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:33
+msgid ""
+"You can disable some of the services that are provided by each online "
+"account:"
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan deaktivere nogle af de tjenester som leveres af hver onlinekonto:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45
+msgid "Select the account which you want to change from the list on the right."
+msgstr "Vælg den konto du vil ændre i listen til højre."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:49
+msgid ""
+"A list of services that are available with this account will be shown under "
+"<gui>Use for</gui>. See <link xref=\"accounts-which-application\"/> to see "
+"which applications access which services."
+msgstr ""
+"Der vises en liste over tjenester som er tilgængelige med kontoen under "
+"<gui>Brug til</gui>. Se <link xref=\"accounts-which-application\"/> for at "
+"se hvilke programmer som har adgang til hvilke tjenester."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:54
+msgid "Switch off any of the services that you do not want to use."
+msgstr "Sluk for de tjenester du ikke vil bruge."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:58
+msgid ""
+"Once a service has been disabled for an account, applications on your "
+"computer will not be able to use the account to connect to that service any "
+"more."
+msgstr ""
+"Når en tjeneste er blevet deaktiveret for en konto, så vil programmer på din "
+"computer ikke længere være i stand til at bruge kontoen til at oprette "
+"forbindelse til den tjeneste."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:62
+msgid ""
+"To turn on a service that you disabled, just go back to the <gui>Online "
+"Accounts</gui> panel and switch it on."
+msgstr ""
+"Tænd for en tjeneste, som du har deaktiveret, ved blot at gå tilbage til "
+"panelet <gui>Onlinekonti</gui> og tænde for den."
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:13
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:14 C/help-irc.page:13
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:17 C/net-proxy.page:23
+msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
+msgstr "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:23
+msgid "What if an online service provider is not listed?"
+msgstr "Hvad hvis en onlinetjenesteudbyder ikke findes i listen?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:26
+msgid "Why is my account type not on the list?"
+msgstr "Hvorfor er min kontotype ikke i listen?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:28
+msgid ""
+"Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop "
+"it. Only the account types that are listed are currently supported."
+msgstr ""
+"Understøttelse af din favoritonlinetjenesteudbyder har brug for at nogen "
+"udvikler det. Kun de viste kontotyper understøttes i øjeblikket."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:32
+msgid ""
+"If you are interested in adding support for other services, contact the "
+"developers on the <link href=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-online-";
+"accounts/-/issues/new\"> issue tracker</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du er interesseret i at tilføje understøttelse af andre tjenester, så "
+"kontakt udviklerne på <link href=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-";
+"online-accounts/-/issues/new\"> issue-trackeren</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:30
+msgid "Remove access to an online service provider from your applications."
+msgstr "Fjern adgang til en onlinetjenesteudbyder fra dine programmer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:34
+msgid "Remove an account"
+msgstr "Fjern en konto"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:36
+msgid "You can remove an online account which you no longer wish to use."
+msgstr "Du kan fjerne en onlinekonto som du ikke længere ønsker at bruge."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Many online services provide an authorization token which GNOME stores "
+"instead of your password. If you remove an account, you should also revoke "
+"that certificate in the online service. This will ensure that no other "
+"application or website can connect to that service using the authorization "
+"for GNOME."
+msgstr ""
+"Mange onlinetjenester leverer en godkendelsestoken som GNOME gemmer i stedet "
+"for din adgangskode. Hvis du fjerner din konto, så bør du også tilbagekalde "
+"certifikatet i onlinetjenesten. Det sikrer at der ikke er andre programmer "
+"eller websteder som kan oprette forbindelse til tjenesten med "
+"godkendelsen til GNOME."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:45
+msgid ""
+"How to revoke the authorization depends on the service provider. Check your "
+"settings on the provider’s website for authorized or connected apps or "
+"sites. Look for an app called “GNOME” and remove it."
+msgstr ""
+"Tilbagekaldelse af godkendelsen afhænger af tjenesteudbyderen. Tjek dine "
+"indstillinger på udbyderens websted for godkendte eller tilsluttede "
+"programmer eller steder. Kig efter et program der kaldes “GNOME” og fjern det."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:59
+msgid "Select the account which you wish to remove."
+msgstr "Vælg den konto som du ønsker at fjerne."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:62
+msgid "Click the <gui>-</gui> button in the lower-left corner of the window."
+msgstr "Klik på knappen <gui>-</gui> i nederst venstre hjørne af vinduet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:66
+msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui> in the confirmation dialog."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Fjern</gui> i bekræftelsesdialogen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:71
+msgid ""
+"Instead of deleting the account completely, it is possible to <link xref="
+"\"accounts-disable-service\">restrict the services</link> accessed by your "
+"desktop."
+msgstr ""
+"I stedet for at slette kontoen helt, så er det muligt at <link xref="
+"\"accounts-disable-service\">begrænse de tjenester</link> som dit skrivebord "
+"har adgang til."
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:16
+msgid "2012, 2013"
+msgstr "2012, 2013"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:23 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:38
+#: C/look-background.page:33 C/session-language.page:22 C/shell-exit.page:24
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:31 C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:25
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:19 C/shell-workspaces.page:20
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:27
+msgid "Andre Klapper"
+msgstr "Andre Klapper"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:29
+msgid ""
+"Applications can use the accounts created in <app>Online Accounts</app> and "
+"the services they exploit."
+msgstr ""
+"Programmer kan bruge de kontoer som er oprettet i <app>Onlinekonti</app> og de "
+"tjenester de gør brug af."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:34
+msgid "Online services and applications"
+msgstr "Onlinetjenester og programmer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Once you have added an online account, any application can use that account "
+"for any of the available services that you have not <link xref=\"accounts-"
+"disable-service\">disabled</link>. Different providers provide different "
+"services. This page lists the different services and some of the "
+"applications that are known to use them."
+msgstr ""
+"Når du har tilføjet en onlinekonto, så kan programmerne bruge kontoen til de "
+"tilgængelige tjenester som du ikke har <link xref=\"accounts-disable-"
+"service\">deaktiveret</link>. Forskellige udbydere leverer forskellige "
+"tjenester. Siden viser de forskellige tjenester og nogle af de programmer "
+"som er kendt for at bruge dem."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:49
+msgid "Calendar"
+msgstr "Kalender"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:50
+msgid ""
+"The Calendar service allows you to view, add, and edit events in an online "
+"calendar. It is used by applications like <app>Calendar</app>, "
+"<app>Evolution</app>, and <app>California</app>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tjenesten Kalender giver dig mulighed for at vise, tilføje og redigere "
+"begivenheder i en onlinekalender. Den bruges af programmer som "
+"<app>Kalender</app>, <app>Evolution</app> og <app>California</app>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:56
+msgid "Chat"
+msgstr "Chat"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:57
+msgid ""
+"The Chat service allows you to chat with your contacts on popular instant "
+"messaging platforms. It is used by the <app>Empathy</app> application."
+msgstr ""
+"Tjenesten Chat giver dig mulighed for at chatte med dine kontakter på "
+"populære platforme med straksbeskeder. Den bruges af programmet <app>Empathy</app>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:63 C/contacts.page:24
+msgid "Contacts"
+msgstr "Kontakter"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:64
+msgid ""
+"The Contacts service allows you to see the published details of your "
+"contacts on various services. It is used by applications like <app>Contacts</"
+"app> and <app>Evolution</app>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tjenesten Kontakter giver dig mulighed for at se de detaljer der er udgivet for dine kontakter "
+"på diverse tjenester. Den bruges af programmer som "
+"<app>Kontakter</app> og <app>Evolution</app>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:70
+msgid "Documents"
+msgstr "Dokumenter"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:71
+msgid ""
+"The Documents service allows you to view your online documents such as those "
+"in Google docs. You can view your documents using the <app>Documents</app> "
+"application."
+msgstr ""
+"Tjenesten Dokumenter giver dig mulighed for at vise dine onlinedokumenter "
+"såsom dem i Google docs. Du kan vise dine dokumenter med programmet "
+"<app>Dokumenter</app>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:77
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:43
+msgid "Files"
+msgstr "Filer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:78
+msgid ""
+"The Files service adds a remote file location, as if you had added one using "
+"the <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">Connect to Server</link> functionality "
+"in the file manager. You can access remote files using the file manager, as "
+"well as through file open and save dialogs in any application."
+msgstr ""
+"Tjenesten Filer tilføjer en fjernfilplacering ligesom hvis du havde tilføjet en "
+"med funktionaliteten <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">Forbind til server</link> "
+"i filhåndteringen. Du kan få adgang til fjernfiler med filhåndteringen samt "
+"gennem dialoger til at åbne og gemme filer i ethvert program."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:86
+msgid "Mail"
+msgstr "Post"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:87
+msgid ""
+"The Mail service allows you to send and receive email through an email "
+"provider like Google. It is used by <app>Evolution</app>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tjenesten Post giver dig mulighed for at sende og modtage e-mail gennem en "
+"e-mailudbyder som Google. Den bruges af <app>Evolution</app>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:98
+msgid "Photos"
+msgstr "Billeder"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:99
+msgid ""
+"The Photos service allows you to view your online photos such as those you "
+"post on Facebook. You can view your photos using the <app>Photos</app> "
+"application."
+msgstr ""
+"Tjenesten Billeder giver dig mulighed for at vise dine onlinebilleder såsom "
+"dem du indsender på Facebook. Du kan vise dine billeder med programmet "
+"<app>Billeder</app>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:105
+msgid "Printers"
+msgstr "Printere"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:106
+msgid ""
+"The Printers service allows you to send a PDF copy to a provider from within "
+"the print dialog of any application. The provider might provide print "
+"services, or it might just serve as storage for the PDF, which you can "
+"download and print later."
+msgstr ""
+"Tjenesten Printere giver dig mulighed for at sende en PDF-kopi til en "
+"udbyder fra udskriftsdialogen i ethvert program. Udbyderen leverer måske "
+"udskriftstjenester eller fungerer blot som et lager til PDF'en som du kan "
+"downloade og udskrive senere."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:113
+msgid "Read Later"
+msgstr "Læs senere"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:114
+msgid ""
+"The Read Later service allows you to save a web page to external services so "
+"that you can read it later on another device. No applications currently use "
+"this service."
+msgstr ""
+"Tjenesten Læs senere giver dig mulighed for at gemme en webside til en "
+"ekstern tjeneste, så du kan læse den senere på en anden enhed. I øjeblikket "
+"er der ikke nogle programmer som bruger tjenesten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:13
+msgid "Susanna Huhtanen"
+msgstr "Susanna Huhtanen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:29
+msgid "Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop?"
+msgstr ""
+"Hvorfor tilføje dine konti for e-mail eller sociale medier til dit "
+"skrivebord?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:32
+msgid "Why add an account?"
+msgstr "Hvorfor tilføje en konto?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Adding your online accounts brings your choice of services like calendar, "
+"chat, and e-mail straight to your desktop and makes the information of the "
+"services a seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts you can "
+"easily keep in touch using services from different accounts, like chats, at "
+"the same time. Just set up your online accounts once and every time you "
+"start your computer all the accounts and services that you have added are "
+"ready to use."
+msgstr ""
+"Tilføjelse af dine onlinekontoer giver dig forskellige tjenester såsom "
+"kalender, chat og e-mail direkte på dit skrivebord og gør tjenesternes "
+"information en sømløs del af din brugeroplevelse. Ved at tilføje kontoer kan "
+"du let holde kontakten med tjenester fra forskellige kontoer, som chats, på "
+"samme tid. Opsæt blot dine onlinekontoer én gang og hver gang du starter din "
+"computer er alle de kontoer og tjenester som du har tilføjet klar til brug."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:42
+msgid ""
+"See <link xref=\"accounts-which-application\"/> for information on which "
+"applications can access which online services."
+msgstr ""
+"Se <link xref=\"accounts-which-application\"/> for information om hvilke "
+"programmer som har adgang til hvilke onlinetjenester."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/accounts.page:19
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"accounts-add\">Add an online account</link>, <link xref="
+"\"accounts-remove\">Remove an account</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-which-"
+"application\">Learn about services</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"accounts-add\">Tilføj en onlinekonto</link>, <link xref="
+"\"accounts-remove\">Fjern en konto</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-which-"
+"application\">Læs om tjenester</link> …"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/accounts.page:26
+msgid "Online accounts"
+msgstr "Onlinekonti"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/accounts.page:28
+msgid ""
+"You can enter your login details for some online services, such as Google "
+"and Facebook, into the <app>Online Accounts</app> window. This lets you use "
+"applications to access online services like email, calendars, chat, and "
+"documents."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan indtaste dine logindetaljer til nogle onlinetjenester såsom Google og "
+"Facebook i vinduet <app>Onlinekonti</app>. Det lader dig bruge programmer "
+"til at få adgang til onlinetjenester såsom e-mail, kalendere, chat og "
+"dokumenter."
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/backup-check.page:16 C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:41
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:26 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:35
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:36 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:35
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:31 C/files-autorun.page:30
+#: C/files-browse.page:32 C/files-delete.page:31 C/files-hidden.page:22
+#: C/files-lost.page:26 C/files-preview.page:20 C/files-recover.page:18
+#: C/files-rename.page:29 C/files-search.page:29 C/files-templates.page:21
+#: C/files-tilde.page:22 C/nautilus-behavior.page:32
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:21 C/nautilus-connect.page:23
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:21 C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:20
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:30 C/nautilus-preview.page:21 C/nautilus-views.page:29
+#: C/net-mobile.page:24 C/screen-shot-record.page:27
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:23
+msgid "David King"
+msgstr "David King"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/backup-check.page:22
+msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
+msgstr "Bekræft at din sikkerhedskopiering lykkedes."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/backup-check.page:25
+msgid "Check your backup"
+msgstr "Tjek din sikkerhedskopiering"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-check.page:27
+msgid ""
+"After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup "
+"was successful. If it didn’t work properly, you could lose important data "
+"since some files could be missing from the backup."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter du har sikkerhedskopieret dine filer bør du sørge for at "
+"sikkerhedskopieringen lykkedes. Hvis det ikke virkede ordentligt, så kan du "
+"miste vigtige data eftersom nogle filer kan mangle i sikkerhedskopien."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-check.page:31
+msgid ""
+"When you use <app>Files</app> to copy or move files, the computer checks to "
+"make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are "
+"transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform "
+"additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly."
+msgstr ""
+"Når du bruger <app>Filer</app> til at kopiere eller flytte filer, så sørger "
+"computeren for at tjekke at al data blev overført korrekt. Men hvis du "
+"overfører data som er meget vigtige for dig, så kan det være du vil udføre "
+"yderligere tjek for at bekræfte at din data blev overført ordentligt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-check.page:37
+msgid ""
+"You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on "
+"the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders "
+"you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can have extra "
+"confidence that the process was successful."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan foretage ekstra tjek ved at gennemse de kopierede filer og mapper på "
+"destinationsmediet. Ved at tjekke at de filer og mapper du overførte "
+"faktisk er i sikkerhedskopien kan du være ekstra sikker på, at processen "
+"lykkedes."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/backup-check.page:42
+msgid ""
+"If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may "
+"find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
+"app>. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just copying "
+"and pasting files."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du regelmæssigt foretager sikkerhedskopieringer af store mængde data, "
+"så kan det være du synes det er lettere at bruge et "
+"sikkerhedskopieringsprogram såsom <app>Déjà Dup</app>. Et program som det er "
+"mere kraftfuldt og mere pålideligt end blot at kopiere og indsætte filer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:12 C/backup-how.page:12 C/backup-restore.page:11
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:14 C/backup-what.page:16 C/backup-where.page:16
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:16 C/contacts-link-unlink.page:15
+#: C/contacts-search.page:14 C/display-dual-monitors.page:15
+#: C/files-browse.page:16 C/files-copy.page:18 C/get-involved.page:12
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:13 C/more-help.page:9 C/mouse-middleclick.page:14
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:21 C/mouse-wakeup.page:12 C/mouse.page:14
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:16 C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:13
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:12
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:20 C/nautilus-views.page:13
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:13 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:13 C/screen-shot-record.page:13 C/translate.page:11
+#: C/user-delete.page:17 C/user-goodpassword.page:21
+msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
+msgstr "Tiffany Antopolski"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:22
+msgid ""
+"Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that "
+"they are safe."
+msgstr ""
+"Lær hvor ofte du bør sikkerhedskopiere dine vigtige filer, for at sørge for "
+"at de er sikre."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:26
+msgid "Frequency of backups"
+msgstr "Hyppighed for sikkerhedskopieringer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:28
+msgid ""
+"How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. "
+"For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data "
+"stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvor ofte du foretager sikkerhedskopieringer afhænger af hvilken type data "
+"der sikkerhedskopieres. Hvis du f.eks. kører et netværksmiljø med kritisk "
+"data gemt på dine servere, så er natlige sikkerhedskopieringer måske ikke "
+"nok."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:32
+msgid ""
+"On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then "
+"hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to "
+"consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:"
+msgstr ""
+"Modsat, hvis du sikkerhedskopierer dataene på din hjemmecomputer, så er "
+"timelige sikkerhedskopieringer sandsynligvis unødvendigt. Det kan være du "
+"finder det nyttigt at overveje følgende punkter når du planlægger din "
+"sikkerhedskopieringsplan:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:37
+msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."
+msgstr "Den mængde tid du bruger på computeren."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:38
+msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."
+msgstr "Hvor ofte og hvor meget dataene på computeren ændres."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:41
+msgid ""
+"If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few "
+"changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly "
+"backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a tax "
+"audit, more frequent backups may be necessary."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis de data du vil sikkerhedskopiere har lav prioritet eller har få "
+"ændringer såsom musik, e-mails og familiebilleder, så kan ugentlige eller "
+"endda månedlige sikkerhedskopieringer være tilstrækkeligt. Men hvis du er "
+"midt i en skatterevision, så kan det være nødvendigt med hyppigere "
+"sikkerhedskopieringer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:46
+msgid ""
+"As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more "
+"than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For "
+"example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, "
+"you should back up at least once per week."
+msgstr ""
+"En tommelfingerregel er at mængden af tid mellem sikkerhedskopieringer ikke skal "
+"være længere end den mængde tid du er villig til at bruge på at gøre det "
+"mistede arbejde igen. F.eks. hvis det at bruge en uge på at skrive mistede "
+"dokumenter igen er for længe for dig, så skal du sikkerhedskopiere mindst en "
+"gang om ugen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/backup-how.page:26
+msgid ""
+"Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your "
+"valuable files and settings to protect against loss."
+msgstr ""
+"Brug Déjà Dup (eller et andet sikkerhedskopieringsprogram) til at lave "
+"kopier af dine værdifulde filer og indstillinger for at beskytte mod tab."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/backup-how.page:30
+msgid "How to back up"
+msgstr "Lav en sikkerhedskopi"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-how.page:32
+msgid ""
+"The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup "
+"application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup "
+"applications are available, for example <app>Déjà Dup</app>."
+msgstr ""
+"Den letteste måde til at sikkerhedskopiere dine filer og indstillinger er "
+"ved at lade et sikkerhedskopieringsprogram håndtere "
+"sikkerhedskopieringsprocessen for dig. Der findes forskellige "
+"sikkerhedskopieringsprogrammet, f.eks. <app>Déjà Dup</app>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-how.page:36
+msgid ""
+"The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting "
+"your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data."
+msgstr ""
+"Hjælpen til det sikkerhedskopieringsprogram du vælger guider dig gennem "
+"indstillingen af dine præferencer til sikkerhedskopieringen samt hvordan du "
+"genopretter dine data."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-how.page:39
+msgid ""
+"An alternative option is to <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your files</link> "
+"to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the "
+"network, or a USB drive. Your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">personal "
+"files</link> and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy "
+"them from there."
+msgstr ""
+"En anden mulighed er at <link xref=\"files-copy\">kopiere dine filer</link> "
+"til en sikker placering såsom en ekstern harddisk, en anden computer på "
+"netværket eller et USB-drev. Dine <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">personlige "
+"filer</link> og indstillinger er gerne i din hjemmemappe, så du kan kopiere "
+"dem derfra."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-how.page:44
+msgid ""
+"The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage "
+"device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up "
+"the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:"
+msgstr ""
+"Mængden af data som du kan sikkerhedskopiere begrænses af størrelsen på "
+"lagerenheden. Hvis du har plads nok på din sikkerhedskopieringsenhed, så er det "
+"bedst at sikkerhedskopiere hele hjemmemappen med følgende undtagelser:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-how.page:49
+msgid ""
+"Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or "
+"other removable media."
+msgstr ""
+"Filer der allerede er blevet sikkerhedskopieret til en anden placering såsom "
+"en cd, dvd eller andet flytbart medie."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-how.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, "
+"you do not have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your "
+"programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files."
+msgstr ""
+"Filer som du let kan genskabe. Hvis du f.eks. er programmør, så behøver du "
+"ikke sikkerhedskopiere de filer som genereres når du kompilerer dine "
+"programmer. Sørg i stedet for at sikkerhedskopiere de oprindelige "
+"kildefiler."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-how.page:55
+msgid ""
+"Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in <file>~/."
+"local/share/Trash</file>."
+msgstr ""
+"Filer i Trash-mappen. Din Trash-mappe findes i "
+"<file>~/.local/share/Trash</file>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/backup-restore.page:7
+msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."
+msgstr "Hent dine filer fra en sikkerhedskopi."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/backup-restore.page:22
+msgid "Restore a backup"
+msgstr "Gendan en sikkerhedskopi"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-restore.page:24
+msgid ""
+"If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, "
+"you can restore them from the backup:"
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du mistede eller slettede nogle af dine filer men har en "
+"sikkerhedskopi af dem, så kan du genoprette dem fra sikkerhedskopien:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-restore.page:28
+msgid ""
+"If you want to restore your backup from a device such as external hard "
+"drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can <link xref="
+"\"files-copy\">copy them</link> back to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du vil genoprette din sikkerhedskopi fra en enhed såsom en ekstern "
+"harddisk, et USB-drev eller en anden computer på netværket, så kan du <link "
+"xref=\"files-copy\">kopiere dem</link> tilbage til din computer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-restore.page:32
+msgid ""
+"If you created your backup using a backup application such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
+"app>, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore your "
+"backup. Review the application help for your backup program: it will provide "
+"specific instructions on how to restore your files."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du oprettede din sikkerhedskopi med et sikkerhedskopieringsprogram "
+"såsom <app>Déjà Dup</app>, så anbefales det at du bruger det samme programm "
+"til at genoprette din sikkerhedskopi. Gennemse hjælpen til programmet i dit "
+"sikkerhedskopieringsprogram: det har specifikke instruktioner til hvordan "
+"dine filer genoprettes."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:28
+msgid ""
+"A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you "
+"may want to back up."
+msgstr ""
+"En liste over mapper hvor du kan finde dokumenter, filer og indstillinger "
+"som du måske vil sikkerhedskopiere."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:32
+msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"
+msgstr "Hvor finder jeg de filer, jeg vil sikkerhedskopiere?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Deciding which files to back up, and locating them, is the most difficult "
+"step when attempting to perform a backup. Listed below are the most common "
+"locations of important files and settings that you may want to back up."
+msgstr ""
+"At beslutte hvilke filer der skal sikkerhedskopieres og at finde dem er det "
+"sværeste trin når der skal udføres en sikkerhedskopiering. Nedenfor er de "
+"mest almindelige placeringer af vigtige filer og indstillinger som du måske "
+"vil sikkerhedskopiere."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40
+msgid "Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)"
+msgstr "Personlige filer (dokumenter, musik, billeder og videoer)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#. translators: xdg dirs are localised by package xdg-user-dirs and need
+#. to be translated. You can find the correct translations for your
+#. language here: http://translationproject.org/domain/xdg-user-dirs.html
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:43
+msgid ""
+"These are usually stored in your home folder (<file>/home/your_name</file>). "
+"They could be in subfolders such as <file>Desktop</file>, <file>Documents</"
+"file>, <file>Pictures</file>, <file>Music</file> and <file>Videos</file>."
+msgstr ""
+"De er gerne gemt i din hjemmemappe (<file>/home/dit_navn</file>). De kan "
+"være i mapper såsom <file>Skrivebord</file>, <file>Dokumenter</file>, "
+"<file>Billeder</file>, <file>Musik</file> og <file>Videoer</file>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48
+msgid ""
+"If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it is an external hard disk, "
+"for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out "
+"how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the <app>Disk Usage "
+"Analyzer</app>."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis dit sikkerhedskopieringsmedie har tilstrækkelig plads (f.eks. hvis det "
+"er en ekstern harddisk), så overvej at sikkerhedskopiere hele hjemmemappen. "
+"Du kan finde ud af hvor meget plads din hjemmemappe bruger med "
+"<app>Diskforbrugsanalyse</app>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:55
+msgid "Hidden files"
+msgstr "Skjulte filer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. "
+"To view hidden files, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the "
+"window of <app>Files</app> and press <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can copy these to a backup "
+"location like any other file."
+msgstr ""
+"Fil- og mappenavne der begynder med et punktum (.) er skjulte som standard. "
+"Vis skjulte filer ved at trykke på menuknappen i øverste højre hjørne af "
+"vinduet i <app>Filer</app> og trykke på <gui>Vis skjulte filer</gui>, eller "
+"ved at trykke på <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. Du kan "
+"kopiere dem til en sikkerhedskopieringsplacering som enhver anden fil."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:64
+msgid "Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)"
+msgstr ""
+"Personlige indstillinger (skrivebordspræferencer, temaer og "
+"softwareindstillinger)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:65
+msgid ""
+"Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home "
+"folder (see above for information on hidden files)."
+msgstr ""
+"De fleste programmer gemmer deres indstillinger i skjulte mapper i din "
+"hjemmemappe (se information om skjulte filer oven for)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:67
+msgid ""
+"Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders "
+"<file>.config</file> and <file>.local</file> in your Home folder."
+msgstr ""
+"De fleste af dine programindstillinger gemmes i de skjulte mapper "
+"<file>.config</file> og <file>.local</file> i din hjemmemappe."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:72
+msgid "System-wide settings"
+msgstr "Indstillinger der gælder for hele systemet"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:73
+msgid ""
+"Settings for important parts of the system are not stored in your Home "
+"folder. There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most "
+"are stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you will not need to "
+"back up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, "
+"however, you should back up the files for the services that it is running."
+msgstr ""
+"Indstillinger til vigtige dele af systemet gemmes ikke i din hjemmemappe. Der "
+"findes flere placeringer hvor de kan være gemt, men de fleste gemmes i "
+"mappen <file>/etc</file>. Generelt behøver du ikke sikkerhedskopiere disse "
+"filer på en hjemmecomputer. Hvis du kører en server skal du dog "
+"sikkerhedskopiere filerne for de tjenester den kører."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/backup-what.page:26
+msgid "Back up anything that you cannot bear to lose if something goes wrong."
+msgstr ""
+"Sikkerhedskopiér alt det du ikke kan holde ud af miste hvis noget går galt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/backup-what.page:30
+msgid "What to back up"
+msgstr "Hvad der skal sikkerhedskopieres"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-what.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout"
+"\">most important files</link> as well as those that are difficult to "
+"recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:"
+msgstr ""
+"Din prioritet bør være at sikkerhedskopiere dine <link xref=\"backup-"
+"thinkabout\">mest vigtige filer</link> samt dem der er svære at genskabe. "
+"F.eks. fra mest vigtige til mindst vigtige:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/backup-what.page:39
+msgid "Your personal files"
+msgstr "Dine personlige filer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-what.page:40
+msgid ""
+"This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, "
+"financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would "
+"consider irreplaceable."
+msgstr ""
+"Det kan omfatte dokumenter, regneark, e-mail, kalenderaftaler, finansielle "
+"data, familiebilleder eller andre personlige filer som du betragter som "
+"uerstattelige."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/backup-what.page:46
+msgid "Your personal settings"
+msgstr "Dine personlige indstillinger"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-what.page:47
+msgid ""
+"This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen "
+"resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes "
+"application preferences, such as settings for <app>LibreOffice</app>, your "
+"music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a "
+"while to recreate."
+msgstr ""
+"Det omfatter ændringer som du har foretaget til farver, baggrunde, "
+"skærmopløsning og museindstillinger på dit skrivebord. Det omfatter "
+"programindstillinger såsom indstillinger til <app>LibreOffice</app>, din "
+"musikafspiller og dit e-mailprogram. De er til at erstatte men det kan tage "
+"noget tid af genskabe."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/backup-what.page:55
+msgid "System settings"
+msgstr "Systemindstillinger"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-what.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Most people never change the system settings that are created during "
+"installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or "
+"if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up these "
+"settings."
+msgstr ""
+"De fleste personer ændrer aldrig de systemindstillinger som blev oprettet "
+"under installation. Hvis du af en eller anden grund tilpasser dine "
+"systemindstillinger eller hvis du bruger din computer som en server, så kan "
+"det være du vil sikkerhedskopiere disse indstillinger."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/backup-what.page:63
+msgid "Installed software"
+msgstr "Installeret software"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-what.page:64
+msgid ""
+"The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious "
+"computer problem by reinstalling it."
+msgstr ""
+"Den software du bruger kan normalt genoprettes ret hurtigt efter et seriøst "
+"problem med computeren ved at geninstallere den."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-what.page:69
+msgid ""
+"In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files "
+"that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things "
+"are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk "
+"space by having backups of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Generelt skal du gå efter at sikkerhedskopiere filer som er uerstattelige og "
+"filer som kræver lang tid at erstatte uden en sikkerhedskopi. Modsat, hvis "
+"ting er lette at erstatte, så kan det være du ikke vil bruge diskplads på at "
+"have sikkerhedskopier af dem."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/backup-where.page:22
+msgid ""
+"Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use."
+msgstr ""
+"Råd til hvor dine sikkerhedskopier skal gemmes og hvilken type lagerenheden "
+"der skal bruges."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/backup-where.page:26
+msgid "Where to store your backup"
+msgstr "Hvor din sikkerhedskopi skal gemmes"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-where.page:28
+msgid ""
+"You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your "
+"computer — on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer "
+"breaks, or is lost or is stolen, the backup will still be intact. For "
+"maximum security, you shouldn’t keep the backup in the same building as your "
+"computer. If there is a fire or theft, both copies of the data could be lost "
+"if they are kept together."
+msgstr ""
+"Du bør gemme sikkerhedskopier af dine filer et andet sted end på din computer — "
+"f.eks. på en ekstern harddisk. På den måde vil sikkerhedskopien stadigvæk "
+"være intakt hvis computeren går i stykker, mistes eller bliver stjålet. For "
+"at få den højeste sikkerhed skal du ikke opbevare sikkerhedskopien i samme "
+"bygning som din computer. Hvis der er en brand eller tyveri, så kan begge "
+"kopier af dataene gå tabt hvis de opbevares sammen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-where.page:35
+msgid ""
+"It is important to choose an appropriate <em>backup medium</em> too. You "
+"need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for "
+"all of the backed-up files."
+msgstr ""
+"Det er også vigtigt at vælge et egnede <em>sikkerhedskopieringsmedie</em>. "
+"Du skal gemme dine sikkerhedskopier på en enhed som har tilstrækkelig "
+"diskkapacitet til alle dine sikkerhedskopierede filer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: list/title
+#: C/backup-where.page:40
+msgid "Local and remote storage options"
+msgstr "Valgmuligheder for lokal- og fjernlager"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-where.page:42
+msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)"
+msgstr "USB-hukommelsesnøgle (lav kapacitet)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-where.page:45
+msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)"
+msgstr "Internt diskdrev (høj kapacitet)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-where.page:48
+msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)"
+msgstr "Ekstern harddisk (typisk høj kapacitet)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-where.page:51
+msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)"
+msgstr "Netværkstilsluttet drev (høj kapacitet)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-where.page:54
+msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)"
+msgstr "Fil-/sikkerhedskopieringsserver (høj kapacitet)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-where.page:57
+msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)"
+msgstr "Skrivbare cd'er eller dvd'er (lav/medium kapacitet)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-where.page:60
+msgid ""
+"Online backup service (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\";>Amazon S3</"
+"link>, for example; capacity depends on price)"
+msgstr ""
+"Onlinetjeneste til sikkerhedskopiering (f.eks. <link "
+"href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\";>Amazon S3</link>; kapaciteten afhænger af "
+"prisen)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-where.page:66
+msgid ""
+"Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of "
+"every file on your system, also known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
+msgstr ""
+"Nogle af mulighederne har tilstrækkelig kapacitet til at sikkerhedskopiere "
+"alle filer på dit system, også kendt som en <em>komplet "
+"sikkerhedskopiering af systemet</em>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/backup-why.page:7
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Backups"
+msgstr "Sikkerhedskopier"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/backup-why.page:19
+msgid "Why, what, where and how of backups."
+msgstr "Hvorfor, hvad, hvor og hvordan du foretager sikkerhedskopier."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/backup-why.page:22
+msgid "Back up your important files"
+msgstr "Sikkerhedskopiér dine vigtige filer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-why.page:24
+msgid ""
+"<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of them for "
+"safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to "
+"loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in "
+"the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the "
+"original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard "
+"drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service."
+msgstr ""
+"<em>Sikkerhedskopiering</em> af dine filer betyder ganske enkelt at lave en "
+"kopi af dem til sikker opbevaring. Det gøres i tilfælde af at de oprindelige filer "
+"bliver ubrugelige pga. tab eller beskadigelse. Kopierne kan bruges til at "
+"genoprette den oprindelige data hvis der sker tab. Kopier bør opbevares på "
+"en anden enhed, væk fra de oprindelige filer. Du kan f.eks. bruge en USB-"
+"enhed, en ekstern harddisk, en cd/dvd eller en tjeneste der befinder sig et "
+"andet sted."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-why.page:31
+msgid ""
+"The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies "
+"off-site and (possibly) encrypted."
+msgstr ""
+"Den bedste måde til at sikkerhedskopiere dine filer er at gøre det "
+"regelmæssigt samt opbevare kopierne et andet sted og (hvis det er muligt) "
+"krypteret."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/bluetooth.page:22
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connect</link>, <link xref="
+"\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off"
+"\">turn on and off</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Opret forbindelse</link>, <link xref="
+"\"bluetooth-send-file\">send filer</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off"
+"\">slå til og fra</link> …"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/bluetooth.page:29
+msgid "Bluetooth"
+msgstr "Bluetooth"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/bluetooth.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different "
+"types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets "
+"and input devices like mice and keyboards. You can also use Bluetooth to "
+"<link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files between devices</link>, such "
+"as from your computer to your cell phone."
+msgstr ""
+"Bluetooth er en protokol til trådløs der giver dig mulighed for at tilslutte "
+"mange forskellige typer enheder til din computer. Bluetooth bruges sædvanligvis "
+"til headset og inputenheder som mus og tastatur. Du kan også bruge Bluetooth "
+"til at <link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">sende filer mellem enheder</link> "
+"såsom fra din computer til din mobiltelefon."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/bluetooth.page:53
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Bluetooth problems"
+msgstr "Bluetooth-problemer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/bluetooth.page:56 C/color.page:33 C/power.page:53
+msgid "Problems"
+msgstr "Problemer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:25 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:21
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:23 C/net-firewall-on-off.page:14
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:13 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:19
+#: C/printing-setup.page:24 C/session-fingerprint.page:19
+msgid "Paul W. Frields"
+msgstr "Paul W. Frields"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:47
+msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
+msgstr "Parring af Bluetooth-enheder."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:50
+msgid "Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device"
+msgstr "Tilslut din computer til en Bluetooth-enhed"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first "
+"need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called "
+"<em>pairing</em> the Bluetooth devices."
+msgstr ""
+"Inden du kan bruge en Bluetooth-enhed som en mus eller et headset skal "
+"du først tilslutte din computer til enheden. Det kaldes også at "
+"<em>parre</em> Bluetooth-enhederne."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:58 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:54
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:59 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:60
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Bluetooth</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Bluetooth</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:62 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:58
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:63 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:64
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:45
+msgid "Click on <gui>Bluetooth</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Bluetooth</gui> for at åbne panelet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:65
+msgid ""
+"Make sure Bluetooth is enabled: the switch at the top should be set to on. "
+"With the panel open and the switch on, your computer will begin searching "
+"for devices."
+msgstr ""
+"Sørg for at Bluetooth er aktiveret: der skal være tændt for kontakten "
+"øverst. Når panelet er åbent og der er tændt for kontakten begynder din "
+"computer at søge efter enheder."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:70
+msgid ""
+"Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility"
+"\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 5-10 meters (about "
+"16-33 feet) of your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Gør den anden Bluetooth-enhed <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
+"visibility\">opdagelsesbar eller synlig</link> og hold den inden for 5-10 "
+"meter af din computer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:75
+msgid ""
+"Click the device in the <gui>Devices</gui> list. The panel for the device "
+"will open."
+msgstr "Klik på enheden i listen <gui>Enheder</gui>. Panelet til enheden åbnes."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:79
+msgid ""
+"If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show "
+"you the PIN you see on your computer screen. Confirm the PIN on the device "
+"(you may need to click <gui>Pair</gui> or <gui>Confirm</gui>), then click "
+"<gui>Confirm</gui> on the computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis det er nødvendigt, så bekræft PIN'en på din anden enhed. Enheden bør "
+"vise dig den PIN du ser på din computerskærm. Bekræft PIN'en på enheden (det "
+"kan være du skal klikke på <gui>Par</gui> eller <gui>Bekræft</gui>). Klik "
+"herefter på <gui>Bekræft</gui> på computeren."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:83
+msgid ""
+"You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or "
+"the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device "
+"list and start again."
+msgstr ""
+"På de fleste enheder skal du fuldføre din indtastning inden for 20 sekunder, "
+"ellers færdiggøres tilslutningen ikke. Hvis det sker, så vend tilbage til "
+"enhedslisten og start forfra."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:88
+msgid ""
+"The entry for the device in the <gui>Devices</gui> list will show a "
+"<gui>Connected</gui> status."
+msgstr ""
+"Posten til enheden i listen <gui>Enheder</gui> viser statussen "
+"<gui>Forbundet</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:92
+msgid ""
+"To edit the device, click on it in the <gui>Device</gui> list. You will see "
+"a panel specific to the device. It may display additional options applicable "
+"to the type of device to which you are connecting."
+msgstr ""
+"Rediger enheden ved at klikke på den i listen <gui>Enheder</gui>. Du ser et "
+"panel specifikt til den enhed. Den kan vise yderligere valgmuligheder som "
+"kan anvendes til den type enhed du tilslutter."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:97
+msgid "Close the panel once you have changed the settings."
+msgstr "Luk panelet når du har ændret indstillingerne."
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:103
+msgid "The Bluetooth icon on the top bar"
+msgstr "Bluetooth-ikonet på toplinjen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:105
+msgid ""
+"When one or more Bluetooth devices are connected, the Bluetooth icon appears "
+"in the system status area."
+msgstr ""
+"Når en eller flere Bluetooth-enheder er tilsluttet, så vises Bluetooth-"
+"ikonet i systemets statusområde."
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:10
+msgid "Bastien Nocera"
+msgstr "Bastien Nocera"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:16
+msgid "How to pair specific devices with your computer."
+msgstr "Parre bestemte enheder med din computer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:19
+msgid "Pairing instructions for specific devices"
+msgstr "Parringsinstruktioner til bestemte enheder"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:21
+msgid ""
+"Even if you manage to source the manual for a device, it might not contain "
+"enough information to make pairing possible. Here are details for a few "
+"common devices."
+msgstr ""
+"Selv hvis det lykkedes dig at finde manualen til en enhed, så indeholder den "
+"måske ikke nok information til at foretage parring. Her er detaljer til "
+"nogle få almindelige enheder."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:27
+msgid "PlayStation 3 joypads"
+msgstr "Joypads til PlayStation 3"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:28
+msgid ""
+"Those devices use “cable-pairing”. Plug the joypads in via USB with the "
+"<gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui> opened, and Bluetooth turned on. After "
+"pressing the “PS” button, you will get asked whether to set those joypads "
+"up. Unplug them and press the “PS” button to use them over Bluetooth."
+msgstr ""
+"Enhederne bruger “kabelparring”. Sæt joypadsene i via USB med "
+"<gui>Indstillinger for Bluetooth</gui> åbent, og Bluetooth tændt. Når der er "
+"blevet trykket på knappen “PS” bliver du spurgt om joypadsene skal "
+"opsættes. Frakobl dem og tryk på knappen “PS” for at bruge dem over "
+"Bluetooth."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:34
+msgid "PlayStation 4 joypads"
+msgstr "Joypads til PlayStation 4"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Those devices use “cable-pairing” as well. Plug the joypads in via USB with "
+"the <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui> opened, and Bluetooth turned on. You will "
+"get asked whether to set those joypads up without needing to press the PS "
+"button. Unplug them and press the PS button to use them over Bluetooth."
+msgstr ""
+"Enhederne bruger også “kabelparring”. Sæt joypadsene i via USB med "
+"<gui>Indstillinger for Bluetooth</gui> åbent, og Bluetooth tændt. Du bliver "
+"spurgt om at opsætte joypadsene uden at skulle trykke på knappen PS. Frakobl "
+"dem og tryk på knappen PS for at bruge dem over Bluetooth."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Using the “PS” and “Share” button combination to pair the joypad can also be "
+"used to make the joypad visible and pair it like any other Bluetooth device, "
+"if you don’t have a USB cable at hand."
+msgstr ""
+"Knapkombinationen “PS” og “Share” til at parre joypadden kan også bruges til "
+"at gøre joypadden synlig og parre den som enhver anden Bluetooth-enhed, "
+"hvis du ikke har et USB-kabel."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:44
+msgid "PlayStation 3 BD Remote Control"
+msgstr "BD-fjernbetjening til PlayStation 3"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Hold the “Start” and “Enter” buttons at the same time for around 5 seconds. "
+"You can then select the remote in the devices list as usual."
+msgstr ""
+"Hold knapperne “Start” og “Enter” nede på samme tid i omkring 5 sekunder. "
+"Herefter kan du vælge fjernbetjeningen i enhedslisten som du plejer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:49
+msgid "Nintendo Wii and Wii U Remotes"
+msgstr "Fjernbetjeninger til Nintendo Wii og Wii U"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:50
+msgid ""
+"Use the red “Sync” button inside the battery compartment to start the "
+"pairing process. Other button combinations will not keep pairing "
+"information, so you would need to do it all over again in short order. Also "
+"note that some software wants direct access to the remotes, and, in those "
+"cases, you should not set them up in the Bluetooth panel. Refer to the "
+"application’s manual for instructions."
+msgstr ""
+"Brug den røde knap “Sync” i batterirummet til at starte parringsprocessen. "
+"Andre knapkombinationer bevarer ikke parringsinformation, så det vil hurtigt være "
+"nødvendigt at starte forfra igen. Bemærk også at noget "
+"software vil have direkte adgang til fjernbetjeningerne og at du i disse "
+"tilfælde ikke skal opsætte dem i panelet Bluetooth. Se manualen til "
+"programmet for instruktioner."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:32
+msgid ""
+"The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might "
+"be disabled or blocked."
+msgstr ""
+"Adapteren kunne ikke slukkes eller har måske ikke drivere, eller Bluetooth "
+"kan være deaktiveret eller blokeret."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:36
+msgid "I cannot connect my Bluetooth device"
+msgstr "Jeg kan ikke tilslutte min Bluetooth-enhed"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:38
+msgid ""
+"There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a "
+"Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset."
+msgstr ""
+"Der kan være flere årsager til at du ikke er i stand til at oprette "
+"forbindelse til en Bluetooth-enhed såsom en telefon eller et headset."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:43
+msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"
+msgstr "Forbindelse blokeret eller ubetroet"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to "
+"change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device "
+"is set up to allow connections."
+msgstr ""
+"Nogle Bluetooth-enheder blokerer forbindelser som standard eller kræver at "
+"du ændrer en indstilling for at gøre det muligt at oprette forbindelser. "
+"Sørg for at din enhed er opsat til at tillade forbindelser."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:49
+msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"
+msgstr "Bluetooth-hardware er ikke genkendt"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:50
+msgid ""
+"Your Bluetooth adapter or dongle may not have been recognized by the "
+"computer. This could be because <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</"
+"link> for the adapter are not installed. Some Bluetooth adapters are not "
+"supported on Linux, so you may not be able to get the right drivers for "
+"them. In this case, you will probably have to get a different Bluetooth "
+"adapter."
+msgstr ""
+"Din Bluetooth-adapter eller -dongle er måske ikke blevet genkendt af "
+"computeren. Det kan være fordi der ikke er installeret <link xref=\"hardware-"
+"driver\">drivere</link> til adapteren. Nogle Bluetooth-adaptere understøttes "
+"ikke af Linux, så du vil måske ikke være i stand til at finde de rette "
+"drivere til dem. Hvis det er tilfældet, så skal du formodentligt have en "
+"anden Bluetooth-adapter."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:58
+msgid "Adapter is not switched on"
+msgstr "Adapter er ikke tændt"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:59
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Open the Bluetooth "
+"panel and check that it is not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off"
+"\">disabled</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Sørg for at din Bluetooth-adapter er tændt. Åbn panelet Bluetooth og tjek at "
+"den ikke er <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">deaktiveret</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:64
+msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
+msgstr "Enhedens Bluetooth-forbindelse er slukket"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:65
+msgid ""
+"Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you are trying to connect "
+"to, and that it is <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">discoverable or "
+"visible</link>. For example, if you are trying to connect to a phone, make "
+"sure that it is not in airplane mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Tjek at Bluetooth er tændt på den enhed du prøver at oprette forbindelse til "
+"og at den er <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">opdagelsesbar og "
+"synlig</link>. Hvis du f.eks. prøver at oprette forbindelse til en telefon, "
+"så sørg for at den ikke er i flytilstand."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:71
+msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer"
+msgstr "Ingen Bluetooth-adapter i din computer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:72
+msgid ""
+"Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you "
+"want to use Bluetooth."
+msgstr ""
+"Mange computere har ikke Bluetooth-adaptere. Du kan købe en adapter hvis du "
+"vil bruge Bluetooth."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:42
+msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
+msgstr "Fjern en enhed fra listen over Bluetooth-enheder."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:45
+msgid "Disconnect a Bluetooth device"
+msgstr "Frakobl en Bluetooth-enhed"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:47
+msgid ""
+"If you do not want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can "
+"remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device "
+"like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or "
+"from a device."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du ikke længere vil være tilsluttet en Bluetooth-enhed, så kan du "
+"fjerne forbindelsen. Det et nyttigt hvis du ikke længere vil bruge en enhed "
+"som en mus eller et headset, eller hvis du ikke længere ønsker at overføre "
+"filer til eller fra en enhed."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:61
+msgid "Select the device which you want to disconnect from the list."
+msgstr "Vælg den enhed som du vil frakoble i listen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:64
+msgid ""
+"In the device dialog box, switch the <gui>Connection</gui> switch to off, or "
+"to remove the device from the <gui>Devices</gui> list, click <gui>Remove "
+"Device</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Sluk for <gui>Forbindelse</gui>-kontakten i enhedsdialogboksen, eller klik "
+"på <gui>Fjern enhed</gui> for at fjerne enheden i listen <gui>Enheder</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:70
+msgid ""
+"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth "
+"device</link> later if desired."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">oprette forbindelse en Bluetooth-"
+"enhed igen</link> senere, hvis det ønskes."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:43
+msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone."
+msgstr "Del filer til Bluetooth-enheder såsom din telefon."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:46
+msgid "Send files to a Bluetooth device"
+msgstr "Send filer til en Bluetooth-enhed"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:48
+msgid ""
+"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
+"phones or other computers. Some types of devices do not allow the transfer "
+"of files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth "
+"settings window."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan sende filer til tilsluttede Bluetooth-enheder såsom nogle "
+"mobiltelefoner eller andre computere. Nogle typer enheder tillader ikke "
+"overførsel af filer eller bestemte typer filer. Du kan sende filer med "
+"Bluetooth-indstillingsvinduet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:54
+msgid ""
+"<gui>Send Files</gui> does not work on unsupported devices such as iPhones."
+msgstr ""
+"<gui>Send filer</gui> virker ikke på enheder der ikke understøttes såsom "
+"iPhones."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:66
+msgid ""
+"Make sure Bluetooth is enabled: the switch in the titlebar should be set to "
+"on."
+msgstr ""
+"Sørg for at Bluetooth er aktiveret: kontakten i titellinjen skal være tændt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:70
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Devices</gui> list, select the device to which to send the "
+"files. If the desired device is not shown as <gui>Connected</gui> in the "
+"list, you need to <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connect</link> to "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+"I listen <gui>Enheder</gui> vælges den enhed der skal sendes filer til. Hvis "
+"den ønskede enhed ikke vises som <gui>Forbundet</gui> i listen, så skal du "
+"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">oprette forbindelse</link> til den."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:74
+msgid "A panel specific to the external device appears."
+msgstr "Der vises et panel specifikt til den eksterne enhed."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:77
+msgid "Click <gui>Send Files…</gui> and the file chooser will appear."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Send filer …</gui>, så vises filvælgeren."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:80
+msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
+msgstr "Vælg den fil du vil sende og klik på <gui>Vælg</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:81
+msgid ""
+"To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you "
+"select each file."
+msgstr ""
+"For at sende end mere en fil i en mappe, holdes <key>Ctrl</key> nede mens du "
+"vælger hver fil."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:85
+msgid ""
+"The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept "
+"the file. The <gui>Bluetooth File Transfer</gui> dialog will show the "
+"progress bar. Click <gui>Close</gui> when the transfer is complete."
+msgstr ""
+"Ejeren af den modtagende enhed skal gerne trykke på en knap for at "
+"acceptere filen. Dialogen <gui>Bluetooth-filoverførsel</gui> viser "
+"forløbslinjen. Klik på <gui>Luk</gui> når overførslen er færdig."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:42
+msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
+msgstr "Aktivér eller deaktivér Bluetooth-enheden på din computer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:45
+msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
+msgstr "Slå Bluetooth til eller fra"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:55
+msgid ""
+"You can turn Bluetooth on to connect to other Bluetooth devices, or turn it "
+"off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on:"
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan tænde for Bluetooth for at oprette forbindelse til andre Bluetooth-"
+"enheder, eller slukke for det, for at spare på strømmen. Tænd for Bluetooth:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:67
+msgid "Set the switch at the top to on."
+msgstr "Tænd for kontakten øverst."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:71
+msgid ""
+"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
+"Bluetooth on and off. Look for a switch on your computer or a key on your "
+"keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the <key>Fn</"
+"key> key."
+msgstr ""
+"Mange bærbare computere har en hardwarekontakt eller tastekombination til at "
+"tænde og slukke for Bluetooth. Kig efter en kontakt på din computer eller "
+"en tast på dit tastatur. Tastaturtasten bruges ofte i kombination med "
+"<key>Fn</key>-tasten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:76
+msgid "To turn Bluetooth off:"
+msgstr "Sluk for Bluetooth:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:79 C/net-mobile.page:49
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 C/net-wireless-connect.page:37
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> from "
+"the right side of the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">systemmenuen</gui> fra højre "
+"side af toplinjen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:83
+msgid ""
+"Select <gui><_:media-1/> Not In Use</gui>. The Bluetooth section of the menu "
+"will expand."
+msgstr ""
+"Vælg <gui><_:media-1/> Ikke i brug</gui>. Afsnittet Bluetooth i menuen "
+"udfoldes."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:88
+msgid "Select <gui>Turn Off</gui>."
+msgstr "Vælg <gui>Sluk</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:92
+msgid ""
+"Your computer is <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible</link> as long "
+"as the <gui>Bluetooth</gui> panel is open."
+msgstr ""
+"Din computer er <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">synlig</link> så længe "
+"panelet <gui>Bluetooth</gui> er åbent."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:38
+msgid "Whether other devices can discover your computer."
+msgstr "Om andre enheder kan opdage din computer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:41
+msgid "What is Bluetooth visibility?"
+msgstr "Hvad er Bluetooth-synlighed?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:43
+msgid ""
+"Bluetooth visibility refers to whether other devices can discover your "
+"computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth is turned on "
+"and the <gui>Bluetooth</gui> panel is open, your computer will advertise "
+"itself to all other devices within range, allowing them to attempt to "
+"connect to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Bluetooth-synlighed henviser til om andre enheder kan opdage din computer "
+"når de søger efter Bluetooth-enheder. Når Bluetooth er tændt og panelet "
+"<gui>Bluetooth</gui> er åbent, så vil din computer bekendtgøre sig selv til "
+"alle andre enheder inden for rækkevidde, hvorved de får mulighed for at "
+"prøve at oprette forbindelse til din computer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:50 C/sharing-bluetooth.page:59
+msgid ""
+"You can <link xref=\"sharing-displayname\">change</link> the name your "
+"computer displays to other devices."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan <link xref=\"sharing-displayname\">ændre</link> det navn som din "
+"computer viser til andre enheder."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:54
+msgid ""
+"After you have <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connected to a "
+"device</link>, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to "
+"communicate with each other."
+msgstr ""
+"Når du har <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">oprettet forbindelse til en "
+"enhed</link>, så behøver hverken din computer eller enheden at være synlige "
+"for at kommunikere med hinanden."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:59
+msgid ""
+"Devices without a display usually have a pairing mode that can be entered by "
+"pressing a button, or a combination of buttons for a while, whether when "
+"they’ve already been turned on, or as they are being turned on."
+msgstr ""
+"Enheder uden et display har gerne en parringstilstand som man kan komme ind "
+"i ved at trykke på en knap eller en kombination af knapper et stykke tid, "
+"enten når de er tændte eller mens de tændes."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:63
+msgid ""
+"The best way to find out how to enter that mode is to refer to the device’s "
+"manual. For some devices, the procedure might be <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
+"device-specific-pairing\">slightly different from usual</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Den bedste måde at finde ud af hvordan man kommer ind i tilstanden er ved at "
+"se i enhedens manual. Ved nogle enheden kan proceduren være <link xref"
+"=\"bluetooth-device-specific-pairing\">lidt anderledes end normalt</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Display your appointments in the calendar area at the top of the screen."
+msgstr "Vis dine aftaler i kalenderområdet øverst på skærmen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:35
+msgid "Calendar appointments"
+msgstr "Kalenderaftaler"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:38
+msgid ""
+"This requires you to use your calendar from <app>Evolution</app> or the "
+"<app>Calendar</app>, or for you to have an online account set up which "
+"<gui>Calendar</gui> supports."
+msgstr ""
+"Det kræver at du bruger din kalender fra <app>Evolution</app> eller "
+"<app>Kalender</app>, eller at du har opsat en onlinekonto der understøttes "
+"af <gui>Kalender</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Most distributions come with at least one of these programs installed by "
+"default. If yours does not, you may need to install it using your "
+"distribution’s package manager."
+msgstr ""
+"De fleste distributioner har mindst et af programmerne installeret som "
+"standard. Hvis din ikke har, så skal du først installere det med din "
+"distributions pakkehåndtering."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:46
+msgid "To view your appointments:"
+msgstr "Vis dine aftaler:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:49
+msgid "Click on the clock on the top bar."
+msgstr "Klik på uret på toplinjen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Click the date for which you want to see your appointments from the calendar."
+msgstr "Klik på den dato hvor du vil se dine aftaler i kalenderen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:56
+msgid "A dot is shown under each date that has an appointment."
+msgstr "Datoer som har en aftale vises med en prik."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:59
+msgid ""
+"Existing appointments will be displayed to the left of the calendar. As "
+"appointments are added to your <app>Evolution</app> calendar or to "
+"<app>Calendar</app>, they will appear in the clock’s appointment list."
+msgstr ""
+"Eksisterende aftaler vises til venstre i kalenderen. Efterhånden som aftaler "
+"tilføjes til din <app>Evolution</app>-kalender eller til "
+"<app>Kalender</app>, vil de blive vist i urets aftaleliste."
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:67 C/shell-introduction.page:159
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5='5535dd0fa91d422382d783abfcc7cc26'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:68 C/clock-calendar.page:73
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:165
+msgid "Clock, calendar, and appointments"
+msgstr "Ur, kalender og aftaler"
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:72 C/shell-introduction.page:164
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' "
+"md5='0fa78df255677505ce2cdd5b06e81bbb'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/clock-set.page:27
+msgid "Use the <gui>Date & Time Settings</gui> to alter the date or time."
+msgstr ""
+"Brug <gui>Indstillinger for dato og klokkeslæt</gui> til at ændre dato og "
+"klokkeslæt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/clock-set.page:31
+msgid "Change the date and time"
+msgstr "Skift dato og klokkeslæt"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/clock-set.page:33
+msgid ""
+"If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong "
+"format, you can change them:"
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis den viste dato og klokkeslæt på toplinjen er forkerte eller i det "
+"forkerte format, så kan du ændre dem:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-set.page:45 C/clock-timezone.page:50
+msgid "Click <gui>Date & Time</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på <gui>Dato & klokkeslæt</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne panelet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-set.page:48
+msgid ""
+"If you have the <gui>Automatic Date & Time</gui> switch set to on, your "
+"date and time should update automatically if you have an internet "
+"connection. To update your date and time manually, set this to off."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du har tændt for <gui>Automatisk dato & klokkeslæt</gui>-kontakten, "
+"så bør din dato og klokkeslæt automatisk blive opdateret hvis du har en "
+"internetforbindelse. Sluk for den, for at opdatere din dato og klokkeslæt "
+"manuelt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-set.page:53
+msgid "Click <gui>Date & Time</gui>, then adjust the time and date."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på <gui>Dato & klokkeslæt</gui> og juster herefter klokkeslæt og "
+"dato."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-set.page:56
+msgid ""
+"You can change how the hour is displayed by selecting <gui>24-hour</gui> or "
+"<gui>AM/PM</gui> for <gui>Time Format</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan ændre hvordan timetallet vises ved at vælge <gui>24-timers</gui> "
+"eller <gui>AM/PM</gui> for <gui>Format for klokkeslæt</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/clock-set.page:61
+msgid ""
+"You may also wish to <link xref=\"clock-timezone\">set the timezone "
+"manually</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Måske vil du også <link xref=\"clock-timezone\">indstille tidszonen manuelt</"
+"link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Update your time zone to your current location so that your time is correct."
+msgstr ""
+"Opdater din tidszone til din nuværende placering, så dit klokkeslæt er "
+"korrekt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:39
+msgid "Change your timezone"
+msgstr "Skift din tidszone"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:53
+msgid ""
+"If you have the <gui>Automatic Time Zone</gui> switch set to on, your time "
+"zone should update automatically if you have an internet connection and the "
+"<link xref=\"privacy-location\">location services feature</link> is enabled. "
+"To update your time zone manually, set this to off."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis der er tændt for <gui>Automatisk tidszone</gui>-kontakten, så bør din "
+"tidszone automatisk blive opdateret hvis du har en internetforbindelse og "
+"<link xref=\"privacy-location\">funktionaliteten for placeringstjeneste</"
+"link> er aktiveret. Sluk for den, for at opdatere din tidszone manuelt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:60
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Time Zone</gui>, then select your location on the map or search "
+"for your current city."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på <gui>Tidszone</gui> og vælg herefter din placering på kortet eller "
+"søg efter din nuværende by."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:65
+msgid ""
+"The time will be updated automatically when you select a different location. "
+"You may also wish to <link xref=\"clock-set\">set the clock manually</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tiden opdateres automatisk når du vælger en anden placering. Det kan også "
+"være du ønsker at <link xref=\"clock-set\">indstille uret manuelt</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/clock-world.page:21
+msgid "Display times in other cities under the calendar."
+msgstr "Vis klokkeslæt fra andre byer under kalenderen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/clock-world.page:24
+msgid "Add a world clock"
+msgstr "Tilføj et verdensur"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/clock-world.page:26
+msgid "Use <app>Clocks</app> to add times in other cities."
+msgstr "Brug <app>Ure</app> for at tilføje klokkeslæt fra andre byer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/clock-world.page:29
+msgid "This requires the <app>Clocks</app> application to be installed."
+msgstr "Det kræver at programmet <app>Ure</app> er installeret."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/clock-world.page:30
+msgid ""
+"Most distributions come with <app>Clocks</app> installed by default. If "
+"yours does not, you may need to install it using your distribution’s package "
+"manager."
+msgstr ""
+"De fleste distributioner kommer med <app>Ure</app> installeret som standard. "
+"Hvis din ikke gør, så kan det være nødvendigt at installere det med din "
+"distributions pakkehåndtering."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/clock-world.page:35
+msgid "To add a world clock:"
+msgstr "Tilføj et verdensur:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-world.page:39
+msgid "Click the clock on the top bar."
+msgstr "Klik på uret på toplinjen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-world.page:42
+msgid ""
+"Click the <gui>Add world clocks…</gui> button under the calendar to launch "
+"<app>Clocks</app>."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på knappen <gui>Tilføj verdensure …</gui> under kalenderen for at "
+"starte <app>Ure</app>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/clock-world.page:46
+msgid ""
+"If you already have one or more world clocks, click on one and <app>Clocks</"
+"app> will launch."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du allerede har et eller flere verdensure, så klik på et af dem og "
+"<app>Ure</app> starter."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-world.page:52
+msgid ""
+"In the <app>Clocks</app> window, click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button "
+"or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq> to add a new city."
+msgstr ""
+"I vinduet <app>Ure</app> skal du klikke på <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>-"
+"knappen, eller trykke på <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq> for at "
+"tilføje en ny by."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-world.page:57
+msgid "Start typing the name of the city into the search."
+msgstr "Begynd at skrive navnet på byen i søgning."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-world.page:60
+msgid "Select the correct city or the closest location to you from the list."
+msgstr "Vælg den rette by eller den placering der er nærmest dig i listen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-world.page:64
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui> to finish adding the city."
+msgstr ""
+"Tryk på <gui style=\"button\">Tilføj</gui> for at færdiggøre tilføjelsen af "
+"byen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/clock-world.page:68
+msgid ""
+"Refer to the <link href=\"help:gnome-clocks\">Clocks Help</link> for more of "
+"the capabilities of <app>Clocks</app>."
+msgstr ""
+"Se <link href=\"help:gnome-clocks\">Hjælp til Ure</link> for mere "
+"information om hvad <app>Ure</app> er i stand til."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/clock.page:19
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set date and time</link>, <link xref=\"clock-world"
+"\">world clocks</link>, <link xref=\"clock-timezone\">timezone</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and appointments</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"clock-set\">Indstil dato og klokkeslæt</link>, <link xref="
+"\"clock-world\">verdensure</link>, <link xref=\"clock-timezone\">tidszone</"
+"link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">kalender og aftaler</link> …"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/clock.page:27
+msgid "Date & time"
+msgstr "Dato & klokkeslæt"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/color.page:9 C/color-assignprofiles.page:16
+#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14 C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:18 C/color-calibrate-screen.page:17
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12 C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12
+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11 C/color-gettingprofiles.page:13
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:16 C/color-missingvcgt.page:11
+#: C/color-notifications.page:14 C/color-notspecifiededid.page:11
+#: C/color-testing.page:15 C/color-whatisprofile.page:10
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:12 C/color-why-calibrate.page:11
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:11
+msgid "Richard Hughes"
+msgstr "Richard Hughes"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color.page:14
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Why is this important</link>, <link xref="
+"\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link xref=\"color#calibration"
+"\">How to calibrate a device</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Hvorfor er det vigtigt</link>, <link xref="
+"\"color#profiles\">Farveprofiler</link>, <link xref=\"color#calibration"
+"\">Kalibrer en enhed</link> …"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color.page:22
+msgid "Color management"
+msgstr "Farvestyring"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/color.page:25
+msgid "Color profiles"
+msgstr "Farveprofiler"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/color.page:29
+msgid "Calibration"
+msgstr "Kalibrering"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:30
+msgid ""
+"Look in <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to add a color "
+"profile for your screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Kig i <guiseq><gui>Indstillinger</gui><gui>Farve</gui></guiseq> for at "
+"tilføje en farveprofil til din skærm."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:33
+msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?"
+msgstr "Hvordan tildeler jeg profiler til enheder?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:35
+msgid ""
+"You may want to assign a color profile for your screen or printer so that "
+"the colors which it shows are more accurate."
+msgstr ""
+"Det kan være du vil tildele en farveprofil til din skærm eller printer, så "
+"farverne er mere præcise."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:47 C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:62
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:57 C/color-howtoimport.page:50
+#: C/color-testing.page:71
+msgid "Click <gui>Color</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Farve</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne panelet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:50
+msgid "Select the device for which you want to add a profile."
+msgstr "Vælg den enhed hvor du vil tilføje en profil."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:53 C/color-howtoimport.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Add profile</gui> to select an existing profile or import a new "
+"profile."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på <gui>Tilføj profil</gui> for at vælge en eksisterende profil eller "
+"importere en ny profil."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:57 C/color-howtoimport.page:60
+#: C/color-testing.page:82
+msgid "Press <gui>Add</gui> to confirm your selection."
+msgstr "Tryk på <gui>Tilføj</gui> for at bekræfte dit valg."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:60
+msgid ""
+"To change the used profile, select the profile you would like to use and "
+"press <gui>Enable</gui> to confirm your selection."
+msgstr ""
+"For at ændre profilen der bruges vælges den profil du vil bruge og så trykke "
+"der på <gui>Aktivér</gui> for at bekræfte dit valg."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:65
+msgid ""
+"Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile "
+"can be the <em>default</em> profile. The default profile is used when there "
+"is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An "
+"example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for "
+"glossy paper and another plain paper."
+msgstr ""
+"Hver enhed kan have flere profiler tildelt, men kun én profil kan være "
+"<em>standardprofilen</em>. Standardprofilen bruges når der ikke er nogle "
+"ekstra information til automatisk at vælge profilen. Et eksempel på det "
+"automatiske valg er hvis en profil blev oprettet til blankt papir og en "
+"anden til almindeligt papir."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:71
+msgid ""
+"If calibration hardware is connected, the <gui>Calibrate…</gui> button will "
+"create a new profile."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis der er tilsluttet kalibreringshardware, så opretter knappen "
+"<gui>Kalibrér …</gui> en ny profil."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11
+msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors."
+msgstr "Kalibrering af dit kamera er vigtig for at indfange farverne præcist."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20
+msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?"
+msgstr "Hvordan kalibrerer jeg mit kamera?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22
+msgid ""
+"Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the "
+"desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it "
+"can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control panel."
+msgstr ""
+"Kameraenheder kalibreres ved at tage et billede af et mål under de ønskede "
+"lysforhold. Ved at konvertere RAW-filen til en TIFF-fil kan det bruges til "
+"at kalibrere kameraenheden i farvekontrolpanelet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28
+msgid ""
+"You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. "
+"Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not "
+"work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount."
+msgstr ""
+"Du skal beskære TIFF-filen, så det kun er målet der er synligt. Sørg for at "
+"de hvide og sorte kanter stadigvæk er synlige. Kalibrering virker ikke hvis "
+"billedet er på hovedet eller er meget forvrænget."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:36
+msgid ""
+"The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you "
+"acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile "
+"several times for <em>studio</em>, <em>bright sunlight</em> and <em>cloudy</"
+"em> lighting conditions."
+msgstr ""
+"Den resulterende profil er kun gyldig under de lysforhold du fik det "
+"oprindelige billede under. Det betyder at det kan være nødvendigt at "
+"profilere flere gange til lysforholdene <em>studio</em>, <em>stærkt "
+"sollys</em> og <em>skyet</em>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10
+msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors."
+msgstr "Kalibrering af din printer er vigtig for at udskrive farverne præcist."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19
+msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?"
+msgstr "Hvordan kalibrerer jeg min printer?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21
+msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:"
+msgstr "Der er to måder til at profilere en printerenhed:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26
+msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27
+msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30
+msgid ""
+"Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest "
+"option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the "
+"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the "
+"print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the "
+"profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38
+msgid ""
+"Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you "
+"are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44
+msgid "If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:32
+msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors."
+msgstr "Kalibrering af din skanner er vigtig for at indfange farverne præcist."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:35
+msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?"
+msgstr "Hvordan kalibrerer jeg min skanner?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:42
+msgid ""
+"If you want your scanner to represent the color accurately in scans, you "
+"should calibrate it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Make sure your scanner is connected to your computer with a cable or over "
+"the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:51
+msgid "Scan your calibration target and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:65
+msgid "Select your scanner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:68 C/color-calibrate-screen.page:63
+msgid ""
+"Press <gui style=\"button\">Calibrate…</gui> to commence the calibration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:74
+msgid ""
+"Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature, so do not "
+"usually need to be recalibrated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:31
+msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors."
+msgstr "Kalibrering af din skærm er vigtig for at vise farverne præcist."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:35
+msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?"
+msgstr "Hvordan kalibrerer jeg min skærm?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:37
+msgid ""
+"You can calibrate your screen so that it shows more accurate color. This is "
+"especially useful if you are involved in digital photography, design or "
+"artwork."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:41
+msgid ""
+"You will need either a colorimeter or a spectrophotometer to do this. Both "
+"devices are used to profile screens, but they work in slightly different "
+"ways."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:47
+msgid "Make sure your calibration device is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:60
+msgid "Select your screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:68
+msgid ""
+"Screens change all the time: the backlight in a TFT display will halve in "
+"brightness approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets "
+"older. This means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon "
+"appears in the <gui>Color</gui> panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:73
+msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9
+msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely."
+msgstr "Kalibrering og karakterisering er helt forskellige ting."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18
+msgid "What’s the difference between calibration and characterization?"
+msgstr "Hvad er forskellen på kalibrering og karakterisering?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19
+msgid ""
+"Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration "
+"and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color "
+"behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26
+msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27
+msgid "Applying curves to its color channels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29
+msgid ""
+"The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to "
+"its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining "
+"reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in device or "
+"systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel "
+"calibration curves."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Characterization (or profiling) is <em>recording</em> the way a device "
+"reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device "
+"ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in any way. It "
+"allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware "
+"application to modify color when combined with another device profile. Only "
+"by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring "
+"color from one device representation to another be achieved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if "
+"it’s in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53
+msgid ""
+"In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because "
+"often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. "
+"By convention it is stored in a tag called the <em>vcgt</em> tag. Although "
+"it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or "
+"applications are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical "
+"display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do "
+"anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9
+msgid "We support a large number of calibration devices."
+msgstr "Vi understøtter mange kalibreringsenheder."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:19
+msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?"
+msgstr "Hvilke farvemålingsinstrumenter understøttes?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:21
+msgid ""
+"The system relies on the Argyll color management system to support color "
+"instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28
+msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)"
+msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spektrometer)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29
+msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)"
+msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spektrometer)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30
+msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)"
+msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 eller LT (kolorimeter)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31
+msgid "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)"
+msgstr "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (kolorimeter)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32
+msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)"
+msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Design eller Photo (spektrometer)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33
+msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)"
+msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (kolorimeter)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34
+msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)"
+msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (kolorimeter)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35
+msgid "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)"
+msgstr "Pantone Huey (kolorimeter)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36
+msgid "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)"
+msgstr "MonacoOPTIX (kolorimeter)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37
+msgid "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)"
+msgstr "ColorVision Spyder 2 og 3 (kolorimeter)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38
+msgid "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)"
+msgstr "Colorimètre HCFR (kolorimeter)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:42
+msgid ""
+"The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in "
+"Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Pantone Huey er på nuværende tidspunkt den billigste og bedst understøttede "
+"hardware i Linux."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Thanks to Argyll there’s also a number of spot and strip reading reflective "
+"spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your "
+"printers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:52
+msgid "X-Rite DTP20 “Pulse” (“swipe” type reflective spectrometer)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53
+msgid "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54
+msgid "X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55
+msgid "X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:56
+msgid "X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9
+msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling."
+msgstr ""
+"Kalibreringsmål er nødvendige for at foretage profilering af skanner og "
+"kamera."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18
+msgid "Which target types are supported?"
+msgstr "Hvilke måltyper understøttes?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20
+msgid "The following types of targets are supported:"
+msgstr "Følgende typer mål understøttes:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25
+msgid "CMP DigitalTarget"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26
+msgid "ColorChecker 24"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27
+msgid "ColorChecker DC"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28
+msgid "ColorChecker SG"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29
+msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14"
+msgstr "i1 RGB Scan 14"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30
+msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31
+msgid "QPcard 201"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32
+msgid "IT8.7/2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36
+msgid ""
+"You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and "
+"LaserSoft in various online shops."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively you can buy targets from <link href=\"http://www.targets.";
+"coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</link> at a very fair price."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8
+msgid ""
+"Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time."
+msgstr ""
+"Deling af farveprofiler er aldrig en god ide da hardware ændres over tid."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17
+msgid "Can I share my color profile?"
+msgstr "Kan jeg dele min farveprofil?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19
+msgid ""
+"Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware "
+"and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been "
+"powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different color "
+"profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit "
+"for a thousand hours."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26
+msgid ""
+"This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be "
+"getting them <em>closer</em> to calibration, but it’s misleading at best to "
+"say that their display is calibrated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight "
+"from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and "
+"editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you created in your own "
+"specific lighting conditions doesn’t make a lot of sense."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40
+msgid ""
+"You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles "
+"downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10
+msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself."
+msgstr "Farveprofiler leveres af producenter og kan genereres af dig selv."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:19
+msgid "Where do I get color profiles?"
+msgstr "Hvor finder jeg farveprofiler?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:21
+msgid ""
+"The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this "
+"does require some initial outlay."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:25
+msgid ""
+"Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although "
+"sometimes they are wrapped up in <em>driver bundles</em> which you may need "
+"to download, extract and then search for the color profiles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the "
+"profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if "
+"the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device "
+"then it’s likely dummy data generated that is useless."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:39
+msgid ""
+"See <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> for information on why vendor-"
+"supplied profiles are often worse than useless."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:30
+msgid "Color profiles can be imported by opening them."
+msgstr "Farveprofiler kan importeres ved at åbne dem."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:33
+msgid "How do I import color profiles?"
+msgstr "Hvordan importerer jeg farveprofiler?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:35
+msgid ""
+"You can import a color profile by double clicking on a <file>.ICC</file> or "
+"<file>.ICM</file> file in the file browser."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:38
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively you can manage your color profiles through the <gui>Color</"
+"gui> panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:53
+msgid "Select your device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:64
+msgid ""
+"The manufacturer of your display may supply a profile that you can use. "
+"These profiles are usually made for the average display, so may not be "
+"perfect for your specific one. For the best calibration, you should <link "
+"xref=\"color-calibrate-screen\">create your own profile</link> using a "
+"colorimeter or a spectrophotometer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8
+msgid ""
+"Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows."
+msgstr ""
+"Farvekorrigering af hele skærmen ændrer alle skærmens farver på alle vinduer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17
+msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?"
+msgstr "Manglende information om farvekorrigering af hele skærmen?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18
+msgid ""
+"Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the "
+"information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can "
+"still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but you "
+"will not see all the colors of your screen change."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:24
+msgid ""
+"In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and "
+"characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring "
+"instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-notifications.page:24
+msgid "You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate."
+msgstr "Du kan få besked hvis din farveprofil er gammel og upræcis."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-notifications.page:27
+msgid "Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?"
+msgstr "Kan jeg blive underrettet når min farveprofil er upræcis?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-notifications.page:29
+msgid ""
+"You can be reminded to recalibrate your devices after a specific period of "
+"time. Unfortunately, it is not possible to tell without recalibrating "
+"whether a device profile is accurate, so it is best to recalibrate devices "
+"regularly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-notifications.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Some companies have very specific calibration expiry policies for profiles, "
+"as an inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-notifications.page:38
+msgid ""
+"If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a "
+"red warning triangle will be shown in the <gui>Color</gui> panel next to the "
+"profile. A warning notification will also be shown every time you log into "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-notifications.page:43
+msgid ""
+"To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum "
+"age of the profile in days:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/screen
+#: C/color-notifications.page:46
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<output style=\"prompt\">$ </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color
recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</input>\n"
+"<output style=\"prompt\">$ </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color
recalibrate-display-threshold 90</input>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<output style=\"prompt\">$ </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color
recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</input>\n"
+"<output style=\"prompt\">$ </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color
recalibrate-display-threshold 90</input>\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:9
+msgid "Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date."
+msgstr "Standardskærmprofiler har ikke en kalibreringsdato."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:17
+msgid "Why don’t the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?"
+msgstr "Hvorfor har standardskærmprofilerne ikke en udløbsdato på kalibrering?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:18
+msgid ""
+"The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically "
+"based on the display <link href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/";
+"Extended_Display_Identification_Data\"> EDID</link> which is stored in a "
+"memory chip inside the monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the "
+"available colors the monitor was capable of displaying when it was "
+"manufactured, and does not contain much other information for color "
+"correction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29
+msgid ""
+"Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself "
+"would lead to more accurate color correction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-testing.page:29
+msgid ""
+"Use the supplied test profiles to check that your profiles are being applied "
+"correctly to your screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Brug de medfølgende testprofiler til at tjekke at dine profiler "
+"anvendes korrekt på din skærm."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-testing.page:33
+msgid "How do I test if color management is working correctly?"
+msgstr "Hvordan tester jeg om farvestyring virker korrekt?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-testing.page:35
+msgid ""
+"The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to "
+"see if anything much has changed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-testing.page:38
+msgid ""
+"The system comes with several profiles for testing that make it very clear "
+"when the profiles are being applied:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/color-testing.page:43
+msgid "Blue"
+msgstr "Blå"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-testing.page:44
+msgid ""
+"This will turn the screen blue and tests if the calibration curves are being "
+"sent to the display."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-testing.page:74
+msgid ""
+"Select the device for which you want to add a profile. You may wish to make "
+"a note of which profile is currently being used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-testing.page:78
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Add profile</gui> to select a test profile, which should be at "
+"the bottom of the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-testing.page:85
+msgid ""
+"To revert to your previous profile, select the device in the <gui>Color</"
+"gui> panel, then select the profile that you were using before you tried one "
+"of the test profiles and press <gui>Enable</gui> to use it again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-testing.page:93
+msgid ""
+"Using these profiles, you can clearly see when an application supports color "
+"management."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7
+msgid ""
+"A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device "
+"response."
+msgstr ""
+"En farveprofil er en simpel fil der udtrykker et farverum eller enhedssvar."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:16
+msgid "What is a color profile?"
+msgstr "Hvad er en farveprofil?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:18
+msgid ""
+"A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as "
+"a projector or a color space such as sRGB."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:22
+msgid ""
+"Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file "
+"with a <input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file extension."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the "
+"data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Every device that is processing color should have its own ICC profile and "
+"when this is achieved the system is said to have an <em>end-to-end color-"
+"managed workflow</em>. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that "
+"colors are not being lost or modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:9
+msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors."
+msgstr "Et farverum er et angivet interval af farver."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:18
+msgid "What is a color space?"
+msgstr "Hvad er et farverum?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:20
+msgid ""
+"A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include "
+"sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:25
+msgid ""
+"The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate "
+"how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the "
+"human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human "
+"vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a "
+"trichromatic color space like RGB we represent the colors on the computer "
+"using three values, which restricts up to encoding a <em>triangle</em> of "
+"colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge "
+"simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as "
+"3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can "
+"sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, use the "
+"<code>gcm-viewer</code> application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:48
+msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles"
+msgstr "sRGB, AdobeRGB og ProPhotoRGB vist som hvide trekanter"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:52
+msgid ""
+"First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least "
+"number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and "
+"so most modern monitors can easily display more colors than this. sRGB is a "
+"<em>least-common-denominator</em> standard and is used in a large number of "
+"applications (including the Internet)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:60
+msgid ""
+"AdobeRGB is frequently used as an <em>editing space</em>. It can encode more "
+"colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without "
+"worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being clipped or the blacks "
+"crushed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:66
+msgid ""
+"ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document "
+"archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the "
+"human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:73
+msgid ""
+"Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don’t we use it for everything? The "
+"answer is to do with <em>quantization</em>. If you only have 8 bits (256 "
+"levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger "
+"steps between each value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:79
+msgid ""
+"Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored "
+"color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key "
+"colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make "
+"untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:86
+msgid ""
+"Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much "
+"smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. "
+"Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:92
+msgid ""
+"Color management is a process for converting from one color space to "
+"another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or "
+"a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:8
+msgid ""
+"Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print."
+msgstr ""
+"Kalibrering er vigtig, hvis du går op i de farver der vises eller udskrives."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:17
+msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?"
+msgstr "Hvorfor skal jeg selv kalibrere?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:19
+msgid ""
+"Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, "
+"they just take a few items from the production line and average them "
+"together:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
+#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:26
+msgid "Averaged profiles"
+msgstr "Profiler der er gennemsnitlige"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:29
+msgid ""
+"Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially "
+"as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just "
+"changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterization "
+"state and make the profile inaccurate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:37
+msgid ""
+"The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the "
+"calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a "
+"profile based on your exact characterization state."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:8
+msgid "Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
+msgstr "Farvestyring er vigtig for designere, fotografer og kunstnere."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:17
+msgid "Why is color management important?"
+msgstr "Hvorfor er farvestyring vigtigt?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:18
+msgid ""
+"Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, "
+"displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact "
+"colors and the range of colors on each medium."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:24
+msgid ""
+"The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph "
+"of a bird on a frosty day in winter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:30
+msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder"
+msgstr "En fugl på en frosset væg som det ses i kameraets søger"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look "
+"cold."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:40
+msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen"
+msgstr "Hvad brugeren ser på skærmen på en bærbar computer til typisk virksomhedsbrug"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Notice how the white is not “paper white” and the black of the eye is now a "
+"muddy brown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:50
+msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer"
+msgstr "Hvad brugeren ser når der udskrives på en typisk inkjetprinter"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:54
+msgid ""
+"The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a "
+"different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of "
+"electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:60
+msgid ""
+"Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to "
+"CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that "
+"you can’t have <em>white</em> ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good "
+"as the paper color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:67
+msgid ""
+"Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is "
+"measured, we don’t know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red "
+"ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is probably something "
+"like 62% on another display. It’s like telling a person that you’ve just "
+"driven 7 units of distance, without the unit you don’t know if that’s 7 "
+"kilometers or 7 meters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:77
+msgid ""
+"In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of "
+"colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very "
+"large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a sunset, but a "
+"projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look "
+"“washed out”."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:85
+msgid ""
+"In some cases we can <em>correct</em> the device output by altering the data "
+"we send to it, but in other cases where that’s not possible (you can’t print "
+"electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going to look "
+"like."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:92
+msgid ""
+"For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color "
+"device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you "
+"might want to match the color exactly, which is important if you’re trying "
+"to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that <em>has</em> to be the "
+"exact Red Hat Red."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:15
+msgid "Lucie Hankey"
+msgstr "Lucie Hankey"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:27
+msgid "Pranali Deshmukh"
+msgstr "Pranali Deshmukh"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:29
+msgid "2020"
+msgstr "2020"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:34
+msgid "Add or remove a contact in the local address book."
+msgstr "Tilføj eller fjern en kontakt i din lokale adressebog."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:38
+msgid "Add or remove a contact"
+msgstr "Tilføj eller fjern en kontakt"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:40
+msgid "To add a contact:"
+msgstr "Tilføj en kontakt:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:44
+msgid "Press the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button."
+msgstr "Tryk på knappen <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:47
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>New contact</gui> dialog, enter the contact name and their "
+"information. Press the drop down box next to each field to choose the type "
+"of detail."
+msgstr ""
+"I dialogen <gui>Ny kontakt</gui> indtastes kontaktens navn og deres "
+"information. Tryk på nedrulningsboksen ved siden af hvert felt for at vælge "
+"detaljens type."
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/span
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:52 C/contacts-add-remove.page:66
+msgid "View More"
+msgstr "Vis flere"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:52
+msgid "To add more details press the <_:media-1/> option."
+msgstr "Tryk på valgmuligheden <_:media-1/> for at tilføje flere detaljer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:55
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui> to save the contact."
+msgstr "Tryk på <gui style=\"button\">Tilføj</gui> for at gemme kontakten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:59
+msgid "To remove a contact:"
+msgstr "Fjern en kontakt:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:63 C/contacts-connect.page:37
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:40
+msgid "Select the contact from your contact list."
+msgstr "Vælg kontakten i din kontaktliste."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:66
+msgid ""
+"Press the <_:media-1/> button in the header bar on the top-right corner."
+msgstr "Tryk på knappen <_:media-1/> i titellinjen i øverste højre hjørne."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:69
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"menu item\">Delete</gui> option to remove contact."
+msgstr ""
+"Tryk på valgmuligheden <gui style=\"menu item\">Slet</gui> for at fjerne "
+"kontakten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/contacts.page:20
+msgid "Access your contacts."
+msgstr "Tilgå dine kontakter."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts.page:26
+msgid ""
+"Use <app>Contacts</app> to store, access or edit information for your "
+"contacts, locally or in your <link xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Brug <app>Kontakter</app> til at gemme, tilgå eller redigere information om "
+"dine kontakter, lokalt eller i dine <link "
+"xref=\"accounts\">onlinekonti</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/contacts-connect.page:23
+msgid "2013-2014"
+msgstr "2013-2014"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/contacts-connect.page:28
+msgid "Email, chat with, or phone a contact."
+msgstr "Send e-mail til, chat med eller ring til en kontakt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/contacts-connect.page:31
+msgid "Connect with your contact"
+msgstr "Tag kontakt til dine kontakter"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-connect.page:33
+msgid "To email, chat with or phone someone in <app>Contacts</app>:"
+msgstr "E-mail, chat med eller ring til nogen i <app>Kontakter</app>:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-connect.page:40
+msgid ""
+"Press on the button of the <em>detail</em> that you want to use. For "
+"example, to email your contact, press the button next the contact’s email "
+"address."
+msgstr ""
+"Tryk på knappen ved den <em>detalje</em> du vil bruge. Tryk f.eks. på "
+"knappen ved siden af kontaktens e-mailadresse for at sende e-mail til din "
+"kontakt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-connect.page:45
+msgid ""
+"The corresponding application will be launched using the contact’s details."
+msgstr "Det tilhørende program startes med kontaktens detaljer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/contacts-connect.page:51
+msgid ""
+"If there is no available application for the detail that you wish to use, "
+"you will not be able to select it."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis der ikke findes noget program til den detalje du ønsker at bruge, så "
+"vil du ikke være i stand til at vælge den."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:30
+msgid "Edit the information for each contact."
+msgstr "Rediger informationen for hver kontakt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:33
+msgid "Edit contact details"
+msgstr "Rediger kontaktdetaljer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book "
+"up to date and complete."
+msgstr ""
+"Redigering af kontaktdetaljer hjælper dig med at holde informationen i din "
+"adressebog opdateret og komplet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:43
+msgid ""
+"Press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select <gui "
+"style=\"button\">Edit</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tryk på menuknappen i øverste højre hjørne af vinduet og vælg <gui "
+"style=\"button\">Redigér</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:47
+msgid "Edit the contact details."
+msgstr "Rediger kontaktdetaljerne."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:48
+msgid ""
+"To add a <em>detail</em> such as a new phone number or email address, just "
+"fill in the details on the next empty field of the type (phone number, "
+"email, etc.) you want to add."
+msgstr ""
+"For at tilføje en <em>detalje</em> såsom et nyt telefonnummer eller "
+"e-mailadresse skal du blot udfylde detaljerne i det næste tomme felt med den "
+"type (telefonnummer, e-mail osv.) du vil tilføje."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Press the bottommost button to expand available options, revealing fields "
+"like <gui>Website</gui> and <gui>Birthday</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tryk på den nederste knap for at udvidde de tilgængelige valgmuligheden, "
+"hvorved felter såsom <gui>Websted</gui> og <gui>Fødselsdag</gui> vises."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:57 C/contacts-link-unlink.page:83
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui> to finish editing the contact."
+msgstr ""
+"Tryk på <gui style=\"button\">Udført</gui> for at færdiggøre redigeringen af "
+"kontakten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:29
+msgid "Combine information for a contact from multiple sources."
+msgstr "Kombiner information for en kontakt fra flere kilder."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:32
+msgid "Link and unlink contacts"
+msgstr "Sammenkæd og fjern sammenkædning af kontakter"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:35
+msgid "Link contacts"
+msgstr "Sammenkæd kontakter"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:37
+msgid ""
+"You can combine duplicate contacts from your local address book and online "
+"accounts into one <app>Contacts</app> entry. This feature helps you keep "
+"your address book organized, with all details about one contact in one place."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan kombinere duplikatkontakter i din lokale adressebog og onlinekontoer "
+"til én post i <app>Kontakter</app>. Funktionaliteten hjælper dig med at "
+"organisere din adressebog med alle detaljer om en kontakt det samme sted."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:43
+msgid ""
+"Enable <em>selection mode</em> by pressing the tick button above the contact "
+"list."
+msgstr ""
+"Aktivér <em>markeringstilstand</em> ved at trykke på afkrydsningsknappen "
+"over kontaktlisten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:47
+msgid ""
+"A checkbox will appear next to each contact. Tick the checkboxes next to the "
+"contacts that you want to merge."
+msgstr ""
+"Der vises en afkrydsningsboks ved siden af hver kontakt. Tilvælg "
+"afkrydsningsboksene ved siden af de kontakter du vil sammenføje."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:51
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Link</gui> to link the selected contacts."
+msgstr ""
+"Tryk på <gui style=\"button\">Sammenkæd</gui> for at sammenkæde de valgte "
+"kontakter."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:59
+msgid "Unlink contacts"
+msgstr "Fjern sammenkædning af kontakter"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:61
+msgid ""
+"You may want to unlink contacts if you accidentally linked contacts which "
+"should not be linked."
+msgstr ""
+"Det kan være du vil fjerne sammenkædningen af kontakter hvis du ved en fejl "
+"sammenkædede kontakter som ikke skulle have været sammenkædede."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:66
+msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink from your list of contact."
+msgstr ""
+"Vælg den kontakt du vil fjerne sammenkædning for i din liste over kontakter."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:69
+msgid ""
+"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-right corner of "
+"<app>Contacts</app>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tryk på <gui style=\"button\">Redigér</gui> i øverste højre hjørne af "
+"<app>Kontakter</app>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:73
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Linked Accounts</gui>."
+msgstr "Tryk på <gui style=\"button\">Sammenkædede konti</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:76
+msgid ""
+"Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlink</gui> to unlink the entry from the "
+"contact."
+msgstr ""
+"Tryk på <gui style=\"button\">Fjern sammenkædning</gui> for at fjerne "
+"sammenkædningen af posten i kontakten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:80
+msgid "Close the window once you have finished unlinking the entries."
+msgstr "Luk vinduet når du er færdig med at fjerne sammenkædningen af posterne."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/contacts-search.page:28
+msgid "Search for a contact."
+msgstr "Søg efter en kontakt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/contacts-search.page:31
+msgid "Search for a contact"
+msgstr "Søg efter en kontakt"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-search.page:33
+msgid "You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:"
+msgstr "Du kan søge efter en onlinekontakt på to måder:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-search.page:37
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, start typing the name of the contact."
+msgstr "Begynd at skrive navnet på kontakten i <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-search.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Matching contacts will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of "
+"applications."
+msgstr ""
+"Kontakter der passer vises i oversigten i stedet for den sædvanlige liste "
+"over programmer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-search.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Press <key>Enter</key> to select the contact at the top of the list or click "
+"the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top."
+msgstr ""
+"Tryk på <key>Enter</key> for at vælge kontakten øverst i listen eller klik "
+"på den kontakt du vil vælge hvis de ikke er øverst."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-search.page:51
+msgid "To search from inside <app>Contacts</app>:"
+msgstr "Søg inde i <app>Kontakter</app>:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-search.page:55
+msgid "Click inside the search field."
+msgstr "Klik i søgefeltet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-search.page:58
+msgid "Start typing the name of the contact."
+msgstr "Begynd at skrive navnet på kontakten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/contacts-setup.page:22
+msgid "Paul Cutler"
+msgstr "Paul Cutler"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/contacts-setup.page:24
+msgid "2017"
+msgstr "2017"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/contacts-setup.page:29
+msgid "Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account."
+msgstr "Gem dine kontakter i en lokal adressebog eller i en onlinekonto."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/contacts-setup.page:32
+msgid "Starting Contacts for the first time"
+msgstr "Starter Kontakter for første gang"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-setup.page:34
+msgid ""
+"When you run <app>Contacts</app> for the first time, the <gui>Select Address "
+"Book</gui> window opens."
+msgstr ""
+"Når du kører <app>Kontakter</app> for første gang, så åbnes vinduet "
+"<gui>Vælg adressebog</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-setup.page:37
+msgid ""
+"If you have <link xref=\"accounts\">online accounts</link> configured, they "
+"are listed with <gui>Local Address Book</gui>. Select an item from the list "
+"and click <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui>. All new contacts you create will "
+"be saved to the address book you choose. You are also able to view and edit "
+"contacts in other address books."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du har <link xref=\"accounts\">onlinekonti</link> konfigureret, så vises "
+"de med <gui>Lokal adressebog</gui>. Vælg et punkt i listen og klik på <gui "
+"style=\"button\">Udført</gui>. Alle nye kontakter som du opretter gemmes i "
+"den adressebog du vælger. Du kan også vise og redigere kontakter i andre "
+"adressebøger."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-setup.page:43
+msgid ""
+"If you have no online accounts configured, click <gui style=\"button"
+"\">Online Accounts</gui> to begin the setup. If you do not wish to set up "
+"online accounts at this time, click <gui style=\"button\">Local Address "
+"Book</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du ikke har nogle onlinekonti konfigureret, så klik på <gui "
+"style=\"button\">Onlinekonti</gui> for at begynde opsætningen. Hvis du ikke "
+"ønsker at opsætte onlinekonti på nuværende tidspunkt, så klik på <gui "
+"style=\"button\">Lokal adressebog</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:18 C/disk-capacity.page:12 C/disk-check.page:13
+#: C/display-brightness.page:22 C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:19
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:19 C/look-background.page:25
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:19 C/look-resolution.page:22
+msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
+msgstr "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:28
+msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
+msgstr "Kør benchmarks på din harddisk for at tjekke hvor hurtig den er."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:31
+msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
+msgstr "Test ydelsen af din harddisk"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40
+msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:"
+msgstr "Test hastigheden på din harddisk:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Open <app>Disks</app> from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
+"\">Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <app>Diske</app> i <gui xref=\"shell-"
+"introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48
+msgid "Choose the disk from the list in the left pane."
+msgstr "Vælg disken i listen i ruden til venstre."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Click the menu button and select <gui>Benchmark disk…</gui> from the menu."
+msgstr "Klik på menuknappen og vælg <gui>Diskbenchmark …</gui> i menuen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Start Benchmark…</gui> and adjust the <gui>Transfer Rate</gui> "
+"and <gui>Access Time</gui> parameters as desired."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på <gui>Start benchmark …</gui> og juster parametrene "
+"<gui>Overførselshastighed</gui> og <gui>Tilgangstid</gui> som ønsket."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:59
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Start Benchmarking</gui> to test how fast data can be read from "
+"the disk. <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> "
+"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
+"administrator account."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på <gui>Start benchmark …</gui> for at teste hvor hurtigt der kan læses "
+"data fra disken. <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative "
+"rettigheder</link> kan være nødvendige. Indtast din adgangskode eller "
+"adgangskoden til den anmodede administratorkonto."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:64
+msgid ""
+"If <gui>Perform write-benchmark</gui> is checked, the benchmark will test "
+"how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take "
+"longer to complete."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis <gui>Afprøv skrivehastighed</gui> er tilvalgt, så tester benchmarken "
+"hvor hurtigt data kan læses fra og skrives til disken. Det tager længere tid "
+"at fuldføre."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:71
+msgid ""
+"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green "
+"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to "
+"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, "
+"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line "
+"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are "
+"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of "
+"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis."
+msgstr ""
+"Når testen er færdig vises resultaterne i grafen. De grønne punkter og "
+"linjerne der forbinder dem angiver prøvetagningerne; de hører til den højre "
+"akse, der viser adgangstid, plottet mod den nederste akse, der i procent "
+"viser tiden som er forløbet under benchmarken. Den blå linje viser "
+"læsehastigheder, mens den røde linje viser skrivehastigheder; de vises som "
+"adgangsdatahastigheder på den venstre akse, plottet mod procent af disken "
+"som er rejst, fra yderst til inderst, langs den nederste akse."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:80
+msgid ""
+"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read "
+"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last "
+"benchmark test."
+msgstr ""
+"Under grafen vises værdier for minimum, maksimum og gennemsnitlige læse- og "
+"skrivehastigheder, gennemsnitlig tilgangstid og tid forløbet siden den "
+"sidste benchmarktest."
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:20 C/net-findip.page:32
+msgid "Rafael Fontenelle"
+msgstr "Rafael Fontenelle"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Use <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui>, <gui>System Monitor</gui>, or "
+"<gui>Usage</gui> to check space and capacity."
+msgstr ""
+"Brug <gui>Diskforbrugsanalyse</gui>, <gui>Systemovervågning</gui> eller "
+"<gui>Forbrug</gui> til at tjekke plads og kapacitet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:32
+msgid "Check how much disk space is left"
+msgstr "Tjek hvor meget diskplads der er tilbage"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:34
+msgid ""
+"You can check how much disk space is left with <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</"
+"app>, <app>System Monitor</app>, or <app>Usage</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:38
+msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer"
+msgstr "Tjek med Diskforbrugsanalyse"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:40
+msgid ""
+"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage "
+"Analyzer</app>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Open <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. "
+"The window will display a list of file locations together with the usage and "
+"capacity of each."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:50
+msgid ""
+"Click one of the items in the list to view a detailed summary of the usage "
+"for that item. Click the menu button, and then <gui>Scan Folder…</gui> or "
+"<gui>Scan Remote Folder…</gui> to scan a different location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:56
+msgid ""
+"The information is displayed according to <gui>Folder</gui>, <gui>Size</"
+"gui>, <gui>Contents</gui> and when the data was last <gui>Modified</gui>. "
+"See more details in <link href=\"help:baobab\"><app>Disk Usage Analyzer</"
+"app></link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:65
+msgid "Check with System Monitor"
+msgstr "Tjek med Systemovervågning"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:67
+msgid ""
+"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>System Monitor</"
+"app>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:71
+msgid ""
+"Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
+"gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn programmet <app>Systemovervågning</app> fra <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</"
+"gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:75
+msgid ""
+"Select the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab to view the system’s partitions and "
+"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to <gui>Total</"
+"gui>, <gui>Free</gui>, <gui>Available</gui> and <gui>Used</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:83
+msgid "Check with Usage"
+msgstr "Tjek med Forbrug"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:85
+msgid "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>Usage</app>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:89
+msgid ""
+"Open the <app>Usage</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+"overview."
+msgstr "Åbn programmet <app>Forbrug</app> fra <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:93
+msgid ""
+"Select <gui>Storage</gui> tab to view the system’s total <gui>Used</gui> and "
+"<gui>Available</gui> disk space, as well as the used by the <gui>Operating "
+"System</gui> and common user’s directories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:100
+msgid ""
+"Disk space can be freed from user’s directories and its subdirectories by "
+"checking the box next to the directory name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:107
+msgid "What if the disk is too full?"
+msgstr "Hvad hvis disken er for fuld?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:109
+msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:113
+msgid "Delete files that aren’t important or that you won’t use anymore."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:116
+msgid ""
+"Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that "
+"you won’t need for a while and delete them from the hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/disk-check.page:24
+msgid "Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it’s healthy."
+msgstr "Test din harddisk for problemer for at sikre at den har det godt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/disk-check.page:28
+msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"
+msgstr "Tjek din harddisk for problemer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/disk-check.page:31
+msgid "Checking the hard disk"
+msgstr "Tjek harddisken"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/disk-check.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called <app>SMART</app> (Self-"
+"Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks "
+"the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about "
+"to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/disk-check.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk’s health by "
+"running the <app>Disks</app> application:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/disk-check.page:41
+msgid "Check your disk’s health using the Disks application"
+msgstr "Tjek din disks helbred med Diske-programmet"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-check.page:44 C/disk-format.page:32 C/disk-repair.page:33
+#: C/disk-repair.page:76 C/disk-resize.page:34
+msgid "Open <app>Disks</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-check.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Select the disk you want to check from the list of storage devices on the "
+"left. Information and status of the disk will be shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-check.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Click the menu button and select <gui>SMART Data & Self-Tests…</gui>. "
+"The <gui>Overall Assessment</gui> should say “Disk is OK”."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-check.page:55
+msgid ""
+"See more information under <gui>SMART Attributes</gui>, or click the <gui "
+"style=\"button\">Start Self-test</gui> button to run a self-test."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/disk-check.page:65
+msgid "What if the disk isn’t healthy?"
+msgstr "Hvad hvis disken ikke er i god stand?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/disk-check.page:67
+msgid ""
+"Even if the <gui>Overall Assessment</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn’t</"
+"em> healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it’s better to be "
+"prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to prevent data loss."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/disk-check.page:72
+msgid ""
+"If the status says “Pre-fail”, the disk is still reasonably healthy but "
+"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near "
+"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely "
+"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link "
+"xref=\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check "
+"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/disk-check.page:79
+msgid ""
+"If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a "
+"professional for further diagnosis or repair."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/disk-format.page:17
+msgid ""
+"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash "
+"drive by formatting it."
+msgstr ""
+"Fjern alle filer og mapper fra en ekstern harddisk eller USB-flashdrev ved "
+"at formatere den."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/disk-format.page:22
+msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"
+msgstr "Fjern alt på en flytbar disk"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/disk-format.page:24
+msgid ""
+"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard "
+"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and "
+"folders. You can do this by <em>formatting</em> the disk — this deletes all "
+"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/disk-format.page:30
+msgid "Format a removable disk"
+msgstr "Formatér en flytbar disk"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-format.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Select the disk you want to wipe from the list of storage devices on the "
+"left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/disk-format.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong "
+"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-format.page:44
+msgid ""
+"In the toolbar underneath the <gui>Volumes</gui> section, click the menu "
+"button. Then click <gui>Format Partition…</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-format.page:48
+msgid ""
+"In the window that pops up, choose a file system <gui>Type</gui> for the "
+"disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-format.page:50
+msgid ""
+"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux "
+"computers, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. If you only use it on Windows, <gui>NTFS</"
+"gui> may be a better option. A brief description of the file system type "
+"will be presented as a label."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-format.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Give the disk a name and click <gui>Next</gui> to continue and show a "
+"confirmation window. Check the details carefully, and click <gui>Format</"
+"gui> to wipe the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-format.page:61
+msgid ""
+"Once the formatting has finished, click the eject icon to safely remove the "
+"disk. It should now be blank and ready to use again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/disk-format.page:67
+msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/disk-format.page:68
+msgid ""
+"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. "
+"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible "
+"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to "
+"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such "
+"as <app>shred</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:15
+msgid ""
+"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to "
+"manage them."
+msgstr ""
+"Forstå hvad diskenheder og partitioner er og brug diskredskabet til at "
+"håndtere dem."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:20
+msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"
+msgstr "Håndter diskenheder og partitioner"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:22
+msgid ""
+"The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe a storage device, like a hard "
+"disk. It can also refer to a <em>part</em> of the storage on that device, "
+"because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this "
+"storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as "
+"<em>mounting</em>. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, "
+"SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read "
+"(and possibly write) files on it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:30
+msgid ""
+"Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not "
+"necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a <em>physical</em> area "
+"of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can "
+"be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can "
+"think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional "
+"“back rooms” of partitions and drives."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:38
+msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility"
+msgstr "Vis og håndter diskenheder og partitioner med diskredskabet"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:40
+msgid ""
+"You can check and modify your computer’s storage volumes with the disk "
+"utility."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:45
+msgid "Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and start <app>Disks</app>."
+msgstr "Åbn <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> og start <app>Diske</app>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:48
+msgid ""
+"In the list of storage devices on the left, you will find hard disks, CD/DVD "
+"drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:53
+msgid ""
+"The right pane provides a visual breakdown of the volumes and partitions "
+"present on the selected device. It also contains a variety of tools used to "
+"manage these volumes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with "
+"these utilities."
+msgstr ""
+"Vær forsigtig: det er muligt helt at slette dataene fra din disk med disse "
+"redskaber."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:61
+msgid ""
+"Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a "
+"single <em>swap</em> partition. The swap partition is used by the operating "
+"system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition "
+"contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. "
+"These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security "
+"or convenience."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:68
+msgid ""
+"One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to "
+"start up, or <em>boot</em>. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot "
+"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, select the "
+"partition and click the menu button in the toolbar underneath the partition "
+"list. Then, click <gui>Edit Partition…</gui> and look at its <gui>Flags</"
+"gui>. External media such as USB drives and CDs may also contain a bootable "
+"volume."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/disk-repair.page:15
+msgid "Check if a filesystem is damaged and bring it back into a usable state."
+msgstr ""
+"Tjek om et filsystem er beskadiget og bring det tilbage til en brugbar "
+"tilstand."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/disk-repair.page:20
+msgid "Repair a damaged filesystem"
+msgstr "Reparer et beskadiget filsystem"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/disk-repair.page:22
+msgid ""
+"Filesystems can be corrupted due to unexpected power loss, system crashes "
+"and unsafe removal of the drive. After such an incident it is recommended to "
+"<em>repair</em> or at least <em>check</em> the filesystem to prevent future "
+"data loss."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/disk-repair.page:26
+msgid ""
+"Sometimes a repair is required in order to mount or modify a filesystem. "
+"Even if a <em>check</em> does not report any damage the filesystem might "
+"still be marked as ‘dirty’ internally and require a repair."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/disk-repair.page:31
+msgid "Check if a filesystem is damaged"
+msgstr "Tjek om et filsystem er beskadiget"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-repair.page:36 C/disk-repair.page:79 C/disk-resize.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Select the disk containing the filesystem in question from the list of "
+"storage devices on the left. If there is more than one volume on the disk, "
+"select the volume which contains the filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-repair.page:41
+msgid ""
+"In the toolbar underneath the <gui>Volumes</gui> section, click the menu "
+"button. Then click <gui>Check Filesystem…</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-repair.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Depending on how much data is stored in the filesystem a check may take "
+"longer time. Confirm to start the action in the dialog that pops up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-repair.page:47
+msgid ""
+"The action will not modify the filesystem but will unmount it if needed. Be "
+"patient while the filesystem is checked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-repair.page:51
+msgid ""
+"After completion you will be notified whether the filesystem is damaged. "
+"Note that in some cases even if the filesystem is undamaged it still may "
+"need to be repaired to reset an internal ‘dirty’ marker."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/disk-repair.page:58
+msgid "Possible data loss when repairing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/disk-repair.page:59
+msgid ""
+"If the filesystem structure is damaged it can affect the files stored in it. "
+"In some cases these files can not be brought into a valid form again and "
+"will be deleted or moved to a special directory. It is normally the <em>lost"
+"+found</em> folder in the top level directory of the filesystem where these "
+"recovered file parts can be found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/disk-repair.page:64
+msgid ""
+"If the data is too valuable to be lost during this process, you are advised "
+"to back it up by saving an image of the volume before repairing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/disk-repair.page:67
+msgid ""
+"This image can be then processed with forensic analysis tools like "
+"<app>sleuthkit</app> to further recover missing files and data parts which "
+"were not restored during the repair, and also previously removed files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/disk-repair.page:74
+msgid "Repair a filesystem"
+msgstr "Reparer et filsystem"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-repair.page:84
+msgid ""
+"In the toolbar underneath the <gui>Volumes</gui> section, click the menu "
+"button. Then click <gui>Repair Filesystem…</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-repair.page:88
+msgid ""
+"Depending on how much data is stored in the filesystem a repair may take "
+"longer time. Confirm to start the action in the dialog that pops up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-repair.page:90
+msgid ""
+"The action will unmount the filesystem if needed. The repair action tries to "
+"bring the filesystem into a consistent state and moves files which were "
+"damaged in a special folder. Be patient while the filesystem is repaired."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-repair.page:96
+msgid ""
+"After completion you will be notified whether the filesystem could be "
+"successfully repaired. In case of success it can be used again in the normal "
+"way."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-repair.page:99
+msgid ""
+"If the filesystem could not be repaired, back it up by saving an image of "
+"the volume to be able to retrieve important files later. This can be done by "
+"mounting the image read-only or using forensic analysis tools like "
+"<app>sleuthkit</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-repair.page:103
+msgid ""
+"To make use of the volume again it has to be <link xref=\"disk-format"
+"\">formatted</link> with a new filesystem. All data will be discarded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/disk-resize.page:15
+msgid "Shrink or grow a filesystem and its partition."
+msgstr "Gør et filsystem eller dets partition mindre eller større."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/disk-resize.page:19
+msgid "Adjust the size of a filesystem"
+msgstr "Justér størrelsen på et filsystem"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/disk-resize.page:21
+msgid ""
+"A filesystem can be grown to make use of the free space after its partition. "
+"Often this is even possible while the filesystem is mounted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/disk-resize.page:24
+msgid ""
+"To make space for another partition after the filesystem, it can be shrunk "
+"according to the free space within it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/disk-resize.page:26
+msgid "Not all filesystems have resize support."
+msgstr ""
+"Det er ikke alle filsystemer der understøtter tilpasning af størrelsen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/disk-resize.page:27
+msgid ""
+"The partition size will be changed together with the filesystem size. It is "
+"also possible to resize a partition without a filesystem in the same way."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/disk-resize.page:32
+msgid "Resize a filesystem/partition"
+msgstr "Tilpas størrelsen på et filsystem/partition"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-resize.page:42
+msgid ""
+"In the toolbar underneath the <gui>Volumes</gui> section, click the menu "
+"button. Then click <gui>Resize Filesystem…</gui> or <gui>Resize…</gui> if "
+"there is no filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-resize.page:47
+msgid ""
+"A dialog will open where the new size can be chosen. The filesystem will be "
+"mounted to calculate the minimum size by the amount of current content. If "
+"shrinking is not supported the minimum size is the current size. Leave "
+"enough space within the filesystem when shrinking to ensure that it can work "
+"fast and reliably."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-resize.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Depending on how much data has to be moved from the shrunk part, the "
+"filesystem resize may take longer time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/disk-resize.page:55
+msgid ""
+"The filesystem resize automatically involves <link xref=\"disk-repair"
+"\">repairing</link> of the filesystem. Therefore it is advised to back up "
+"important data before starting. The action must not be stopped or it will "
+"result in a damaged filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-resize.page:62
+msgid ""
+"Confirm to start the action by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Resize</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-resize.page:64
+msgid ""
+"The action will unmount the filesystem if resizing a mounted filesystem is "
+"not supported. Be patient while the filesystem is resized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-resize.page:68
+msgid ""
+"After completion of the needed resize and repair actions the filesystem is "
+"ready to be used again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/disk.page:15
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-benchmark"
+"\">performance</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, <link xref="
+"\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Diskplads</link>, <link xref=\"disk-benchmark"
+"\">ydelse</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problemer</link>, <link xref="
+"\"disk-partitions\">diskenheder og partitioner</link> …"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/disk.page:25
+msgid "Disks & storage"
+msgstr "Diske & lager"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/display-blank.page:19 C/get-involved.page:16 C/gnome-classic.page:17
+#: C/gnome-version.page:9 C/net-wrongnetwork.page:20 C/power-closelid.page:25
+#: C/power-lowpower.page:21 C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:17
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:17 C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:18
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:26 C/translate.page:20
+msgid "Petr Kovar"
+msgstr "Petr Kovar"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/display-blank.page:30
+msgid "Change the screen blanking time to save power."
+msgstr "Skift tiden for sort skærm, for at spare på strømmen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/display-blank.page:33
+msgid "Set screen blanking time"
+msgstr "Indstil tiden for sort skærm"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/display-blank.page:35
+msgid ""
+"To save power, you can adjust the time before the screen blanks when left "
+"idle. You can also disable the blanking completely."
+msgstr ""
+"For at spare på strømmen kan du justere tiden inden skærmen bliver sort når den "
+"ikke er i brug. Du kan også deaktivere sort skærm helt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/display-blank.page:39
+msgid "To set the screen blanking time:"
+msgstr "Indstil tiden for sort skærm:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-blank.page:41 C/display-brightness.page:69
+#: C/power-autobrightness.page:33 C/power-autosuspend.page:33
+#: C/power-status.page:31 C/power-whydim.page:51 C/power-wireless.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Power</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Strøm</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-blank.page:45 C/display-brightness.page:73
+#: C/power-autobrightness.page:37 C/power-autosuspend.page:37
+#: C/power-whydim.page:55 C/power-wireless.page:36
+msgid "Click <gui>Power</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Strøm</gui> for at åbne panelet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-blank.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Use the <gui>Blank screen</gui> drop-down list under <gui>Power Saving</gui> "
+"to set the time until the screen blanks, or disable the blanking completely."
+msgstr ""
+"Brug nedrulningslisten <gui>Sort skærm</gui> under "
+"<gui>Strømbesparelse</gui> til at indstille tiden inden sort skærm, "
+"eller deaktivere sort skærm helt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/display-blank.page:55
+msgid ""
+"When your computer is left idle, the screen will automatically lock itself "
+"for security reasons. To change this behavior, see <link xref=\"session-"
+"screenlocks\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Når din computer ikke er i brug låses skærmen automatisk af hensyn til sikkerheden. "
+"Se <link xref=\"session-screenlocks\"/> for at ændre opførslen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/display-brightness.page:44
+msgid "Change the screen brightness to make it more readable in bright light."
+msgstr "Skift lysstyrke for skærmen, så det er lettere at læse når der er meget lyst."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/display-brightness.page:48
+msgid "Set screen brightness"
+msgstr "Indstil lysstyrke for skærmen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/display-brightness.page:50
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your hardware, you can change the brightness of your screen to "
+"save power or to make the screen more readable in bright light."
+msgstr ""
+"Afhængig af din hardware kan du ændre lysstyrken på din skærm for at spare "
+"på strømmen eller gøre skærmen lettere at læse når der er meget lyst."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/display-brightness.page:53
+msgid ""
+"To change the brightness of your screen, click the <gui xref=\"shell-"
+"introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> on the right side of the top bar "
+"and adjust the screen brightness slider to the value you want to use. The "
+"change should take effect immediately."
+msgstr ""
+"For at ændre lysstyrken på din skærm klikkes der på <gui xref=\"shell-"
+"introduction#systemmenu\">systemmenuen</gui> i højre side af toplinjen og "
+"skyderen til lysstyrke for skærmen justeres til den værdi du vil bruge. Ændringen "
+"bør ske straks."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/display-brightness.page:59
+msgid ""
+"Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These "
+"often have a picture that looks like the sun. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> "
+"key to use these keys."
+msgstr ""
+"Mange tastaturer på bærbare computere har specielle taster til at justere lysstyrken. "
+"De har ofte et billede af solen. Hold <key>Fn</key>-tasten nede for at "
+"bruge tasterne."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/display-brightness.page:64
+msgid ""
+"You can also adjust the screen brightness by using the <gui>Power</gui> "
+"panel."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan også justere lysstyrke for skærmen ved at bruge panelet "
+"<gui>Strøm</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/display-brightness.page:67
+msgid "To set the screen brightness using the Power panel:"
+msgstr "Indstil lysstyrke for skærmen med panelet Strøm:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-brightness.page:76
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the <gui>Screen brightness</gui> slider to the value you want to use. "
+"The change should take effect immediately."
+msgstr ""
+"Juster skyderen <gui>Lysstyrke for skærmen</gui> til den værdi du vil bruge. "
+"Ændringen bør ske straks."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/display-brightness.page:82
+msgid ""
+"If your computer features an integrated light sensor, the screen brightness "
+"will automatically be adjusted for you. You can disable automatic screen "
+"brightness in the <gui>Power</gui> panel."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis din computer har en integreret lyssensor, så justeres lysstyrken for skærmen "
+"automatisk for dig. Du kan deaktivere automatisk lysstyrke for skærmen i panelet "
+"<gui>Strøm</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/display-brightness.page:87
+msgid ""
+"If it is possible to set the brightness of your screen, you can also have "
+"the screen dim automatically to save power. For more information, see <link "
+"xref=\"power-whydim\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis det er muligt at indstille lysstyrken på din skærm, så kan du også få "
+"skærmen til at dæmpe automatisk for at spare på strømmen. Se <link xref=\"power-"
+"whydim\"/> for mere information."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:29
+msgid "Set up an additional monitor."
+msgstr "Opsæt en ekstra skærm."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32
+msgid "Connect another monitor to your computer"
+msgstr "Tilslut en anden skærm til din computer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83
+msgid "Set up an additional monitor"
+msgstr "Opsæt en ekstra skærm"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:84
+msgid ""
+"To set up an additional monitor, connect the monitor to your computer. If "
+"your system does not recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust "
+"the settings:"
+msgstr ""
+"For at opsætte en ektra skærm tilsluttes skærmen til din computer. "
+"Hvis dit system ikke genkender den med det samme eller hvis du vil justere "
+"indstillingerne:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:90 C/display-night-light.page:32
+#: C/look-resolution.page:58
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Displays</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> og "
+"begynd at skrive <gui>Skærme</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 C/display-night-light.page:36
+#: C/look-resolution.page:62
+msgid "Click <gui>Displays</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Skærme</gui> for at åbne panelet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97
+msgid ""
+"In the display arrangement diagram, drag your displays to the relative "
+"positions you want."
+msgstr ""
+"I diagrammet til at opstille skærme trækkes dine skærme til de ønskede "
+"indbyrdes placeringer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:100
+msgid ""
+"The numbers on the diagram are shown at the top-left of each display when "
+"the <gui>Displays</gui> panel is active."
+msgstr ""
+"Tallene i diagrammet vises øverst til venstre på hver skærm når panelet "
+"<gui>Skærme</gui> er aktivt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:105
+msgid "Click <gui>Primary Display</gui> to choose your primary display."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Primær skærm</gui> for at vælge din primære skærm."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:108
+msgid ""
+"The primary display is the one with the <link xref=\"shell-introduction"
+"\">top bar</link>, and where the <gui>Activities</gui> overview is shown."
+msgstr ""
+"Den primære skærm er den med <link xref=\"shell-"
+"introduction\">toplinjen</link> og <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:114 C/look-resolution.page:70
+msgid "Select the orientation, resolution or scale, and refresh rate."
+msgstr ""
+"Vælg orientering, opløsning eller skalering, og "
+"opdateringshastighed."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:117 C/look-resolution.page:73
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 20 seconds "
+"before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new "
+"settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy "
+"with the new settings, click <gui>Keep Changes</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på <gui>Anvend</gui>. De nye indstillinger anvendes i 20 sekunder inden "
+"de tilbageføres. På den måde gendannes de gamle indstillinger automatisk "
+"hvis du ikke kan se noget med de nye indstillinger. Hvis du er tilfreds med "
+"de nye indstillinger, så klik på <gui>Behold ændringer</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:128
+msgid "Display modes"
+msgstr "Skærmtilstande"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:129
+msgid "With two screens, these display modes are available:"
+msgstr "Med to skærme er følgende skærmtilstande tilgængelige:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:131
+msgid ""
+"<gui>Join Displays:</gui> screen edges are joined so things can pass from "
+"one display to another."
+msgstr ""
+"<gui>Sammenføj skærme:</gui> kanterne på skærmene sammenføjes, så ting kan flyttes "
+"fra den ene skærm til den anden."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:133
+msgid ""
+"<gui>Mirror:</gui> the same content is shown on two displays, with the same "
+"resolution and orientation for both."
+msgstr ""
+"<gui>Kloning:</gui> det samme indhold vises på to skærme med samme opløsning og "
+"orientering."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:135
+msgid ""
+"<gui>Single Display:</gui> only one display is configured, effectively "
+"turning off the other one. For instance, an external monitor connected to a "
+"docked laptop with the lid closed would be the single configured display."
+msgstr ""
+"<gui>Enkelt skærm:</gui> der er kun én skærm konfigureret hvorved den anden "
+"skærm praktisk talt slukkes. F.eks. vil en ekstern skærm tilsluttet en bærbar computer der er i "
+"dok med låget lukket være den enkelt konfigurerede skærm."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:145
+msgid "Adding more than one monitor"
+msgstr "Tilføjelse af mere end én skærm"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:146
+msgid ""
+"With more than two screens, <gui>Join Displays</gui> is the only mode "
+"available."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis der er flere end to skærme, så er <gui>Sammenføj skærme</gui> den "
+"eneste tilgængelige tilstand."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:150
+msgid "Press the button for the display that you would like to configure."
+msgstr "Tryk på knappen til den skærm du vil konfigurere."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:154
+msgid "Drag the screens to the desired relative positions."
+msgstr "Træk skærmene til de ønskede indbyrdes placeringer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/display-night-light.page:14
+msgid "2018"
+msgstr "2018"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/display-night-light.page:19
+msgid ""
+"Night Light changes the color of your displays according to the time of day."
+msgstr "Natlys ændrer farven på dine skærme i henhold til klokkeslættet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/display-night-light.page:23
+msgid "Adjust the color temperature of your screen"
+msgstr "Justér farvetemperaturen på din skærm"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/display-night-light.page:25
+msgid ""
+"A computer monitor emits blue light which contributes to sleeplessness and "
+"eye strain after dark. <gui>Night Light</gui> changes the color of your "
+"displays according to the time of day, making the color warmer in the "
+"evening. To enable <gui>Night Light</gui>:"
+msgstr ""
+"En computerskærm udsender blåt lys der bidrager til søvnløshed og belastning "
+"af øjnene når det er mørkt. <gui>Natlys</gui> ændrer farven på dine skærmen "
+"i henhold til klokkeslættet, så farven gøres varmere om aftenen. Aktivér "
+"<gui>Natlys</gui>:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-night-light.page:39
+msgid "Click <gui>Night Light</gui> to open the settings."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Natlys</gui> for at åbne indstillingerne."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-night-light.page:42
+msgid ""
+"Press <gui>Sunset to Sunrise</gui> to make the screen color follow the "
+"sunset and sunrise times for your location. Press the <gui>Manual</gui> "
+"button to set the times to a custom schedule."
+msgstr ""
+"Tryk på <gui>Solnedgang til solopgang</gui> for at få skærmens farve til at "
+"følge solnedgangen og solopgangen for din placering. Tryk på knappen "
+"<gui>Manuel</gui> for at indstille klokkeslættene til en tilpasset tidsplan."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-night-light.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Use the slider to adjust the <gui>Color Temperature</gui> to be more warm or "
+"less warm."
+msgstr ""
+"Brug skyderen til at justere <gui>Farvetemperatur</gui> til at være varmere "
+"eller koldere."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/display-night-light.page:52
+msgid ""
+"The <link xref=\"shell-introduction\">top bar</link> shows when <gui>Night "
+"Light</gui> is active. It can be temporarily disabled from the system menu."
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">Toplinjen</link> viser når <gui>Natlys</gui> "
+"er aktiveret. Det kan deaktiveres midlertidigt i systemmenuen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/files-autorun.page:26 C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:31
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:31 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:30
+#: C/look-background.page:41 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:31
+#: C/look-resolution.page:30 C/mouse-doubleclick.page:29
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:22 C/shell-windows-switching.page:20
+msgid "Shobha Tyagi"
+msgstr "Shobha Tyagi"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-autorun.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and "
+"other devices and media."
+msgstr ""
+"Kør automatisk programmer fra cd'er og dvd'er, kameraer, lydafspillere og "
+"andre enheder og medier."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-autorun.page:41
+msgid "Open applications for devices or discs"
+msgstr "Åbn programmer til enheder eller diske"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:43
+msgid ""
+"You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or "
+"insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo "
+"organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this "
+"off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan få et program til at starte automatisk når du tilslutter en enhed "
+"eller sætter en disk eller et mediekort i. Det kan f.eks. være du vil have "
+"din billedorganisator til at starte når du tilslutter et digitalkamera. Du "
+"kan også slå det fra, så der ikke sker noget når du tilslutter noget."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:48
+msgid ""
+"To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
+msgstr ""
+"Bestem hvilke programmer der skal startes når du tilslutter diverse enheder:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:53 C/net-default-email.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Details</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Detaljer</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:57 C/net-default-email.page:45
+msgid "Click on <gui>Details</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Detaljer</gui> for at åbne panelet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:60
+msgid "Click <gui>Removable Media</gui>."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Flytbare medier</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:63
+msgid ""
+"Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or "
+"action for that media type. See below for a description of the different "
+"types of devices and media."
+msgstr ""
+"Find din ønskede enhed eller medietype og vælg så et program eller en "
+"handling til medietypen. Se nedenfor for at få en beskrivelse af de "
+"forskellige typer enheder og medier."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:66
+msgid ""
+"Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device "
+"will be shown in the file manager, with the <gui>Open folder</gui> option. "
+"When that happens, you will be asked what to do, or nothing will happen "
+"automatically."
+msgstr ""
+"I stedet for at starte et program kan du også indstille det med valgmuligheden <gui>Åbn mappe</gui>, så
enheden vises "
+"i filhåndteringen. Når det sker, så "
+"bliver du spurgt om hvad du vil gøre, ellers sker der automatisk ikke "
+"noget."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:72
+msgid ""
+"If you do not see the device or media type that you want to change in the "
+"list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media…</"
+"gui> to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or "
+"media from the <gui>Type</gui> drop-down and the application or action from "
+"the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du ikke ser den enhed eller den medietype du vil ændre i listen (såsom "
+"Blu-ray-diske eller e-bogslæsere), så klik på <gui>Andet medie …</gui> for "
+"at se en mere detaljeret liste over enheder. Vælg typen af enhed eller medie "
+"i nedrulningen <gui>Type</gui> og programmet eller handlingen i "
+"nedrulningen <gui>Handling</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:81
+msgid ""
+"If you do not want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you "
+"plug in, select <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> "
+"at the bottom of the <gui>Details</gui> window."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du ikke vil have noget program til at åbne automatisk, hvad end du "
+"tilslutter, så vælg <gui>Spørg aldrig, og start aldrig programmer, når der "
+"indsættes medier</gui> nederst i vinduet <gui>Detaljer</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-autorun.page:87
+msgid "Types of devices and media"
+msgstr "Typer af enheder og medier"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/files-autorun.page:90
+msgid "Audio discs"
+msgstr "Lyddiske"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:91
+msgid ""
+"Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio "
+"CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under <gui>Other "
+"Media…</gui>. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks "
+"will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/files-autorun.page:98
+msgid "Video discs"
+msgstr "Videodiske"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:99
+msgid ""
+"Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the "
+"<gui>Other Media…</gui> button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, "
+"video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs do "
+"not work correctly when you insert them, see <link xref=\"video-dvd\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/files-autorun.page:106
+msgid "Blank discs"
+msgstr "Tomme diske"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:107
+msgid ""
+"Use the <gui>Other Media…</gui> button to select a disc-writing application "
+"for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/files-autorun.page:112
+msgid "Cameras and photos"
+msgstr "Kameraer og billeder"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:113
+msgid ""
+"Use the <gui>Photos</gui> drop-down to choose a photo-management application "
+"to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card "
+"from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can also simply browse "
+"your photos using the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:117
+msgid ""
+"Under <gui>Other Media…</gui>, you can select an application to open Kodak "
+"picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular "
+"data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called <file>Pictures</file>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/files-autorun.page:123
+msgid "Music players"
+msgstr "Musikafspillere"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:124
+msgid ""
+"Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music "
+"player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/files-autorun.page:128
+msgid "E-book readers"
+msgstr "E-bogslæsere"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:129
+msgid ""
+"Use the <gui>Other Media…</gui> button to choose an application to manage "
+"the books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file "
+"manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/files-autorun.page:134
+msgid "Software"
+msgstr "Software"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:135
+msgid ""
+"Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run "
+"automatically when the media is inserted. Use the <gui>Software</gui> option "
+"to control what to do when media with autorun software is inserted. You will "
+"always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:141
+msgid "Never run software from media you don’t trust."
+msgstr "Kør aldrig software fra medier du ikke har tillid til."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-browse.page:38
+msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."
+msgstr "Håndter og organiser filer med filhåndteringen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-browse.page:41
+msgid "Browse files and folders"
+msgstr "Gennemse filer eller mapper"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-browse.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Use the <app>Files</app> file manager to browse and organize the files on "
+"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like "
+"external hard disks), on <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">file servers</"
+"link>, and on network shares."
+msgstr ""
+"Brug filhåndteringen <app>Filer</app> til at gennemse og organisere filerne "
+"på din computer. Du kan også bruge den til at håndtere filer på lagerenheder "
+"(såsom eksterne harddiske), på <link xref=\"nautilus-"
+"connect\">filservere</link> og andre netværkdsdelinger."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-browse.page:56
+msgid ""
+"To start the file manager, open <app>Files</app> in the <gui xref=\"shell-"
+"introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview. You can also search for "
+"files and folders through the overview in the same way you would <link xref="
+"\"shell-apps-open\">search for applications</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-browse.page:63
+msgid "Exploring the contents of folders"
+msgstr "Udforsk indholdet i mapper"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-browse.page:65
+msgid ""
+"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and "
+"double-click or <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">middle-click</link> any "
+"file to open it with the default application for that file. Middle-click a "
+"folder to open it in a new tab. You can also right-click a folder to open it "
+"in a new tab or new window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-browse.page:71
+msgid ""
+"When looking through the files in a folder, you can quickly <link xref="
+"\"files-preview\">preview each file</link> by pressing the space bar to be "
+"sure you have the right file before opening it, copying it, or deleting it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-browse.page:76
+msgid ""
+"The <em>path bar</em> above the list of files and folders shows you which "
+"folder you’re viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. "
+"Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any "
+"folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, or access its "
+"properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-browse.page:82
+msgid ""
+"If you want to quickly <link xref=\"files-search\">search for a file</link>, "
+"in or below the folder you are viewing, start typing its name. A <em>search "
+"bar</em> will appear at the top of the window and only files which match "
+"your search will be shown. Press <key>Esc</key> to cancel the search."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-browse.page:87
+msgid ""
+"You can quickly access common places from the <em>sidebar</em>. If you do "
+"not see the sidebar, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the "
+"window and then select <gui>Sidebar</gui>. You can <link xref=\"nautilus-"
+"bookmarks-edit\">add bookmarks to folders that you use often</link> and they "
+"will appear in the sidebar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/files-copy.page:14 C/files-delete.page:15 C/files-open.page:13
+msgid "Cristopher Thomas"
+msgstr "Cristopher Thomas"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-copy.page:28
+msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder."
+msgstr "Kopiér eller flyt elementer til en ny mappe."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-copy.page:31
+msgid "Copy or move files and folders"
+msgstr "Kopiér eller flyt filer og mapper"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:33
+msgid ""
+"A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and "
+"dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using "
+"keyboard shortcuts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:37
+msgid ""
+"For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so "
+"you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a "
+"document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if you "
+"don’t like your changes)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:42
+msgid ""
+"These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files "
+"and folders in exactly the same way."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/files-copy.page:46
+msgid "Copy and paste files"
+msgstr "Kopiér og indsæt filer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:47
+msgid "Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Right-click and pick <gui>Copy</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+"key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:50
+msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Click the menu button and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish copying the file, "
+"or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now be a "
+"copy of the file in the original folder and the other folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/files-copy.page:59
+msgid "Cut and paste files to move them"
+msgstr "Klip og indsæt filer for at flytte dem"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:60
+msgid "Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:61
+msgid ""
+"Right-click and pick <gui>Cut</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</"
+"key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+"Højreklik og vælg <gui>Klip</gui>, eller tryk på <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+"key><key>X</key></keyseq>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:63
+msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:64
+msgid ""
+"Click the menu button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish "
+"moving the file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The "
+"file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/files-copy.page:71
+msgid "Drag files to copy or move"
+msgstr "Træk filer for at kopiere eller flytte"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:72
+msgid ""
+"Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want "
+"to copy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:74
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, select <gui>New Window</gui> (or "
+"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. "
+"In the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the "
+"file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:79
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will <em>move it</"
+"em> if the destination is on the <em>same</em> device, or <em>copy it</em> "
+"if the destination is on a <em>different</em> device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:82
+msgid ""
+"For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, "
+"it will be copied, because you’re dragging from one device to another."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:84
+msgid ""
+"You can force the file to be copied by holding down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
+"while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the <key>Shift</key> "
+"key while dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:91
+msgid ""
+"You cannot copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. "
+"Some folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their "
+"contents. You can change things from being read-only by <link xref="
+"\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">changing file permissions </link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-delete.page:37
+msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."
+msgstr "Fjern filer eller mapper som du ikke længere bruger."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-delete.page:40
+msgid "Delete files and folders"
+msgstr "Slet filer og mapper"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-delete.page:42
+msgid ""
+"If you do not want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you "
+"delete an item it is moved to the <gui>Trash</gui> folder, where it is "
+"stored until you empty the trash. You can <link xref=\"files-recover"
+"\">restore items</link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder to their original "
+"location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally deleted."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du ikke længere vil have en fil eller mappe, så kan du slette den. Når "
+"du sletter et element flyttes det til mappen <gui>Papirkurv</gui>, hvor det "
+"gemmes indtil du tømme papirkurven. Du kan <link xref=\"files-"
+"recover\">gendanne elementer</link> i mappen <gui>Papirkurv</gui> til deres "
+"oprindelige placering hvis du får brug for dem eller hvis du slettede dem "
+"ved en fejl."
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/files-delete.page:49
+msgid "To send a file to the trash:"
+msgstr "Send en fil til papirkurven:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-delete.page:50
+msgid "Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once."
+msgstr ""
+"Vælg det element du vil placere i papirkurven ved at klikke på det én gang."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-delete.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Press <key>Delete</key> on your keyboard. Alternatively, drag the item to "
+"the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
+msgstr ""
+"Tryk på <key>Delete</key> på dit tastatur. Eller træk elementet til "
+"<gui>Papirkurven</gui> i sidepanelet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-delete.page:56
+msgid ""
+"The file will be moved to the trash, and you’ll be presented with an option "
+"to <gui>Undo</gui> the deletion. The <gui>Undo</gui> button will appear for "
+"a few seconds. If you select <gui>Undo</gui>, the file will be restored to "
+"its original location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-delete.page:61
+msgid ""
+"To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you "
+"need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in "
+"the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-delete.page:66
+msgid "Permanently delete a file"
+msgstr "Slet en fil permanent"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-delete.page:67
+msgid ""
+"You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to "
+"the trash first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/files-delete.page:71
+msgid "To permanently delete a file:"
+msgstr "Slet en fil permanent:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-delete.page:72
+msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-delete.page:73
+msgid ""
+"Press and hold the <key>Shift</key> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> "
+"key on your keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+"Tryk på og hold <key>Skift</key>-tasten nede, og tryk herefter på "
+"<key>Delete</key>-tasten på dit tastatur."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-delete.page:75
+msgid ""
+"Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to "
+"delete the file or folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-delete.page:79
+msgid ""
+"Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device </link> "
+"may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The "
+"files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back "
+"into your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:19
+msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."
+msgstr ""
+"Læg filer og dokumenter på en tom cd eller dvd med en cd/dvd-brænder."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:23
+msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"
+msgstr "Skriv filer til en cd eller dvd"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:25
+msgid ""
+"You can put files onto a blank disc by using a disc burning application, "
+"such as <app>Brasero</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:29
+msgid "If the disc wasn’t burned properly"
+msgstr "Hvis disken ikke blev brændt ordentligt"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Sometimes the computer doesn’t record the data correctly, and you won’t be "
+"able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a "
+"computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:35
+msgid ""
+"In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, for "
+"example, 12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-hidden.page:28
+msgid "Make a file invisible, so you cannot see it in the file manager."
+msgstr "Gør en fil usynlig, så du ikke kan se den i filhåndteringen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-hidden.page:32
+msgid "Hide a file"
+msgstr "Skjul en fil"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-hidden.page:34
+msgid ""
+"The <app>Files</app> file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide "
+"files at your discretion. When a file is hidden, it is not displayed by the "
+"file manager, but it is still there in its folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-hidden.page:38
+msgid ""
+"To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a <file>.</"
+"file> at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named "
+"<file>example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>.example.txt</file>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-hidden.page:44
+msgid ""
+"You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder "
+"by placing a <file>.</file> at the beginning of the folder’s name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-hidden.page:49
+msgid "Show all hidden files"
+msgstr "Vis alle skjulte filer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-hidden.page:51
+msgid ""
+"If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and "
+"either click the view options button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show "
+"Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. "
+"You will see all hidden files, along with regular files that are not hidden."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-hidden.page:58
+msgid ""
+"To hide these files again, either click the view options button in the "
+"toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+"key><key>H</key></keyseq> again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-hidden.page:66
+msgid "Unhide a file"
+msgstr "Vis en skjult fil"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-hidden.page:68
+msgid ""
+"To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the "
+"view options button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>. "
+"Then, find the hidden file and rename it so that it does not have a <file>.</"
+"file> in front of its name. For example, to unhide a file called <file>."
+"example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-hidden.page:77
+msgid ""
+"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the view options button "
+"in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files "
+"again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-hidden.page:83
+msgid ""
+"By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you "
+"close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will "
+"always show hidden files, see <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-hidden.page:88
+msgid ""
+"Most hidden files will have a <file>.</file> at the beginning of their name, "
+"but others might have a <file>~</file> at the end of their name instead. "
+"These files are backup files. See <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/> for more "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-lost.page:32
+msgid "Follow these tips if you can’t find a file you created or downloaded."
+msgstr ""
+"Følg disse tips hvis du ikke kan finde en fil som du oprettede eller "
+"downloadede."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-lost.page:36
+msgid "Find a lost file"
+msgstr "Find en mistet fil"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-lost.page:38
+msgid ""
+"If you created or downloaded a file, but now you cannot find it, follow "
+"these tips."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-lost.page:42
+msgid ""
+"If you do not remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of "
+"how you named it, you can <link xref=\"files-search\">search for the file by "
+"name</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-lost.page:46
+msgid ""
+"If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically "
+"saved it to a common folder. Check the <file>Desktop</file> and "
+"<file>Downloads</file> folders in your home folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-lost.page:51
+msgid ""
+"You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it "
+"gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. "
+"See <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> to learn how to recover a deleted file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-lost.page:56
+msgid ""
+"You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files "
+"that start with a <file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in "
+"the file manager. Click the view options button in the <app>Files</app> "
+"toolbar and enable <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> to display them. See <link "
+"xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-open.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Open files using an application that isn’t the default one for that type of "
+"file. You can change the default too."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn filer med et program som ikke er standard for den type fil. "
+"Du kan også ændre det der er standard."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-open.page:27
+msgid "Open files with other applications"
+msgstr "Åbn filer med andre programmer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-open.page:29
+msgid ""
+"When you double-click (or middle-click) a file in the file manager, it will "
+"be opened with the default application for that file type. You can open it "
+"in a different application, search online for applications, or set the "
+"default application for all files of the same type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-open.page:34
+msgid ""
+"To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the "
+"file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you do "
+"not see the application you want, select <gui>Open With Other Application</"
+"gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications that are known to "
+"handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, "
+"click <gui>View All Applications</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-open.page:41
+msgid ""
+"If you still cannot find the application you want, you can search for more "
+"applications by clicking <gui>Find New Applications</gui>. The file manager "
+"will search online for packages containing applications that are known to "
+"handle files of that type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-open.page:47
+msgid "Change the default application"
+msgstr "Skift standardprogrammet"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-open.page:48
+msgid ""
+"You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given "
+"type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-"
+"click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player "
+"to open when you double-click an MP3 file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-open.page:54
+msgid ""
+"Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For "
+"example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a "
+"<file>.mp3</file> file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-open.page:57
+msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-open.page:58
+msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-open.page:59
+msgid "Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-open.page:61
+msgid ""
+"If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want "
+"to use, but do not want to make the default, select that application and "
+"click <gui>Add</gui>. This will add it to <gui>Recommended Applications</"
+"gui>. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the "
+"file and selecting it from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-open.page:68
+msgid ""
+"This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for "
+"all files with the same type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-preview.page:26
+msgid "Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."
+msgstr ""
+"Vis og skjul hurtigt forhåndsvisninger af dokumenter, billeder, videoer mm."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-preview.page:30
+msgid "Preview files and folders"
+msgstr "Forhåndsvis filer og mapper"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-preview.page:33
+msgid ""
+"You need to have <app>Sushi</app> installed on your computer to perform "
+"these steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#. Translators: This button is only shown on Ubuntu, where this link
+#. format is preferred over 'install:gnome-sushi'.
+#: C/files-preview.page:36
+msgid ""
+"<link style=\"button\" href=\"apt:gnome-sushi\">Install <app>Sushi</app></"
+"link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<link style=\"button\" href=\"apt:gnome-sushi\">Installér <app>Sushi</app></"
+"link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-preview.page:40
+msgid ""
+"You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown "
+"application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in "
+"a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the preview."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan hurtigt forhåndsvise filer uden at åbne dem i et stort program der kan det hele. Vælg "
+"en fil og tryk på mellemrum. Filen åbnes i et simpelt "
+"forhåndsvisningsvindue. Tryk på mellemrum igen for at lukke "
+"forhåndsvisningen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-preview.page:44
+msgid ""
+"The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, "
+"video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or "
+"seek through your video and audio."
+msgstr ""
+"Den indbyggede forhåndsvisning understøtter de fleste filformater til "
+"dokumenter, billeder, video og lyd. I forhåndsvisningen kan du rulle gennem "
+"dine dokumenter eller søge i din video og lyd."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-preview.page:48
+msgid ""
+"To view a preview full-screen, press <key>F</key> or <key>F11</key>. Press "
+"<key>F</key> or <key>F11</key> again to leave full-screen, or press the "
+"space bar to exit the preview completely."
+msgstr ""
+"Vis en forhåndsvisning i fuldskærm ved at trykke på <key>F</key> eller "
+"<key>F11</key>. Tryk på <key>F</key> eller <key>F11</key> igen for at "
+"forlade fuldskærm, eller tryk på mellemrum for at afslutte forhåndsvisningen "
+"helt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-recover.page:24
+msgid "Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered."
+msgstr "Slettede filer sendes normalt til papirkurven, men kan gendannes."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-recover.page:28
+msgid "Recover a file from the Trash"
+msgstr "Gendan en fil fra papirkurven"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-recover.page:30
+msgid ""
+"If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into "
+"the <gui>Trash</gui>, and should be able to be restored."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du sletter en fil med filhåndteringen, så placeres filen normalt i "
+"<gui>Papirkurven</gui> og bør kunne gendannes."
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/files-recover.page:34
+msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:"
+msgstr "Gendan en fil fra papirkurven:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-recover.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <app>Files</app>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> og "
+"begynd at skrive <app>Filer</app>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-recover.page:40
+msgid "Click on <app>Files</app> to open the file manager."
+msgstr "Klik på <app>Filer</app> for at åbne filhåndteringen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-recover.page:43
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar. If you do not see the sidebar, press "
+"the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select "
+"<gui>Sidebar</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på <gui>Papirkurv</gui> i sidebjælken. Hvis du ikke kan se sidebjælken, "
+"så tryk på menuknappen i øverste højre hjørne af vinduet og vælg "
+"<gui>Sidebjælke</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-recover.page:48
+msgid ""
+"If your deleted file is there, click on it and select <gui>Restore</gui>. It "
+"will be restored to the folder from where it was deleted."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis den fil du har slettet er der, så klik på den og vælg "
+"<gui>Gendan</gui>. Den gendannes til mappen hvor den blev slettet fra."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-recover.page:54
+msgid ""
+"If you deleted the file by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete </"
+"key></keyseq>, or by using the command line, the file has been permanently "
+"deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can’t be recovered from "
+"the <gui>Trash</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du slettede filen ved at trykke på <keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Delete "
+"</key></keyseq> eller ved at bruge kommandolinjen, så er filen blevet "
+"slettet permanent. Filer der er blevet slettet permanent kan ikke gendannes "
+"fra <gui>Papirkurven</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-recover.page:59
+msgid ""
+"There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to "
+"recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not "
+"very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, "
+"it’s probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can "
+"recover it."
+msgstr ""
+"Der findes flere gendannelsesværktøjer som nogle gange er i stand til at "
+"gendanne filer som blev slettet permanent. Værktøjerne er dog generelt ikke "
+"lette at bruge. Hvis du slettede en fil permanent ved en fejl, så er det "
+"formodentligt bedst at spørge om råd i et supportforum for at se om du kan "
+"gendanne den."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:28
+msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
+msgstr "Afmontér eller skub et USB-flashdrev, cd, dvd eller anden enhed, ud."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:31
+msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
+msgstr "Sikker fjernelse af eksternt drev"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:33
+msgid ""
+"When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should "
+"safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you "
+"run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it. This "
+"could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an "
+"optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc "
+"from your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Når du bruger eksterne lagerenheder som USB-flashdrev bør du fjerne dem "
+"sikkert inden de tages ud. Hvis du bare tager en enhed ud, så risikerer du "
+"at tage den ud mens et program stadigvæk bruger den. Det kan resultere i at "
+"nogle af dine filer mistes eller bliver beskadiget. Når du bruger en optisk "
+"disk som en cd eller dvd, så kan du bruge det samme trin til at skubbe "
+"disken ud fra din computer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:41
+msgid "To eject a removable device:"
+msgstr "Skub en flytbar enhed ud:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:43
+msgid ""
+"From the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview, open <app>Files</app>."
+msgstr ""
+"I <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> åbnes "
+"<app>Filer</app>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to "
+"the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
+msgstr ""
+"Find enheden i sidebjælken. Den har et lille skub ud-ikon ved siden af "
+"navnet. Klik på skub ud-ikonet for at fjerne den sikkert eller skubbe "
+"den ud."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:50 C/files-removedrive.page:67
+msgid ""
+"Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and "
+"select <gui>Eject</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan også højreklikke på enhedens navn i sidebjælken og vælge <gui>Skub "
+"ud</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:56
+msgid "Safely remove a device that is in use"
+msgstr "Sikker fjernelse af en enhed som er i brug"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:58
+msgid ""
+"If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you "
+"will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a "
+"window telling you <gui>Volume is busy</gui>. To safely remove the device:"
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis nogle af filerne på enheden er åbne og i brug af et program, så vil du "
+"ikke være i stand til at fjerne enheden sikkert. Du får besked med et vindue "
+"der fortæller dig at <gui>Diskenheden er optaget</gui>. Fjern enheden "
+"sikkert:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:63
+msgid "Click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Annuller</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:64
+msgid "Close all the files on the device."
+msgstr "Luk alle filerne på enheden."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:65
+msgid "Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på skub ud-ikonet for at fjerne den sikkert eller skubbe den ud."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:71
+msgid ""
+"You can also choose <gui>Eject Anyway</gui> to remove the device without "
+"closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those "
+"files open."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan også vælge <gui>Skub ud alligevel</gui> for at fjerne enheden uden at "
+"lukke filerne. Det kan forårsage fejl i programmer hvor filerne er åbne."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-rename.page:35
+msgid "Change file or folder name."
+msgstr "Skift navn på fil eller mappe."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-rename.page:38
+msgid "Rename a file or folder"
+msgstr "Omdøb en fil eller mappe"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-rename.page:40
+msgid ""
+"As with other file managers, you can use <app>Files</app> to change the name "
+"of a file or folder."
+msgstr ""
+"Ligesom i andre filhåndteringer kan du bruge <app>Filer</app> til at ændre "
+"navnet på en fil eller mappe."
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/files-rename.page:44
+msgid "To rename a file or folder:"
+msgstr "Omdøb en fil eller mappe:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-rename.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Right-click on the item and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the file and "
+"press <key>F2</key>."
+msgstr ""
+"Højreklik på elementet og vælg <gui>Omdøb</gui>, eller vælg filen og tryk på "
+"<key>F2</key>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-rename.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key> or click <gui>Rename</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Skriv det nye navn og tryk på <key>Enter</key> eller klik på "
+"<gui>Omdøb</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-rename.page:51
+msgid ""
+"You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
+"basic\">properties</link> window."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan også omdøbe en fil i vinduet <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
+"basic\">egenskaber</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-rename.page:54
+msgid ""
+"When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is "
+"selected, not the file extension (the part after the last <file>.</file>). "
+"The extension normally denotes what type of file it is (for example, "
+"<file>file.pdf</file> is a PDF document), and you usually do not want to "
+"change that. If you need to change the extension as well, select the entire "
+"file name and change it."
+msgstr ""
+"Når du omdøber en fil, så er det kun den første del af filen som er valgt, "
+"ikke filendelsen (den del der er efter det sidste <file>.</file>). Endelsen "
+"angiver normalt hvilken type fil det er (f.eks. er <file>fil.pdf</file> et "
+"PDF-dokument), og du behøver normalt ikke ændre det. Hvis du også har brug "
+"for at ændre endelsen, så vælg hele filnavnet og ændr det."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-rename.page:62
+msgid ""
+"If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo "
+"the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the menu button in the "
+"toolbar and select <gui>Undo Rename</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+"key><key>Z</key></keyseq>, to restore the former name."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du omdøbte den forkerte fil eller gav din fil det forkerte navn, så kan "
+"du fortryde omdøbningen. Tilbagefør handlingen med det samme ved at klikke "
+"på menuknappen i værktøjslinjen og vælge <gui>Fortryd Omdøb</gui>, eller "
+"tryk på <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq> for at gendanne det "
+"tidligere navn."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-rename.page:70
+msgid "Valid characters for file names"
+msgstr "Gyldige tegn til filnavne"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-rename.page:72
+msgid ""
+"You can use any character except the <file>/</file> (slash) character in "
+"file names. Some devices, however, use a <em>file system</em> that has more "
+"restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the "
+"following characters in your file names: <file>|</file>, <file>\\</file>, "
+"<file>?</file>, <file>*</file>, <file><</file>, <file>\"</file>, <file>:</"
+"file>, <file>></file>, <file>/</file>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan bruge alle tegn i filnavne undtagen tegnet <file>/</file> "
+"(skråstreg). Nogle enheder bruger dog et <em>filsystem</em> med flere "
+"begrænsninger når det kommer til filnavne. Det er derfor bedst at undgå "
+"følgende tegn i dine filnavne: <file>|</file>, <file>\\</file>, "
+"<file>?</file>, <file>*</file>, <file><</file>, <file>\"</file>, "
+"<file>:</file>, <file>></file>, <file>/</file>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-rename.page:80
+msgid ""
+"If you name a file with a <file>.</file> as the first character, the file "
+"will be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link> when you attempt to view "
+"it in the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du navngiver en fil med et <file>.</file> som det første tegn, så <link "
+"xref=\"files-hidden\">skjules</link> filen når du forsøger at vise den i "
+"filhåndteringen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-rename.page:88 C/hardware.page:39 C/mouse.page:50
+msgid "Common problems"
+msgstr "Almindelige problemer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/files-rename.page:92
+msgid "The file name is already in use"
+msgstr "Filnavnet er allerede i brug"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-rename.page:93
+msgid ""
+"You cannot have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. "
+"If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you "
+"are working in, the file manager will not allow it."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan ikke have to filer eller mapper med det samme navn i den samme mappe. "
+"Hvis du prøver at omdøbe en fil til et navn der allerede findes i den mappe du "
+"arbejder i, så vil filhåndteringen ikke tillade det."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-rename.page:96
+msgid ""
+"File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name <file>File.txt</"
+"file> is not the same as <file>FILE.txt</file>. Using different file names "
+"like this is allowed, though it is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Fil- og mappenavne skelner mellem store/små bogstaver, så filnavnet "
+"<file>Fil.txt</file> er ikke det samme som <file>FIL.txt</file>. Det er "
+"tilladt at bruge forskellige filnavne på denne måde, men det anbefales ikke."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/files-rename.page:102
+msgid "The file name is too long"
+msgstr "Filnavnet er for langt"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-rename.page:103
+msgid ""
+"On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in "
+"their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the "
+"path to the file (for example, <file>/home/wanda/Documents/work/business-"
+"proposals/…</file>), so you should avoid long file and folder names where "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+"På nogle filsystemer må filnavne ikke have mere end 255 tegn i deres navne. "
+"Grænsen på 255 tegn inkluderer både filnavnet og stien til filen (f.eks. "
+"<file>/home/ronnie/Dokumenter/arbejde/forretningsforslag/…</file>), så du "
+"bør undgå lange fil- og mappenavne når der er mulighed for det."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/files-rename.page:110
+msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
+msgstr "Valgmuligheden til at omdøbe er gjort grå"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-rename.page:111
+msgid ""
+"If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the "
+"file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some "
+"protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See <link xref="
+"\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis <gui>Omdøb</gui> er gjort grå, så har du ikke tilladelse til at omdøbe filen. "
+"Du bør være forsigtig med at omdøbe sådanne filer da omdøbning af visse "
+"beskyttede filer kan få dit system til at blive ustabilt. Se <link xref"
+"=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> for mere information."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-search.page:39
+msgid "Locate files based on file name and type."
+msgstr "Find filer baseret på filnavn og -type."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-search.page:42
+msgid "Search for files"
+msgstr "Søg efter filer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-search.page:44
+msgid ""
+"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within "
+"the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan søge efter filer baseret på deres navn eller filtype, direkte i "
+"filhåndteringen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
+#: C/files-search.page:48
+msgid "Other search applications"
+msgstr "Andre søgeprogrammer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/files-search.page:54 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:115
+msgid "Search"
+msgstr "Søg"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:56 C/files-share.page:53
+msgid ""
+"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui xref=\"shell-"
+"introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn programmet <app>Filer</app> fra <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
+"\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:60
+msgid ""
+"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that "
+"folder."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du ved hvilke filer du vil have i en bestemt mappe, så gå til den "
+"mappe."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:64
+msgid ""
+"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name, and they will be "
+"shown in the search bar. For example, if you name all your invoices with the "
+"word “Invoice”, type <input>invoice</input>. Words are matched regardless of "
+"case."
+msgstr ""
+"Skriv et eller flere ord som du ved indgår i filnavnet, og de vil blive vist "
+"i søgelinjen. F.eks. hvis du navngiver alle dine fakturaer med ordet "
+"“Faktura”, så skriv <input>faktura</input>. Der skelnes ikke mellem store og "
+"små bogstaver i ordene."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-search.page:69
+msgid ""
+"Instead of typing words directly to bring up the search bar, you can click "
+"the <_:media-1/> in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</"
+"key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+"I stedet for at skrive ord direkte for at få søgelinjen frem, så kan du "
+"klikke på <_:media-1/> i værktøjslinjen eller trykke på "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:77
+msgid ""
+"You can narrow your results by date, by file type, and by whether to search "
+"a file's full text, or to only search for file names."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan indsnævre dine resultater efter dato, efter filtype og efter om der "
+"skal søges efter en fils fulde tekst eller om der kun skal søges efter "
+"filnavne."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:79
+msgid ""
+"To apply filters, select the drop-down menu button to the left of the file "
+"manager's <_:media-1/> icon, and choose from the available filters:"
+msgstr ""
+"Anvend filtre ved at vælge nedrulningsmenuknappen til venstre for "
+"filhåndteringens <_:media-1/>-ikon, og vælge blandt de tilgængelige filtre:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:85
+msgid "<gui>When</gui>: How far back do you want to search?"
+msgstr "<gui>Hvornår</gui>: Hvor langt tilbage vil du søge?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:88
+msgid "<gui>What</gui>: What is the type of item?"
+msgstr "<gui>Hvad</gui>: Hvilken type element er det?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:91
+msgid ""
+"Should your search include a full-text search, or search only the file names?"
+msgstr ""
+"Skal din søgning medtage en fuldtekstsøgning eller kun søge efter "
+"filnavnene?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:97
+msgid ""
+"To remove a filter, select the <gui>X</gui> beside the filter tag that you "
+"want to remove."
+msgstr ""
+"Fjern et filter ved at vælge <gui>X</gui> ved siden af det filtermærkat du vil "
+"fjerne."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:101
+msgid ""
+"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the "
+"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan åbne, kopiere, slette eller på anden måde arbejde med dine filer i "
+"søgeresultaterne, ligesom du ville gøre i en mappe i filhåndteringen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:106
+msgid ""
+"Click the <_:media-1/> in the toolbar again to exit the search and return to "
+"the folder."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på <_:media-1/> i værktøjslinjen igen for at afslutte søgningen og "
+"vende tilbage til mappen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-search.page:114
+msgid "Customize files search"
+msgstr "Tilpas filsøgning"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-search.page:116
+msgid ""
+"You may want certain directories to be included or excluded from searches in "
+"the <app>Files</app> application. To customize which directories are "
+"searched:"
+msgstr ""
+"Det kan være du vil medtage eller udelukke bestemte mapper fra søgninger i "
+"programmet <app>Filer</app>. Tilpas hvilke mapper der søges i:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:122
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Search</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> og "
+"begynd at skrive <gui>Søg</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:126
+msgid ""
+"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Search</gui></guiseq> from the "
+"results. This will open the <gui>Search Settings</gui> panel."
+msgstr ""
+"Vælg <guiseq><gui>Indstillinger</gui><gui>Søgning</gui></guiseq> i "
+"resultaterne. Det åbner panelet <gui>Søgeindstillinger</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:130
+msgid "Click the <gui>Search Locations</gui> button in the header bar."
+msgstr "Klik på knappen <gui>Søgesteder</gui> i hovedbjælken."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-search.page:134
+msgid ""
+"This will open a separate settings panel which allows you toggle directory "
+"searches on or off. You can toggle searches on each of the three tabs:"
+msgstr ""
+"Det åbner et separat indstillingspanel der giver dig mulighed for at tænde "
+"og slukke for mappesøgninger. Du kan slå søgninger til/fra på hver af de tre "
+"faneblade:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:139
+msgid "<gui>Places</gui>: Lists common home directory locations"
+msgstr "<gui>Steder</gui>: Viser almindelige placeringer fra hjemmemappen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:142
+msgid ""
+"<gui>Bookmarks</gui>: Lists directory locations that you have bookmarked in "
+"the <app>Files</app> application"
+msgstr ""
+"<gui>Bogmærker</gui>: Viser mappeplaceringer som du har sat bogmærke ved i "
+"programmet <app>Filer</app>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:146
+msgid ""
+"<gui>Other</gui>: Lists directory locations that you include via the <gui>+</"
+"gui> button."
+msgstr ""
+"<gui>Andet</gui>: Viser mappeplaceringer som du har medtaget via knappen "
+"<gui>+</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-select.page:18
+msgid ""
+"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files "
+"which have similar names."
+msgstr ""
+"Tryk på <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> for at vælge flere "
+"filer med navne der ligner hinanden."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-select.page:22
+msgid "Select files by pattern"
+msgstr "Vælg filer efter mønster"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-select.page:24
+msgid ""
+"You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select "
+"Items Matching</gui> window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the "
+"file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters "
+"available:"
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan vælge filer i en mappe ved at bruge et mønster på filnavnet. Tryk på "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> for at vise vinduet <gui>Vælg "
+"objekter der matcher</gui>. Skriv et mønster med fælles dele af filnavnene "
+"plus jokertegn. Der er to jokertegn tilgængelige:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-select.page:31
+msgid ""
+"<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at "
+"all."
+msgstr ""
+"<file>*</file> matcher et vilkårligt antal vilkårlige tegn, selv ingen tegn."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-select.page:33
+msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
+msgstr "<file>?</file> matcher præcist ét vilkårligt tegn."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-select.page:36
+msgid "For example:"
+msgstr "F.eks.:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-select.page:39
+msgid ""
+"If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all "
+"have the same base name <file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the "
+"pattern"
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du har en OpenDocument-tekstfil, en PDF-fil, og et billede som alle har "
+"det samme grundnavn <file>Faktura</file>, vælges alle tre med mønsteret"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
+#: C/files-select.page:42
+msgid "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
+msgstr "<file>Faktura.*</file>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-select.page:44
+msgid ""
+"If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, "
+"<file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them "
+"all with the pattern"
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du har nogle billeder, der er navngivet som <file>Ferie-001.jpg</file>, "
+"<file>Ferie-002.jpg</file>, <file>Ferie-003.jpg</file>; så vælges de alle "
+"med mønsteret"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
+#: C/files-select.page:47
+msgid "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
+msgstr "<file>Ferie-???.jpg</file>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-select.page:49
+msgid ""
+"If you have photos as before, but you have edited some of them and added "
+"<file>-edited</file> to the end of the file name of the photos you have "
+"edited, select the edited photos with"
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du har billeder som før, men du har redigeret nogle af dem og tilføjet "
+"<file>-redigeret</file> til slutningen af filenavnet på de billeder du har "
+"redigeret, så vælg de redigerede billeder med"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
+#: C/files-select.page:52
+msgid "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
+msgstr "<file>Ferie-???-redigeret.jpg</file>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-share.page:26
+msgid "Easily transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager."
+msgstr "Overfør let filer til dine e-mailkontakter fra filhåndteringen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-share.page:30
+msgid "Share files by email"
+msgstr "Del filer via e-mail"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-share.page:42
+msgid ""
+"You can easily share files with your contacts by email directly from the "
+"file manager."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan let dele filer med dine kontakter via e-mail, direkte fra "
+"filhåndteringen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-share.page:46
+msgid ""
+"Before you begin, make sure <app>Evolution</app> or <app>Geary</app> is "
+"installed on your computer, and your email account is configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Inden du begynder, så sørg for at <app>Evolution</app> eller "
+"<app>Geary</app> er installeret på din computer og at din e-mailkonto er "
+"konfigureret."
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/files-share.page:51
+msgid "To share a file by email:"
+msgstr "Del en fil via e-mail:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-share.page:56
+msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
+msgstr "Find den fil du vil overføre."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-share.page:58
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the file and select <gui>Send to…</gui>. An email compose window "
+"will appear with the file attached."
+msgstr ""
+"Højreklik på filen og vælg <gui>Send til …</gui>. Der vises et vindue til at "
+"skrive e-mail med den vedhæftede fil."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-share.page:61
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>To</gui> to choose a contact, or enter an email address where you "
+"want to send the file. Fill in the <gui>Subject</gui> and the body of the "
+"message as required and click <gui>Send</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-share.page:67
+msgid ""
+"You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down "
+"<key>Ctrl</key> while clicking the files, then right-click any selected file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-sort.page:27
+msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
+msgstr "Opstil filer efter navn, størrelse, type eller hvornår de blev ændret."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-sort.page:30
+msgid "Sort files and folders"
+msgstr "Sortér filer og mapper"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-sort.page:36
+msgid ""
+"You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting "
+"them in order of date or file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a "
+"list of common ways to sort files. See <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> for "
+"information on how to change the default sort order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-sort.page:41
+msgid ""
+"The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you "
+"are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in "
+"the toolbar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-sort.page:46
+msgid "Icon view"
+msgstr "Ikonvisning"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-sort.page:48
+msgid ""
+"To sort files in a different order, click the view options button in the "
+"toolbar and choose <gui>By Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</"
+"gui>, <gui>By Modification Date</gui>, or <gui>By Access Date</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-sort.page:54
+msgid ""
+"As an example, if you select <gui>By Name</gui>, the files will be sorted by "
+"their names, in alphabetical order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-sort.page:58
+msgid ""
+"You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> "
+"from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-sort.page:64
+msgid "List view"
+msgstr "Listevisning"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-sort.page:66
+msgid ""
+"To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the "
+"file manager. For example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click "
+"the column heading again to sort in the reverse order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-sort.page:69
+msgid ""
+"In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those "
+"columns. Click the view options button in the toolbar, pick <gui>Visible "
+"Columns…</gui> and select the columns that you want to be visible. You will "
+"then be able to sort by those columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> "
+"for descriptions of available columns."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-sort.page:79
+msgid "Ways of sorting files"
+msgstr "Filsortering"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/files-sort.page:83 C/nautilus-list.page:55 C/net-firewall-ports.page:38
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr "Navn"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-sort.page:84
+msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/files-sort.page:87 C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:76
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:62
+msgid "Size"
+msgstr "Størrelse"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-sort.page:88
+msgid ""
+"Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from "
+"smallest to largest by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/files-sort.page:92 C/nautilus-list.page:67
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr "Type"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-sort.page:93
+msgid ""
+"Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped "
+"together, then sorted by name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/files-sort.page:97
+msgid "Last Modified"
+msgstr "Sidst ændret"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-sort.page:98
+msgid ""
+"Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest "
+"to newest by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/files-templates.page:13 C/printing-inklevel.page:14
+msgid "Anita Reitere"
+msgstr "Anita Reitere"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-templates.page:27
+msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates."
+msgstr "Opret hurtigt nye dokumenter fra tilpassede filskabeloner."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-templates.page:30
+msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types"
+msgstr "Skabeloner til almindelige dokumenttyper"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-templates.page:32
+msgid ""
+"If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit "
+"from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type "
+"with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you "
+"could create a template document with your letterhead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/files-templates.page:38
+msgid "Make a new template"
+msgstr "Opret en ny skabelon"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-templates.page:40
+msgid ""
+"Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you "
+"could make your letterhead in a word processing application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-templates.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates</file> folder "
+"in your <file>Home</file> folder. If the <file>Templates</file> folder does "
+"not exist, you will need to create it first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/files-templates.page:52
+msgid "Use a template to create a document"
+msgstr "Brug en skabelon til at oprette et dokument"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-templates.page:54
+msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-templates.page:57
+msgid ""
+"Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui "
+"style=\"menuitem\">New Document</gui>. The names of available templates will "
+"be listed in the submenu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-templates.page:62
+msgid "Choose your desired template from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-templates.page:65
+msgid ""
+"Double-click the file to open it and start editing. You may wish to <link "
+"xref=\"files-rename\">rename the file</link> when you are finished."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-tilde.page:28
+msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."
+msgstr "De er sikkerhedskopier. De er skjult som standard."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-tilde.page:31
+msgid "What is a file with a <file>~</file> at the end of its name?"
+msgstr "Hvad er en fil med en <file>~</file> i slutningen af dens navn?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-tilde.page:33
+msgid ""
+"Files with a <file>~</file> at the end of their names (for example, "
+"<file>example.txt~</file>) are automatically created backup copies of "
+"documents edited in the <app>gedit</app> text editor or other applications. "
+"It is safe to delete them, but there is no harm to leave them on your "
+"computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-tilde.page:39
+msgid ""
+"These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because "
+"you either selected <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> (in the view options menu "
+"of the <app>Files</app> toolbar) or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</"
+"key></keyseq>. You can hide them again by repeating either of these steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-tilde.page:46
+msgid ""
+"These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link "
+"xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for advice on dealing with hidden files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/files.page:27
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Files"
+msgstr "Filer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files.page:29
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-delete"
+"\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"files-search\">Søgning</link>, <link xref=\"files-delete\">slet "
+"filer</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">sikkerhedskopier</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"files#removable\">flytbare drev</link> …"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files.page:38
+msgid "Files, folders & search"
+msgstr "Filer, mapper & søgning"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files.page:41
+msgid "Common tasks"
+msgstr "Almindelige opgaver"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files.page:46
+msgid "More file-related tasks"
+msgstr "Flere filrelaterede opgaver"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files.page:51
+msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
+msgstr "Flytbare drev og eksterne diske"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files.page:56
+msgid "Backing up"
+msgstr "Sikkerhedskopiering"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files.page:61
+msgid "Tips and questions"
+msgstr "Tips og spørgsmål"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/get-involved.page:7
+msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."
+msgstr "Hvordan og hvor problemer med hjælpeemnerne kan rapporteres."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/get-involved.page:22
+msgid "Participate to improve this guide"
+msgstr "Vær med til at forbedre vejledningen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/get-involved.page:26
+msgid "Submit an issue"
+msgstr "Indsend en problemstilling"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/get-involved.page:28
+msgid ""
+"This help documentation is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome "
+"to participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, "
+"incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but are not), you "
+"can submit a <em>new issue</em>. To submit a new issue, go to the <link href="
+"\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-user-docs/issues\";>issue tracker</"
+"link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Hjælpedokumentationen er skabt af et fællesskab af frivillige. Du er "
+"velkommen til at være med. Hvis du støder på et problem med hjælpesiderne "
+"(såsom stavefejl, ukorrekte instruktioner eller emner som bør dækkes men "
+"ikke er), så kan du indsende et <em>nyt issue</em>. Gå til <link "
+"href=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-user-docs/issues\";>issue-"
+"trackeren</link> for at indsende et nyt issue."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/get-involved.page:35
+msgid ""
+"You need to register, so you can submit an issue and receive updates by "
+"email about its status. If you do not already have an account, click the "
+"<gui><link href=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/users/sign_in\";>Sign in / "
+"Register</link></gui> button to create one."
+msgstr ""
+"Du skal tilmelde dig for at kunne indsende et issue og modtage opdateringer "
+"via e-mail om dets status. Har du ikke allerede en konto, så klik på knappen "
+"<gui><link href=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/users/sign_in\";>Sign in / "
+"Register</link></gui> for at oprette en."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/get-involved.page:40
+msgid ""
+"Once you have an account, make sure you are logged in, then go back to the "
+"<link href=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-user-docs/issues";
+"\">documentation issue tracker</link> and click <gui><link href=\"https://";
+"gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-user-docs/issues/new\">New issue</link></gui>. "
+"Before reporting a new issue, please <link href=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/";
+"GNOME/gnome-user-docs/issues\">browse</link> for the issue to see if "
+"something similar already exists."
+msgstr ""
+"Når du har en konto, så sørg for at du er logget ind og gå herefter tilbage "
+"til <link href=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-user-docs/issues";
+"\">dokumentationens issue-tracker</link> og klik på <gui><link href="
+"\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-user-docs/issues/new\";>New issue</"
+"link></gui>. <link href=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-user-docs/";
+"issues\">Gennemse</link> venligst først eksisterende issues for at se om der "
+"allerede findes noget lignende."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/get-involved.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Before submitting your issue, choose the appropriate label in the "
+"<gui>Labels</gui> menu. If you are filing an issue against this "
+"documentation, you should choose the <gui>gnome-help</gui> label. If you are "
+"not sure which component your issue pertains to, do not choose any."
+msgstr ""
+"Inden du indsender dit issue, så vælg den rette etiket i <gui>Labels</gui>-"
+"menuen. Hvis du udfylder et issue til dokumentationen, så skal du vælge etiketten "
+"<gui>gnome-help</gui>. Hvis du er i tvivl om hvilken komponent dit "
+"issue hører til, så undlad at vælge nogen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/get-involved.page:53
+msgid ""
+"If you are requesting help about a topic that you feel is not covered, "
+"choose <gui>Feature</gui> as the label. Fill in the Title and Description "
+"sections and click <gui>Submit issue</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du prøver at få hjælp til et emne som du føler ikke er dækket, så vælg "
+"<gui>Feature</gui> som etiketten. Udfyld titlen og beskrivelsen og klik på "
+"<gui>Submit issue</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/get-involved.page:57
+msgid ""
+"Your issue will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it "
+"is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make the GNOME Help better!"
+msgstr ""
+"Dit issue får et id-nummer og dets status opdateres efterhånden som der "
+"arbejdes på det. Tak fordi du hjælper med at forbedre Hjælp til GNOME!"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/get-involved.page:63
+msgid "Contact us"
+msgstr "Kontakt os"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/get-involved.page:65
+msgid ""
+"You can send an <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list gnome org\">email</link> "
+"to the GNOME docs mailing list to learn more about how to get involved with "
+"the documentation team."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan sende en <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list gnome org\">e-mail</link> "
+"til GNOME docs-mailinglisten for at læse mere om hvordan du kan være en del "
+"af dokumentationsholdet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Consider switching to GNOME Classic if you prefer a more traditional desktop "
+"experience."
+msgstr ""
+"Overvej at skifte til GNOME Classic hvis du foretrækker en mere traditionel "
+"skrivebordsoplevelse."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:27
+msgid "What is GNOME Classic?"
+msgstr "Hvad er GNOME Classic?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:31
+msgid ""
+"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional "
+"desktop experience. While <em>GNOME Classic</em> is based on <em>GNOME 3</"
+"em> technologies, it provides a number of changes to the user interface, "
+"such as the <gui>Applications</gui> and <gui>Places</gui> menus on the top "
+"bar, and a window list at the bottom of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"<em>GNOME Classic</em> er en funktionalitet til brugere der foretrækker en "
+"mere traditionel skrivebordsoplevelse. Selvom <em>GNOME Classic</em> er "
+"baseret på <em>GNOME 3</em>-teknologier, så har den nogle ændringer til "
+"brugerfladen såsom menuerne <gui>Programmer</gui> og <gui>Steder</gui> på "
+"toplinjen og en vinduesliste nederst på skærmen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:39
+msgid ""
+"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional "
+"desktop experience. While <em>GNOME Classic</em> is based on <em>GNOME 3</"
+"em> technologies, it provides a number of changes to the user interface, "
+"such as the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Applications</gui> "
+"and <gui>Places</gui> menus on the top bar, and a window list at the bottom "
+"of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"<em>GNOME Classic</em> er en funktionalitet til brugere der foretrækker en "
+"mere traditionel skrivebordsoplevelse. Selvom <em>GNOME Classic</em> er "
+"baseret på <em>GNOME 3</em>-teknologier, så har den nogle ændringer til "
+"brugerfladen såsom menuerne <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
+"\">Programmer</gui> og <gui>Steder</gui> på toplinjen og en vinduesliste "
+"nederst på skærmen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:48
+msgid ""
+"You can use the <gui>Applications</gui> menu on the top bar to launch "
+"applications. The <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</"
+"gui> overview is available by selecting the <gui>Activities Overview</gui> "
+"item from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan bruge menuen <gui>Programmer</gui> på toplinjen til at starte "
+"programmer. <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
+"\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> er tilgængelig ved at vælge punktet "
+"<gui>Aktivitetsoversigt</gui> i menuen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:53
+msgid ""
+"To access the <em><gui>Activities</gui> overview</em>, you can also press "
+"the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
+msgstr ""
+"For at få adgang til <em><gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui></em>, kan du også "
+"trykke på <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>-tasten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:57
+msgid "Window list"
+msgstr "Vinduesliste"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:59 C/shell-introduction.page:270
+msgid ""
+"The window list at the bottom of the screen provides access to all your open "
+"windows and applications and lets you quickly minimize and restore them."
+msgstr ""
+"Vindueslisten nederst på skærmen giver adgang til alle dine åbne vinduer og "
+"programmer og lader dig hurtigt minimere og gendanne dem."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:62
+msgid ""
+"At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier "
+"for the current workspace, such as <gui>1</gui> for the first (top) "
+"workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the total number of "
+"available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you can click the "
+"identifier and select the workspace you want to use from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+"Til højre i vindueslisten viser GNOME en kortfattet identifikator for det "
+"nuværende arbejdsområde såsom <gui>1</gui> for det første (øverste) "
+"arbejdsområde. Derudover viser identifikatoren også det samlede antal "
+"tilgængelige arbejdsområder. For at skifte til et andet arbejdsområde kan du "
+"klikke på identifikatoren og vælge det arbejdsområde du vil bruge i menuen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:71
+msgid "Switch to and from GNOME Classic"
+msgstr "Skift til og fra GNOME Classic"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:74
+msgid ""
+"GNOME Classic is only available on systems with certain GNOME Shell "
+"extensions installed. Some Linux distributions may not have these extensions "
+"available or installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"GNOME Classic er kun tilgængelig på systemer med bestemte GNOME Shell-"
+"udvidelser installeret. Nogle Linux-distributioner har måske ikke disse "
+"udvidelser tilgængelige eller installeret som standard."
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:80
+msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME</em> to <em>GNOME Classic</em>:"
+msgstr "Skift fra <em>GNOME</em> til <em>GNOME Classic</em>:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:82 C/gnome-classic.page:107
+msgid ""
+"Save any open work, and then log out. Click the system menu on the right "
+"side of the top bar, click your name and then choose the right option."
+msgstr ""
+"Gem dit igangværende arbejde og log ud. Klik på systemmenuen i højre side af "
+"toplinjen, og klik herefter på dit navn og den ønskede valgmulighed."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:86 C/gnome-classic.page:111
+msgid ""
+"A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm."
+msgstr ""
+"En bekræftelsesmeddelelse vises. Vælg <gui>Log ud</gui> for at bekræfte."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:90 C/gnome-classic.page:115
+msgid "At the login screen, select your name from the list."
+msgstr "Vælg dit navn i listen på loginskærmen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:93 C/gnome-classic.page:118
+msgid "Enter your password in the password entry box."
+msgstr "Indtast din adgangskode i indtastningsboksen til adgangskoden."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:96
+msgid ""
+"Click the options icon, which is displayed to the left of the <gui>Sign In</"
+"gui> button, and select <gui>GNOME Classic</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på valgmulighedsikonet til venstre for knappen <gui>Log ind</gui> og "
+"vælg <gui>GNOME Classic</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:100 C/gnome-classic.page:125
+msgid "Click the <gui>Sign In</gui> button."
+msgstr "Klik på knappen <gui>Log in</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:105
+msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME Classic</em> to <em>GNOME</em>:"
+msgstr "Skift fra <em>GNOME Classic</em> til <em>GNOME</em>:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:121
+msgid ""
+"Click the options icon, which is displayed to the left of the <gui>Sign In</"
+"gui> button, and select <gui>GNOME</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på valgmulighedsikonet til venstre for knappen <gui>Log ind</gui> og "
+"vælg <gui>GNOME</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/gnome-version.page:16
+msgid "How to determine which version of GNOME is running."
+msgstr "Find ud af hvilken version af GNOME, som kører."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/gnome-version.page:19
+msgid "Determine which version of GNOME is running"
+msgstr "Find ud af hvilken version af GNOME, som kører"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/gnome-version.page:21
+msgid ""
+"You can determine the version of GNOME that is running on your system by "
+"going to the <gui>Details/About</gui> panel in <gui>Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan finde ud af hvilken version af GNOME, som kører på dit system, ved at "
+"gå til panelet <gui>Detaljer/Om</gui> i <gui>Indstillinger</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/gnome-version.page:26
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>About</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Om</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/gnome-version.page:30
+msgid "Click on <gui>About</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Om</gui> for at åbne panelet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/gnome-version.page:31
+msgid ""
+"A window appears showing information about your system, including your "
+"distribution’s name and the GNOME version."
+msgstr ""
+"Der vises et vindue med information om dit system, inklusive navnet på din "
+"distribution og GNOME-versionen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/hardware-auth.page:13
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">Fingerprint readers</link>, smart cards…"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">Fingeraftrykslæsere</link>, smart cards …"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/hardware-auth.page:24
+msgid "Fingerprints & smart cards"
+msgstr "Fingeraftryk & smart cards"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20
+msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers."
+msgstr "Fejlsøg mediekortlæsere."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:23
+msgid "Media card reader problems"
+msgstr "Problemer med mediekortlæser"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:25
+msgid ""
+"Many computers contain readers for SD, MMC, SM, MS, CF, and other storage "
+"media cards. These should be automatically detected and <link xref=\"disk-"
+"partitions\">mounted</link>. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are "
+"not:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they "
+"are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is "
+"firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CF, require a small amount "
+"of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! If you come "
+"up against something solid, do not force it.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Open <app>Files</app> from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
+"\">Activities</gui> overview. Does the inserted card appear in the left "
+"sidebar? Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click "
+"it once to mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press <key>F9</key> or "
+"click <gui style=\"menu\">Files</gui> in the top bar and select the <gui "
+"style=\"menuitem\">Sidebar</gui>.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:48
+msgid ""
+"If your card does not show up in the sidebar, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+"key><key>L</key></keyseq>, then type <input>computer:///</input> and press "
+"<key>Enter</key>. If your card reader is correctly configured, the reader "
+"should come up as a drive when no card is present, and the card itself when "
+"the card has been mounted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:56
+msgid ""
+"If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the "
+"card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:61
+msgid ""
+"If no cards or drives are shown when browsing the <gui>Computer</gui> "
+"location, it is possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due "
+"to driver issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the computer "
+"instead of sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to "
+"directly connect your device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the "
+"computer. USB external card readers are also available, and are far better "
+"supported by Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:17
+msgid ""
+"A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are "
+"attached to it."
+msgstr ""
+"En hardware-/enhedsdriver gør det muligt for din computer at bruge enheder "
+"som er forbundet til den."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:21
+msgid "What is a driver?"
+msgstr "Hvad er en driver?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Devices are the physical “parts” of your computer. They may be <em>external</"
+"em> like printers and monitor or <em>internal</em> like graphics and audio "
+"cards."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:27
+msgid ""
+"In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know "
+"how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a "
+"<em>device driver</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:31
+msgid ""
+"When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver "
+"installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but "
+"the correct driver is not available, you will not be able to use the "
+"printer. Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible "
+"with any other model."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:37
+msgid ""
+"On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so "
+"everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to "
+"be installed manually or may not be available at all."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:41
+msgid ""
+"In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-"
+"functional. For example, you might find that your printer cannot do double-"
+"sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:13
+msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."
+msgstr "Fejlsøg problemer med skærm og grafikkort."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:19
+msgid "Screen problems"
+msgstr "Skærmproblemer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21
+msgid ""
+"Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or "
+"configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are "
+"experiencing?"
+msgstr ""
+"De fleste problemer med skærmen forårsages af problemstillinger med "
+"grafikkortdrivere eller -konfiguration. Hvilket emne nedenfor beskriver "
+"bedst det problem du oplever?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/hardware.page:13
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Hardware"
+msgstr "Hardware"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/hardware.page:15
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link xref="
+"\"printing\">printers</link>, <link xref=\"power\">power settings</link>, "
+"<link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth"
+"\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardwareproblemer</link>, <link xref="
+"\"printing\">printere</link>, <link xref=\"power\">strømindstillinger</"
+"link>, <link xref=\"color\">farvestyring</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth"
+"\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">diske</link> …"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/hardware.page:26
+msgid "Hardware & drivers"
+msgstr "Hardware & drivere"
+
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
+#: C/hardware.page:31
+msgid "More topics"
+msgstr "Flere emner"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/hardware.page:36
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Problems"
+msgstr "Problemer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/hardware.page:37
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Hardware problems"
+msgstr "Hardwareproblemer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/help-irc.page:7
+msgid "Get live support on IRC."
+msgstr "Få livesupport på IRC."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/help-irc.page:19
+msgid "IRC"
+msgstr "IRC"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/help-irc.page:20
+msgid ""
+"IRC stands for Internet Relay Chat. It is a real-time multi-user messaging "
+"system. You can get help and advice on the GNOME IRC server from other GNOME "
+"users and developers."
+msgstr ""
+"IRC står for Internet Relay Chat. Det er et beskedsystem til flere brugere i "
+"realtid. Du kan få hjælp og råd på GNOMEs IRC-server fra andre GNOME-"
+"brugere og -udviklere."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/help-irc.page:25
+msgid ""
+"To connect to the GNOME IRC server, use <app>Polari</app> or <app>HexChat</"
+"app>."
+msgstr ""
+"Brug <app>Polari</app> eller <app>HexChat</app> til at oprette forbindelse "
+"til GNOMEs IRC-server."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/help-irc.page:28
+msgid ""
+"To create an IRC account in Polari, see the <link href=\"help:polari/"
+"\">Polari documentation</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"I <link href=\"help:polari/\">Polaris dokumentation</link> kan du se hvordan "
+"du opretter en IRC-konto."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/help-irc.page:32
+msgid ""
+"The GNOME IRC server is <sys>irc.gnome.org</sys>. You may also see it "
+"referred to as the \"GIMP network\". If your computer is properly configured "
+"you can click on the link <link href=\"irc://irc.gnome.org/gnome\"/> to "
+"access the <sys>gnome</sys> channel."
+msgstr ""
+"GNOMEs IRC-server er <sys>irc.gnome.org</sys>. Du kan også se den omtalt som "
+"GIMP-netværket (\"GIMP network\"). Hvis din computer er konfigureret "
+"korrekt, så kan du klikke på linket <link href=\"irc://irc.gnome.org/gnome\"/"
+"> for at åbne <sys>gnome</sys>-kanalen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/help-irc.page:37
+msgid ""
+"While IRC is a real-time discussion medium, people tend to not reply "
+"immediately, so be patient."
+msgstr ""
+"Selvom IRC er et diskussionsmedie i realtid så har folk det med ikke at "
+"svare lige med det samme, så vær tålmodig."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/help-irc.page:42
+msgid ""
+"Please note the <link href=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Foundation/CodeOfConduct";
+"\">GNOME code of conduct</link> applies when you chat on IRC."
+msgstr ""
+"Bemærk venligst at <link href=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Foundation/";
+"CodeOfConduct\">GNOME-adfærdskodekset</link> gælder når du chatter på IRC."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:23
+msgid "Request support by e-mail."
+msgstr "Få hjælp via e-mail."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:26
+msgid "Mailing list"
+msgstr "Mailingliste"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:28
+msgid ""
+"Mailing lists are email based discussions. You can ask for support using the "
+"GNOME mailing lists. Almost each GNOME application has its own mailing list. "
+"The complete list of mailing-lists are listed at <link href=\"http://mail.";
+"gnome.org/mailman/listinfo\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Mailinglister er diskussioner baseret på e-mails. Du kan spørge om hjælp med "
+"GNOME-mailinglisterne. Næsten alle GNOME-programmer har deres egen "
+"mailingliste. Den fulde liste over mailinglister findes på <link href="
+"\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo\"/>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:34
+msgid ""
+"You may need to subscribe to the mailing-list before being able to send an "
+"email to it."
+msgstr ""
+"Det kan være nødvendigt at abonnere på mailinglisten inden du kan sende e-"
+"mail til den."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:38
+msgid ""
+"The default language used on mailing lists is English. There are user "
+"mailing lists for other languages. For example, <sys>gnome-de</sys> for "
+"German speakers or <sys>gnome-cl-list</sys> for all things related to Chile."
+msgstr ""
+"Standardsproget på mailinglisterne er engelsk. Der findes "
+"brugermailinglister til andre sprog. F.eks. <sys>gnome-de</sys> til dem der "
+"taler tysk eller <sys>gnome-cl-list</sys> for alt hvad der har med Chile at "
+"gøre."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/index.page:7
+msgid "A guide for GNOME 3 desktop users."
+msgstr "En vejledning til dem der bruger GNOME 3-skrivebordet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/index.page:9
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "GNOME Help"
+msgstr "Hjælp til GNOME"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/index.page:10
+msgctxt "text"
+msgid "GNOME Help"
+msgstr "Hjælp til GNOME"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/span
+#: C/index.page:11
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr "Hjælp"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/span
+#: C/index.page:16
+msgid "Yelp logo"
+msgstr "Yelp-logo"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/index.page:16
+msgid "<_:media-1/> GNOME Help"
+msgstr "<_:media-1/> Hjælp til GNOME"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:23 C/keyboard-layouts.page:22
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:19 C/keyboard-osk.page:20 C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:22 C/keyboard.page:22
+msgid "Julita Inca"
+msgstr "Julita Inca"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:37
+msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
+msgstr "Få indsættelsespunktet til at blinke og styr hvor hurtigt det blinker."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:41
+msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
+msgstr "Få tastaturmarkøren til at blinke"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:43
+msgid ""
+"If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can "
+"make it blink to make it easier to locate."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du har svært ved at se tastaturmarkøren i et tekstfelt, så kan du få "
+"den til at blinke, så den er lettere at finde."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:58
+msgid "Press <gui>Cursor Blinking</gui> in the <gui>Typing</gui> section."
+msgstr "Tryk på <gui>Markørblink</gui> i afsnittet <gui>Skrivning</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:61
+msgid ""
+"Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
+msgstr ""
+"Brug skyderen <gui>Hastighed</gui> til at justere hvor hurtigt markøren "
+"blinker."
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:15 C/keyboard-layouts.page:30
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:26
+msgid "Juanjo Marín"
+msgstr "Juanjo Marín"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:25
+msgid ""
+"The <key>Menu</key> key launches a context menu with the keyboard rather "
+"than with a right-click."
+msgstr ""
+"<key>Menu</key>-tasten åbner en genvejsmenu med tastaturet frem for med et "
+"højreklik."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:29
+msgid "What is the <key>Menu</key> key?"
+msgstr "Hvad er <key>Menu</key>-tasten?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:31
+msgid ""
+"The <key>Menu</key> key, also known as the <em>Application</em> key, is a "
+"key found on some Windows-oriented keyboards. This key is usually on the "
+"bottom-right of the keyboard, next to the <key>Ctrl</key> key, but it can be "
+"placed in a different location by keyboard manufacturers. Its is usually "
+"depicted as a cursor hovering above a menu: <_:media-1/>."
+msgstr ""
+"<key>Menu</key>-tasten, også kendt som <em>Program</em>-tasten er en tast "
+"der findes på nogle Windows-orienterede tastaturer. Tasten er gerne nederst "
+"til højre på tastaturet ved siden af <key>Ctrl</key>-tasten, men den kan "
+"være placeret forskellige steder på tastaturet alt efter producenten af "
+"tastaturet. Den har gerne et billede af en markør oven på en menu: "
+"<_:media-1/>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:45
+msgid ""
+"The primary function of this key is to launch a context menu with the "
+"keyboard rather than by clicking the right mouse button: this is useful if "
+"mouse or a similar device is not available, or when the right mouse button "
+"is not present."
+msgstr ""
+"Tastens primære funktion er at åbne en genvejsmenu med tastaturet frem for "
+"ved at klikke på den højre museknap: det er nyttigt hvis musen eller en "
+"lignende enhed ikke er tilgængelig eller når der ikke er en højre museknap."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:50
+msgid ""
+"The <key>Menu</key> key is sometimes omitted in the interest of space, "
+"particularly on portable and laptop keyboards. In this case, some keyboards "
+"include a <key>Menu</key> function key that can be activated in combination "
+"with the Function (<key>Fn</key>) key."
+msgstr ""
+"<key>Menu</key>-tasten udelades nogle gange af hensyn til pladsen, specielt "
+"på bærbare tastaturer og bærbare computere. Når det er tilfældet har nogle "
+"tastaturer en <key>Menu</key>-funktionstast der kan aktiveres i kombination "
+"med funktionstasten (<key>Fn</key>)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:55
+msgid ""
+"The <em>context menu</em> is a menu that pops up when you right-click. The "
+"menu that you see, if any, is dependent on the context and function of the "
+"area that you right-clicked. When you use the <key>Menu</key> key, the "
+"context menu is shown for the area of the screen that your cursor is over at "
+"the point when the key is pressed."
+msgstr ""
+"<em>Genvejsmenuen</em> er en menu der vises når du højreklikker. Den menu du "
+"ser, hvis du ser nogle, afhænger af sammenhænget og funktionen i det område "
+"du højreklikkede. Når du bruger <key>Menu</key>-tasten, så vises "
+"genvejsmenuen til det område på skærmen som din markør var over da du "
+"trykkede på tasten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:25
+msgid ""
+"The <key>Super</key> key opens the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. You can "
+"usually find it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+"<key>Super</key>-tasten åbner <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>. Du kan gerne "
+"finde den ved siden af <key>Alt</key>-tasten på dit tastatur."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:30
+msgid "What is the <key>Super</key> key?"
+msgstr "Hvad er <key>Super</key>-tasten?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:32
+msgid ""
+"When you press the <key>Super</key> key, the <gui>Activities</gui> overview "
+"is displayed. This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your "
+"keyboard, next to the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a Windows logo on "
+"it. It is sometimes called the <em>Windows key</em> or system key."
+msgstr ""
+"Når du trykker på <key>Super</key>-tasten, så vises "
+"<gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>. Tasten findes gerne nederst til venstre på "
+"dit tastatur, ved siden af <key>Alt</key>-tasten, og der er gerne et "
+"Windows-logo på den. Den kaldes nogle gange for <em>Windows-tasten</em> "
+"eller systemtasten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:38
+msgid ""
+"If you have an Apple keyboard, you will have a <key>⌘</key> (Command) key "
+"instead of the Windows key, while Chromebooks have a magnifying glass "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du har et Apple-tastatur, så har du en <key>⌘</key>-tast (kommando) i "
+"stedet for Windows-tasten, mens Chromebooks har et forstørrelsesglas i "
+"stedet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:43
+msgid ""
+"To change which key is used to display the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ændr hvilken tast der bruges til at vise <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:55 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:74
+msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard Shortcuts</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Tastaturgenveje</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne panelet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:58
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>System</gui> category, click the row with <gui>Show the "
+"activities overview</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"I kategorien <gui>System</gui> klikkes på rækken med <gui>Vis "
+"aktivitetsoversigten</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:62
+msgid "Hold down the desired key combination."
+msgstr "Hold den ønskede tastekombination nede."
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 C/mouse-wakeup.page:29 C/prefs-sharing.page:15
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:24 C/printing-name-location.page:17
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:22 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:25
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:15 C/privacy.page:20 C/privacy-screen-lock.page:29
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:26 C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24
+#: C/user-autologin.page:18
+msgid "2013"
+msgstr "2013"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41
+msgid "Add keyboard layouts and switch between them."
+msgstr "Tilføj tastaturlayouts og skift mellem dem."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:44
+msgid "Use alternative keyboard layouts"
+msgstr "Brug alternative tastaturlayouts"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:46
+msgid ""
+"Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. "
+"Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such "
+"as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a "
+"keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols "
+"printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple "
+"languages."
+msgstr ""
+"Tastaturer findes med hundredvis af forskellige layouts til forskellige "
+"sprog. Selv til et enkelt sprog er der ofte flere tastaturlayouts såsom "
+"Dvorak-layoutet til engelsk. Du kan få tastaturet til at opføre sig som et "
+"tastatur med et andet layout, uanset hvilke bogstaver og symboler der står "
+"på tasterne. Det er nyttigt hvis du ofte skifter mellem flere sprog."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:62
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Region & Language</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på <gui>Region & sprog</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne panelet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66
+msgid ""
+"Click the <gui>+</gui> button in the <gui>Input Sources</gui> section, "
+"select the language which is associated with the layout, then select a "
+"layout and press <gui>Add</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på knappen <gui>+</gui> i afsnittet <gui>Inputkilder</gui>, vælg det "
+"sprog som er tilknyttet med layoutet og vælg så et layout og tryk på "
+"<gui>Tilføj</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:73 C/session-formats.page:69
+#: C/session-language.page:89
+msgid ""
+"If there are multiple user accounts on your system, there is a separate "
+"instance of the <gui>Region & Language</gui> panel for the login screen. "
+"Click the <gui>Login Screen</gui> button at the top right to toggle between "
+"the two instances."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis der er flere brugerkontoer på dit system, så er der en separat instans "
+"af panelet <gui>Region & sprog</gui> til loginskærmen. Klik på knappen "
+"<gui>Loginskærm</gui> øverst til højre for at skifte mellem de to instanser."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:78
+msgid ""
+"Some rarely used keyboard layout variants are not available by default when "
+"you click the <gui>+</gui> button. To make also those input sources "
+"available you can open a terminal window by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+"key><key>Alt</key><key>T</key></keyseq> and run this command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/span
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:90 C/keyboard-layouts.page:95
+msgid "preview"
+msgstr "forhåndsvis"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88
+msgid ""
+"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list of "
+"<gui>Input Sources</gui> and clicking <gui><_:media-1/></gui>"
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan forhåndsvise et billede af et layout ved at vælge det i listen over "
+"<gui>Inputkilder</gui> og klikke på <gui><_:media-1/></gui>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/span
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98
+msgid "preferences"
+msgstr "præferencer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:93
+msgid ""
+"Certain languages offer some extra configuration options. You can identify "
+"those languages because they have a <gui><_:media-1/></gui> icon next to "
+"them. If you want to access these extra parameters, select the language from "
+"the <gui>Input Source</gui> list and a new <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-2/"
+"></gui> button will give you access to the extra settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:101
+msgid ""
+"When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the "
+"same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different "
+"layout for each window is useful, for example, if you’re writing an article "
+"in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will "
+"be remembered for each window as you switch between windows. Press the <gui "
+"style=\"button\">Options</gui> button to select how you want to manage "
+"multiple layouts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109
+msgid ""
+"The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such as "
+"<gui>en</gui> for the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator "
+"and select the layout you want to use from the menu. If the selected "
+"language has any extra settings, they will be shown below the list of "
+"available layouts. This gives you a quick overview of your settings. You can "
+"also open an image with the current keyboard layout for reference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116
+msgid ""
+"The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the <gui>Input "
+"Source</gui> <gui>Keyboard Shortcuts</gui>. These shortcuts open the "
+"<gui>Input Source</gui> chooser where you can move forward and backward. By "
+"default, you can switch to the next input source with <keyseq><key xref="
+"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> and to the "
+"previous one with <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></"
+"keyseq>. You can change these shortcuts in the <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' "
+"md5='2ee80298080e748428543267cb499806'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:34
+msgid "Use applications and the desktop without a mouse."
+msgstr "Brug programmer og skrivebordet uden en mus."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:37
+msgid "Keyboard navigation"
+msgstr "Tastaturnavigation"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:47
+msgid ""
+"This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or "
+"other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. "
+"For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see <link xref=\"shell-"
+"keyboard-shortcuts\"/> instead."
+msgstr ""
+"Siden giver information om tastaturnavigation for personer der ikke kan "
+"bruge en mus eller anden pegeenhed, eller som vil bruge et tastatur, så "
+"meget som muligt. For tastaturgenveje der er nyttige for alle brugere se i "
+"stedet <link xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts\"/>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:53
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse "
+"pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
+"mousekeys\"/> for details."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du ikke kan bruge en pegeenhed som en mus, så kan du styre musemarkøren "
+"med det numeriske tastatur på dit tastatur. Se <link xref=\"mouse-"
+"mousekeys\"/> for detaljer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:59
+msgid "Navigate user interfaces"
+msgstr "Naviger i brugerflader"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:61
+msgid "<key>Tab</key> and"
+msgstr "<key>Tab</key> og"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:62
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:65
+msgid ""
+"Move keyboard focus between different controls. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> "
+"<key>Tab</key></keyseq> moves between groups of controls, such as from a "
+"sidebar to the main content. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
+"can also break out of a control that uses <key>Tab</key> itself, such as a "
+"text area."
+msgstr ""
+"Flyt tastaturfokusset mellem forskellige styringer. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> "
+"<key>Tab</key></keyseq> flytter mellem grupper af styringer såsom fra en "
+"sidebjælke til hovedindholdet. "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> kan også slippe fri fra en "
+"styring der selv bruge <key>Tab</key> såsom et tekstområde."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:70
+msgid "Hold down <key>Shift</key> to move focus in reverse order."
+msgstr "Hold <key>Skift</key> nede for at flytte fokus i omvendt rækkefølge."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:74
+msgid "Arrow keys"
+msgstr "Piletaster"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:76
+msgid ""
+"Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related "
+"controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in "
+"a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group."
+msgstr ""
+"Flyt markeringen mellem elementer i en enkelt styring eller blandt et sæt "
+"relaterede styringer. Brug piletasterne til at give fokus til knapper på en "
+"værktøjslinje, vælge elementer i en liste- eller ikonvisning, eller vælge en "
+"radioknap i en gruppe."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:82
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Piletaster</keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:83
+msgid ""
+"In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without "
+"changing which item is selected."
+msgstr ""
+"I en liste- eller ikonvisning flyttes tastaturfokusset til et andet element "
+"uden at ændre hvilke element som er valgt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:87
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key>Piletaster</keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:88
+msgid ""
+"In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to "
+"the newly focused item."
+msgstr ""
+"I en liste- eller ikonvisning markeres alle elementer fra det valgte element "
+"til det element der sidst havde fokus."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:90
+msgid ""
+"In a tree view, items that have children can be expanded or collapsed, to "
+"show or hide their children: expand by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</"
+"key><key>→</key></keyseq>, and collapse by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</"
+"key><key>←</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+"I en trævisning kan elementer som har underelementer udfoldes eller "
+"sammenfoldes for at vise eller skjule deres underelementer: udfold ved at "
+"trykke på <keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>→</key></keyseq> og sammenfold ved at "
+"trykke på <keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>←</key></keyseq>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:96
+msgid "<key>Space</key>"
+msgstr "<key>Mellemrum</key>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:97
+msgid "Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item."
+msgstr ""
+"Aktivér et element med fokus såsom en knap, afkrydsningsboks eller "
+"listepunkt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:101
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Mellemrum</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:102
+msgid ""
+"In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without "
+"deselecting other items."
+msgstr ""
+"In en liste- eller ikonvisning vælges eller fravælges elementet med "
+"fokus uden at fravælge andre elementer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:106
+msgid "<key>Alt</key>"
+msgstr "<key>Alt</key>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:107
+msgid ""
+"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key to reveal <em>accelerators</em>: underlined "
+"letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press <key>Alt</key> "
+"plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked "
+"on it."
+msgstr ""
+"Hold <key>Alt</key>-tasten nede for at vise <em>acceleratorer</em>: "
+"understregede bogstaver i menupunkter, knapper og andre styringer. Tryk på "
+"<key>Alt</key> plus det understregede bogstav for at aktivere en styring, "
+"ligesom hvis du havde klikket på den."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:113
+msgid "<key>Esc</key>"
+msgstr "<key>Esc</key>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:114
+msgid "Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window."
+msgstr "Afslut en menu, pop op, skifter eller dialogvindue."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:117
+msgid "<key>F10</key>"
+msgstr "<key>F10</key>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:118
+msgid ""
+"Open the first menu on the menubar of a window. Use the arrow keys to "
+"navigate the menus."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn den første menu på menulinjen af et vindue. Brug piletasterne til at "
+"navigere menuerne."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:122
+msgid ""
+"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:124
+msgid "Open the application menu on the top bar."
+msgstr "Åbn programmenuen på toplinjen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:127
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> eller"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:128
+msgid "<key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key>"
+msgstr "<key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:130
+msgid ""
+"Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-"
+"clicked."
+msgstr ""
+"Vis genvejsmenuen til den nuværende markering, ligesom hvis du havde højreklikket."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:135
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:136
+msgid ""
+"In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if "
+"you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item."
+msgstr ""
+"Vis genvejsmenuen til den nuværende mappe i filhåndteringen, som om du "
+"havde højreklikket på baggrunden og ikke på et element."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:140
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:141 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:100
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:111
+msgid "and"
+msgstr "og"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:142
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:143
+msgid "In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right."
+msgstr ""
+"Skift til fanebladet til venstre eller højre, i en brugerflade med faneblade."
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:149
+msgid "Navigate the desktop"
+msgstr "Naviger på skrivebordet"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:166 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:229
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:167
+msgid ""
+"Cycle through windows in the same application. Hold down the <key>Alt</key> "
+"key and press <key>F6</key> until the window you want is highlighted, then "
+"release <key>Alt</key>. This is similar to the <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</"
+"key></keyseq> feature."
+msgstr ""
+"Gennemløb vinduer i det samme program. Hold <key>Alt</key>-tasten nede og "
+"tryk på <key>F6</key> indtil det ønskede vindue fremhæves, og slip så "
+"<key>Alt</key>. Det er samme fremgangsmåde som <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>½</"
+"key></keyseq>-funktionen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:173 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:225
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:76
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:174
+msgid "Cycle through all open windows on a workspace."
+msgstr "Gennemløb alle åbne vinduer i et arbejdsområde."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:177 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:345
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:135
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:178
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#notificationlist\">Open the notification "
+"list.</link> Press <key>Esc</key> to close."
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#notificationlist\">Åbn "
+"påmindelseslisten</link>. Tryk på <key>Esc</key> for at lukke."
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:184
+msgid "Navigate windows"
+msgstr "Naviger i vinduer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:186 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:414
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:187
+msgid "Close the current window."
+msgstr "Luk det nuværende vindue."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:190
+msgid ""
+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
+"key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> eller <keyseq><key>Super</"
+"key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:192
+msgid ""
+"Restore a maximized window to its original size. Use <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+"key><key>F10</key></keyseq> to maximize. <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</"
+"key></keyseq> both maximizes and restores."
+msgstr ""
+"Gendan et maksimeret vindue til den oprindelige størrelse. Brug "
+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> til at maksimere. "
+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> både maksimerer og gendanner."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:198 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:438
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:199
+msgid ""
+"Move the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>, "
+"then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish "
+"moving the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its original place."
+msgstr ""
+"Flyt det nuværende vindue. Tryk på "
+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq> og brug så piletasterne til at "
+"flytte vinduet. Tryk på <key>Enter</key> for at færdiggøre flytningen af "
+"vinduet eller <key>Esc</key> for at vende tilbage til den oprindelige "
+"placering."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:205 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:450
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:206
+msgid ""
+"Resize the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></"
+"keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press <key>Enter</"
+"key> to finish resizing the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its "
+"original size."
+msgstr ""
+"Tilpas størrelsen på det nuværende vindue. Tryk på "
+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq> og brug så piletasterne til at "
+"tilpasse størrelsen på vinduet. Tryk på <key>Enter</key> for at færdiggøre "
+"tilpasningen af størrelsen på vinduet eller <key>Esc</key> for at vende "
+"tilbage til dets oprindelige størrelse."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:221
+msgid ""
+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
+"key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> eller "
+"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:224
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize</link> a window. Press "
+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
+"key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to restore a maximized window to its original size."
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maksimer</link> er vindue. Tryk på "
+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> eller "
+"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> for at gendanne et maksimeret "
+"vindue til dets oprindelige størrelse."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:230 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:418
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:231
+msgid "Minimize a window."
+msgstr "Minimer et vindue."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:234 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:470
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:235
+msgid ""
+"Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen. Press again "
+"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
+"key><key>→</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
+msgstr ""
+"Maksimer et vindue lodret langs den venstre side af skærmen. Tryk igen for "
+"at gendanne vinduet til dets forrige størrelse. Tryk på "
+"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq> for at skifte side."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:241 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:474
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:242
+msgid ""
+"Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen. Press again "
+"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
+"key><key>←</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
+msgstr ""
+"Maksimer et vindue lodret langs den højre side af skærmen. Tryk igen for at "
+"gendanne vinduet til dets forrige størrelse. Tryk på "
+"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq> for at skifte side."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:248 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:410
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Mellemrum</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:249
+msgid "Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar."
+msgstr "Vis vinduesmenuen ligesom hvis du højdeklikkede på titellinjen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:16
+msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
+msgstr "Jeremy Bicha"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse "
+"or a touchscreen."
+msgstr ""
+"Brug et skærmtastatur til at indtaste tekst ved at klikke på knapper med "
+"musen eller en berøringsfølsom skærm."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38
+msgid "Use an on-screen keyboard"
+msgstr "Brug et skærmtastatur"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:40
+msgid ""
+"If you do not have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use "
+"it, you can turn on the <em>on-screen keyboard</em> to enter text."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du ikke har et tastatur tilsluttet din computer eller foretrækker "
+"ikke at bruge det, så kan du tænde for <em>skærmtastaturet</em> for at "
+"indtaste tekst."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:44
+msgid ""
+"The on-screen keyboard is automatically enabled if you use a touchscreen"
+msgstr ""
+"Skærmtastaturet aktiveres automatisk hvis du bruger en berøringsfølsom skærm"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:60
+msgid "Switch on <gui>Screen Keyboard</gui> in the <gui>Typing</gui> section."
+msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Skærmtastatur</gui> i afsnittet <gui>Indtastning</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:65
+msgid ""
+"When you next have the opportunity to type, the on-screen keyboard will open "
+"at the bottom of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Næste gang du har muligheden for at skrive åbnes skærmtastaturet nederst på "
+"skærmen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:68
+msgid ""
+"Press the <gui style=\"button\">?123</gui> button to enter numbers and "
+"symbols. More symbols are available if you then press the <gui style=\"button"
+"\">=/<</gui> button. To return to the alphabet keyboard, press the <gui "
+"style=\"button\">ABC</gui> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Tryk på knappen <gui style=\"button\">?123</gui> for at indtaste tal og "
+"symboler. Der er flere symboler hvis du herefter trykker på <gui "
+"style=\"button\">=/<</gui>-tasten. Vend tilbage til det alfabetiske "
+"tastatur ved at trykke på knappen <gui style=\"button\">ABC</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/span
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:74
+msgid "down"
+msgstr "ned"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:73
+msgid ""
+"You can press the <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-1/></gui> button to hide "
+"the keyboard temporarily. The keyboard will show again automatically when "
+"you next press on something where you can use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan trykke på knappen <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-1/></gui> for at "
+"skjule tastaturet midlertidigt. Tastaturet vises automatisk igen næste gang "
+"du trykker på noget hvor du kan bruge det."
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/span
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:78
+msgid "flag"
+msgstr "flag"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:77
+msgid ""
+"Press the <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-1/></gui> button to change your "
+"settings for <link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link> or <link xref="
+"\"keyboard-layouts\">Input Sources</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tryk på knappen <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-1/></gui> for at ændre dine "
+"indstillinger for <link xref=\"session-language\">Sprog</link> eller <link "
+"xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Indtastningskilder</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the "
+"delay and speed of repeat keys."
+msgstr ""
+"Få tastaturet til ikke at gentage bogstaver når du holder en tast nede, "
+"eller ændr forsinkelsen og hastigheden på gentagende taster."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:41
+msgid "Manage repeated key presses"
+msgstr "Håndter gentagne tastetryk"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43
+msgid ""
+"By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol "
+"will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking "
+"your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change "
+"how long it takes before key presses start repeating, or how quickly key "
+"presses repeat."
+msgstr ""
+"Når du holder en tast nede på dit tastatur, så gentages bogstavet eller "
+"symbolet indtil du slipper tasten som standard. Hvis du har svært ved at "
+"fjerne din finger hurtigt nok, så kan du deaktivere funktionaliteten eller "
+"ændre hvor længe det tager inden tastetryk begynder at blive gentaget eller "
+"hvor hurtigt tastetryk gentages."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:61
+msgid "Press <gui>Repeat Keys</gui> in the <gui>Typing</gui> section."
+msgstr "Tryk på <gui>Gentagende taster</gui> i afsnittet <gui>Skrivning</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:64
+msgid "Switch the <gui>Repeat Keys</gui> switch to off."
+msgstr "Sluk for <gui>Gentagende taster</gui>-kontakten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:65
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you "
+"have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</"
+"gui> slider to control how quickly key presses repeat."
+msgstr ""
+"Eller juster skyderen <gui>Ventetid</gui> for at styre hvor længe du skal "
+"holde en tast nede for at gentage den eller juster skyderen "
+"<gui>Hastighed</gui> for at styre hvor hurtigt tastetryk gentages."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44
+msgid "Define or change keyboard shortcuts in <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
+msgstr "Angiv eller ændr tastaturgenveje i indstillingerne <gui>Tastatur</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48
+msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts"
+msgstr "Indstil tastaturgenveje"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:63
+msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ændr den tast eller de taster der skal trykkes på for en tastaturgenvej:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:77
+msgid ""
+"Click the row for the desired action. The <gui>Set shortcut</gui> window "
+"will be shown."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på rækken for den ønskede handling. Vinduet <gui>Angiv genvej</gui> "
+"vises."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81
+msgid ""
+"Hold down the desired key combination, or press <key>Backspace</key> to "
+"reset, or press <key>Esc</key> to cancel."
+msgstr ""
+"Hold den ønskede tastekombination nede eller tryk på <key>Backspace</key> "
+"for at nulstille, eller tryk på <key>Esc</key> for at annullere."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:88
+msgid "Pre-defined shortcuts"
+msgstr "Prædefinerede genveje"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89
+msgid ""
+"There are a number of pre-configured shortcuts that can be changed, grouped "
+"into these categories:"
+msgstr ""
+"Der findes flere prækonfigurerede genveje som kan ændres, grupperet i "
+"følgende kategorier:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:93
+msgid "Launchers"
+msgstr "Programstartere"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:95
+msgid "Home folder"
+msgstr "Hjemmemappe"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:96
+msgid "<_:media-1/> or <_:media-2/> or <key>Explorer</key>"
+msgstr "<_:media-1/> eller <_:media-2/> eller <key>Explorer</key>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:99
+msgid "Launch calculator"
+msgstr "Start lommeregner"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:100
+msgid "<_:media-1/> or <key>Calculator</key>"
+msgstr "<_:media-1/> eller <key>Calculator</key>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:103
+msgid "Launch email client"
+msgstr "Start e-mailklient"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:104
+msgid "<_:media-1/> or <key>Mail</key>"
+msgstr "<_:media-1/> eller <key>Mail</key>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:107
+msgid "Launch help browser"
+msgstr "Start hjælpebrowser"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:108 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:129
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:177 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:181
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:185 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:209
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:213 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:217
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:221 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:233
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:374 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:378
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:382 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:386
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:422 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:430
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:434 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:442
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:446 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:458
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:466
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr "Deaktiveret"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:111
+msgid "Launch web browser"
+msgstr "Start webbrowser"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:112
+msgid "<_:media-1/> or <_:media-2/> or <key>WWW</key>"
+msgstr "<_:media-1/> eller <_:media-2/> eller <key>WWW</key>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:116
+msgid "<_:media-1/> or <key>Search</key>"
+msgstr "<_:media-1/> eller <key>Search</key>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:119
+msgid "Settings"
+msgstr "Indstillinger"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:120
+msgid "<key>Tools</key>"
+msgstr "<key>Tools</key>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:126
+msgid "Navigation"
+msgstr "Navigation"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:128
+msgid "Hide all normal windows"
+msgstr "Skjul alle normale vinduer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:132
+msgid "Move to workspace above"
+msgstr "Flyt til arbejdsområdet ovenfor"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:133 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:136
+msgid "Move to workspace below"
+msgstr "Flyt til arbejdsområdet nedenfor"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:137 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:101
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:140
+msgid "Move window one monitor down"
+msgstr "Flyt vindue én skærm ned"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:141
+msgid ""
+"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>↓</"
+"key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+"<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
+"super\">Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:144
+msgid "Move window one monitor to the left"
+msgstr "Flyt vindue én skærm til venstre"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:145 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:119
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:148
+msgid "Move window one monitor to the right"
+msgstr "Flyt vindue én skærm til højre"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:149 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:123
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:152
+msgid "Move window one monitor up"
+msgstr "Flyt vindue én skærm op"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:153
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:156
+msgid "Move window one workspace down"
+msgstr "Flyt vindue ét arbejdsområde ned"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:157 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:112
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:161
+msgid "Move window one workspace up"
+msgstr "Flyt vindue ét arbejdsområde op"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:162
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key> <key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Super</key> <key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:166
+msgid "Move window to last workspace"
+msgstr "Flyt vindue til sidste arbejdsområde"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:167
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>End</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Super</key><key>End</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:171
+msgid "Move window to workspace 1"
+msgstr "Flyt vindue til arbejdsområde 1"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:172
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Home</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Super</key><key>Home</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:176
+msgid "Move window to workspace 2"
+msgstr "Flyt vindue til arbejdsområde 2"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:180
+msgid "Move window to workspace 3"
+msgstr "Flyt vindue til arbejdsområde 3"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:184
+msgid "Move window to workspace 4"
+msgstr "Flyt vindue til arbejdsområde 4"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:188
+msgid "Switch applications"
+msgstr "Skift programmer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:189 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:61
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:192
+msgid "Switch system controls"
+msgstr "Skift systemstyring"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:193 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:84
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:196
+msgid "Switch system controls directly"
+msgstr "Skift systemstyring direkte"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:197
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:200
+msgid "Switch to last workspace"
+msgstr "Skift til sidste arbejdsområde"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:201
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>End</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>End</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:204
+msgid "Switch to workspace 1"
+msgstr "Skift til arbejdsområde 1"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:205
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Home</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Home</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:208
+msgid "Switch to workspace 2"
+msgstr "Skift til arbejdsområde 2"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:212
+msgid "Switch to workspace 3"
+msgstr "Skift til arbejdsområde 3"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:216
+msgid "Switch to workspace 4"
+msgstr "Skift til arbejdsområde 4"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:220
+msgid "Switch windows"
+msgstr "Skift vinduer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:224
+msgid "Switch windows directly"
+msgstr "Skift vinduer direkte"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:228
+msgid "Switch windows of an app directly"
+msgstr "Skift vinduer af et program direkte"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:232
+msgid "Switch windows of an application"
+msgstr "Skift vinduer af et program"
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:238
+msgid "Screenshots"
+msgstr "Skærmbilleder"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:240
+msgid "Copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard"
+msgstr "Kopiér et skærmbillede af et vindue til udklipsholderen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:241
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:244
+msgid "Copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard"
+msgstr "Kopiér et skærmbillede af et område til udklipsholderen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:245
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:248
+msgid "Copy a screenshot to clipboard"
+msgstr "Kopiér et skærmbillede til udklipsholderen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:249
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:252
+msgid "Record a short screencast"
+msgstr "Optag en kort skærmoptagelse"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:253
+msgid ""
+"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+"<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:257
+msgid "Save a screenshot of a window to Pictures"
+msgstr "Gem et skærmbillede af et vindue til Billeder"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:258
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:261
+msgid "Save a screenshot of an area to Pictures"
+msgstr "Gem et skærmbillede af et område til Billeder"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:262
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:265
+msgid "Save a screenshot to Pictures"
+msgstr "Gem et skærmbillede til Billeder"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:266
+msgid "<key>Print</key>"
+msgstr "<key>Print</key>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:271
+msgid "Sound and Media"
+msgstr "Lyd og medie"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:273
+msgid "Eject"
+msgstr "Skub ud"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:274
+msgid "<_:media-1/> (Eject)"
+msgstr "<_:media-1/> (skub ud)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:277
+msgid "Launch media player"
+msgstr "Start medieafspiller"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:278
+msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio media)"
+msgstr "<_:media-1/> (lyd medie)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:281
+msgid "Next track"
+msgstr "Næste spor"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:282
+msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio next)"
+msgstr "<_:media-1/> (lyd næste)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:284
+msgid "Pause playback"
+msgstr "Sæt afspilning på pause"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:285
+msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio pause)"
+msgstr "<_:media-1/> (lyd pause)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:288
+msgid "Play (or play/pause)"
+msgstr "Afspil (eller afspil/pause)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:289
+msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio play)"
+msgstr "<_:media-1/> (lyd afspil)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:292
+msgid "Previous track"
+msgstr "Forrige spor"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:293
+msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio previous)"
+msgstr "<_:media-1/> (lyd forrige)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:296
+msgid "Stop playback"
+msgstr "Stop afspilning"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:297
+msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio stop)"
+msgstr "<_:media-1/> (lyd stop)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:300
+msgid "Volume down"
+msgstr "Lavere"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:301
+msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio lower volume)"
+msgstr "<_:media-1/> (lyd lavere)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:304
+msgid "Volume mute"
+msgstr "Lydløs"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:305
+msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio mute)"
+msgstr "<_:media-1/> (lyd lydløs)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:308
+msgid "Volume up"
+msgstr "Højere"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:309
+msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio raise volume)"
+msgstr "<_:media-1/> (lyd højere)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:314
+msgid "System"
+msgstr "System"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:316
+msgid "Focus the active notification"
+msgstr "Giv fokus til den aktive påmindelse"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:317
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:320
+msgid "Lock screen"
+msgstr "Lås skærm"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:321 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:131
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:324
+msgid "Show the Power Off / Restart dialog"
+msgstr "Vis dialogen sluk/genstart"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:325 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:127
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:328
+msgid "Open the application menu"
+msgstr "Åbn programmenuen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:329
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:332
+msgid "Restore the keyboard shortcuts"
+msgstr "Gendan tastaturgenvejene"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:333
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:336
+msgid "Show all applications"
+msgstr "Vis alle programmer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:337 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:93
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:340
+msgid "Show the activities overview"
+msgstr "Vis aktivitetsoversigten"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:341
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:344
+msgid "Show the notification list"
+msgstr "Vis påmindelseslisten"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:348
+msgid "Show the overview"
+msgstr "Vis oversigten"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:349
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:352
+msgid "Show the run command prompt"
+msgstr "Vis prompten Kør kommando"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:353 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:56
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:358
+msgid "Typing"
+msgstr "Skrivning"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:360
+msgid "Switch to next input source"
+msgstr "Skift til den næste indtastningskilde"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:361
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Mellemrum</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:365
+msgid "Switch to previous input source"
+msgstr "Skift til den forrige indtastningskilde"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:366
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Super</key><key>Mellemrum</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:373
+msgid "Decrease text size"
+msgstr "Mindre tekst"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:377
+msgid "High contrast on or off"
+msgstr "Høj kontrast til eller fra"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:381
+msgid "Increase text size"
+msgstr "Større tekst"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:385
+msgid "Turn on-screen keyboard on or off"
+msgstr "Slå skærmtastatur til eller fra"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:389
+msgid "Turn screen reader on or off"
+msgstr "Slå skærmlæser til eller fra"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:390
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:393
+msgid "Turn zoom on or off"
+msgstr "Slå zoom til eller fra"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:394
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:397
+msgid "Zoom in"
+msgstr "Zoom ind"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:398
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:401
+msgid "Zoom out"
+msgstr "Zoom ud"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:402
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:407
+msgid "Windows"
+msgstr "Vinduer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:409
+msgid "Activate the window menu"
+msgstr "Aktivér vinduesmenuen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:413
+msgid "Close window"
+msgstr "Luk vinduet"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:417
+msgid "Hide window"
+msgstr "Skjul vinduet"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:421
+msgid "Lower window below other windows"
+msgstr "Sænk vinduet under de andre vinduer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:425
+msgid "Maximize window"
+msgstr "Maksimer vinduet"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:426
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:429
+msgid "Maximize window horizontally"
+msgstr "Maksimer vinduet vandret"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:433
+msgid "Maximize window vertically"
+msgstr "Maksimer vinduet lodret"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:437
+msgid "Move window"
+msgstr "Flyt vinduet"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:441
+msgid "Raise window above other windows"
+msgstr "Løft vinduet over de andre vinduer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:445
+msgid "Raise window if covered, otherwise lower it"
+msgstr "Løft vinduet hvis det er tildækket, ellers sænk det"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:449
+msgid "Resize window"
+msgstr "Tilpas størrelsen på vinduet"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:453
+msgid "Restore window"
+msgstr "Gendan vinduet"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:454
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:457
+msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode"
+msgstr "Fuldskærmstilstand til/fra"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:461
+msgid "Toggle maximization state"
+msgstr "Maksimeret tilstand til/fra"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:462
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:465
+msgid "Toggle window on all workspaces or one"
+msgstr "Vindue på alle arbejdsområder eller ét til/fra"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:469
+msgid "View split on left"
+msgstr "Opdelt visning til venstre"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:473
+msgid "View split on right"
+msgstr "Opdelt visning til højre"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:481
+msgid "Custom shortcuts"
+msgstr "Tilpassede genveje"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:483
+msgid ""
+"To create your own application keyboard shortcut in the <app>Keyboard</app> "
+"settings:"
+msgstr ""
+"Opret din egen tastaturgenvej til et program i indstillingerne "
+"<app>Tastatur</app>:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:488
+msgid ""
+"Click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button. The <gui>Add Custom "
+"Shortcut</gui> window will appear."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på knappen <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>. Vinduet <gui>Tilføj "
+"brugertilpasset genvej</gui> vises."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:492
+msgid ""
+"Type a <gui>Name</gui> to identify the shortcut, and a <gui>Command</gui> to "
+"run an application. For example, if you wanted the shortcut to open "
+"<app>Rhythmbox</app>, you could name it <input>Music</input> and use the "
+"<input>rhythmbox</input> command."
+msgstr ""
+"Skriv et <gui>Navn</gui> til at identificere genvejen og en <gui>Kommando</"
+"gui> til at køre et program. Hvis du f.eks. vil have genvejen til at åbne "
+"<app>Rhythmbox</app>, så kan du kalde den <input>Musik</input> og bruge "
+"kommandoen <input>rhythmbox</input>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:499
+msgid ""
+"Click the row that was just added. When the <gui>Set Custom Shortcut</gui> "
+"window opens, hold down the desired shortcut key combination."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på den række som lige er blevet tilføjet. Når vinduet <gui>Angiv "
+"brugertilpasset genvej</gui> åbnes, så hold den ønskede "
+"tastekombination til genvejen nede."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:504 C/user-add.page:83
+msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Tilføj</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:508
+msgid ""
+"The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can "
+"check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. "
+"The command that opens an application cannot have the same name as the "
+"application itself."
+msgstr ""
+"Det kommandonavn du skriver skal være en gyldig systemkommando. Du kan "
+"tjekke at kommandoen virker ved at åbne en terminal og skrive den der. "
+"Kommandoen der åbner et program må ikke have samme navn som selve programmet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:513
+msgid ""
+"If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard "
+"shortcut, click the <em>name</em> of the shortcut. The <gui>Set Custom "
+"Shortcut</gui> window will appear, and you can edit the command."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du vil ændre den kommando der er tilknyttet en tilpasset "
+"tastaturgenvej, så klik på genvejens <em>navn</em>. Vinduet <gui>Angiv "
+"brugertilpasset genvej</gui> vises og du kan redigere kommandoen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/keyboard.page:11
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link xref="
+"\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility"
+"\">keyboard accessibility</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Tastaturlayouts</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-"
+"cursor-blink\">markørblink</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"a11y#mobility\">tastaturtilgængelighed</link> …"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/keyboard.page:32
+msgid "Keyboard"
+msgstr "Tastatur"
+
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/keyboard.page:35 C/prefs-language.page:26
+msgid "Region & Language"
+msgstr "Region & sprog"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/look-background.page:21
+msgid "April Gonzales"
+msgstr "April Gonzales"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/look-background.page:49
+msgid "Ivan Stanton"
+msgstr "Ivan Stanton"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/look-background.page:55
+msgid "Set an image as your desktop background."
+msgstr "Indstil et billede som baggrund på dit skrivebord."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/look-background.page:58
+msgid "Change the desktop background"
+msgstr "Skift baggrund på skrivebordet"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/look-background.page:60
+msgid "To change the image used for your backgrounds:"
+msgstr "Skift billedet som bruges på dine baggrunde:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/look-background.page:64
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Background</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Baggrund</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/look-background.page:68
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Background</gui> to open the panel. The currently selected "
+"wallpaper is shown at the top."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på <gui>Baggrund</gui> for at åbne panelet. Det valgte tapet vises "
+"øverst."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/look-background.page:72
+msgid "There are two ways to change the image used for your backgrounds:"
+msgstr ""
+"Der findes to måder til at ændre billedet der bruges til dine baggrunde:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/look-background.page:75
+msgid "Click one of the background images which are shipped with the system."
+msgstr "Klik på et af de baggrundsbilleder der følger med dit system."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/look-background.page:78
+msgid ""
+"Some wallpapers change throughout the day. These wallpapers have a small "
+"clock icon in the bottom-right corner."
+msgstr ""
+"Nogle tapeter ændres i løbet af dagen. De har et lille ikon med et ur i nederste "
+"højre hjørne."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/look-background.page:83
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Add Picture…</gui> to use one of your own photos. By default, the "
+"<file>Pictures</file> folder will be opened, since most photo management "
+"applications store photos there."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på <gui>Tilføj billede …</gui> for at bruge et af dine egne billeder. "
+"Som standard åbnes mappen <file>Billeder</file> eftersom de fleste "
+"billedhåndteringsprogrammer gemmer billeder der."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/look-background.page:90
+msgid "The settings are applied immediately."
+msgstr "Indstillingerne anvendes med det samme."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/look-background.page:92
+msgid ""
+"For another way to set one of your own photos as the background, right-click "
+"on the image file in <app>Files</app> and select <gui>Set as Wallpaper</"
+"gui>, or open the image file in <app>Image Viewer</app>, click the menu "
+"button in the titlebar and select <gui>Set as Wallpaper</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"En anden måde til at indstille et af dine egne billeder som baggrunden er "
+"ved at højreklikke på billedfilen i <app>Filer</app> og vælge <gui>Benyt som "
+"baggrundsbillede</gui>, eller åbne billedfilen i "
+"<app>Billedfremviser</app>, klikke på menuknappen på titellinjen og vælge "
+"<gui>Anvend som baggrund</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/look-background.page:100
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> "
+"to view your entire desktop."
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Skift til et tomt arbejdsområde</"
+"link> for at vise hele dit skrivebord."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:37
+msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
+msgstr "Skærmopløsningen kan være indstillet forkert."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:40
+msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
+msgstr "Hvorfor er tingene slørede/pixelerede på min skærm?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:42
+msgid ""
+"The display resolution that is configured may not be the correct one for "
+"your screen. To solve this:"
+msgstr ""
+"Den skærmopløsning som er konfigureret er måske ikke den korrekte til din "
+"skærm. Ret det:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:54
+msgid "Click <gui>Displays</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Skærme</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne panelet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57
+msgid ""
+"Try some of the <gui>Resolution</gui> options and select the one that makes "
+"the screen look better."
+msgstr ""
+"Prøv nogle af valgmulighederne for <gui>Opløsning</gui> og vælg en der får "
+"din skærm til at se bedre ud."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:63
+msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
+msgstr "Når flere skærme er tilsluttet"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:70
+msgid ""
+"If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal "
+"monitor and a projector), the displays might have different optimal, or "
+"<link xref=\"look-resolution#native\">native</link>, resolutions."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du har to skærme tilsluttet til computeren (f.eks. en normal skærm og "
+"en projektor), så har de måske forskellige optimale eller <link xref=\"look-"
+"resolution#native\">egne</link> opløsninger."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:74
+msgid ""
+"Using <link xref=\"display-dual-monitors#modes\">Mirror</link> mode, you can "
+"display the same thing on two screens. Both screens use the same resolution, "
+"which may not match the native resolution of either screen, so the sharpness "
+"of the image may suffer on both screens."
+msgstr ""
+"Med tilstanden <link xref=\"display-dual-monitors#modes\">Kloning</link> kan "
+"du vise det samme på to skærme. Begge skærme bruger den samme opløsning, som "
+"måske ikke er det samme som egen opløsning på hverken den ene eller den "
+"anden skærm, så det kan gå ud over billedets skarphed."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:79
+msgid ""
+"Using <link xref=\"display-dual-monitors#modes\">Join Displays</link> mode, "
+"the resolution of each screen can be set independently, so they can both be "
+"set to their native resolution."
+msgstr ""
+"Med tilstanden <link xref=\"display-dual-monitors#modes\">Sammenføj "
+"skærme</link> kan opløsningen på hver skærm indstilles hver for sig, så de "
+"begge kan indstilles til deres egne opløsning."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/look-resolution.page:40
+msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
+msgstr "Skift skærmens opløsning og dens orientering (drejning)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/look-resolution.page:44
+msgid "Change the resolution or orientation of the screen"
+msgstr "Skift opløsningen eller orienteringen af skærmen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/look-resolution.page:46
+msgid ""
+"You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by "
+"changing the <em>screen resolution</em>. You can change which way up things "
+"appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the "
+"<em>rotation</em>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan ændre hvor store (og hvor detaljerede) tingene vises på skærmen ved "
+"at ændre <em>skærmopløsningen</em>. Du kan ændre hvilken vej der er op "
+"(f.eks. hvis du har en skærm der kan drejes) ved at ændre "
+"<em>drejningen</em>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/look-resolution.page:65
+msgid ""
+"If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have "
+"different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du har flere skærme og de ikke er klonede, så kan du have forskellige "
+"indstillinger på hver skærm. Vælg en skærm i forhåndsvisningsområdet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/look-resolution.page:81
+msgid "Resolution"
+msgstr "Opløsning"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/look-resolution.page:83
+msgid ""
+"The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each "
+"direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an <em>aspect ratio</"
+"em>, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a 16∶9 "
+"aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4∶3. If you choose a resolution "
+"that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be "
+"letterboxed to avoid distortion, by adding black bars to the top and bottom "
+"or both sides of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Opløsningen er det antal pixels (punkter på skærmen) der kan vises i hver "
+"retning. Hver opløsning har et <em>højde/bredde-forhold</em>, forholdet "
+"mellem bredden og højden. Widescreen-skærme bruger et højde/bredde-forhold "
+"på 16∶9 mens traditionelle skærme bruger 4∶3. Hvis du vælger en opløsning "
+"der ikke passer med højde/bredde-forholdet på din skærm, så bliver skærmen "
+"som en brevsprække for at undgå forvrængning, ved at tilføje sorte bjælker "
+"øverste og nederst eller på begge sider af skærmen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/look-resolution.page:91
+msgid ""
+"You can choose the resolution you prefer from the <gui>Resolution</gui> drop-"
+"down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may <link "
+"xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">look fuzzy or pixelated</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan vælge den opløsning du foretrækker i rullegardinslisten "
+"<gui>Opløsning</gui>. Hvis du vælger en der ikke er god til din skærm, så "
+"kan den <link xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">se sløret eller pixeleret</link> ud."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/look-resolution.page:98
+msgid "Native Resolution"
+msgstr "Egen opløsning"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/look-resolution.page:100
+msgid ""
+"The <em>native resolution</em> of a laptop screen or LCD monitor is the one "
+"that works best: the pixels in the video signal will line up precisely with "
+"the pixels on the screen. When the screen is required to show other "
+"resolutions, interpolation is necessary to represent the pixels, causing a "
+"loss of image quality."
+msgstr ""
+"På skærmen på en bærbar computer eller LCD-skærm er <em>egen opløsning</em> den der "
+"virker bedst: pixlerne i videosignalet står præcist på linje på skærmen. Når "
+"skærmen skal vise andre opløsninger, så er det nødvendigt at bruge interpolering for at "
+"vise pixlerne, hvilket forårsager et tab i billedkvaliteten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/look-resolution.page:109
+msgid "Refresh Rate"
+msgstr "Opdateringshastighed"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/look-resolution.page:111
+msgid ""
+"The refresh rate is the number of times per second the screen image is "
+"drawn, or refreshed."
+msgstr ""
+"Opdateringshastigheden er det antal gange pr. sekund skærmbilledet tegnes, "
+"eller genopfriskes."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/look-resolution.page:116
+msgid "Scale"
+msgstr "Skalering"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/look-resolution.page:118
+msgid ""
+"The scale setting increases the size of objects shown on the screen to match "
+"the density of your display, making them easier to read. Choose <gui>100%</"
+"gui> or <gui>200%</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Skaleringsindstillingen øger størrelsen på de objekter der vises på skærmen, "
+"så det passer med tætheden på din skærm, hvilket gør det lettere at læse. "
+"Vælg <gui>100 %</gui> eller <gui>200 %</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/look-resolution.page:125
+msgid "Orientation"
+msgstr "Orientering"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/look-resolution.page:127
+msgid ""
+"On some devices, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. "
+"Click <gui>Orientation</gui> in the panel and choose from <gui>Landscape</"
+"gui>, <gui>Portrait Right</gui>, <gui>Portrait Left</gui>, or <gui>Landscape "
+"(flipped)</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"På nogle enheder kan du fysisk dreje skærmen i mange retninger. Klik på "
+"<gui>Orientering</gui> i panelet og vælg blandt <gui>Landskab</gui>, "
+"<gui>Portræt højre</gui>, <gui>Portræt venstre</gui> eller <gui>Landskab "
+"(omvendt)</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/span
+#: C/look-resolution.page:135
+msgid "rotation lock"
+msgstr "drejning lås"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/span
+#: C/look-resolution.page:136
+msgid "rotation unlock"
+msgstr "drejning lås op"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/look-resolution.page:133
+msgid ""
+"If your device rotates the screen automatically, you can lock the current "
+"rotation using the <_:media-1/> button at the bottom of the <gui xref="
+"\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui>. To unlock, press the <_:"
+"media-2/> button"
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis din enhed drejer skærmen automatisk, så kan du låse den nuværende "
+"drejning med knappen <_:media-1/> nederst i <gui xref=\"shell-"
+"introduction#systemmenu\">systemmenuen</gui>. Lås op ved at trykke på knappen "
+"<_:media-2/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/media.page:13
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref=\"media#music"
+"\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing photos</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digitale kameraer</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"media#photos\">billedredigering</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"media#videos\">videoafspilning</link> …"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/media.page:22
+msgid "Sound, video & pictures"
+msgstr "Lyd, video & billeder"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/media.page:26
+msgctxt "sort"
+msgid "Sound"
+msgstr "Lyd"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/media.page:27
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Sound"
+msgstr "Lyd"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/media.page:28
+msgctxt "link:topic"
+msgid "Sound"
+msgstr "Lyd"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/media.page:29
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usespeakers"
+"\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usemic\">microphones</"
+"link>…"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Lydstyrke</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
+"usespeakers\">højttalere og hovedtelefoner</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
+"usemic\">mikrofoner</link> …"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/media.page:36
+msgid "Basic sound"
+msgstr "Grundlæggende lyd"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/media.page:40
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Music and players"
+msgstr "Musik og afspillere"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/media.page:41
+msgid "Music and portable audio players"
+msgstr "Musik og bærbare lydafspillere"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/media.page:45
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Photos"
+msgstr "Billeder"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/media.page:46
+msgid "Photos and digital cameras"
+msgstr "Billeder og digitalkameraer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/media.page:50
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Videos"
+msgstr "Videoer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/media.page:51
+msgid "Videos and video cameras"
+msgstr "Videoer og videokamera"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/more-help.page:18
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link xref="
+"\"get-involved\">help improve this guide</link>, <link xref=\"help-mailing-"
+"list\">mailing list</link>, <link xref=\"help-irc\">IRC</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips til at bruge vejledningen</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"get-involved\">hjælp med at forbedre vejledningen</link>, <link xref"
+"=\"help-mailing-list\">mailingliste</link>, <link xref=\"help-irc\">IRC</link> …"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/more-help.page:26
+msgid "Get more help"
+msgstr "Få mere hjælp"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to "
+"double-click."
+msgstr ""
+"Styr hvor hurtigt du skal trykke på museknappen for anden gang for at "
+"dobbeltklikke."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39
+msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
+msgstr "Justér hastigheden for dobbeltklik"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly "
+"enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you’ll just get two "
+"separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the "
+"mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout."
+msgstr ""
+"Dobbeltklik sker kun når du trykker på museknappen to gange hurtigt nok. Hvis "
+"det andet tryk er for længe efter det første, så får du bare to separate "
+"klik, ikke et dobbeltklik. Hvis du har svært ved at trykke på museknappen "
+"hurtigt, så skal du øge timeouten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:55
+msgid ""
+"Under <gui>Pointing & Clicking</gui>, adjust the <gui>Double-Click "
+"Delay</gui> slider to a value you find comfortable."
+msgstr ""
+"Under <gui>Pege og klikke</gui> justeres skyderen <gui>Ventetid for "
+"dobbeltklik</gui> til en værdi der fungerer godt for dig."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:60
+msgid ""
+"If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you "
+"have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try "
+"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works "
+"properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see "
+"if it still has the same problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis din mus dobbeltklikker når du vil have den til at enkeltklikke selvom "
+"du har øget timeouten for dobbeltklik, så kan der være noget galt med din "
+"mus. Prøv at sætte en anden mus i din computer og se om den virker "
+"ordentligt. Eller du kan sætte din mus i en anden computer og se om den "
+"stadigvæk har det samme problem."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:67 C/mouse-lefthanded.page:57
+msgid ""
+"This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other "
+"pointing device."
+msgstr ""
+"Indstillingen påvirker både din mus og pegeplade, samt andre pegeenheder."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34
+msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
+msgstr "Byt om på venstre og højre museknap i museindstillingerne."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:37
+msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
+msgstr "Brug din mus venstrehåndet"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39
+msgid ""
+"You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or "
+"touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan bytte om på den venstre og den højre knap på din mus eller pegeplade "
+"for at gøre det mere behageligt for venstrehåndede brugere."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 C/mouse-sensitivity.page:46
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:112
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:148
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Mouse & Touchpad</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> og "
+"begynd at skrive <gui>Mus & pegeplade</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:48 C/mouse-sensitivity.page:50
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:116
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:152
+msgid "Click on <gui>Mouse & Touchpad</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Mus & pegeplade</gui> for at åbne panelet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:51
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>General</gui> section, click to switch <gui>Primary button</gui> "
+"to <gui>Right</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik for at skifte <gui>Primær knap</gui> til <gui>Højre</gui> i afsnittet "
+"<gui>Generelt</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:33
+msgid "Use the middle mouse button to open applications, open tabs and more."
+msgstr ""
+"Brug den midterste museknap til at åbne programmer, åbne faneblade og mere."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37
+msgid "Middle-click"
+msgstr "Midterklik"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a "
+"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to "
+"middle-click. If you don’t have a middle mouse button, you can press the "
+"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click."
+msgstr ""
+"Mange mus og nogle pegeplader har en midterste museknap. På en mus der har et "
+"rullehjul kan du gerne trykke direkte ned på rullehjulet for at "
+"midterklikke. Hvis du ikke har en midterste museknap, så kan du trykke på "
+"den venstre og højre museknap på samme tid for at midterklikke."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45
+msgid ""
+"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers "
+"at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click"
+"\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."
+msgstr ""
+"På pegeplader der understøtter tryk med flere fingre kan du trykke med tre "
+"fingre samtidigt for at midterklikke. Du skal <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
+"click\">aktivere trykklikning</link> i pegepladeindstillingerne for at få det til at virke."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:50
+msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."
+msgstr "Mange programmer bruger midterklik til avancerede klikgenveje."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53
+msgid ""
+"In applications with scrollbars, left-clicking in the empty space of the bar "
+"moves the scroll position directly to that place. Middle-clicking moves up "
+"to a single page towards that location."
+msgstr ""
+"I programmer med rullebjælker vil venstreklik på et tomt område i bjælken "
+"flytte rulleplaceringen direkte til det sted. Midterklik flytter én side op "
+"i den retning."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you can quickly open a new window for "
+"an application with middle-click. Simply middle-click on the application’s "
+"icon, either in the dash on the left, or in the applications overview. The "
+"applications overview is displayed using the grid button in the dash."
+msgstr ""
+"I <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> kan du hurtigt åbne et nyt vindue for et "
+"program med midterklik. Midterklik blot på programmets ikon, enten i "
+"favoritområdet til venstre eller i programoversigten. Programoversigten "
+"vises med gitterknappen i favoritområdet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:63
+msgid ""
+"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle "
+"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will "
+"open in a new tab."
+msgstr ""
+"De fleste webbrowsere giver dig mulighed for at åbne links i faneblade "
+"hurtigt men den midterste museknap. Klik blot på et link med din midterste "
+"museknap og det åbnes i et nyt faneblad."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:67
+msgid ""
+"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a "
+"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web "
+"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you "
+"had double-clicked."
+msgstr ""
+"I filhåndteringen har midterklik to roller. Hvis du midterklikker på en "
+"mappe, så åbnes den i et nyt faneblad. Det efterligner den opførsel der findes i populære "
+"webbrowsere. Hvis du midterklikker på en fil, så åbnes filen, ligesom hvis "
+"du havde dobbeltklikket."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:73
+msgid ""
+"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for "
+"other functions. Search your application’s help for <em>middle-click</em> or "
+"<em>middle mouse button</em>."
+msgstr ""
+"Visse specialiserede programmer giver dig mulighed for at bruge den "
+"midterste museknap til andre funktioner. Søg efter <em>midterklik</em> eller "
+"<em>midterste museknap</em> i hjælpen til dit program."
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:31 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:27
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:23
+msgid "2013, 2015"
+msgstr "2013, 2015"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:36
+msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the numeric keypad."
+msgstr "Aktivér musetaster for at styre musen med det numeriske tastatur."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40
+msgid "Click and move the mouse pointer using the keypad"
+msgstr "Klik og flyt musemarkøren med det numeriske tastatur"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42
+msgid ""
+"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can "
+"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This "
+"feature is called <em>mouse keys</em>."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du har svært ved at bruge en mus eller anden pegeenhed, så kan du styre "
+"musemarkøren med det numeriske tastatur på dit tastatur. Funktionaliteten "
+"kaldes <em>musetaster</em>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:50
+msgid ""
+"You can access the <gui>Activities</gui> overview by pressing on it, by "
+"moving your mouse pointer against the top-left corner of the screen, by "
+"using <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> followed "
+"by <key>Enter</key>, or by using the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</"
+"key> key."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan få adgang til <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> ved at trykke på den, "
+"ved at flytte din musemarkør til det øverste venstre hjørne på skærmen, ved "
+"at trykke på <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
+"efterfulgt af <key>Enter</key>, eller ved at bruge <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
+"super\">Super</key>-tasten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:62
+msgid ""
+"Use the up and down arrow keys to select <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> in the "
+"<gui>Pointing & Clicking</gui> section, then press <key>Enter</key> to "
+"switch the <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> switch to on."
+msgstr ""
+"Brug piletasterne op og ned til at vælge <gui>Musetaster</gui> i afsnittet "
+"<gui>Pege og klikke</gui> og tryk så på <key>Enter</key> for at tænde for "
+"<gui>Musetaster</gui>-kontakten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:67
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to "
+"move the mouse pointer using the keypad."
+msgstr ""
+"Sørg for at <key>Num Lock</key> er slukket. Du vil nu være i stand til at "
+"flytte musen med det numeriske tastatur."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72
+msgid ""
+"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged "
+"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a "
+"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (<key>Fn</key>) key "
+"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this "
+"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB or Bluetooth "
+"numeric keypads."
+msgstr ""
+"Det numeriske tastatur er en samling talknapper på dit tastatur der gerne er "
+"opstillet i et kvadratisk gitter. Hvis du har et tastatur uden et numeriske "
+"tastatur (såsom tastaturet på en bærbar computer), så kan det være du skal holde "
+"funktionstasten (<key>Fn</key>) nede og bruge bestemte taster på dit "
+"tastatur som et numeriske tastatur. Hvis du bruger funktionaliteten ofte på "
+"en bærbar computer, så kan du købe et eksternt numerisk tastatur der bruger USB eller "
+"Bluetooth."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:79
+msgid ""
+"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing "
+"<key>8</key> will move the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will "
+"move it downwards. Press the <key>5</key> key to click once with the mouse, "
+"or quickly press it twice to double-click."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvert tal på det numeriske tastatur er en retning. F.eks. vil tryk "
+"på <key>8</key> flytte markøren op og tryk på <key>2</key> vil flytte den "
+"ned. Tryk på <key>5</key>-tasten for at klikke én gang med musen eller tryk "
+"på den to gange hurtigt for at dobbeltklikke."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:84
+msgid ""
+"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click, sometimes "
+"called the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key. Note, however, "
+"that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse "
+"pointer is. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for information on how to "
+"right-click by holding down <key>5</key> or the left mouse button."
+msgstr ""
+"De fleste tastaturer har en speciel tast der giver dig mulighed for at "
+"højreklikke, nogle gange kaldet <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
+"menu\">Menu</key>-tasten. Bemærk dog at tasten fungerer der hvor dit "
+"tastaturfokus er og ikke hvor din musemarkør er. Se <link xref=\"a11y-right-"
+"click\"/> for information om hvordan du højreklikker ved at holde "
+"<key>5</key> nede eller den venstre museknap."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:90
+msgid ""
+"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, "
+"turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad "
+"when <key>Num Lock</key> is turned on, though."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du vil bruge det numeriske tastatur til at skrive tal mens musetaster "
+"er aktiveret, så tænd for <key>Num Lock</key>. Musen kan dog ikke styres med "
+"det numeriske tastatur når <key>Num Lock</key> er tændt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:95
+msgid ""
+"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not "
+"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used."
+msgstr ""
+"De normale taltaster der står på linje øverst på tastaturet styrer ikke "
+"musemarkøren. Det er kun taltasterne på det numeriske tastatur der kan "
+"bruges."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:23
+msgid "How to check why your mouse is not working."
+msgstr "Tjek hvorfor din mus ikke virker."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:26
+msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving"
+msgstr "Musemarkøren bevæger sig ikke"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:31
+msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"
+msgstr "Tjek at musen er sat i"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:32
+msgid ""
+"If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your "
+"computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du har en mus med et kabel, så tjek at det er sat godt i din computer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:36
+msgid ""
+"If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a "
+"different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector "
+"with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port "
+"rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer "
+"if it was not plugged in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:46
+msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
+msgstr "Tjek at musen virker"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:47
+msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."
+msgstr "Sæt musen i en anden computer og se om den virker."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:49
+msgid ""
+"If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of "
+"the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that "
+"it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be "
+"broken."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:56
+msgid "Checking wireless mice"
+msgstr "Tjek trådløs mus"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:60
+msgid ""
+"Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of "
+"the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can take it with you "
+"without it constantly waking up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:64
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the "
+"mouse with your computer. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:67
+msgid ""
+"Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go "
+"to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See "
+"<link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:74
+msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."
+msgstr "Tjek at batteriet i musen er opladet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:79
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:84
+msgid ""
+"If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make "
+"sure that they are both set to the same channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:90
+msgid ""
+"You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a "
+"connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if "
+"this is the case."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:98
+msgid ""
+"Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them "
+"into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, "
+"you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might "
+"depend on the make or model of your mouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
+msgstr ""
+"Ændr hvor hurtigt markøren flyttes når du bruger din mus eller pegeplade."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39
+msgid "Adjust the speed of the mouse and touchpad"
+msgstr "Justér hastigheden på musen og pegepladen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41
+msgid ""
+"If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your "
+"touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:53
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the <gui>Mouse Speed</gui> or <gui>Touchpad Speed</gui> slider until "
+"the pointer motion is comfortable for you. Sometimes the most comfortable "
+"settings for one type of device are not the best for the other."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad, "
+"while the <gui>Mouse</gui> section is only visible when a mouse is connected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32
+msgid "Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
+msgstr "Klik, træk eller rul med tryk og bevægelser på din pegeplade."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36
+msgid "Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad"
+msgstr "Klik, træk eller rul med pegepladen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:38
+msgid ""
+"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, "
+"without separate hardware buttons."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan klikke, dobbeltklikke, trække og rulle kun med pegepladen, uden "
+"separate hardwareknapper."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"touchscreen-gestures\">Touchscreen gestures</link> are covered "
+"separately."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47
+msgid "Tap to click"
+msgstr "Tryk for at klikke"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49
+msgid "You can tap your touchpad to click instead of using a button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:60 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:119
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, make sure the <gui>Touchpad</gui> switch "
+"is set to on."
+msgstr ""
+"Sørg for at <gui>Pegeplade</gui>-kontakten er tændt i afsnittet "
+"<gui>Pegeplade</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68
+msgid "Switch the <gui>Tap to click</gui> switch to on."
+msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Tryk for at klikke</gui>-kontakten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:74
+msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:77
+msgid "To double-click, tap twice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80
+msgid ""
+"To drag an item, double-tap but don’t lift your finger after the second tap. "
+"Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:85
+msgid ""
+"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two "
+"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-"
+"click. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for a method of right-clicking "
+"without a second mouse button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:91
+msgid ""
+"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick"
+"\">middle-click</link> by tapping with three fingers at once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98
+msgid ""
+"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are "
+"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may "
+"think they’re a single finger."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106
+msgid "Two finger scroll"
+msgstr "Rulning med to fingre"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:108
+msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:123
+msgid "Switch the <gui>Two-finger Scrolling</gui> switch to on."
+msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Tofingerrulning</gui>-kontakten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:127
+msgid ""
+"When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as "
+"normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will "
+"scroll instead. Move your fingers between the top and bottom of your "
+"touchpad to scroll up and down, or move your fingers across the touchpad to "
+"scroll sideways. Be careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your "
+"fingers are too close together, they just look like one big finger to your "
+"touchpad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:135
+msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
+msgstr "Tofingerrulning virker måske ikke på alle pegeplader."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:141
+msgid "Natural scrolling"
+msgstr "Naturlig rulning"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:143
+msgid ""
+"You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the "
+"touchpad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:155
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, make sure that the <gui>Touchpad</gui> "
+"switch is set to on."
+msgstr ""
+"Sørg for at <gui>Pegeplade</gui>-kontakten er tændt i afsnittet "
+"<gui>Pegeplade</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:159
+msgid "Switch the <gui>Natural Scrolling</gui> switch to on."
+msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Naturlig rulning</gui>-kontakten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:164
+msgid "This feature is also known as <em>Reverse Scrolling</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:14 C/mouse-wakeup.page:19 C/screen-shot-record.page:15
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:21 C/translate.page:13
+msgid "2011"
+msgstr "2011"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:27 C/printing-cancel-job.page:22
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:15 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:23
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:22
+msgid "Jana Svarova"
+msgstr "Jana Svarova"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:34
+msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."
+msgstr "Hvis du skal bevæge eller klikke med musen inden den svarer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:37
+msgid "Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working"
+msgstr "Musens bevægelser er forsinket i starten"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "
+"“wake up” before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when not "
+"in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad, you can "
+"click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
+msgstr ""
+"Trådløse og optiske mus samt pegeplader på bærbare computere skal måske “vækkes” "
+"inden de begynder at virke. De sover automatisk når de ikke er i brug for at "
+"spare på batteristrømmen. For at vække din mus eller pegeplade kan du "
+"klikke på en museknap eller bevæge musen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mouse.page:29
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
+"sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click"
+"\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Venstrehåndet</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
+"sensitivity\">hastighed og følsomhed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
+"click\">klik og rul med pegeplade</link> …"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mouse.page:36
+msgid "Mouse, Touchpad & Touchscreen"
+msgstr "Mus, pegeplade & berøringsfølsom skærm"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mouse.page:47
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Common mouse problems"
+msgstr "Almindelige museproblemer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mouse.page:48
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Common problems"
+msgstr "Almindelige problemer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mouse.page:55
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Mouse tips"
+msgstr "Musetips"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mouse.page:56
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Tips"
+msgstr "Tips"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mouse.page:58
+msgid "Tips"
+msgstr "Tips"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:13
+msgid ""
+"Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "
+"“copy protected”."
+msgstr ""
+"Understøttelse af filformatet er måske ikke installeret eller sagnene kan "
+"være “kopibeskyttet”."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17
+msgid "I can’t play the songs I bought from an online music store"
+msgstr "Jeg kan ikke afspille de sange, jeg har købt fra en online musikbutik"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19
+msgid ""
+"If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won’t "
+"play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS "
+"computer and then copied it over."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21
+msgid ""
+"This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by "
+"your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the "
+"right audio formats installed — for example, if you want to play MP3 files, "
+"you need MP3 support installed. If you don’t have support for a given audio "
+"format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. "
+"The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for "
+"that format so that you can play it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23
+msgid ""
+"If you do have support installed for the song’s audio format but still can’t "
+"play it, the song might be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being "
+"<em>DRM restricted</em>). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song "
+"and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you "
+"is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you "
+"will probably not be able to play it — you generally need special software "
+"from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not "
+"supported on Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25
+msgid ""
+"You can learn more about DRM from the <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/";
+"drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:13
+msgid ""
+"Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."
+msgstr ""
+"Brug en medieafspiller til at kopiere sangene og fjerne iPod'en sikkert "
+"bagefter."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:17
+msgid "Songs don’t appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it"
+msgstr "Sangene vises ikke på min iPod når jeg kopierer dem til den"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19
+msgid ""
+"When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music "
+"player application and also in the file manager (the <app>Files</app> "
+"application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview). You must copy songs onto "
+"the iPod using the music player — if you copy them across using the file "
+"manager, it won’t work because the songs won’t be put into the right "
+"location. iPods have a special location for storing songs which music player "
+"applications know how to get to but the file manager does not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21
+msgid ""
+"You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you "
+"unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link xref="
+"\"files-removedrive\">safely remove it</link>. This will make sure that all "
+"of the songs have been copied across properly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23
+msgid ""
+"A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the "
+"music player application you’re using does not support converting the songs "
+"from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an "
+"audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis "
+"(.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the "
+"iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software "
+"(also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not "
+"be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the "
+"software installer for an appropriate codec."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/music-player-newipod.page:13
+msgid ""
+"Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can "
+"use them."
+msgstr "Nye iPods skal opsættes med iTunes-softwaren inden du kan bruge dem."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/music-player-newipod.page:17
+msgid "My new iPod won’t work"
+msgstr "Min nye iPod virker ikke"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19
+msgid ""
+"If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, "
+"it won’t be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. "
+"This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the <app>iTunes</"
+"app> software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21
+msgid ""
+"To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it "
+"in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the "
+"<gui>Volume Format</gui>, choose <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> "
+"or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it "
+"into a Linux computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8
+msgid ""
+"Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify "
+"trash behavior."
+msgstr ""
+"Enkeltklik for at åbne filer, kør eller vis kørbare tekstfiler og angiv "
+"opførsel for papirkurven."
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:28
+msgid "Sindhu S"
+msgstr "Sindhu S"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:38
+msgid "File manager behavior preferences"
+msgstr "Indstillinger for opførsel i filhåndtering"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:39
+msgid ""
+"You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how "
+"executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. Click the menu "
+"button in the top-right corner of the window and select <gui>Preferences</"
+"gui>, and select the <gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:45
+msgid "Behavior"
+msgstr "Opførsel"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:48
+msgid "<gui>Single click to open items</gui>"
+msgstr "<gui>Enkeltklik for at åbne objekter</gui>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:49
+msgid "<gui>Double click to open items</gui>"
+msgstr "<gui>Dobbeltklik for at åbne objekter</gui>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:50
+msgid ""
+"By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can "
+"instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. "
+"When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
+"while clicking to select one or more files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:59
+msgid "Executable text files"
+msgstr "Eksekverbare tekstfiler"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:60
+msgid ""
+"An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run "
+"(execute). The <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">file "
+"permissions</link> must also allow for the file to run as a program. The "
+"most common are <sys>Shell</sys>, <sys>Python</sys> and <sys>Perl</sys> "
+"scripts. These have extensions <file>.sh</file>, <file>.py</file> and <file>."
+"pl</file>, respectively."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:67
+msgid "When you open an executable text file, you can select from:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:71
+msgid "<gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:74
+msgid "<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:77
+msgid "<gui>Ask each time</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:81
+msgid ""
+"If <gui>Ask each time</gui> is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you "
+"wish to run or view the selected text file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:91
+msgid ""
+"Executable text files are also called <em>scripts</em>. All scripts in the "
+"<file>~/.local/share/nautilus/scripts</file> folder will appear in the "
+"context menu for a file under the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> "
+"submenu. When a script is executed from a local folder, all selected files "
+"will be pasted to the script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:99
+msgid "Navigate to the desired folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:102
+msgid "Select the desired file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:105
+msgid ""
+"Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired "
+"script to execute from the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:111
+msgid ""
+"A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote "
+"folder such as a folder showing web or <sys>ftp</sys> content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:120
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "File manager trash preferences"
+msgstr "Filhåndteringens præferencer for papirkurven"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:122
+msgid "Trash"
+msgstr "Papirkurv"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:126
+msgid "<gui>Ask before emptying the Trash</gui>"
+msgstr "<gui>Spørg før papirkurven tømmes</gui>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:127
+msgid ""
+"This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will "
+"be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete "
+"files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:27
+msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."
+msgstr "Tilføj, slet og omdøb bogmærker i filhåndteringen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31
+msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"
+msgstr "Rediger mappebogmærker"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:33
+msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager."
+msgstr "Dine bogmærker vises i filhåndteringens sidebjælke."
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36
+msgid "Add a bookmark:"
+msgstr "Tilføj et bogmærke:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38
+msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Click the current folder in the path bar and then select <gui style="
+"\"menuitem\">Add to Bookmarks</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44
+msgid ""
+"You can also drag a folder to the sidebar, and drop it over <gui>New "
+"bookmark</gui>, which appears dynamically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:51
+msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
+msgstr "Slet et bogmærke:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:53
+msgid ""
+"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select <gui>Remove</gui> from "
+"the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:59
+msgid "Rename a bookmark:"
+msgstr "Omdøb et bogmærke:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:61
+msgid ""
+"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select <gui>Rename…</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:65
+msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:68
+msgid ""
+"Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two "
+"different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same "
+"name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won’t be able to tell "
+"them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other "
+"than the name of the folder it points to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:29
+msgid ""
+"View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or "
+"WebDAV."
+msgstr ""
+"Vis og rediger filer på en anden computer over FTP, SSH, Windows-delinger "
+"eller WebDAV."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:34
+msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
+msgstr "Gennemse filer på en server eller netværksdeling"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44
+msgid ""
+"You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on "
+"that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a "
+"convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share "
+"files with other people on your local network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:50
+msgid ""
+"To browse files over the network, open the <app>Files</app> application from "
+"the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, and click <gui>Other Locations</gui> in "
+"the sidebar. The file manager will find any computers on your local area "
+"network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect "
+"to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you’re "
+"looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/"
+"network address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:60
+msgid "Connect to a file server"
+msgstr "Opret forbindelse til en filserver"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:61
+msgid "In the file manager, click <gui>Other Locations</gui> in the sidebar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:64
+msgid ""
+"In <gui>Connect to Server</gui>, enter the address of the server, in the "
+"form of a <link xref=\"#urls\">URL</link>. Details on supported URLs are "
+"<link xref=\"#types\">listed below</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:69
+msgid ""
+"If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the "
+"<gui>Recent Servers</gui> list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:74
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Connect</gui>. The files on the server will be shown. You can "
+"browse the files just as you would for those on your own computer. The "
+"server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it quickly in the "
+"future."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:82
+msgid "Writing URLs"
+msgstr "Skrivning af URL'er"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:84
+msgid ""
+"A <em>URL</em>, or <em>uniform resource locator</em>, is a form of address "
+"that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted "
+"like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:87
+msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
+msgstr "<sys>scheme://servernavn.eksempel.dk/mappe</sys>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:89
+msgid ""
+"The <em>scheme</em> specifies the protocol or type of server. The "
+"<em>example.com</em> portion of the address is called the <em>domain name</"
+"em>. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:93
+msgid "<sys>scheme://username servername example com/folder</sys>"
+msgstr "<sys>scheme://brugernavn servernavn eksempel dk/mappe</sys>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:95
+msgid ""
+"Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the "
+"domain name:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:97
+msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>"
+msgstr "<sys>scheme://servernavn.eksempel.dk:port/mappe</sys>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:99
+msgid ""
+"Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:103
+msgid "Types of servers"
+msgstr "Typer af servere"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:105
+msgid ""
+"You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and "
+"allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a "
+"username and password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:108
+msgid ""
+"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a "
+"server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to "
+"delete files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:111
+msgid ""
+"The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its "
+"file shares."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:115
+msgid "SSH"
+msgstr "SSH"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:116
+msgid ""
+"If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect "
+"using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they "
+"can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:120
+msgid "A typical SSH URL looks like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:122
+msgid "<sys>ssh://username servername example com/folder</sys>"
+msgstr "<sys>ssh://brugernavn servernavn eksempel dk/mappe</sys>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:129
+msgid ""
+"When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted "
+"so that other users on your network can’t see it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:133
+msgid "FTP (with login)"
+msgstr "FTP (med login)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:134
+msgid ""
+"FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not "
+"encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some "
+"servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or "
+"download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and "
+"upload files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:139
+msgid "A typical FTP URL looks like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:141
+msgid "<sys>ftp://username ftp example com/path/</sys>"
+msgstr "<sys>ftp://brugernavn ftp eksempel dk/sti/</sys>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:145
+msgid "Public FTP"
+msgstr "Offentlig FTP"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:146
+msgid ""
+"Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or "
+"anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, "
+"and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:150
+msgid "A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:152
+msgid "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
+msgstr "<sys>ftp://ftp.eksempel.dk/sti/</sys>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:154
+msgid ""
+"Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and "
+"password, or with a public username using your email address as the "
+"password. For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and "
+"use the credentials specified by the FTP site."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:161
+msgid "Windows share"
+msgstr "Windows-deling"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:162
+msgid ""
+"Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local "
+"area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into "
+"<em>domains</em> for organization and to better control access. If you have "
+"the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows "
+"share from the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:167
+msgid "A typical Windows share URL looks like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:169
+msgid "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>"
+msgstr "<sys>smb://servernavn/Share</sys>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:173
+msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
+msgstr "WebDAV og sikker WebDAV"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:174
+msgid ""
+"Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to "
+"share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the "
+"server you’re connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose "
+"this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users "
+"can’t see your password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:179
+msgid "A WebDAV URL looks like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:181
+msgid "<sys>dav://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"
+msgstr "<sys>dav://eksempel.værtsnavn.dk/sti</sys>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:192
+msgid "NFS share"
+msgstr "NFS-deling"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:193
+msgid ""
+"UNIX computers traditionally use the Network File System protocol to share "
+"files over a local network. With NFS, security is based on the UID of the "
+"user accessing the share, so no authentication credentials are needed when "
+"connecting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:197
+msgid "A typical NFS share URL looks like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:199
+msgid "<sys>nfs://servername/path</sys>"
+msgstr "<sys>nfs://servernavn/sti</sys>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:27
+msgid "Control icon captions used in the file manager."
+msgstr "Styr ikontekster i filhåndteringen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:31
+msgid "File manager display preferences"
+msgstr "Indstillinger for visning i filhåndtering"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:33
+msgid ""
+"You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click "
+"the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select "
+"<gui>Preferences</gui>, then select the <gui>Views</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:38
+msgid "Icon captions"
+msgstr "Ikontekster"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:41
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' "
+"md5='c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:42
+msgid "File manager icons with captions"
+msgstr "Filhåndteringsikoner med tekster"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:44
+msgid ""
+"When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files "
+"and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for "
+"example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last "
+"modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:48
+msgid ""
+"You can zoom in a folder by clicking the view options button in the toolbar "
+"and choosing a zoom level with the slider. As you zoom in, the file manager "
+"will display more and more information in captions. You can choose up to "
+"three things to show in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom "
+"levels. The last will only be shown at very large sizes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:54
+msgid ""
+"The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you "
+"can use in list view. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:61
+msgid "List View"
+msgstr "Listevisning"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:63
+msgid ""
+"When viewing files as a list, you can <gui>Allow folders to be expanded</"
+"gui>. This shows expanders on each directory in the file list, so that the "
+"contents of several folders can be shown at once. This is useful if the "
+"folder structure is relevant, such as if your music files are organized with "
+"a folder per artist, and a subfolder per album."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:26
+msgid ""
+"View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default "
+"applications."
+msgstr ""
+"Vis grundlæggende filinformation, indstil rettigheder og vælg "
+"standardprogrammer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:31
+msgid "File properties"
+msgstr "Filegenskaber"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:33
+msgid ""
+"To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select "
+"<gui>Properties</gui>. You can also select the file and press "
+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:37
+msgid ""
+"The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the "
+"size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this "
+"information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-list"
+"\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions"
+"\">icon captions</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:43
+msgid ""
+"The information given on the <gui>Basic</gui> tab is explained below. There "
+"are also <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions"
+"\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-open#default\">Open "
+"With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such as images and "
+"videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information like the "
+"dimensions, duration, and codec."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:51
+msgid "Basic properties"
+msgstr "Grundlæggende egenskaber"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:54
+msgid "<gui>Name</gui>"
+msgstr "<gui>Navn</gui>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55
+msgid ""
+"You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file "
+"outside the properties window. See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:60
+msgid "<gui>Type</gui>"
+msgstr "<gui>Type</gui>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:61
+msgid ""
+"This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, "
+"OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which "
+"applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can’t "
+"open a picture with a music player. See <link xref=\"files-open\"/> for more "
+"information on this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66
+msgid ""
+"The <em>MIME type</em> of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a "
+"standard way that computers use to refer to the file type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71
+msgid "Contents"
+msgstr "Indhold"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72
+msgid ""
+"This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder "
+"rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If "
+"the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, "
+"even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If "
+"the folder is empty, the contents will display <gui>nothing</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77
+msgid ""
+"This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The "
+"size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an "
+"indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email "
+"(big files take longer to send/receive)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78
+msgid ""
+"Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, "
+"the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is "
+"1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82
+msgid "Parent Folder"
+msgstr "Ophavsmappe"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83
+msgid ""
+"The location of each file on your computer is given by its <em>absolute "
+"path</em>. This is a unique “address” of the file on your computer, made up "
+"of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. "
+"For example, if Jim had a file called <file>Resume.pdf</file> in his Home "
+"folder, its parent folder would be <file>/home/jim</file> and its location "
+"would be <file>/home/jim/Resume.pdf</file>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:92
+msgid "Free Space"
+msgstr "Ledig plads"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93
+msgid ""
+"This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which "
+"is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking "
+"if the hard disk is full."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:99 C/nautilus-list.page:140
+msgid "Accessed"
+msgstr "Tilgået"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:100
+msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:104 C/nautilus-list.page:72
+msgid "Modified"
+msgstr "Ændret"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:105
+msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:15
+msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."
+msgstr "Styr hvem der kan vise og redigere dine filer og mapper."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:33
+msgid "Set file permissions"
+msgstr "Indstil filrettigheder"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:35
+msgid ""
+"You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you "
+"own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select "
+"<gui>Properties</gui>, then select the <gui>Permissions</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:39
+msgid ""
+"See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details "
+"on the types of permissions you can set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:45
+msgid ""
+"You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all "
+"other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can "
+"give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-"
+"only if you don’t want to accidentally change it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:50
+msgid ""
+"Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is "
+"common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not "
+"often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for "
+"departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a "
+"group. You can set the file’s group and control the permissions for all "
+"users in that group. You can only set the file’s group to a group you belong "
+"to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:58
+msgid ""
+"You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in "
+"the file’s group."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:61
+msgid ""
+"If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow "
+"executing file as program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, "
+"the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what "
+"to do. See <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> for more "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:69
+msgid "Folders"
+msgstr "Mapper"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70
+msgid ""
+"You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. "
+"See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, "
+"groups, and other users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:73
+msgid ""
+"The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can "
+"set for a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:77
+msgctxt "permission"
+msgid "None"
+msgstr "Ingen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:78
+msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:82
+msgid "List files only"
+msgstr "Vis kun filer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:83
+msgid ""
+"The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be "
+"able to open, create, or delete files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:87
+msgid "Access files"
+msgstr "Tilgå filer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:88
+msgid ""
+"The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have "
+"permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create "
+"new files or delete files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:93
+msgid "Create and delete files"
+msgstr "Opret og slet filer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:94
+msgid ""
+"The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, "
+"and deleting files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:99
+msgid ""
+"You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the "
+"folder by clicking <gui>Change Permissions for Enclosed Files</gui>. Use the "
+"drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files or folders, and "
+"click <gui>Change</gui>. Permissions are applied to files and folders in "
+"subfolders as well, to any depth."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:37
+msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
+msgstr "Styr hvilke informationer der vises i kolonnerne i listevisning."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:40
+msgid "Files list columns preferences"
+msgstr "Indstillinger for kolonner i filliste"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:42
+msgid ""
+"There are eleven columns of information that you can display in the "
+"<gui>Files</gui> list view. Click the menu button in the top-right corner of "
+"the window, select <gui>Preferences</gui> and choose the <gui>List Columns</"
+"gui> tab to select which columns will be visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the "
+"order in which the selected columns will appear. Click <gui>Reset to "
+"Default</gui> to undo any changes and return to the default columns."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:56
+msgid "The name of folders and files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:58
+msgid "The <gui>Name</gui> column cannot be hidden."
+msgstr "Kolonnen <gui>Navn</gui> kan ikke skjules."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:63
+msgid ""
+"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the "
+"folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:68
+msgid ""
+"Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 "
+"audio, and more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:73
+msgid "Gives the date of the last time the file was modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:76
+msgid "Owner"
+msgstr "Ejer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:77
+msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:80
+msgid "Group"
+msgstr "Gruppe"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:81
+msgid ""
+"The group the file is owned by. Each user is normally in their own group, "
+"but it is possible to have many users in one group. For example, a "
+"department may have their own group in a work environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:86
+msgid "Permissions"
+msgstr "Rettigheder"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:87
+msgid ""
+"Displays the file access permissions. For example, <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:91
+msgid ""
+"The first character is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means regular file and "
+"<gui>d</gui> means directory (folder). In rare cases, other characters can "
+"also be shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:96
+msgid ""
+"The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user "
+"who owns the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:100
+msgid ""
+"The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the "
+"group that owns the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:104
+msgid ""
+"The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions "
+"for all other users on the system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:108
+msgid "Each permission has the following meanings:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:111
+msgid "<gui>r</gui>: readable, meaning that you can open the file or folder"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:115
+msgid "<gui>w</gui>: writable, meaning that you can save changes to it"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:118
+msgid ""
+"<gui>x</gui>: executable, meaning that you can run it if it is a program or "
+"script file, or you can access subfolders and files if it is a folder"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:123
+msgid "<gui>-</gui>: permission not set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:128
+msgid "MIME Type"
+msgstr "MIME-type"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:129
+msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:132
+msgid "Location"
+msgstr "Placering"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:133
+msgid "The path to the location of the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:136
+msgid "Modified — Time"
+msgstr "Ændret — Tid"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:137
+msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:141
+msgid "Gives the date or time of the last time the file was modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:11
+msgid "View and set preferences for the file browser."
+msgstr "Vis og angiv filvælgerens indstillinger."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:16
+msgid "File manager preferences"
+msgstr "Indstillinger for filhåndtering"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:27
+msgid "Control when thumbnails are used for files."
+msgstr "Styr hvornår miniaturer bruges til filer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:30
+msgid "File manager preview preferences"
+msgstr "Indstillinger for forhåndsvisning i filhåndtering"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:32
+msgid ""
+"The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. "
+"Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can "
+"control when previews are made. Click the menu button in the top-right of "
+"the window, select <gui>Preferences</gui>, then select the <gui>Search & "
+"Preview</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:40
+msgid "<gui>Files</gui>"
+msgstr "<gui>Filer</gui>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:41
+msgid ""
+"By default, all previews are done for <gui>Files on this computer only</"
+"gui>, those on your computer or connected external drives. You can set this "
+"feature to <gui>All Files</gui> or <gui>Never</gui>. The file manager can "
+"<link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">browse files on other computers</link> over "
+"a local area network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local "
+"area network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set the "
+"preview option to <gui>All Files</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:49
+msgid ""
+"In addition, you can use the <gui>Only for files smaller than</gui> setting "
+"to limit the size of files previewed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:53
+msgid "<gui>File count</gui>"
+msgstr "<gui>Antal filer</gui>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:54
+msgid ""
+"If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</"
+"link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>, "
+"folders will be shown with a count of how many files and folders they "
+"contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large "
+"folders, or over a network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:59
+msgid ""
+"You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your "
+"computer and local external drives."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:38
+msgid "Specify the default sort order and grouping for the file manager."
+msgstr "Angiv filhåndteringens standardsorteringsrækkefølge og -gruppering."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:43
+msgid "Views preferences in <app>Files</app>"
+msgstr "Visningsindstillinger i <app>Filer</app>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:45
+msgid ""
+"You can change how files and folders are grouped and sorted by default. "
+"Press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui "
+"style=\"menuitem\">Preferences</gui>, and then select the <gui style=\"tab"
+"\">Views</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:51
+msgid "Default view"
+msgstr "Standardvisning"
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:54
+msgid "Arrange items"
+msgstr "Opstil elementer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the view selector
+#. button that opens the view popover in the main window for 'View options'
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:57
+msgid ""
+"You can change how <link xref=\"files-sort\">files are sorted</link> in an "
+"individual folder by clicking the view options menu button in the toolbar "
+"and choosing the desired option under <gui>Sort</gui>, or by clicking the "
+"list column headers in list view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:64
+msgid "Sort folders before files"
+msgstr "Sortér mapper før filer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:65
+msgid ""
+"By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To "
+"see all folders listed before files, enable this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-antivirus.page:18
+msgid ""
+"There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don’t need anti-virus software."
+msgstr ""
+"Der findes få Linux-virusser, så du får formodentligt ikke brug for "
+"antivirussoftware."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-antivirus.page:22
+msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"
+msgstr "Behøver jeg at have antivirussoftware?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-antivirus.page:24
+msgid ""
+"If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having "
+"anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the "
+"background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their "
+"way onto your computer and cause problems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-antivirus.page:29
+msgid ""
+"Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don’t need to use "
+"it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is "
+"because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no one "
+"writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, "
+"and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-antivirus.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don’t really need to "
+"worry about them at the moment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-antivirus.page:39
+msgid ""
+"If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files "
+"that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, "
+"you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the software installer "
+"or search online; a number of applications are available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/net-browser.page:12 C/net-email.page:12 C/net-general.page:12
+#: C/net-problem.page:12 C/net-security.page:12 C/net-wired.page:17
+#: C/net-wireless.page:22
+msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team"
+msgstr "Ubuntus dokumentationshold"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-browser.page:17
+msgid "<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Change the default browser</link>…"
+msgstr "<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Vælg standardbrowseren</link> …"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-browser.page:22
+msgid "Web browsers"
+msgstr "Webbrowsere"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:29
+msgid ""
+"Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
+"<gui>Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Skift standardwebbrowseren ved at gå til <gui>Detaljer</gui> i "
+"<gui>Indstillinger</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:32
+msgid "Change which web browser opens websites by default"
+msgstr "Vælg webbrowser der åbner websteder som standard"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:34
+msgid ""
+"When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will "
+"automatically open up to that page. However, if you have more than one "
+"browser installed, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to "
+"open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <input>Default Applications</input>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skrive <input>Standardprogrammer</input>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:45
+msgid "Click on <gui>Default Applications</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Standardprogrammer</gui> for at åbne panelet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Choose which web browser you would like to open links by changing the "
+"<gui>Web</gui> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:53
+msgid ""
+"When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it’s not "
+"the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
+"button (or similar) so that it does not try to set itself as the default "
+"browser again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-default-email.page:28
+msgid ""
+"Change the default email client by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
+"<gui>Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Skift standard-e-mailklient ved at gå til <gui>Detaljer</gui> i "
+"<gui>Indstillinger</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-default-email.page:31
+msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
+msgstr "Vælg postprogram som bruges til at skrive e-mails"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-default-email.page:33
+msgid ""
+"When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your "
+"word processing application), your default mail application will open up "
+"with a blank message, ready for you to write. However, if you have more than "
+"one mail application installed, the wrong mail application might open up. "
+"You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-default-email.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the list on the left side of the "
+"window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-default-email.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing "
+"the <gui>Mail</gui> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-email-virus.page:21
+msgid ""
+"Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers "
+"of people you email."
+msgstr ""
+"Virusser inficerer sandsynligvis ikke din computer men kan inficere "
+"computerne hos dem du sender e-mail til."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-email-virus.page:25
+msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"
+msgstr "Behøver jeg at skanne mine e-mails for virusser?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-email-virus.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way "
+"onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is "
+"through email messages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-email-virus.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are "
+"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or "
+"otherwise</link>. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will "
+"probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don’t need "
+"to scan your email for viruses."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-email-virus.page:37
+msgid ""
+"You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to "
+"forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your "
+"friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected "
+"email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows "
+"computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install "
+"an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it’s "
+"unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus "
+"software of their own anyway."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/net-email.page:15 C/net-general.page:15
+msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project"
+msgstr "GNOMEs dokumentationsprojekt"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-email.page:25
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Default email apps</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+"email-virus\">Should I scan for viruses?</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Standard e-mailprogram</link>, <link xref="
+"\"net-email-virus\">Skal jeg skanne efter virusser?</link> …"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-email.page:31
+msgid "Email & email software"
+msgstr "E-mail & e-mailsoftware"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-findip.page:38
+msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du kender din IP-adresse kan det være en hjælp i forbindelse med "
+"fejlsøgning af netværksproblemer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-findip.page:41
+msgid "Find your IP address"
+msgstr "Find din IP-adresse"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-findip.page:43
+msgid ""
+"Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your "
+"internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have <em>two</"
+"em> IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal network "
+"and an IP address for your computer on the internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/net-findip.page:49
+msgid "Find your wired connection's internal (network) IP address"
+msgstr "Find den interne (netværk) IP-adresse for din kablet forbindelse"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-findip.page:58
+msgid "Click on <gui>Network</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Netværk</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne panelet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-findip.page:61
+msgid ""
+"The IP address for a <gui>Wired</gui> connection will be displayed on the "
+"right along with some information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/span
+#: C/net-findip.page:65 C/net-findip.page:91 C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:58
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:61 C/net-macaddress.page:62 C/net-manual.page:55
+#: C/net-manual.page:59 C/net-othersconnect.page:57 C/net-othersedit.page:77
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:95 C/net-wired-connect.page:37
+#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:48
+msgid "settings"
+msgstr "indstillinger"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-findip.page:64
+msgid "Click the <_:media-1/> button for more details on your connection."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på knappen <_:media-1/> for at få flere detaljer om din forbindelse."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#. TRANSLATORS: See NetworkManager for 'PCI', 'USB' and 'Ethernet'
+#: C/net-findip.page:71
+msgid ""
+"If more than one type of wired connected is available, you might see names "
+"like <gui>PCI Ethernet</gui> or <gui>USB Ethernet</gui> instead of "
+"<gui>Wired</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/net-findip.page:78
+msgid "Find your wireless connection's internal (network) IP address"
+msgstr "Find den interne (netværk) IP-adresse for din trådløse forbindelse"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-findip.page:87
+msgid "Click on <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Wi-fi</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne panelet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-findip.page:90
+msgid ""
+"Click the <_:media-1/> for the IP address and more details on your "
+"connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/net-findip.page:97
+msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address"
+msgstr "Find din eksterne (internet) IP-adresse"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-findip.page:99
+msgid ""
+"Visit <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\";>whatismyipaddress.com</"
+"link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-findip.page:103
+msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-findip.page:107
+msgid ""
+"Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, both of these "
+"addresses may be the same."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:20
+msgid ""
+"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep "
+"your computer secure."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan styre hvilke programmer som har adgang til netværket. Det hjælper med at "
+"holde din computer sikker."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:23
+msgid "Enable or block firewall access"
+msgstr "Aktivér og bloker adgang til firewall"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Your system should be equipped with a <em>firewall</em> that allows it to "
+"block programs from being accessed by other people on the internet or your "
+"network. This helps to keep your computer secure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Many applications can use your network connection. For instance, you can "
+"share files or let someone view your desktop remotely when connected to a "
+"network. Depending on how your computer is set up, you may need to adjust "
+"the firewall to allow these services to work as intended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Each program that provides network services uses a specific <em>network "
+"port</em>. To enable other computers on the network to access a service, you "
+"may need to “open” its assigned port on the firewall:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen and start "
+"your firewall application. You may need to install a firewall manager "
+"yourself if you can’t find one (for example, GUFW)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Open or disable the port for your network service, depending on whether you "
+"want people to be able to access it or not. Which port you need to change "
+"will <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports\">depend on the service</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:62
+msgid ""
+"Save or apply the changes, following any additional instructions given by "
+"the firewall tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19
+msgid ""
+"You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access "
+"for a program with your firewall."
+msgstr ""
+"Du skal angive den rette netværksport for at aktivere/deaktivere "
+"netværksadgang til et program med din firewall."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:23
+msgid "Commonly-used network ports"
+msgstr "Populære netværksporte"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:25
+msgid ""
+"This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide "
+"network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can "
+"change your system’s firewall to <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">block or "
+"allow access</link> to these applications. There are thousands of ports in "
+"use, so this table isn’t complete."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:35
+msgid "Port"
+msgstr "Port"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:41
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "Beskrivelse"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:48
+msgid "5353/udp"
+msgstr "5353/udp"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:51
+msgid "mDNS, Avahi"
+msgstr "mDNS, Avahi"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:54
+msgid ""
+"Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, "
+"without you having to specify the details manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:60
+msgid "631/udp"
+msgstr "631/udp"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:63 C/net-firewall-ports.page:74 C/printing.page:28
+msgid "Printing"
+msgstr "Udskrivning"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:66
+msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network."
+msgstr ""
+"Giver dig mulighed for at sende udskriftsjob til en printer over "
+"netværket."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:71
+msgid "631/tcp"
+msgstr "631/tcp"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:77
+msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network."
+msgstr ""
+"Giver dig mulighed for at dele din printer med andre personer over netværket."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:83
+msgid "5298/tcp"
+msgstr "5298/tcp"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:86
+msgid "Presence"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:89
+msgid ""
+"Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the "
+"network, such as “online” or “busy”."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:95
+msgid "5900/tcp"
+msgstr "5900/tcp"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:98
+msgid "Remote desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:101
+msgid ""
+"Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide "
+"remote assistance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:107
+msgid "3689/tcp"
+msgstr "3689/tcp"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:110
+msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)"
+msgstr "Musikdeling (DAAP)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:113
+msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network."
+msgstr ""
+"Giver dig mulighed for at dele dit musikbibliotek med andre på dit netværk."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network "
+"services from your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Med en statisk IP-adresse kan det være lettere at levere visse "
+"netværkstjenester fra din computer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:36
+msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
+msgstr "Opret en forbindelse med en fast IP-adresse"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:38
+msgid ""
+"Most networks will automatically assign an <link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-"
+"address\">IP address</link> and other details to your computer when you "
+"connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but you might "
+"want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its "
+"address is (for example, if it is a file server)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:47
+msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:"
+msgstr "Giv din computer en fast (statisk) IP-adresse:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:49 C/net-macaddress.page:49
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:46 C/net-othersedit.page:66 C/net-proxy.page:64
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:62
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Network</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Netværk</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:53 C/net-macaddress.page:53
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:50 C/net-othersedit.page:70 C/net-proxy.page:68
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:66
+msgid "Click on <gui>Network</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Find the network connection that you want to have a fixed address. Click the "
+"<_:media-1/> button next to the network connection. For a <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> "
+"connection, the <_:media-2/> button will be located next to the active "
+"network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:65 C/net-manual.page:64
+msgid ""
+"Select the <gui>IPv4</gui> or <gui>IPv6</gui> tab and change the "
+"<gui>Method</gui> to <gui>Manual</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:69 C/net-manual.page:68
+msgid ""
+"Type in the <gui xref=\"net-what-is-ip-address\">IP Address</gui> and "
+"<gui>Gateway</gui>, as well as the appropriate <gui>Netmask</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:73 C/net-manual.page:72
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>DNS</gui> section, switch the <gui>Automatic</gui> switch to "
+"off. Enter the IP address of a DNS server you want to use. Enter additional "
+"DNS server addresses using the <gui>+</gui> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:78 C/net-manual.page:77
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Routes</gui> section, switch the <gui>Automatic</gui> switch to "
+"off. Enter the <gui>Address</gui>, <gui>Netmask</gui>, <gui>Gateway</gui> "
+"and <gui>Metric</gui> for a route you want to use. Enter additional routes "
+"using the <gui>+</gui> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:84
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The network connection should now have a fixed IP "
+"address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-general.page:21
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find your IP address</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP & WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-macaddress"
+"\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find din IP-adresse</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP- & WPA-sikkerhed</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+"macaddress\">MAC-adresser</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxyer</link> …"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-general.page:29
+msgid "Networking terms & tips"
+msgstr "Netværkstermer & -tips"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:32
+msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware."
+msgstr "Den unikke identifikator som netværkshardwaren har fået tildelt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:35
+msgid "What is a MAC address?"
+msgstr "Hvad er en MAC-adresse?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:37
+msgid ""
+"A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique identifier that is assigned by the "
+"manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an "
+"ethernet card). MAC stands for <em>Media Access Control</em>, and each "
+"identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:42
+msgid ""
+"A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a "
+"colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:45
+msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
+msgstr "Identificer MAC-adressen på din egen netværkshardware:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Choose which device, <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> or <gui>Wired</gui>, from the left "
+"pane."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:58
+msgid ""
+"The MAC address for the wired device will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware "
+"Address</gui> on the right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:61
+msgid ""
+"Click the <_:media-1/> button to see the MAC address for the wireless device "
+"displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui> in the <gui>Details</gui> panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:68
+msgid ""
+"In practice, you may need to modify or “spoof” a MAC address. For example, "
+"some internet service providers may require that a specific MAC address be "
+"used to access their service. If the network card stops working, and you "
+"need to swap a new card in, the service won’t work anymore. In such cases, "
+"you would need to spoof the MAC address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-manual.page:25
+msgid ""
+"You may have to enter network settings if they don’t get assigned "
+"automatically."
+msgstr ""
+"Det kan være nødvendigt at indtaste netværksindstillinger hvis de ikke "
+"tildeles automatisk."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-manual.page:30
+msgid "Manually set network settings"
+msgstr "Manuel opsætning af netværksindstillinger"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-manual.page:32
+msgid ""
+"If your network doesn’t automatically assign network settings to your "
+"computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic "
+"assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may "
+"need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your "
+"router or network switch."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/net-manual.page:39
+msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
+msgstr "Manuel opsætning af dine netværksindstillinger:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-manual.page:48
+msgid ""
+"If you plug in to the network with a cable, click <gui>Network</gui>. "
+"Otherwise click <gui>Wi-Fi</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-manual.page:50
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that your wireless card is turned on or a network cable is plugged "
+"in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-manual.page:54
+msgid "Click the <_:media-1/> button."
+msgstr "Klik på knappen <_:media-1/>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/net-manual.page:58
+msgid ""
+"For a <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> connection, the <_:media-1/> button will be located "
+"next to the active network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-manual.page:83
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, open the "
+"<gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> from the right "
+"side of the top bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying to "
+"visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-mobile.page:28
+msgid ""
+"Use your phone or Internet stick to connect to the mobile broadband network."
+msgstr ""
+"Brug din telefon eller internetpen til at oprette forbindelse til mobile "
+"bredbåndsnetværk."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-mobile.page:33
+msgid "Connect to mobile broadband"
+msgstr "Opret forbindelse til mobilt bredbånd"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-mobile.page:35
+msgid ""
+"You can set up a connection to a cellular (3G) network with your computer’s "
+"built-in 3G modem, your mobile phone, or an Internet stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan opsætte en forbindelse til et mobilnetværk (3G) med din computers "
+"indbyggede 3G-modem, din mobiltelefon eller en internetpen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/net-mobile.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Most phones have a setting called <link xref=\"net-tethering\">USB "
+"tethering</link> that requires no setup on the computer, and is generally "
+"the better method to connect to the cellular network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-mobile.page:45
+msgid ""
+"If you do not have a built-in 3G modem, connect your phone or Internet stick "
+"to a USB port on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-mobile.page:53
+msgid ""
+"Select <gui><_:media-1/> Mobile Broadband Off</gui>. The <gui>Mobile "
+"Broadband</gui> section of the menu will expand."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/net-mobile.page:58
+msgid ""
+"If <gui>Mobile Broadband</gui> does not appear in the system menu, ensure "
+"that your device is not set to connect as Mass Storage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-mobile.page:62
+msgid ""
+"Select <gui>Connect</gui>. If you are connecting for the first time, the "
+"<gui>Set up a Mobile Broadband Connection</gui> wizard is launched. The "
+"opening screen displays a list of required information. Click <gui style="
+"\"button\">Next</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-mobile.page:66
+msgid ""
+"Choose your provider’s country or region from the list. Click <gui style="
+"\"button\">Next</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-mobile.page:68
+msgid ""
+"Choose your provider from the list. Click <gui style=\"button\">Next</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-mobile.page:70
+msgid ""
+"Select a plan according to the type of device you are connecting. This will "
+"determine the Access Point Name. Click <gui style=\"button\">Next</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-mobile.page:73
+msgid ""
+"Confirm the settings you have selected by clicking <gui style=\"button"
+"\">Apply</gui>. The wizard will close and the <gui>Network</gui> panel will "
+"display the properties of your connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:29
+msgid ""
+"You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that "
+"everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan gemme indstillinger (såsom adgangskoden) for en netværksforbindelse, "
+"så alle dem der bruger computeren vil være i stand til at oprette "
+"forbindelse til den."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:32
+msgid "Other users can’t connect to the internet"
+msgstr "Andre brugere kan ikke oprette forbindelse til internettet"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:40
+msgid ""
+"When you set up a network connection, all other users on your computer will "
+"normally be able to use it. If the connection information is not shared, you "
+"should check the connection settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:53 C/net-othersedit.page:73
+msgid "Select <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> from the list on the left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:56 C/net-othersedit.page:76
+msgid "Click the <_:media-1/> button to open the connection details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:61 C/net-othersedit.page:81
+msgid "Select <gui>Identity</gui> from the pane on the left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:64 C/net-othersedit.page:84
+msgid ""
+"At the bottom of the <gui>Identity</gui> panel, check the <gui>Make "
+"available to other users</gui> option to allow other users to use the "
+"network connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:69 C/net-othersedit.page:89
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Apply</gui> to save the changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:73
+msgid ""
+"Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without "
+"entering any further details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:77
+msgid "Any user can change this setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:29
+msgid ""
+"You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the "
+"network connection settings."
+msgstr ""
+"Du skal fravælge valgmuligheden <gui>Tilgængelig for alle brugere</gui> i "
+"indstillingerne for netværksforbindelse."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:32
+msgid "Other users can’t edit the network connections"
+msgstr "Andre brugere kan ikke redigere netværksforbindelserne"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:40
+msgid ""
+"If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can’t, "
+"you may have set the connection to be <em>available to all users</em>. This "
+"makes it so that everyone on the computer can <em>connect</em> using that "
+"connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-problem.page:17
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless "
+"connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">finding your Wi-Fi "
+"network</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Fejlsøg trådløse forbindelser</"
+"link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">find dit Wi-Fi-netværk</link> …"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-problem.page:23
+msgid "Network problems"
+msgstr "Netværksproblemer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-proxy.page:37
+msgid ""
+"A proxy is an intermediary for web traffic, it can be used for accessing web "
+"services anonymously, for control or security purposes."
+msgstr ""
+"En proxy er et mellemliggende led til webtrafik der kan bruges til at få "
+"adgang til webtjenester anonymt, til styring eller sikkerhedsmæssige formål."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-proxy.page:40
+msgid "Define proxy settings"
+msgstr "Vælg proxyindstillinger"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/net-proxy.page:43
+msgid "What is a proxy?"
+msgstr "Hvad er en proxy?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-proxy.page:45
+msgid ""
+"A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at, it receives requests "
+"from your web browser to fetch web pages and their elements, and following a "
+"policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly used in "
+"businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you can "
+"look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or to "
+"do security checks on websites."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/net-proxy.page:55
+msgid "Change proxy method"
+msgstr "Skift proxymetode"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-proxy.page:71
+msgid "Select <gui>Network proxy</gui> from the list on the left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-proxy.page:74
+msgid "Choose which proxy method you want to use from:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/net-proxy.page:77
+msgctxt "proxy"
+msgid "None"
+msgstr "Ingen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-proxy.page:78
+msgid ""
+"The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content from the "
+"web."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/net-proxy.page:82
+msgid "Manual"
+msgstr "Manuel"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-proxy.page:83
+msgid ""
+"For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the "
+"protocols. The protocols are <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, <gui>FTP</"
+"gui> and <gui>SOCKS</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/net-proxy.page:88
+msgid "Automatic"
+msgstr "Automatisk"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-proxy.page:89
+msgid ""
+"A URL pointing to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration "
+"for your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-proxy.page:96
+msgid ""
+"Applications that use the network connection will use your specified proxy "
+"settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:13
+msgid "Steven Richards"
+msgstr "Steven Richards"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:19
+msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet."
+msgstr "Generelle tips du kan være opmærksom på når du bruger internettet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:22
+msgid "Staying safe on the internet"
+msgstr "Sikkerhed på internettet"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:24
+msgid ""
+"A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it "
+"is known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and "
+"viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are "
+"targeted at popular operating systems, like Windows, that have an extremely "
+"large user base. Linux is also very secure due to its open source nature, "
+"which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included "
+"with each distribution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Linux is "
+"secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet "
+"you can still be susceptible to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:38
+msgid ""
+"Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information "
+"through deception)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:42
+msgid "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Forwarding malicious emails</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:45
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intent (viruses)</"
+"link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:49
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unauthorized remote/local network access</"
+"link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:54
+msgid "To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:"
+msgstr "Vær opmærksom på følgende for at være sikker online:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:58
+msgid ""
+"Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do "
+"not know."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:62
+msgid ""
+"If a website’s offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive "
+"information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information "
+"you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is "
+"compromised by identity thieves or other criminals."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:68
+msgid ""
+"Be careful in providing <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">root level "
+"permissions</link> to any application, especially ones that you have not "
+"used before or which are not well-known. Providing anyone or anything with "
+"root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:75
+msgid ""
+"Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH "
+"or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to "
+"intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a <link xref=\"net-"
+"firewall-on-off\">firewall</link> to help protect your computer from "
+"intrusion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-security.page:17
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirus software</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+"firewall-on-off\">basic firewalls</link>, <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports"
+"\">firewall ports</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirussoftware</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+"firewall-on-off\">grundlæggende firewalls</link>, <link xref=\"net-firewall-"
+"ports\">firewall-porte</link> …"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-security.page:24
+msgid "Keeping safe on the internet"
+msgstr "Sikkerhed på internettet"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-slow.page:19
+msgid ""
+"Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it "
+"could be a busy time of day."
+msgstr ""
+"Andre ting kan være ved at blive downloadet, det kan være du har en dårlig "
+"forbindelse eller der kan være travlt på denne tid af dagen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-slow.page:23
+msgid "The internet seems slow"
+msgstr "Internettet virker til at være langsomt"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:25
+msgid ""
+"If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of "
+"things that could be causing the slow down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:28
+msgid ""
+"Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from "
+"the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things "
+"that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:34
+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Busy time of day</em>"
+msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">Travlt på denne tid af dagen</em>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they "
+"are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, "
+"through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest "
+"of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this "
+"is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same "
+"time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You’re most likely to experience "
+"this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the "
+"evenings, for example)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:45
+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Downloading lots of things at once</em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:46
+msgid ""
+"If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading "
+"several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not "
+"be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:52
+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Unreliable connection</em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:53
+msgid ""
+"Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or "
+"those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference "
+"center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:59
+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Low wireless connection signal</em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:60
+msgid ""
+"If you are connected to the internet by wireless (Wi-Fi), check the network "
+"icon on the top bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the "
+"internet may be slow because you don’t have a very strong signal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:66
+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Using a slower mobile internet connection</em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:67
+msgid ""
+"If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may "
+"have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, "
+"the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast “mobile "
+"broadband” connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection "
+"like GPRS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:74
+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Web browser has a problem</em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:75
+msgid ""
+"Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This "
+"could be for any number of reasons — you could have visited a website that "
+"the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a "
+"long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser’s windows and then "
+"opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:28
+msgid "Set up a VPN connection to a local network over the internet."
+msgstr "Opsæt en VPN-forbindelse til et lokalt netværk over internettet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:32
+msgid "Connect to a VPN"
+msgstr "Opret forbindelse til et VPN"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:34
+msgid ""
+"A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a "
+"local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the "
+"local network at your workplace while you’re on a business trip. You would "
+"find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to "
+"your workplace’s VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the "
+"network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the "
+"hotel’s internet connection. VPN connections are usually <em>encrypted</em> "
+"to prevent people from accessing the local network you’re connecting to "
+"without logging in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:44
+msgid ""
+"There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some "
+"extra software depending on what type of VPN you’re connecting to. Find out "
+"the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which "
+"<em>VPN client</em> you need to use. Then, go to the software installer "
+"application and search for the <app>NetworkManager</app> package which works "
+"with your VPN (if there is one) and install it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:52
+msgid ""
+"If there isn’t a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will "
+"probably have to download and install some client software from the company "
+"that provides the VPN software. You’ll probably have to follow some "
+"different instructions to get that working."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:58
+msgid "To set up the VPN connection:"
+msgstr "Opsæt VPN-forbindelsen:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:69
+msgid ""
+"At the bottom of the list on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add "
+"a new connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:73
+msgid "Choose <gui>VPN</gui> in the interface list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:76
+msgid "Choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:79
+msgid ""
+"Fill in the VPN connection details, then press <gui>Add</gui> once you are "
+"finished."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:83
+msgid ""
+"When you have finished setting up the VPN, open the <gui xref=\"shell-"
+"introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> from the right side of the top "
+"bar, click <gui>VPN off</gui> and select <gui>Connect</gui>. You may need to "
+"enter a password for the connection before it is established. Once the "
+"connection is made, you will see a lock shaped icon in the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:91
+msgid ""
+"Hopefully you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to "
+"double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this from the "
+"<gui>Network</gui> panel that you used to create the connection. Select the "
+"VPN connection from the list, then press the <_:media-1/> button to review "
+"the settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:98
+msgid ""
+"To disconnect from the VPN, click the system menu on the top bar and click "
+"<gui>Turn Off</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22
+msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."
+msgstr "En IP-adresse er som et telefonnummer til din computer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:25
+msgid "What is an IP address?"
+msgstr "Hvad er en IP-adresse?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:27
+msgid ""
+"“IP address” stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each device "
+"that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one."
+msgstr ""
+"“IP-adresse” står for <em>internetprotokol-adresse</em>, og hver enhed som "
+"er forbundet til et netværk (såsom internettet) har en."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:30
+msgid ""
+"An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique "
+"set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. "
+"Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your "
+"computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated "
+"by a period. <code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:40
+msgid ""
+"An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP "
+"addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a "
+"network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP "
+"addresses are more common that static addresses — static addresses are "
+"typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as in the "
+"administration of a server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25
+msgid ""
+"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
+"network cable."
+msgstr ""
+"For at opsætte de fleste kablede netværksforbindelser skal du "
+"blot sætte et netværkskabel i."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:29
+msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"
+msgstr "Opret forbindelse til et kablet (ethernet) netværk"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:33
+msgid ""
+"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
+"network cable. The wired network icon (<_:media-1/>) is displayed on the top "
+"bar with three dots while the connection is being established. The dots "
+"disappear when you are connected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:41
+msgid ""
+"If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network "
+"cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the "
+"rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other end "
+"should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar "
+"(depending on the network setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the "
+"Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:49
+msgid ""
+"You cannot plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable "
+"(at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you "
+"should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:55
+msgid ""
+"If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup "
+"(DHCP). In this case you will have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure it "
+"manually</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wired.page:11
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Wired internet connections</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">Fixed IP addresses</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Kablede internetforbindelser</link>, <link "
+"xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">Faste IP-adresser</link> …"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wired.page:22
+msgid "Wired networking"
+msgstr "Kablet netværk"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and "
+"its network connections."
+msgstr ""
+"Brug et ad-hoc-netværk til at give andre enheder tilladelse til at oprette "
+"forbindelse til din computer og dens netværksforbindelser."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:33
+msgid "Create a wireless hotspot"
+msgstr "Opret et trådløst hotspot"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:35
+msgid ""
+"You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices "
+"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an "
+"internet connection you’ve made with another interface, such as to a wired "
+"network or over the cellular network."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan bruge din computer som et trådløst hotspot. Så kan andre enheder "
+"forbinde til dig uden et separat netværk, og du kan dele en "
+"internetforbindelse, du har lavet, med en anden grænseflade såsom med en "
+"kabelforbindelse eller over mobilnetværket."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Select <gui><_:media-1/> Wi-Fi Not Connected</gui> or the name of the "
+"wireless network to which you are already connected. The Wi-Fi section of "
+"the menu will expand."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:62 C/net-wireless-hidden.page:49
+msgid "Click <gui>Wi-Fi Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:63
+msgid ""
+"Press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select "
+"<gui>Turn On Wi-Fi Hotspot…</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:65
+msgid ""
+"If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you "
+"want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can connect "
+"to or create only one network at a time. Click <gui>Turn On</gui> to confirm."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:71
+msgid ""
+"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The "
+"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will "
+"need this information to connect to the hotspot you’ve just created."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30
+msgid "Open Network Settings and switch Airplane Mode to on."
+msgstr "Åbn netværksindstillinger og tænd for flytilstand."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34
+msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
+msgstr "Slå trådløs fra (flytilstand)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36
+msgid ""
+"If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless "
+"connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may "
+"also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery "
+"power, for example)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:42
+msgid ""
+"Using <em>Airplane Mode</em> will completely turn off all wireless "
+"connections, including Wi-Fi, 3G and Bluetooth connections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:46
+msgid "To turn on airplane mode:"
+msgstr "Tænd for flytilstand:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:50 C/net-wrongnetwork.page:41
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:50
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Wi-Fi</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Wi-Fi</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:54 C/power-nowireless.page:54
+msgid "Click on <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> for at åbne panelet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:57
+msgid ""
+"Switch the <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> switch to on. This will turn off your "
+"wireless connection until you disable airplane mode again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:63
+msgid ""
+"You can turn off your Wi-Fi connection from the <gui xref=\"shell-"
+"introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> by clicking on the connection "
+"name and choosing <gui>Turn Off</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:25
+msgid "Get on the internet — wirelessly."
+msgstr "Kom på internettet — trådløst."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:29
+msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
+msgstr "Opret forbindelse til et trådløst netværk"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:31
+msgid ""
+"If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless "
+"network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared "
+"files on the network, and so on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:41 C/net-wireless-hidden.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Select <gui><_:media-1/> Wi-Fi Not Connected</gui>. The Wi-Fi section of the "
+"menu will expand."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:46
+msgid "Click <gui>Select Network</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:49
+msgid "Click the name of the network you want, then click <gui>Connect</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:51
+msgid ""
+"If the name of the network is not in the list, try clicking <gui>More</gui> "
+"to see if the network is further down the list. If you still do not see the "
+"network, you may be out of range, or the network <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
+"hidden\">might be hidden</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:57
+msgid ""
+"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa"
+"\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click "
+"<gui>Connect</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:60
+msgid ""
+"If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the "
+"wireless router or base station, or in its instruction manual, or you may "
+"have to ask the person who administers the wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:65
+msgid ""
+"The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect "
+"to the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:69
+msgid ""
+"If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several "
+"curved bars above it (<_:media-1/>). More bars indicate a stronger "
+"connection to the network. Fewer bars mean the connection is weaker and "
+"might not be very reliable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:77
+msgid ""
+"If the connection is not successful, you may be asked for your password "
+"again or it might just tell you that the connection has been disconnected. "
+"There are a number of things that could have caused this to happen. You "
+"could have entered the wrong password, the wireless signal could be too "
+"weak, or your computer’s wireless card might have a problem, for example. "
+"See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more help."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:84
+msgid ""
+"A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that "
+"you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download "
+"speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the <em>device "
+"which provides the internet connection</em> (like a router or modem), but "
+"the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different "
+"speeds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24
+msgid ""
+"You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect "
+"properly."
+msgstr ""
+"Det kan være signalet er lavt eller netværket lader dig måske ikke oprette "
+"forbindelse ordentligt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29
+msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
+msgstr "Hvorfor bliver mit trådløse netværk ved med at afbryde forbindelsen?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31
+msgid ""
+"You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even "
+"though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to "
+"reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the "
+"top bar will display three dots if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be "
+"annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38
+msgid "Weak wireless signal"
+msgstr "Svagt trådløst signal"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40
+msgid ""
+"A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you "
+"have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too "
+"far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong "
+"enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you "
+"and the base station can also weaken the signal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:46
+msgid ""
+"The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. "
+"If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:52
+msgid "Network connection not being established properly"
+msgstr "Netværksforbindelse ikke etableret ordentligt"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54
+msgid ""
+"Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you "
+"have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon "
+"after. This normally happens because your computer was only partially "
+"successful in connecting to the network — it managed to establish a "
+"connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so "
+"was disconnected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:61
+msgid ""
+"A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless "
+"passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because "
+"the network requires a username to log in, for example)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:68
+msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"
+msgstr "Upålidelig trådløse hardware/drivere"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:70
+msgid ""
+"Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks "
+"are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into "
+"minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens "
+"quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless "
+"connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens "
+"very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:80
+msgid "Busy wireless networks"
+msgstr "Optagede trådløse netværk"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:82
+msgid ""
+"Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for "
+"example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. "
+"Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of "
+"the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:23
+msgid ""
+"The wireless could be turned off or broken, or you may be trying to connect "
+"to a hidden network."
+msgstr ""
+"Det trådløse kan være slukket eller ødelagt, eller det kan være du prøver at "
+"oprette forbindelse til et skjult netværk."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:27
+msgid "I can’t see my wireless network in the list"
+msgstr "Jeg kan ikke se mit trådløse netværk i listen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:29
+msgid ""
+"There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless "
+"network on the list of available networks from the system menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34
+msgid ""
+"If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned "
+"off, or it <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working "
+"properly</link>. Make sure it is turned on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:48
+msgid ""
+"You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless "
+"base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:53
+msgid ""
+"The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned "
+"on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so "
+"and then check if the network has appeared in the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:58
+msgid ""
+"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden"
+"\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Connect to a wireless network that is not displayed in the network list."
+msgstr ""
+"Opret forbindelse til et trådløst netværk som ikke vises i netværkslisten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:32
+msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
+msgstr "Opret forbindelse til et skjult trådløst netværk"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is “hidden.” Hidden "
+"networks won’t show up in the list of wireless networks displayed in the "
+"<gui>Network</gui> settings. To connect to a hidden wireless network:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select "
+"<gui>Connect to Hidden Network…</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:54
+msgid ""
+"In the window that appears, select a previously-connected hidden network "
+"using the <gui>Connection</gui> drop-down list, or <gui>New</gui> for a new "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:59
+msgid ""
+"For a new connection, type the network name and choose the type of wireless "
+"security from the <gui>Wi-Fi security</gui> drop-down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:63
+msgid "Enter the password or other security details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:66
+msgid "Click <gui>Connect</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:70
+msgid ""
+"You may have to check the settings of the wireless access point or router to "
+"see what the network name is. If you don’t have the network name (SSID), you "
+"can use the <em>BSSID</em> (Basic Service Set Identifier, the access point’s "
+"MAC address), which looks something like <gui>02:00:01:02:03:04</gui> and "
+"can usually be found on the underside of the access point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:76
+msgid ""
+"You should also check the security settings for the wireless access point. "
+"Look for terms like WEP and WPA."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:80
+msgid ""
+"You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by "
+"preventing people who don’t know about it from connecting. In practice, this "
+"is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still "
+"detectable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:18
+msgid "Double-check the password, and other things to try."
+msgstr "Dobbelttjek adgangskoden, og andre ting der kan prøves."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:22
+msgid "I’ve entered the correct password, but I still can’t connect"
+msgstr ""
+"Jeg har indtastet den korrekte adgangskode, men jeg kan stadigvæk ikke "
+"oprette forbindelse"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:24
+msgid ""
+"If you’re sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa"
+"\">wireless password</link> but you still can’t successfully connect to a "
+"wireless network, try some of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:28
+msgid "Double-check that you have the correct password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:29
+msgid ""
+"Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-"
+"case letters), so check that you didn’t get the case of one of the letters "
+"wrong."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:33
+msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:34
+msgid ""
+"The password you enter can also be represented in a different way — as a "
+"string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a "
+"pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you have access to "
+"the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key "
+"instead. Make sure you select the correct <gui>wireless security</gui> "
+"option when asked for your password (for example, select <gui>WEP 40/128-bit "
+"Key</gui> if you’re typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted "
+"connection)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:38
+msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means "
+"they won’t connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it — "
+"see <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:43
+msgid "Check that you’re using the correct type of wireless security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:44
+msgid ""
+"When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type "
+"of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by "
+"the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but "
+"sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don’t know which one it is, "
+"use trial and error to go through the different options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:48
+msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:49
+msgid ""
+"Some wireless cards aren’t supported very well. They show up as a wireless "
+"connection, but they can’t connect to a network because their drivers lack "
+"the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, "
+"or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different "
+"<em>firmware</em>). See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for "
+"more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:14
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:16
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15
+msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
+msgstr "Bidragsydere til Ubuntu-dokumentationens wiki"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:24
+msgid ""
+"Some device drivers don’t work very well with certain wireless adapters, so "
+"you may need to find a better one."
+msgstr ""
+"Nogle enhedsdrivere virker ikke godt med bestemte trådløse adaptere, så det "
+"kan være nødvendigt at finde en der er bedre."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:28
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:28
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27
+msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter"
+msgstr "Fejlsøgning af trådløst netværk"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30
+msgid "Make sure that working device drivers are installed"
+msgstr "Sørg for at der er installeret enhedsdrivere som virker"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:34
+msgid ""
+"In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for "
+"your wireless adapter. A <em>device driver</em> is a piece of software which "
+"tells the computer how to make a hardware device work properly. Even though "
+"the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have "
+"drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for "
+"the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:43
+msgid ""
+"Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have "
+"support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get "
+"the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list for your "
+"distribution (for example, <link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/";
+"WifiDocs/WirelessCardsSupported\">Ubuntu</link>, <link href=\"https://wiki.";
+"archlinux.org/index.php/Wireless_network_configuration\">Arch</link>, <link "
+"href=\"https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Drivers\";>Fedora</link> or "
+"<link href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/HCL:Network_(Wireless)\">openSUSE</"
+"link>) and see if your make and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may "
+"be able to use some of the information there to get your wireless drivers "
+"working."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:58
+msgid "Look for restricted (binary) drivers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:59
+msgid ""
+"Many Linux distributions only come with device drivers which are <em>free</"
+"em> and <em>open source</em>. This is because they cannot distribute drivers "
+"which are proprietary, or closed-source. If the correct driver for your "
+"wireless adapter is only available in a non-free, or “binary-only” version, "
+"it may not be installed by default. If this is the case, look on the "
+"wireless adapter manufacturer’s website to see if they have any Linux "
+"drivers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:66
+msgid ""
+"Some Linux distributions have a tool that can download restricted drivers "
+"for you. If your distribution has one of these, use it to see if it can find "
+"any wireless drivers for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:71
+msgid "Use the Windows drivers for your adapter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:72
+msgid ""
+"In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system "
+"(like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because "
+"they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless adapters, "
+"however, you can install a compatibility layer called <em>NDISwrapper</em> "
+"which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful "
+"because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for "
+"them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more "
+"about how to use NDISwrapper <link href=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/";
+"mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?title=Main_Page\">here</link>. Note that not "
+"all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:85
+msgid ""
+"If none of these options work, you may want to try a different wireless "
+"adapter to see if you can get that working. USB wireless adapters are often "
+"quite cheap, and will plug into any computer. You should check that the "
+"adapter is compatible with your Linux distribution before buying it, though."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:24
+msgid ""
+"Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been "
+"recognized properly by the computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Selvom din trådløse adapter er tilsluttet, så kan det være den ikke er "
+"blevet genkendt ordentligt af computeren."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:28
+msgid "Wireless connection troubleshooter"
+msgstr "Fejlsøgning af trådløs forbindelse"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29
+msgid "Check that the wireless adapter was recognized"
+msgstr "Tjek at den trådløse adapter blev genkendt"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not "
+"have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you "
+"will check whether the device was recognized properly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Open a Terminal window, type <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> and press "
+"<key>Enter</key>. If this gives an error message, you may need to install "
+"the <app>lshw</app> program on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:42
+msgid ""
+"Look through the information that appeared and find the <em>Wireless "
+"interface</em> section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you "
+"should see something similar (but not identical) to this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/code
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"*-network\n"
+" description: Wireless interface\n"
+" product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
+" vendor: Intel Corporation"
+msgstr ""
+"*-network\n"
+" description: Wireless interface\n"
+" product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
+" vendor: Intel Corporation"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51
+msgid ""
+"If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
+"troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:54
+msgid ""
+"If a wireless device is <em>not</em> listed, the next steps you take will "
+"depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that "
+"is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has (<link "
+"xref=\"#pci\">internal PCI</link>, <link xref=\"#usb\">USB</link>, or <link "
+"xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</link>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63
+msgid "PCI (internal) wireless adapter"
+msgstr "PCI (intern) trådløs adapter"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:65
+msgid ""
+"Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops "
+"made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was "
+"recognized:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71
+msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lspci</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74
+msgid ""
+"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked "
+"<code>Network controller</code> or <code>Ethernet controller</code>. Several "
+"devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to your wireless "
+"adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, "
+"<code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what the "
+"entry might look like:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/code
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection"
+msgstr "Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:84
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:117
+msgid ""
+"If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the <link xref="
+"\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. "
+"If you didn’t find anything related to your wireless adapter, see <link xref="
+"\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:95
+msgid "USB wireless adapter"
+msgstr "USB trådløs adapter"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:97
+msgid ""
+"Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less "
+"common. They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB "
+"cable. 3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (Wi-Fi) "
+"adapters, so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that "
+"it is not actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was "
+"recognized:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:106
+msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lsusb</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:109
+msgid ""
+"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to "
+"refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your "
+"wireless adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</"
+"code>, <code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what "
+"the entry might look like:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/code
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:114
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 Wireless Data Modem HSD USB
Card"
+msgstr "Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 Wireless Data Modem HSD USB
Card"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:128
+msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
+msgstr "Søg efter en PCMCIA-enhed"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:130
+msgid ""
+"PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the "
+"side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To "
+"check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:136
+msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:140
+msgid "Open a Terminal and type the following, then press <key>Enter</key>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/code
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:142
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "tail -f /var/log/messages"
+msgstr "tail -f /var/log/messages"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:143
+msgid ""
+"This will display a list of messages related to your computer’s hardware, "
+"and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:148
+msgid ""
+"Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in "
+"the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your "
+"wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:154
+msgid ""
+"To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+"key><key>C</key></keyseq>. After you have done that, you can close the "
+"Terminal if you like."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:159
+msgid ""
+"If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the "
+"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers "
+"step</link>. If you didn’t find anything related to your wireless adapter, "
+"see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:169
+msgid "Wireless adapter was not recognized"
+msgstr "Trådløs adapter blev ikke genkendt"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:171
+msgid ""
+"If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working "
+"properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it. How you check "
+"to see if there are any drivers you can install will depend on which Linux "
+"distribution you are using (like Ubuntu, Arch, Fedora or openSUSE)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:176
+msgid ""
+"To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution’s "
+"website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask "
+"about your wireless adapter, for example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:24
+msgid ""
+"You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in "
+"subsequent troubleshooting steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Det kan være du skal bruge detaljer såsom modelnummeret på din trådløse "
+"adapter i efterfølgende fejlsøgningstrin."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29
+msgid "Gather information about your network hardware"
+msgstr "Indsaml information om din netværkshardware"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:31
+msgid ""
+"In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network "
+"device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model "
+"number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a note of these "
+"details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with "
+"your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the "
+"following items, if you still have them:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:40
+msgid ""
+"The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the "
+"user guide for your router)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:44
+msgid ""
+"The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only "
+"contains Windows drivers)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:48
+msgid ""
+"The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and "
+"router. This information can usually be found on the underside or reverse of "
+"the device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:53
+msgid ""
+"Any version or revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network "
+"devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look "
+"carefully."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:58
+msgid ""
+"Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "
+"“firmware” version, or the components (chipset) it uses."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:63
+msgid ""
+"If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection "
+"so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your "
+"computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way "
+"of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:69
+msgid ""
+"Once you have as many of these items as possible, click <gui>Next</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Når du har så mange af disse elementer som muligt, så klik på <gui>Næste</"
+"gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:25
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next "
+"few troubleshooting steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Sørg for at simple netværksindstillinger er korrekte og forbered dig på de "
+"næste fejlsøgningstrin."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:30
+msgid "Perform an initial connection check"
+msgstr "Udfør et indledende tjek af forbindelsen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32
+msgid ""
+"In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless "
+"network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn’t "
+"caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being "
+"turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet "
+"connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:43
+msgid ""
+"If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA "
+"card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into "
+"the proper slot on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:48
+msgid ""
+"If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that the "
+"wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless "
+"switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:54
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> from "
+"the right side of the top bar and select the Wi-Fi network, then select "
+"<gui>Wi-Fi Settings</gui>. Make sure that the <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> switch is set "
+"to on. You should also check that <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane"
+"\">Airplane Mode</link> is <em>not</em> switched on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:62
+msgid ""
+"Open the Terminal, type <cmd>nmcli device</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:64
+msgid ""
+"This will display information about your network interfaces and connection "
+"status. Look down the list of information and see if there is an item "
+"related to the wireless network adapter. If the state is <code>connected</"
+"code>, it means that the adapter is working and connected to your wireless "
+"router."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:72
+msgid ""
+"If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access "
+"the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet "
+"Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review "
+"your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or "
+"contact your ISP for support."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:78
+msgid ""
+"If the information from <cmd>nmcli device</cmd> did not indicate that you "
+"were connected to the network, click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next "
+"portion of the troubleshooting guide."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:24
+msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections."
+msgstr "Identificer og ret problemer med trådløse forbindelser."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29
+msgid ""
+"This is a step-by-step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix "
+"wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some "
+"reason, try following the instructions here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33
+msgid ""
+"We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected "
+"to the internet:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38
+msgid "Performing an initial check"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41
+msgid "Gathering information about your hardware"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:44
+msgid "Checking your hardware"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:47
+msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:50
+msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:54
+msgid ""
+"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the "
+"page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you "
+"through each step in the guide."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:59
+msgid "Using the command line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:60
+msgid ""
+"Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the "
+"<em>command line</em> (Terminal). You can find the <app>Terminal</app> "
+"application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:63
+msgid ""
+"If you are not familiar with using a command line, don’t worry — this guide "
+"will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are "
+"case-sensitive (so you must type them <em>exactly</em> as they appear here), "
+"and to press <key>Enter</key> after typing each command to run it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20
+msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
+msgstr "WEP og WPA er måder til at kryptere data på trådløse netværk."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:23
+msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
+msgstr "Hvad betyder WEP og WPA?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:25
+msgid ""
+"WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used "
+"to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network "
+"connection so that no one can “listen in” to it and look at which web pages "
+"you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for <em>Wired Equivalent Privacy</"
+"em>, and WPA stands for <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 is the "
+"second version of the WPA standard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is "
+"the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can "
+"avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and "
+"router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your "
+"wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless.page:15
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to Wi-Fi</link>, <link xref="
+"\"net-wireless-hidden\">hidden networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
+"disconnecting\">Wi-Fi disconnecting</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Opret forbindelse til Wi-Fi</link>, "
+"<link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">skjulte netværk</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+"wireless-disconnecting\">Wi-Fi afbryder forbindelsen</link> …"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wireless.page:33
+msgid "Wireless networking"
+msgstr "Trådløst netværk"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:26
+msgid ""
+"Edit your connection settings, and remove the unwanted connection option."
+msgstr ""
+"Rediger dine forbindelsesindstillinger og fjern den uønskede "
+"forbindelsesvalgmulighed."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:31
+msgid "My computer connects to the wrong network"
+msgstr "Min computer opretter forbindelse til det forkerte netværk"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:33
+msgid ""
+"When you turn your computer on, your computer will automatically try to "
+"connect to wireless networks that you have connected to in the past. If it "
+"tries to connect to a network that you do not want to connect to, follow the "
+"steps below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:39
+msgid "To forget a wireless connection:"
+msgstr "Glem en trådløs forbindelse:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Find the network that you <em>do not</em> want it to keep connecting to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:48
+msgid "Click the <_:media-1/> button located next to the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Click the <gui>Forget Connection</gui> button. Your computer will not try to "
+"connect to that network any more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:56
+msgid ""
+"If you later want to connect to the network that your computer just forgot, "
+"follow the steps in <link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net.page:20
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired\">wired</"
+"link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">connection problems</link>, <link xref="
+"\"net-browser\">web browsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-email\">email "
+"accounts</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Trådløst</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired"
+"\">kablet</link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">forbindelsesproblemer</link>, "
+"<link xref=\"net-browser\">webbrowsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-email\">e-"
+"mailkonti</link> …"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net.page:45
+msgid "Networking, web & email"
+msgstr "Netværk, web & e-mail"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/power-autobrightness.page:15 C/power-autosuspend.page:17
+#: C/power-status.page:16 C/power-wireless.page:16
+msgid "2016"
+msgstr "2016"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-autobrightness.page:20
+msgid "Automatically control screen brightness to reduce battery use."
+msgstr "Styr automatisk lysstyrke for skærmen for at reducere batteriforbruget."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-autobrightness.page:23
+msgid "Enable automatic brightness"
+msgstr "Aktivér automatisk lysstyrke"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-autobrightness.page:25
+msgid ""
+"If your computer has an integrated light sensor, it can be used to "
+"automatically control screen brightness. This ensures that the screen is "
+"always easy to see in different ambient light conditions, and helps to "
+"reduce battery consumption."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-autobrightness.page:40
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Power Saving</gui> section, ensure that the <gui>Automatic "
+"brightness</gui> switch is set to on."
+msgstr ""
+"Sørg for at <gui>Automatisk lysstyrke</gui>-kontakten er tændt i afsnittet "
+"<gui>Strømbesparelse</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-autobrightness.page:46
+msgid "To disable automatic screen brightness, switch it to off."
+msgstr "Sluk for den, for at deaktivere automatisk lysstyrke for skærmen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-autosuspend.page:22
+msgid "Configure your computer to suspend automatically."
+msgstr "Konfigurer din computer, så den automatisk går i hviletilstand."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-autosuspend.page:25
+msgid "Set up automatic suspend"
+msgstr "Opsæt automatisk hviletilstand"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-autosuspend.page:27
+msgid ""
+"You can configure your computer to automatically suspend when idle. "
+"Different intervals can be specified for running on battery or plugged in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-autosuspend.page:40
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Suspend & Power Button</gui> section, click <gui>Automatic "
+"suspend</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-autosuspend.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Choose <gui>On Battery Power</gui> or <gui>Plugged In</gui>, set the switch "
+"to on, and select a <gui>Delay</gui>. Both options can be configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/power-autosuspend.page:49
+msgid ""
+"On a desktop computer, there is one option labeled <gui>When Idle</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:12
+msgid ""
+"The battery life displayed when you click on the <gui>battery icon</gui> is "
+"an estimate."
+msgstr ""
+"Den levetid for batteriet der vises når du klikker på <gui>batteriikonet</gui> er "
+"anslået."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:34
+msgid "The estimated battery life is wrong"
+msgstr "Den anslåede levetid for batteriet er forkert"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:36
+msgid ""
+"When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time "
+"remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually "
+"lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be "
+"estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:41
+msgid ""
+"In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be "
+"taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the "
+"computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have "
+"open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any "
+"intensive tasks (like watching high-definition video or converting music "
+"files, for example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to "
+"predict."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge "
+"faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery "
+"discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:52
+msgid ""
+"As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge "
+"properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They "
+"will never be completely accurate, though."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:57
+msgid ""
+"If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of "
+"days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to "
+"make a sensible estimate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:60
+msgid ""
+"If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug "
+"it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the "
+"data it needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:38
+msgid "Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer."
+msgstr "Tips til at reducere din computers strømforbrug."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:41
+msgid "Use less power and improve battery life"
+msgstr "Brug mindre strøm og forbedr batteriets levetid"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:43
+msgid ""
+"Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving "
+"strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:47
+msgid "General tips"
+msgstr "Generelle tips"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:51
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are "
+"not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it "
+"can be woken up very quickly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:56
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">Turn off</link> the computer when you "
+"will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off "
+"a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the "
+"case."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:62
+msgid ""
+"Use the <gui>Power</gui> panel in <app>Settings</app> to change your power "
+"settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: you "
+"can <link xref=\"display-blank\">automatically blank the screen</link> after "
+"a certain time, reduce the <link xref=\"display-brightness\">screen "
+"brightness</link>, and have the computer <link xref=\"power-autosuspend"
+"\">automatically suspend</link> if you have not used it for a certain period "
+"of time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:71
+msgid ""
+"Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not "
+"using them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:79
+msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
+msgstr "Bærbare computere, netbooks og andre enheder med batterier"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:83
+msgid ""
+"Reduce the <link xref=\"display-brightness\">screen brightness</link>. "
+"Powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop power "
+"consumption."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:86
+msgid ""
+"Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you "
+"can use to reduce the brightness."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:90
+msgid ""
+"If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the "
+"wireless or Bluetooth cards. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, "
+"which takes quite a bit of power."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:93
+msgid ""
+"Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, "
+"whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can "
+"turn it on again when you need it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:102
+msgid "More advanced tips"
+msgstr "Flere avancerede tips"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:106
+msgid ""
+"Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use "
+"more power when they have more work to do."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:108
+msgid ""
+"Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively "
+"using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the "
+"internet or play music or movies can impact your power consumption."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:11
+msgid "Tips such as “Do not let the battery charge get too low”."
+msgstr "Tips såsom “Lad ikke batteriets opladning blive for lavt”."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:29
+msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"
+msgstr "Få mest ud af batteriet i din bærbare computer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:31
+msgid ""
+"As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity "
+"gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong "
+"their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big difference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> "
+"the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards "
+"to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it is only partially "
+"discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly "
+"discharged is worse for the battery."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do "
+"not let the battery get any warmer than it has to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage "
+"in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original "
+"battery — always buy replacements when you need them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:55
+msgid ""
+"This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which "
+"are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different "
+"treatment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7
+msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."
+msgstr "Nogle bærbare computere bliver langsommere med vilje når de kører på batteri."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-batteryslow.page:25
+msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?"
+msgstr "Hvorfor er min bærbare computer langsom når den bruger batteri?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-batteryslow.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in "
+"order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a "
+"slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the "
+"battery should last longer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-batteryslow.page:32
+msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:15
+msgid ""
+"Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the "
+"cause of this problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Tilpasninger fra producenten og forskelle i anslåede levetid for batteriet kan være "
+"årsagen til problemet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:33
+msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"
+msgstr "Hvorfor har jeg mindre levetid for batteriet end da jeg brugte Windows/Mac OS?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux "
+"than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that "
+"computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes "
+"various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These "
+"tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including "
+"them in Linux is difficult."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:42
+msgid ""
+"Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself "
+"without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some <link "
+"xref=\"power-batterylife\">power-saving methods</link> helps, though. If "
+"your computer has a <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">variable-speed "
+"processor</link>, you might find that changing its settings is also useful."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating "
+"battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual "
+"battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give "
+"different estimates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-closelid.page:31
+msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
+msgstr "Bærbare computere sover for at spare på strømmen, når du lukker låget."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-closelid.page:35
+msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
+msgstr "Hvorfor slukker min computer når jeg lukker låget?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:37
+msgid ""
+"When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <link xref=\"power-"
+"suspend\"><em>suspend</em></link> in order to save power. This means that "
+"the computer is not actually turned off — it has just gone to sleep. You can "
+"resume it by opening the lid. If it does not resume, try clicking the mouse "
+"or pressing a key. If that still does not work, press the power button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their "
+"hardware is not completely supported by the operating system (for example, "
+"the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are "
+"unable to resume your computer after you have closed the lid. You can try to "
+"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix the problem with suspend</link>, or you "
+"can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/power-closelid.page:52
+msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
+msgstr "Stop computeren i at gå i hviletilstand når låget lukkes"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:55
+msgid ""
+"These instructions will only work if you are using <app>systemd</app>. "
+"Contact your distribution for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:60 C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:37
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66
+msgid ""
+"You need to have <app>Tweaks</app> installed on your computer to change this "
+"setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: if/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:63 C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:40
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69
+msgid ""
+"<link style=\"button\" action=\"install:gnome-tweaks\">Install <app>Tweaks</"
+"app></link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<link style=\"button\" action=\"install:gnome-tweaks\">Installér "
+"<app>Tilpasninger</app></link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:68
+msgid ""
+"If you do not want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can "
+"change the setting for that behavior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:72
+msgid ""
+"Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if "
+"they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a "
+"confined place like a backpack."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:79 C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:48
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Tweaks</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Tilpasninger</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:83 C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:52
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81
+msgid "Click <gui>Tweaks</gui> to open the application."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Tilpasninger</gui> for at åbne programmet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:86
+msgid "Select the <gui>General</gui> tab."
+msgstr "Vælg fanebladet <gui>Generelt</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:89
+msgid "Switch the <gui>Suspend when laptop lid is closed</gui> switch to off."
+msgstr ""
+"Sluk for <gui>Sæt i hviletilstand, når låget lukkes på den bærbare lukkes</"
+"gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:93 C/tips-specialchars.page:102
+msgid "Close the <gui>Tweaks</gui> window."
+msgstr "Luk vinduet <gui>Tilpasninger</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-constantfan.page:10
+msgid ""
+"Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running "
+"hot."
+msgstr ""
+"Måske mangler der blæserstyringssoftware eller din bærbare computer kan være for varm."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-constantfan.page:21
+msgid "The laptop fan is always running"
+msgstr "Blæseren i den bærbare computer kører altid"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-constantfan.page:23
+msgid ""
+"If cooling fan in your laptop is always running, it could be that the "
+"hardware that controls the cooling system in the laptop is not very well "
+"supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their "
+"cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or "
+"available for Linux at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of "
+"the time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-constantfan.page:29
+msgid ""
+"If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install "
+"extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, <link href="
+"\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\";>vaiofand</link> can be installed to control "
+"the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a "
+"technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of your "
+"laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for your "
+"computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-constantfan.page:37
+msgid ""
+"It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does "
+"not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to "
+"run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this "
+"is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all "
+"of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your "
+"laptop which may help."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:11
+msgid ""
+"Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which "
+"can be damaging."
+msgstr ""
+"Computere bliver gerne varme, men hvis de bliver for varme, kan de "
+"overophede, hvilket kan være skadeligt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:21
+msgid "My computer gets really hot"
+msgstr "Min computer bliver meget varm"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is "
+"normal: it is simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. "
+"However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is "
+"overheating, which can potentially cause damage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:28
+msgid ""
+"Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. "
+"It is generally nothing to worry about — computers produce a lot of heat and "
+"laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and "
+"their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, "
+"however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a "
+"poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling "
+"accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient "
+"cooling."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:36
+msgid ""
+"If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have "
+"insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans "
+"or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other "
+"blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-"
+"ventilated area too — if kept in confined spaces (for example, in a "
+"cupboard), the cooling system in the computer may not be able to remove heat "
+"and circulate cool air fast enough."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:49
+msgid ""
+"Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There "
+"are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might "
+"possibly reduce fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being "
+"suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential "
+"problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of "
+"course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to "
+"prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting "
+"down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will "
+"probably need to get it repaired."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-lowpower.page:11
+msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."
+msgstr "Batteriet har ikke godt af at aflade helt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-lowpower.page:32
+msgid "Why did my computer turn off when the battery got to 10%?"
+msgstr "Hvorfor slukkede min computer da batteriet var på 10 %?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-lowpower.page:34
+msgid ""
+"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will "
+"automatically turn off. It does this to make sure that the battery does not "
+"completely discharge, since this is bad for the battery. If the battery just "
+"ran out, the computer would not have time to shut down properly either."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-lowpower.page:40
+msgid ""
+"Bear in mind that when your computer automatically turns off, your "
+"applications and documents <em>are not</em> saved. To avoid losing your "
+"work, save it before the battery gets too low."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended "
+"and does not resume properly."
+msgstr ""
+"Nogle trådløse enheder har problemer med at håndtere når din computer er "
+"i hviletilstand og genoptager ikke ordentligt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:36
+msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
+msgstr "Jeg har ikke noget trådløst netværk når jeg vækker computeren"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:38
+msgid ""
+"If you have suspended your computer, you may find that your wireless "
+"internet connection does not work when you resume it again. This happens "
+"when the <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">driver</link> for the wireless "
+"device does not fully support certain power saving features. Typically, the "
+"wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the computer is resumed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:45
+msgid ""
+"If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:"
+msgstr "Hvis det sker, så prøv at slukke og tænde for trådløs igen:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:57
+msgid ""
+"Switch the <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> switch at the top-right of the window to off and "
+"then on again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:61
+msgid ""
+"If the wireless still does not work, switch the <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> "
+"switch to on and then switch it off again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:66
+msgid ""
+"If this does not work, restarting your computer should make the wireless "
+"work again. If you are still having problems after that, connect to the "
+"internet using an Ethernet cable and update your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-othercountry.page:7
+msgid ""
+"Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a "
+"travel adapter."
+msgstr ""
+"Din computer vil virke, men det kan være, du får brug for et andet strømkabel "
+"eller en rejseadapter."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-othercountry.page:25
+msgid "Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?"
+msgstr "Virker min computer med en strømforsyning fra et andet land?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-othercountry.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V "
+"or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer "
+"should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have "
+"an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-othercountry.page:32
+msgid ""
+"If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for "
+"your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for "
+"their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your "
+"existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-othercountry.page:37
+msgid ""
+"If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different "
+"plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change "
+"the voltage switch on the computer’s power supply, if there is one. Many "
+"computers do not have a switch like this, and will happily work with either "
+"voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power "
+"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "
+"“110V” or “230V” (for example). Switch it if you need to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/power-othercountry.page:46
+msgid ""
+"Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch "
+"everything off first if you can."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-status.page:21
+msgid "Display the status of the battery and connected devices."
+msgstr "Vis statussen på batteriet og tilsluttede enheder."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-status.page:24
+msgid "Check the battery status"
+msgstr "Tjek batteriets status"
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/power-status.page:28
+msgid "Display the status of the battery and connected devices"
+msgstr "Vis statussen på batteriet og tilsluttede enheder"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-status.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Power</gui> to open the panel. The status of known devices is "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på <gui>Strøm</gui> for at åbne panelet. Statussen på kendte enheder "
+"vises."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-status.page:41
+msgid ""
+"If an internal battery is detected, the <gui>Batteries</gui> section "
+"displays the status of one or more laptop batteries. The indicator bar shows "
+"the percent charged, as well as time until fully charged if plugged in, and "
+"time remaining when running on battery power."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-status.page:58
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>Devices</gui> section displays the status of connected devices."
+msgstr "Afsnittet <gui>Enheder</gui> viser statussen på tilsluttede enheder."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13
+msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend."
+msgstr "Noget computerhardware forårsager problemer med hviletilstand."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:27
+msgid "Why does my computer not turn back on after I suspended it?"
+msgstr ""
+"Hvorfor tænder min computer ikke efter jeg har sat den i hviletilstand?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:29
+msgid ""
+"If you <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link> your computer, then try "
+"to resume it, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could "
+"be because suspend is not supported properly by your hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34
+msgid "My computer is suspended and is not resuming"
+msgstr "Min computer går i hviletilstand og genoptager ikke"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:35
+msgid ""
+"If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it "
+"should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this does "
+"not happen, try pressing the power button (do not hold it in, just press it "
+"once)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:39
+msgid ""
+"If this still does not help, make sure that your computer’s monitor is "
+"switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:41
+msgid ""
+"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for "
+"5-10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You "
+"should then be able to turn on the computer again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:44
+msgid ""
+"If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature "
+"may not work with your hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:47
+msgid ""
+"If your computer loses power and does not have an alternative power supply "
+"(such as a working battery), it will switch off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:53
+msgid ""
+"My wireless connection (or other hardware) does not work when I wake up my "
+"computer"
+msgstr ""
+"Min trådløse forbindelse (eller anden hardware) virker ikke når jeg vækker "
+"min computer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:55
+msgid ""
+"If you suspend your computer and then resume it again, you may find that "
+"your internet connection, mouse, or some other device does not work "
+"properly. This could be because the driver for the device does not properly "
+"support suspend. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">problem with the "
+"driver</link> and not the device itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:61
+msgid ""
+"If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In "
+"most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB "
+"cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it "
+"works."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:65
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot turn off or unplug the device, or if this does not work, you "
+"may need to restart your computer for the device to start working again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-suspend.page:9
+msgid "Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power."
+msgstr ""
+"Hviletilstand får din computer til at sove, så den bruger mindre strøm."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-suspend.page:25
+msgid "What happens when I suspend my computer?"
+msgstr "Hvad sker der når jeg sætter min computer i hviletilstand?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-suspend.page:33
+msgid ""
+"When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your "
+"applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of "
+"the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on "
+"though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it "
+"up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try "
+"pressing the power button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-suspend.page:40
+msgid ""
+"Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they "
+"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend properly</link>. "
+"It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see if it does work "
+"before relying on it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/power-suspend.page:46
+msgid "Always save your work before suspending"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/power-suspend.page:47
+msgid ""
+"You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in "
+"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
+"recovered when you resume the computer again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-whydim.page:32
+msgid "The screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power."
+msgstr "Skærmen dæmpes for at spare på strømmen, når computeren ikke er i brug."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-whydim.page:35
+msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
+msgstr "Hvorfor dæmpes min skærm efter noget tid?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-whydim.page:43
+msgid ""
+"If it is possible to set the brightness of your screen, it will dim when the "
+"computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the computer "
+"again, the screen will brighten."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-whydim.page:47
+msgid "To stop the screen from dimming itself:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-whydim.page:58
+msgid ""
+"Switch the <gui>Dim Screen When Inactive</gui> switch to off in the "
+"<gui>Power Saving</gui> section."
+msgstr ""
+"Sluk for <gui>Dæmp skærmen ved inaktivitet</gui>-kontakten i afsnittet "
+"<gui>Strømbesparelse</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12
+msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
+msgstr "Mulige årsager kan være løse kabler og hardwareproblemer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21
+msgid "My computer will not turn on"
+msgstr "Min computer tænder ikke"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:23
+msgid ""
+"There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic "
+"gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:34
+msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"
+msgstr "Computeren er ikke tilsluttet, batteriet er tomt eller kablet er løst"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and "
+"the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in "
+"and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in "
+"case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery "
+"is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it is "
+"removable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:44
+msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"
+msgstr "Problemer med computerens hardware"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:45
+msgid ""
+"A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the "
+"case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a "
+"broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory "
+"or RAM) and a faulty motherboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:52
+msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"
+msgstr "Computeren bipper og slukker bagefter"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:53
+msgid ""
+"If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off "
+"(or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. "
+"These beeps are sometimes referred to as <em>beep codes</em>, and the "
+"pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer "
+"is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to "
+"consult the manual for your computer’s motherboard, or take your computer in "
+"for repairs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:63
+msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"
+msgstr "Computerens blæser kører, men der er ikke noget på skærmen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:64
+msgid ""
+"The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:66
+msgid ""
+"This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on "
+"when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer "
+"might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-wireless.page:21
+msgid ""
+"Bluetooth, wi-fi and mobile broadband can be switched off to reduce battery "
+"use."
+msgstr ""
+"Bluetooth, wi-fi og mobilt bredbånd kan slukkes for at reducere "
+"batteriforbruget."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-wireless.page:24
+msgid "Switch off unused wireless technologies"
+msgstr "Sluk for trådløse teknologier der ikke bruges"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-wireless.page:26
+msgid ""
+"You can reduce battery use by switching off bluetooth, wi-fi or mobile "
+"broadband when they are not in use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-wireless.page:39
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>Power Saving</gui> section contains switches for <gui>Wi-Fi</gui>, "
+"<gui>Mobile broadband</gui>, and <gui>Bluetooth</gui>. Switch the unused "
+"services to off. Re-enable when needed by switching to on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/power.page:13
+msgid "Natalia Ruz"
+msgstr "Natalia Ruz"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power.page:23
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"power-status\">Battery status</link>, <link xref=\"power-suspend"
+"\">suspend</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen dimming</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"power-status\">Batteristatus</link>, <link xref=\"power-"
+"suspend\">hviletilstand</link>, <link xref=\"power-"
+"whydim\">dæmpning af skærmen</link> …"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power.page:31
+msgid "Power & battery"
+msgstr "Strøm & batteri"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/power.page:39
+msgid "Power saving settings"
+msgstr "Indstillinger for strømbesparelse"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/power.page:43
+msgid "Questions"
+msgstr "Spørgsmål"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/power.page:49
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Power problems"
+msgstr "Strømproblemer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power.page:51
+msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries."
+msgstr "Fejlsøg problemer med strøm og batterier."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/prefs-display.page:17
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
+"resolution\">size and orientation</link>, <link xref=\"display-brightness"
+"\">brightness</link>, <link xref=\"display-night-light\">color temperature</"
+"link>…"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"look-background\">Baggrund</link>, <link xref=\"look-resolution"
+"\">størrelse og orientering</link>, <link xref=\"display-brightness"
+"\">lysstyrke</link>, <link xref=\"display-night-light\">farvetemperatur</"
+"link> …"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/prefs-display.page:27
+msgid "Display & screen"
+msgstr "Visning & skærm"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/prefs-language.page:17
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link>, <link xref=\"session-formats"
+"\">region and formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">keyboard "
+"layouts</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"session-language\">Sprog</link>, <link xref=\"session-"
+"formats\">region og formater</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-"
+"layouts\">tastaturlayouts</link> …"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/prefs-sharing.page:20
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth sharing</link>, <link xref="
+"\"sharing-personal\">Personal file sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
+"desktop\">Screen sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Media sharing</"
+"link>…"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth-deling</link>, <link xref="
+"\"sharing-personal\">Personlig fildeling</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-desktop"
+"\">Skærmdeling</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Mediedeling</link> …"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/prefs-sharing.page:28
+msgid "Sharing Settings"
+msgstr "Delingsindstillinger"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/prefs-sharing.page:30
+msgid ""
+"The <em>Sharing Settings</em> help you control what is shared over the local "
+"network, or through other technologies such as <em>Bluetooth</em>."
+msgstr ""
+"<em>Delingsindstillingerne</em> hjælper dig med at styre hvad der deles over "
+"det lokale netværk eller gennem andre teknologier såsom <em>Bluetooth</em>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/prefs.page:7
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Settings"
+msgstr "Indstillinger"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/prefs.page:14
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse & "
+"touchpad</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref="
+"\"prefs-language\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user "
+"accounts</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"keyboard\">Tastatur</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mus & "
+"pegeplade</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-display\">skærm</link>, <link xref"
+"=\"prefs-language\">sprog</link>, <link xref=\"user-"
+"accounts\">brugerkontoer</link> …"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/prefs.page:24
+msgid "User & system settings"
+msgstr "Bruger- & systemindstillinger"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:23
+msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
+msgstr "Udskriv på begge sider af papiret eller flere sider pr. ark."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:26
+msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
+msgstr "Udskriv layouts, dobbeltsidet eller flersidet"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:28
+msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:32 C/printing-differentsize.page:38
+#: C/printing-select.page:28 C/printing-to-file.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Open the print dialog by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></"
+"keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option "
+"from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-"
+"sided printing is not available for your printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It is a good idea to "
+"experiment with your printer to see how it works."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:43
+msgid ""
+"You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper "
+"too. Use the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option to do this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:49
+msgid ""
+"The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you "
+"have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always "
+"be available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) from a PDF using normal A4/"
+"Letter-size paper."
+msgstr ""
+"Udskriv foldet brochure (som en bog eller pamflet) fra en PDF med "
+"normal papirstørrelse i A4 eller Letter."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:27
+msgid "Print a booklet on a double-sided printer"
+msgstr "Udskriv en brochure på en duplexprinter"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:29
+msgid ""
+"You can make a folded booklet (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing "
+"pages of a document in a special order and changing a couple of printing "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:33 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:29
+msgid "These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document."
+msgstr "Instruktioner til at udskrive en brochure fra et PDF-dokument."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:35 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:30
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:27
+msgid ""
+"If you want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, first "
+"export it to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Export as PDF…</"
+"gui></guiseq>. Your document needs to have a multiple of 4 number of pages "
+"(4, 8, 12, 16,…). You may need to add up to 3 blank pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40
+msgid "To print a booklet:"
+msgstr "Sådan udskrives en brochure:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:41
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:81
+msgid ""
+"Open the print dialog. This can normally be done through <gui style="
+"\"menuitem\">Print</gui> in the menu or using the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+"key><key>P</key></keyseq> keyboard shortcut."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:49 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46
+msgid "Click the <gui>Properties…</gui> button"
+msgstr "Klik på knappen <gui>Egenskaber …</gui>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:47
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Orientation</gui> drop-down list, make sure that <gui>Landscape</"
+"gui> is selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:52
+msgid "In the <gui>Duplex</gui> drop-down list, select <gui>Short Edge</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:54 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:49
+msgid "Click <gui>OK</gui> to go back to the print dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:57 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52
+msgid "Under <gui>Range and Copies</gui>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:60 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53
+msgid ""
+"Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, "
+"and a multiple of 4):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:62 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55
+msgid ""
+"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, "
+"n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
+msgstr ""
+"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, "
+"n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11 …"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:64 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:59
+msgid "Examples:"
+msgstr "Eksempler:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:66 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60
+msgid "4 page booklet: Type <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
+msgstr "4-siders brochure: Skriv <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:67 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:61
+msgid "8 page booklet: Type <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
+msgstr "8-siders brochure: Skriv <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:68 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:64
+msgid ""
+"20 page booklet: Type "
+"<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
+msgstr ""
+"20-siders brochure: Skriv "
+"<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:73 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:68
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:86
+msgid "Choose the <gui>Page Layout</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:74 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:69
+msgid "Under <gui>Layout</gui>, select <gui>Brochure</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:75
+msgid ""
+"Under <gui>Page Sides</gui>, in the <gui>Include</gui> drop-down list, "
+"select <gui>All pages</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:79 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:74
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:91
+msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui>."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Udskriv</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:23
+msgid "Print a booklet from a PDF using a single-sided printer."
+msgstr ""
+"Udskriv en brochure fra en PDF med en enkeltsidet printer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:26
+msgid "Print a booklet on a single-sided printer"
+msgstr "Udskriv en brochure på en enkeltsidet printer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37
+msgid "To print:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:57
+msgid "…until you have typed all of the pages."
+msgstr "… indtil du har skrevet alle siderne."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:62
+msgid "12 page booklet: Type <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
+msgstr ""
+"12-siders brochure: Skriv <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63
+msgid ""
+"16 page booklet: Type <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
+msgstr ""
+"16-siders brochure: Skriv "
+"<input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:70
+msgid ""
+"Under <gui>Page Sides</gui>, in the <gui>Include</gui> drop-down list, "
+"select <gui>Front sides / right pages</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:77
+msgid ""
+"When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in "
+"the printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:87
+msgid ""
+"Under <gui>Page Sides</gui>, in the <gui>Include</gui> drop-down list, "
+"select <gui>Back sides / left pages</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:19
+msgid ""
+"How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper."
+msgstr ""
+"Sådan udskrives en foldet flersidet brochure med papirstørrelse i A4 eller Letter."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:23
+msgid "Print a booklet"
+msgstr "Udskriv en brochure"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:25
+msgid "You can print a booklet from a PDF."
+msgstr "Du kan udskrive en brochure fra en PDF."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:33
+msgid ""
+"If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you "
+"should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a "
+"multiple of 4. To do so, you can:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Create a <app>LibreOffice</app> document with the number (1-3) of blank "
+"pages needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:43
+msgid ""
+"Export the blank pages to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui> "
+"<gui>Export as PDF…</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using <app>PDF-Shuffler</app> "
+"or <app>PDF Mod</app>, placing the blank pages at the end."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:53
+msgid ""
+"Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list "
+"below:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29
+msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
+msgstr "Annuller et afventende udskriftsjob og fjern det fra køen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:32
+msgid "Cancel, pause or release a print job"
+msgstr "Annuller, paus eller genoptag et udskriftsjob"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:34
+msgid ""
+"You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the "
+"printer settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:38
+msgid "Cancel a print job"
+msgstr "Annuller et udskriftsjob"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:40
+msgid ""
+"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so "
+"that you do not need to waste any ink or paper."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44
+msgid "How to cancel a print job:"
+msgstr "Annullér et udskriftsjob:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:46 C/printing-cancel-job.page:86
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:48 C/printing-name-location.page:76
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:50 C/printing-setup.page:76
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Printers</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Printere</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:50 C/printing-cancel-job.page:90
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:52 C/printing-name-location.page:80
+msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Printere</gui> for at åbne panelet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:53
+msgid ""
+"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
+"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:57
+msgid "Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:61
+msgid ""
+"If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down "
+"the <em>cancel</em> button on your printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:64
+msgid ""
+"As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages "
+"that will not cancel, remove the paper from the printer’s paper input tray. "
+"The printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. "
+"You can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer "
+"off and then on again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:71
+msgid ""
+"Be careful that you don’t damage the printer when removing the paper, "
+"though. If you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should "
+"probably just leave it where it is."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:79
+msgid "Pause and release a print job"
+msgstr "Paus og genoptag et udskriftsjob"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:81
+msgid ""
+"If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the "
+"jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:93
+msgid ""
+"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
+"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog and either pause or release the print job based "
+"on your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27
+msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
+msgstr "Udskriv et dokument på en anden papirstørrelse eller -orientering."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:30
+msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
+msgstr "Vælg en anden papirstørrelse til udskrivning"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32
+msgid ""
+"If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a "
+"US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the "
+"document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:42
+msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Under the <gui>Paper</gui> column, choose your <gui>Paper size</gui> from "
+"the drop-down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:49
+msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> to print your document."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Udskriv</gui> for at udskrive dit dokument."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:53
+msgid ""
+"You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> drop-down list to choose a "
+"different orientation:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/gui
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:57
+msgid "Portrait"
+msgstr "Portræt"
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/gui
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:58
+msgid "Landscape"
+msgstr "Landskab"
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/gui
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:59
+msgid "Reverse portrait"
+msgstr "Omvendt portræt"
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/gui
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:60
+msgid "Reverse landscape"
+msgstr "Omvendt landskab"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that you have the envelope the right way up, and have chosen the "
+"correct paper size."
+msgstr ""
+"Sørg for at konvolutten har den rette side op og at du har valgt den "
+"korrekte papirstørrelse."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:27
+msgid "Print envelopes"
+msgstr "Udskriv konvolutter"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:29
+msgid ""
+"Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope. This is "
+"especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:34
+msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
+msgstr "Udskrivning på konvolutter"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:36
+msgid ""
+"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:38
+msgid ""
+"The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. Press "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq> to open the Print dialog, go to "
+"the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as "
+"“Envelope” if you can. If you cannot do this, see if you can change the "
+"<gui>Paper size</gui> to an envelope size (for example, <gui>C5</gui>). The "
+"pack of envelopes will say what size they are; most envelopes come in "
+"standard sizes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:46
+msgid ""
+"Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right "
+"side up in the printer’s in-tray. Check the printer’s manual for this, or "
+"try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see "
+"which way is the right way up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially "
+"some laser printers. Check your printer’s manual to see if it accepts "
+"envelopes. Otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:20
+msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges."
+msgstr "Tjek mængden af blæk eller toner der er tilbage i printerpatronerne."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:23
+msgid "How can I check my printer’s ink or toner levels?"
+msgstr "Hvordan tjekker jeg min printers blæk- eller tonerniveauer?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:25
+msgid ""
+"How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the "
+"model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications "
+"installed on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:29
+msgid ""
+"Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Some printers report toner or ink levels to the computer, which can be found "
+"in the <gui>Printers</gui> panel in <app>Settings</app>. The ink level will "
+"be shown with the printer details if it is available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:36
+msgid ""
+"The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP "
+"Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply "
+"proprietary drivers with similar features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:40
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink "
+"levels. <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon "
+"printers. See if your printer is on the <link href=\"http://libinklevel.";
+"sourceforge.net/#supported\">list of supported models</link>. Another ink "
+"levels application for Epson and some other printers is <app>mtink</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not "
+"designed to report their ink levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:27
+msgid "Change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
+msgstr ""
+"Skift navnet eller placeringen på en printer i printerindstillingerne."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:31
+msgid "Change the name or location of a printer"
+msgstr "Skift navn eller placering på en printer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:33
+msgid ""
+"You can change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan ændre navnet eller placeringen på en printer i printerindstillinger."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:37
+msgid ""
+"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative privileges</link> "
+"on the system to change the name or location of a printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:42
+msgid "Change printer name"
+msgstr "Skift printernavn"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:44
+msgid "If you want to change the name of a printer, take the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:55 C/printing-name-location.page:83
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:61 C/printing-setup.page:83
+#: C/user-add.page:54 C/user-admin-change.page:49 C/user-autologin.page:44
+#: C/user-delete.page:60
+msgid ""
+"Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type in "
+"your password when prompted."
+msgstr ""
+"Tryk på <gui style=\"button\">Lås op</gui> i øverste højre hjørne og skriv "
+"din adgangskode, når du bliver spurgt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:59
+msgid ""
+"Click the name of your printer, and start typing a new name for the printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:63
+msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save your changes."
+msgstr "Tryk på <key>Enter</key> for at gemme dine ændringer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:70
+msgid "Change printer location"
+msgstr "Skift printerplacering"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:72
+msgid "To change the location of your printer:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:87
+msgid "Click the location, and start editing the location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:90
+msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save the changes."
+msgstr "Tryk på <key>Enter</key> for at gemme ændringerne."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-order.page:23
+msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
+msgstr "Saml sætvis og omvend rækkefølgen på udskriften."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-order.page:26
+msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
+msgstr "Udskriv sider i en anden rækkefølge"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/printing-order.page:29
+msgid "Reverse"
+msgstr "Omvendt"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/printing-order.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the "
+"pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can "
+"reverse this printing order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/printing-order.page:36
+msgid "To reverse the order:"
+msgstr "Omvendt rækkefølge:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-order.page:38 C/printing-order.page:61
+msgid ""
+"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq> to open the Print dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-order.page:42
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>General</gui> tab, under <gui>Copies</gui>, check <gui>Reverse</"
+"gui>. The last page will be printed first, and so on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/printing-order.page:50
+msgid "Collate"
+msgstr "Sætvis"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/printing-order.page:52
+msgid ""
+"If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will "
+"be grouped by page number by default (that is, all of the copies of page one "
+"come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). <em>Collating</em> will "
+"make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/printing-order.page:59
+msgid "To collate:"
+msgstr "Saml sætvis:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-order.page:65
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>General</gui> tab, under <gui>Copies</gui>, check <gui>Collate</"
+"gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Vælg <gui>Sætvis</gui> i fanebladet <gui>Generelt</gui> under <gui>Kopier</"
+"gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20
+msgid ""
+"How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that "
+"you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvordan du fjerner papir, der har sat sig fast, afhænger af printerens mærke "
+"og model."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24
+msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
+msgstr "Fjern papir der har sat sig fast"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:26
+msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:28
+msgid ""
+"The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on "
+"how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer’s "
+"panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the "
+"jammed paper out of the printer’s feeding mechanism."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:33
+msgid ""
+"Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer’s "
+"<em>resume</em> button to start printing again. With some printers, you may "
+"even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the "
+"print job again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-select.page:19
+msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
+msgstr "Udskriv kun bestemte sider, eller kun et interval af sider."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-select.page:22
+msgid "Print only certain pages"
+msgstr "Udskriv kun bestemte sider"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-select.page:24
+msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-select.page:32
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>General</gui> tab, choose <gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</"
+"gui> section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-select.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated "
+"by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-select.page:40
+msgid ""
+"For example, if you enter “1,3,5-7” in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, pages "
+"1,3,5,6 and 7 will be printed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/printing-select.page:42
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' "
+"md5='2eceabe52b26c4ee06fac1ce2a79459c'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35
+msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
+msgstr "Vælg den printer du bruger mest."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38
+msgid "Set the default printer"
+msgstr "Indstil standardprinteren"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:40
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be "
+"your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:44
+msgid ""
+"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative privileges</link> "
+"on the system to set the default printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:54 C/printing-setup.page:80
+msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Printere</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:57
+msgid ""
+"Select your desired default printer from the list of available printers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:65
+msgid "Select the <gui>Default printer</gui> checkbox."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:69
+msgid ""
+"When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, "
+"unless you choose a different printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-setup.page:38
+msgid ""
+"Set up a printer that is connected to your computer, or your local network."
+msgstr ""
+"Opsæt en printer som er tilsluttet din computer eller dit lokale netværk."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-setup.page:42
+msgid "Set up a local printer"
+msgstr "Opsæt en lokal printer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-setup.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they are "
+"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to "
+"your computer, but some printers connect to your wired or wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-setup.page:50
+msgid ""
+"If your printer is connected to the network, it will not be set up "
+"automatically – you should add it from the <gui>Printers</gui> panel in "
+"<gui>Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-setup.page:57
+msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-setup.page:60
+msgid ""
+"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see "
+"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be "
+"asked to authenticate to install them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-setup.page:65
+msgid ""
+"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. "
+"Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or <gui>Options</"
+"gui> to make additional changes in the printer setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-setup.page:71
+msgid ""
+"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer "
+"settings:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-setup.page:87
+msgid "Press the <gui style=\"button\">Add…</gui> button."
+msgstr "Tryk på knappen <gui style=\"button\">Tilføj …</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-setup.page:90
+msgid ""
+"In the pop-up window, select your new printer and press <gui style=\"button"
+"\">Add</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-setup.page:93
+msgid ""
+"If your printer is not discovered automatically, but you know its network "
+"address, enter it into the text field at the bottom of the dialog and then "
+"press <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-setup.page:100
+msgid ""
+"If your printer does not appear in the <gui>Add Printer</gui> window, you "
+"may need to install print drivers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-setup.page:108
+msgid ""
+"After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-"
+"default-printer\">change your default printer</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:20
+msgid ""
+"If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels "
+"or clean the print head."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis udskrifter er streget, blege eller mangler farver, så tjek "
+"blækniveauerne eller rens printerhovedet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:24
+msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
+msgstr ""
+"Hvorfor er der striber, linjer eller forkerte farver på det jeg udskriver?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:27
+msgid ""
+"If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that should not be "
+"there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with "
+"the printer or a low ink or toner supply."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:33
+msgid "Fading text or images"
+msgstr "Bleg tekst eller billeder"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:34
+msgid ""
+"You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink or toner supply and "
+"buy a new cartridge if necessary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:38
+msgid "Streaks and lines"
+msgstr "Striber og linjer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:39
+msgid ""
+"If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially "
+"blocked. Try cleaning the print head. See the printer’s manual for "
+"instructions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:44
+msgid "Wrong colors"
+msgstr "Forkerte farver"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:45
+msgid ""
+"The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink or "
+"toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:49
+msgid "Jagged lines, or lines are not straight"
+msgstr "Iturevne linjer eller linjer der ikke er lige"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:50
+msgid ""
+"If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may "
+"need to align the print head. See the printer’s instruction manual for "
+"details on how to do this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:20
+msgid ""
+"Save a document as a PDF, PostScript or SVG file instead of sending it to a "
+"printer."
+msgstr ""
+"Gem et dokument som en PDF-, PostScript- eller SVG-fil i stedet for at sende "
+"det til en printer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:24
+msgid "Print to file"
+msgstr "Udskriv til fil"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:26
+msgid ""
+"You can choose to print a document to a file instead of sending it to print "
+"from a printer. Printing to file will create a <sys>PDF</sys>, a "
+"<sys>PostScript</sys> or a <sys>SVG</sys> file that contains the document. "
+"This can be useful if you want to transfer the document to another machine "
+"or to share it with someone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:33
+msgid "To print to file:"
+msgstr "Udskriv til fil:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Select <gui>Print to File</gui> under <gui>Printer</gui> in the <gui style="
+"\"tab\">General</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:43
+msgid ""
+"To change the default filename and where the file is saved to, click the "
+"filename below the printer selection. Click <gui style=\"button\">Select</"
+"gui> once you have finished choosing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:48
+msgid ""
+"<sys>PDF</sys> is the default file type for the document. If you want to use "
+"a different <gui>Output format</gui>, select either <sys>PostScript</sys> or "
+"<sys>SVG</sys>."
+msgstr ""
+"<sys>PDF</sys> er dokumentets standardfiltype. Hvis du vil bruge et andet "
+"<gui>outputformat</gui>, så vælg enten <sys>PostScript</sys> eller <sys>SVG</"
+"sys>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:53
+msgid "Choose your other page preferences."
+msgstr "Vælg dine andre sideindstillinger."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:56
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Print</gui> to save the file."
+msgstr "Tryk på <gui style=\"button\">Udskriv</gui> for at gemme filen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing.page:18
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-order"
+"\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided and "
+"multi-page</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Lokal opsætning</link>, <link xref=\"printing-"
+"order\">rækkefølge og sætvis udskrift</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided"
+"\">tosidet og flersidet</link> …"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/printing.page:37
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Setup"
+msgstr "Opsætning"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/printing.page:39
+msgid "Set up a printer"
+msgstr "Opsæt en printer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/printing.page:44
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Sizes and layouts"
+msgstr "Størrelser og layouts"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/printing.page:46
+msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
+msgstr "Andre papirstørrelser og layouts"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing.page:52
+msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…"
+msgstr ""
+"Uregistrerede printere, fastsiddende papir, udskrifter med forkert udseende …"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/printing.page:54
+msgid "Printer problems"
+msgstr "Printerproblemer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/privacy.page:29
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Screen lock</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-"
+"history-recent-off\">Usage history</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-purge"
+"\">Purge trash & temporary files</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Skærmlås</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-"
+"history-recent-off\">Forbrugshistorik</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-purge"
+"\">Tøm papirkurven & midlertidige filer</link> …"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/privacy.page:36
+msgid "Privacy Settings"
+msgstr "Privatlivsindstillinger"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/privacy.page:38
+msgid ""
+"The <em>Privacy Settings</em> help you control whether or not certain parts "
+"of your desktop are visible to others. You can also use these settings to "
+"clear your computer usage history and clean out unnecessary files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:27
+msgid "Stop or limit your computer from tracking your recently-used files."
+msgstr "Stop eller begræns din computer i at spore de filer du senest har brugt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:31
+msgid "Turn off or limit file history tracking"
+msgstr "Sluk for eller begræns sporing af filhistorik"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:33
+msgid ""
+"Tracking recently used files and folders makes it easier to find items that "
+"you have been working on in the file manager and in file dialogs in "
+"applications. You may wish to keep your file usage history private instead, "
+"or only track your very recent history."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:39
+msgid "Turn off file history tracking"
+msgstr "Slå sporing af filhistorik fra"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:41 C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:64
+#: C/privacy-location.page:34 C/privacy-purge.page:51
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:55 C/session-screenlocks.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Privacy</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Privatliv</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:45 C/privacy-purge.page:55
+msgid "Click on <gui>File History & Trash</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Filhistorik & papirkurv</gui> for at åbne panelet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:48
+msgid "Switch the <gui>File History</gui> switch to off."
+msgstr "Sluk for <gui>Filhistorik</gui>-kontakten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:49
+msgid ""
+"To re-enable this feature, switch the <gui>File History</gui> switch to on."
+msgstr ""
+"Tænd for <gui>Filhistorik</gui>-kontakten for at genaktivere funktionen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:53 C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:82
+msgid ""
+"Use the <gui>Clear History…</gui> button to purge the history immediately."
+msgstr ""
+"Brug knappen <gui>Ryd historik …</gui> for at tømme historikken med det "
+"samme."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:58
+msgid ""
+"This setting will not affect how your web browser stores information about "
+"the web sites you visit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:62
+msgid "Restrict the amount of time your file history is tracked"
+msgstr "Begræns hvor længe din filhistorik spores"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:68 C/session-screenlocks.page:52
+msgid "Click on <gui>Privacy</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:71
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>File History & Trash</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på <gui>Filhistorik & papirkurv</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne "
+"panelet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:74
+msgid "Ensure the <gui>File History</gui> switch is set to on."
+msgstr "Sørg for at <gui>Filhistorik</gui>-kontakten er tændt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:77
+msgid ""
+"Under <gui>File History Duration</gui>, select how long to retain your file "
+"history. Choose from options <gui>1 day</gui>, <gui>7 days</gui>, <gui>30 "
+"days</gui>, or <gui>Forever</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/privacy-location.page:20
+msgid "Enable or disable geolocation."
+msgstr "Aktivér eller deaktivér geoplacering."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/privacy-location.page:23
+msgid "Control location services"
+msgstr "Styr placeringstjenester"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/privacy-location.page:25
+msgid ""
+"Geolocation, or location services, uses cell tower positioning, GPS, and "
+"nearby Wi-Fi access points to determine your current location for use in "
+"setting your timezone and by applications such as <app>Maps</app>. When "
+"enabled, it is possible for your location to be shared over the network with "
+"a great deal of precision."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/privacy-location.page:32
+msgid "Turn off the geolocation features of your desktop"
+msgstr "Slå skrivebordets geoplacering-funktionerne fra"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-location.page:38
+msgid "Click on <gui>Location Services</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Placeringstjenester</gui> for at åbne panelet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-location.page:41
+msgid "Switch the <gui>Location Services</gui> switch to off."
+msgstr "Sluk for <gui>Placeringstjenester</gui>-kontakten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-location.page:42
+msgid ""
+"To re-enable this feature, set the <gui>Location Services</gui> switch to on."
+msgstr ""
+"Tænd for <gui>Placeringstjenester</gui>-kontakten for at genaktivere "
+"funktionen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Set how often your trash and temporary files will be cleared from your "
+"computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Indstil hvor ofte din papirkurv og midlertidige filer ryddes fra din "
+"computer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:36
+msgid "Purge trash & temporary files"
+msgstr "Tøm papirkurven og midlertidige filer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:38
+msgid ""
+"Clearing out your trash and temporary files removes unwanted and unneeded "
+"files from your computer, and also frees up more space on your hard drive. "
+"You can manually empty your trash and clear your temporary files, but you "
+"can also set your computer to automatically do this for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Temporary files are files created automatically by applications in the "
+"background. They can increase performance by providing a copy of data that "
+"was downloaded or computed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:49
+msgid "Automatically empty your trash and clear temporary files"
+msgstr "Tøm automatisk din papirkurv og ryd midlertidige filer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:58
+msgid ""
+"Switch on one or both of <gui>Automatically Delete Trash Content</gui> or "
+"<gui>Automatically Delete Temporary Files</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:62
+msgid ""
+"Set how often you would like your <em>Trash</em> and <em>Temporary Files</"
+"em> to be purged by changing the <gui>Automatically Delete Period</gui> "
+"value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:67
+msgid ""
+"Use the <gui>Empty Trash…</gui> or <gui>Delete Temporary Files…</gui> "
+"buttons to perform these actions immediately."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:73
+msgid ""
+"You can delete files immediately and permanently without using the Trash. "
+"See <link xref=\"files-delete#permanent\"/> for information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your "
+"computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Forhindr andre i at bruge dit skrivebord, når du er væk fra din computer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:38
+msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
+msgstr "Lås din skærm automatisk"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:40
+msgid ""
+"When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen"
+"\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your desktop "
+"and accessing your files. If you sometimes forget to lock your screen, you "
+"may wish to have your computer’s screen lock automatically after a set "
+"period of time. This will help to secure your computer when you aren’t using "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:47
+msgid ""
+"When your screen is locked, your applications and system processes will "
+"continue to run, but you will need to enter your password to begin using "
+"them again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:52
+msgid "To set the length of time before your screen locks automatically:"
+msgstr "Indstil hvor længe der skal gå inden skærmen låses automatisk:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:59
+msgid "Click on <gui>Screen Lock</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Skærmlåsning</gui> for at åbne panelet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:62
+msgid ""
+"Make sure <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a "
+"length of time from the <gui>Automatic Screen Lock Delay</gui> drop-down "
+"list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:68
+msgid ""
+"Applications can present notifications to you that are still displayed on "
+"your lock screen. This is convenient, for example, to see if you have any "
+"email without unlocking your screen. If you’re concerned about other people "
+"seeing these notifications, switch <gui>Show Notifications on Lock Screen</"
+"gui> off. For further notification settings, refer to <link xref=\"shell-"
+"notifications\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:75
+msgid ""
+"When your screen is locked, and you want to unlock it, press <key>Esc</key>, "
+"or swipe up from the bottom of the screen with your mouse. Then enter your "
+"password, and press <key>Enter</key> or click <gui>Unlock</gui>. "
+"Alternatively, just start typing your password and the lock curtain will be "
+"automatically raised as you type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:34
+msgid "Take a picture or record a video of what is happening on your screen."
+msgstr "Tag et billede eller optag en video af din skærm."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:38
+msgid "Screenshots and screencasts"
+msgstr "Skærmbilleder og skærmoptagelser"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:40
+msgid ""
+"You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>) or record a "
+"video of what is happening on the screen (a <em>screencast</em>). This is "
+"useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for "
+"example. Screenshots and screencasts are just normal picture and video "
+"files, so you can email them and share them on the web."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:47
+msgid "Take a screenshot"
+msgstr "Tag et skærmbillede"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Open <app>Screenshot</app> from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
+"\">Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <app>Skærmbillede</app> fra <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
+"\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:55
+msgid ""
+"In the <app>Screenshot</app> window, select whether to grab the whole "
+"screen, the current window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you "
+"need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. "
+"Then choose any effects you want."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:61
+msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Gem skærmbillede</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:62
+msgid ""
+"If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the pointer changes into a "
+"crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:67
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window, enter a file name and choose a "
+"folder, then click <gui>Save</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Indtast et filnavn og vælg en mappe i vinduet <gui>Gem skærmbillede</gui>, "
+"og klik så på <gui>Gem</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:69
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, import the screenshot directly into an image-editing "
+"application without saving it first. Click <gui>Copy to Clipboard</gui> then "
+"paste the image in the other application, or drag the screenshot thumbnail "
+"to the application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:77
+msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"
+msgstr "Tastaturgenveje"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:79
+msgid ""
+"Quickly take a screenshot of the desktop, a window, or an area at any time "
+"using these global keyboard shortcuts:"
+msgstr ""
+"Tag hurtigt et skærmbillede af skrivebordet, et vindue eller et område når "
+"som helst med følgende globale tastaturgenveje:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:84
+msgid "<key>Prt Scrn</key> to take a screenshot of the desktop."
+msgstr "<key>Prt Scrn</key> for at tage et skærmbillede af skrivebordet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:87
+msgid ""
+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of a "
+"window."
+msgstr ""
+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> for at tage et "
+"skærmbillede af et vindue."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:91
+msgid ""
+"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of "
+"an area you select."
+msgstr ""
+"<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> for at tage et "
+"skærmbillede af et område, du har markeret."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:96
+msgid ""
+"When you use a keyboard shortcut, the image is automatically saved in your "
+"<file>Pictures</file> folder in your home folder with a file name that "
+"begins with <file>Screenshot</file> and includes the date and time it was "
+"taken."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:101
+msgid ""
+"If you do not have a <file>Pictures</file> folder, the images will be saved "
+"in your home folder instead."
+msgstr ""
+"Har du ikke en <file>Billeder</file>-mappe, så gemmes billederne i stedet i "
+"din hjemmemappe."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:104
+msgid ""
+"You can also hold down <key>Ctrl</key> with any of the above shortcuts to "
+"copy the screenshot image to the clipboard instead of saving it."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan også holde <key>Ctrl</key> nede med genvejene ovenfor for at kopiere "
+"skærmbilledet til udklipsholderen i stedet for at gemme det."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:111
+msgid "Make a screencast"
+msgstr "Lav en skærmoptagelse"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:113
+msgid "You can make a video recording of what is happening on your screen:"
+msgstr "Du kan lave en videooptagelse af din skærm:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:117
+msgid ""
+"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></"
+"keyseq> to start recording what is on your screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Tryk på <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Skift</key><key>R</key></"
+"keyseq> for at starte optagelsen af din skærm."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:120
+msgid ""
+"A red circle is displayed in the top right corner of the screen when the "
+"recording is in progress."
+msgstr ""
+"Der vises en rød cirkel i øverste højre hjørne af skærmen når optagelsen er "
+"i gang."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:124
+msgid ""
+"Once you have finished, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</"
+"key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq> again to stop the recording."
+msgstr ""
+"Når du er færdig så tryk på <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Skift</"
+"key><key>R</key></keyseq> igen for at stoppe optagelsen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:129
+msgid ""
+"The video is automatically saved in your <file>Videos</file> folder in your "
+"home folder, with a file name that starts with <file>Screencast</file> and "
+"includes the date and time it was taken."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:136
+msgid ""
+"If you do not have a <file>Videos</file> folder, the videos will be saved in "
+"your home folder instead."
+msgstr ""
+"Har du ikke en <file>Videoer</file>-mappe, så gemmes videoerne i stedet i "
+"din hjemmemappe."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:36
+msgid ""
+"You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner instead "
+"of typing in your password."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan logge ind på dit system med en understøttet fingeraftryksskanner i "
+"stedet for at skrive din adgangskode."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40
+msgid "Log in with a fingerprint"
+msgstr "Log ind med et fingeraftryk"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:42
+msgid ""
+"If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your "
+"fingerprint and use it to log in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:46
+msgid "Record a fingerprint"
+msgstr "Optag et fingeraftryk"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Before you can log in with your fingerprint, you need to record it so that "
+"the system can use it to identify you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:52
+msgid ""
+"If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your "
+"fingerprint. If this happens, moisten your finger slightly, dry it with a "
+"clean, lint-free cloth, and retry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:57 C/user-changepassword.page:65
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:41
+msgid ""
+"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
+"to edit user accounts other than your own."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:62 C/user-add.page:47 C/user-admin-change.page:42
+#: C/user-autologin.page:33 C/user-changepassword.page:70
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:46 C/user-delete.page:53
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Users</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Brugere</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66 C/user-add.page:51
+msgid "Click on <gui>Users</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:69
+msgid ""
+"Press on <gui>Disabled</gui>, next to <gui>Fingerprint Login</gui> to add a "
+"fingerprint for the selected account. If you are adding the fingerprint for "
+"a different user, you will first need to <gui>Unlock</gui> the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:75
+msgid ""
+"Select the finger that you want to use for the fingerprint, then <gui style="
+"\"button\">Next</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:79
+msgid ""
+"Follow the instructions in the dialog and swipe your finger at a "
+"<em>moderate speed</em> over your fingerprint reader. Once the computer has "
+"a good record of your fingerprint, you will see a <gui>Done!</gui> message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:85
+msgid ""
+"Select <gui>Next</gui>. You will see a confirmation message that your "
+"fingerprint was saved successfully. Select <gui>Close</gui> to finish."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:94
+msgid "Check that your fingerprint works"
+msgstr "Tjek at dit fingeraftryk virker"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:96
+msgid ""
+"Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a "
+"fingerprint, you still have the option to log in with your password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:101
+msgid ""
+"Save any open work, and then <link xref=\"shell-exit#logout\">log out</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:105
+msgid ""
+"At the login screen, select your name from the list. The password entry form "
+"will appear."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:109
+msgid ""
+"Instead of typing your password, you should be able to swipe your finger on "
+"the fingerprint reader."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/session-formats.page:25
+msgid ""
+"Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement."
+msgstr ""
+"Vælg en region som skal bruges til dato og klokkeslæt, tal, valuta og måling."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/session-formats.page:29
+msgid "Change date and measurement formats"
+msgstr "Skift formater for dato og måling"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/session-formats.page:31
+msgid ""
+"You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, "
+"currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-formats.page:36 C/session-language.page:49
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Region & Language</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Region & sprog</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-formats.page:40 C/session-language.page:53
+msgid "Click on <gui>Region & Language</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-formats.page:43
+msgid "Click <gui>Formats</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/span
+#: C/session-formats.page:48 C/session-language.page:61
+msgid "…"
+msgstr "…"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-formats.page:46
+msgid ""
+"Select the region and language that most closely matches the formats you "
+"would like to use. If your region and language are not listed, click <gui><_:"
+"media-1/></gui> at the bottom of the list to select from all available "
+"regions and languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-formats.page:53 C/session-language.page:66
+msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui> to save."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-formats.page:56 C/session-language.page:69
+msgid ""
+"Respond to the prompt, <gui>Your session needs to be restarted for changes "
+"to take effect</gui> by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Restart Now</gui>, or "
+"click <gui style=\"button\">×</gui> to restart later."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/session-formats.page:63
+msgid ""
+"After you have selected a region, the area to the right of the list shows "
+"various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown "
+"in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in "
+"calendars."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/session-language.page:32
+msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
+msgstr "Skift til et andet sprog for brugerflade og hjælpetekst."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/session-language.page:36
+msgid "Change which language you use"
+msgstr "Vælg sprog"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/session-language.page:44
+msgid ""
+"You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, "
+"provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-language.page:56
+msgid "Click <gui>Language</gui>."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Sprog</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-language.page:59
+msgid ""
+"Select your desired region and language. If your region and language are not "
+"listed, click <gui><_:media-1/></gui> at the bottom of the list to select "
+"from all available regions and languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/session-language.page:76
+msgid ""
+"Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not "
+"support your language at all. Any untranslated text will appear in the "
+"language in which the software was originally developed, usually American "
+"English."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/session-language.page:81
+msgid ""
+"There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can "
+"store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard "
+"names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if "
+"you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected "
+"language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should "
+"update the folder names."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Privacy</gui> "
+"settings."
+msgstr ""
+"Vælg hvor længe der skal ventes inden skærmen låses i <gui>Privatliv</gui>-"
+"indstillingerne."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:35
+msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
+msgstr "Skærmen låser sig selv for hurtigt"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37
+msgid ""
+"If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically "
+"lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This "
+"is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with your work if you leave "
+"the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself "
+"too quickly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:43
+msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:"
+msgstr "Vent længere tid inden skærmen låses automatisk:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:55
+msgid "Press on <gui>Screen Lock</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:58
+msgid ""
+"If <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is on, you can change the value in the "
+"<gui>Lock screen after blank for</gui> drop-down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:64
+msgid ""
+"If you don’t ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch the "
+"<gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> switch to off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sharing.page:11
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
+"share\">Share files by email</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Media "
+"sharing</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Skrivebordsdeling</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
+"share\">Del filer via e-mail</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media"
+"\">Mediedeling</link> …"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sharing.page:25
+msgid "Sharing"
+msgstr "Deling"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:25
+msgid "2014-2015"
+msgstr "2014-2015"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:30
+msgid "Allow files to be uploaded to your computer over Bluetooth."
+msgstr "Tillad upload af filer til din computer via Bluetooth."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:33
+msgid "Control sharing over Bluetooth"
+msgstr "Styr deling via Bluetooth"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:35
+msgid ""
+"You can enable <gui>Bluetooth</gui> sharing to receive files over Bluetooth "
+"in the <file>Downloads</file> folder"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:39
+msgid "Allow files to be shared into your <file>Downloads</file> folder"
+msgstr "Tillad deling af filer i din <file>Hentet</file>-mappe"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"><gui>Bluetooth</gui> is "
+"switched on</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Bluetooth-enabled devices can send files to your <file>Downloads</file> "
+"folder only when the <gui>Bluetooth</gui> panel is open."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:29
+msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
+msgstr "Lad andre personer se og interagere med dit skrivebord med VNC."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:32
+msgid "Share your desktop"
+msgstr "Del dit skrivebord"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:44
+msgid ""
+"You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer "
+"with a desktop viewing application. Configure <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to "
+"allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:50
+msgid ""
+"You must have the <app>Vino</app> package installed for <gui>Screen Sharing</"
+"gui> to be visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:55
+msgid "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Install Vino</link>"
+msgstr "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Installér Vino</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:69 C/sharing-desktop.page:161
+msgid "Click on <gui>Sharing</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Deling</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne panelet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:72
+msgid ""
+"If the <gui>Sharing</gui> switch at the top-right of the window is set to "
+"off, switch it to on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:75 C/sharing-media.page:66 C/sharing-personal.page:75
+msgid ""
+"If the text below <gui>Computer Name</gui> allows you to edit it, you can "
+"<link xref=\"sharing-displayname\">change</link> the name your computer "
+"displays on the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:80
+msgid "Select <gui>Screen Sharing</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:83
+msgid ""
+"To let others view your desktop, switch the <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> switch "
+"to on. This means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to "
+"your computer and view what’s on your screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:88
+msgid ""
+"To let others interact with your desktop, ensure that <gui>Allow connections "
+"to control the screen</gui> is checked. This may allow the other person to "
+"move your mouse, run applications, and browse files on your computer, "
+"depending on the security settings which you are currently using."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:97 C/sharing-personal.page:95
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "Sikkerhed"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:99
+msgid ""
+"It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security "
+"option means before changing it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:104
+msgid "New connections must ask for access"
+msgstr "Nye forbindelser skal spørge om adgang"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:105
+msgid ""
+"If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your "
+"desktop, enable <gui>New connections must ask for access</gui>. If you "
+"disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow someone "
+"to connect to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:110
+msgid "This option is enabled by default."
+msgstr "Valgmuligheden er aktiveret som standard."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:114
+msgid "Require a Password"
+msgstr "Kræv en adgangskode"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:115
+msgid ""
+"To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, "
+"enable <gui>Require a Password</gui>. If you do not use this option, anyone "
+"can attempt to view your desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:119 C/sharing-personal.page:105
+msgid ""
+"This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a "
+"secure password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:140 C/sharing-media.page:93
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:113
+msgid "Networks"
+msgstr "Netværk"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:142
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>Networks</gui> section lists the networks to which you are "
+"currently connected. Use the switch next to each to choose where your "
+"desktop can be shared."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:148
+msgid "Stop sharing your desktop"
+msgstr "Stop deling af dit skrivebord"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:150
+msgid "To disconnect someone who is viewing your desktop:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:164
+msgid "<gui>Screen Sharing</gui> will show as <gui>Active</gui>. Click on it."
+msgstr "<gui>Skærmdeling</gui> vises som <gui>Aktiv</gui>. Klik på den."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:168
+msgid "Toggle the switch at the top to off."
+msgstr "Sluk for kontakten øverst."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sharing-displayname.page:20
+msgid "Control how your computer will appear to other computers or devices."
+msgstr "Styr hvordan andre computere eller enheder ser din computer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sharing-displayname.page:24
+msgid "Set the display name for your computer"
+msgstr "Indstil navnet som vises for computeren"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sharing-displayname.page:26
+msgid ""
+"You can change the name your computer uses to display itself to other "
+"computers or devices, on the network or over Bluetooth."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/sharing-displayname.page:30
+msgid "Change the display name of your computer:"
+msgstr "Skift navnet som vises for din computer:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-displayname.page:32 C/sharing-media.page:56
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:65
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Sharing</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Deling</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-displayname.page:36 C/sharing-media.page:60
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:69
+msgid "Click on <gui>Sharing</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-displayname.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Edit the text below <gui>Computer Name</gui> to change the name your "
+"computer displays on the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sharing-media.page:23
+msgid "Share media on your local network using UPnP."
+msgstr "Del medier på dit lokale netværk med UPnP."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sharing-media.page:26
+msgid "Share your music, photos and videos"
+msgstr "Del din musik, billeder og videoer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sharing-media.page:38
+msgid ""
+"You can browse, search and play the media on your computer using a "
+"<sys>UPnP</sys> or <sys>DLNA</sys> enabled device such as a phone, TV or "
+"game console. Configure <gui>Media Sharing</gui> to allow these devices to "
+"access the folders containing your music, photos and videos."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/sharing-media.page:44
+msgid ""
+"You must have the <app>Rygel</app> package installed for <gui>Media Sharing</"
+"gui> to be visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/sharing-media.page:49
+msgid "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Install Rygel</link>"
+msgstr "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Installér Rygel</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-media.page:63 C/sharing-personal.page:72
+msgid ""
+"If the <gui>Sharing</gui> switch in the top-right of the window is set to "
+"off, switch it to on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-media.page:71
+msgid "Select <gui>Media Sharing</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-media.page:74
+msgid "Switch the <gui>Media Sharing</gui> switch to on."
+msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Mediedeling</gui>-kontakten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-media.page:77
+msgid ""
+"By default, <file>Music</file>, <file>Pictures</file> and <file>Videos</"
+"file> are shared. To remove one of these, click the <gui>×</gui> next to the "
+"folder name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-media.page:82
+msgid ""
+"To add another folder, click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> to open the "
+"<gui>Choose a folder</gui> window. Navigate <em>into</em> the desired folder "
+"and click <gui style=\"button\">Open</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-media.page:87
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui style=\"button\">×</gui>. You will now be able to browse or play "
+"media in the folders you selected using the external device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sharing-media.page:95
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>Networks</gui> section lists the networks to which you are "
+"currently connected. Use the switch next to each to choose where your media "
+"can be shared."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:23
+msgid "Let other people access files in your <file>Public</file> folder."
+msgstr ""
+"Lad andre personer få adgang til filer i din <file>Offentligt</file>-mappe."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:27
+msgid "Share your personal files"
+msgstr "Del dine personlige filer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:45
+msgid ""
+"You can allow access to the <file>Public</file> folder in your <file>Home</"
+"file> folder from another computer on the network. Configure <gui>Personal "
+"File Sharing</gui> to allow others to access the contents of the folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:51
+msgid ""
+"You must have the <app>gnome-user-share</app> package installed for "
+"<gui>Personal File Sharing</gui> to be visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:56
+msgid ""
+"<link action=\"install:gnome-user-share\" style=\"button\">Install gnome-"
+"user-share</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<link action=\"install:gnome-user-share\" style=\"button\">Installér gnome-"
+"user-share</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:80
+msgid "Select <gui>Personal File Sharing</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:83
+msgid ""
+"Switch the <gui>Personal File Sharing</gui> switch to on. This means that "
+"other people on your current network will be able to attempt to connect to "
+"your computer and access files in your <file>Public</file> folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:88
+msgid ""
+"A <em>URI</em> is displayed by which your <file>Public</file> folder can be "
+"accessed from other computers on the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:99
+msgid "Require Password"
+msgstr "Kræv adgangskode"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:100
+msgid ""
+"To require other people to use a password when accessing your <file>Public</"
+"file> folder, switch the <gui>Require Password</gui> switch to on. If you do "
+"not use this option, anyone can attempt to view your <file>Public</file> "
+"folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:115
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>Networks</gui> section lists the networks to which you are "
+"currently connected. Use the switch next to each to choose where your "
+"personal files can be shared."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:14
+msgid "Aruna Sankaranarayanan"
+msgstr "Aruna Sankaranarayanan"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:22
+msgid "Use <app>Tweaks</app> to start applications automatically on login."
+msgstr ""
+"Brug <app>Tilpasninger</app> til at starte programmer automatisk når der "
+"logges ind."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:26
+msgid "Have applications start automatically on log in"
+msgstr "Få programmer til at starte automatisk når der logges ind"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:28
+msgid ""
+"When you log in, your computer automatically starts some applications and "
+"runs them in the background. These are usually important programs that help "
+"your desktop session to run smoothly."
+msgstr ""
+"Når du logger ind, så starter din computer automatisk nogle programmer og "
+"kører dem i baggrunden. Det er gerne vigtige programmer der hjælper din "
+"skrivebordssession med at køre godt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:32
+msgid ""
+"You can use the <app>Tweaks</app> application to add other applications that "
+"you use frequently, such as web browsers or editors, to the list of programs "
+"that start automatically on login."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan bruge programmet <app>Tilpasninger</app> til at tilføje andre "
+"programmer som du ofte bruger såsom webbrowsere eller redigeringsprogrammer, "
+"til listen over programmer som starter automatisk når der logges ind."
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:46
+msgid "To start an application automatically on login:"
+msgstr "Start automatisk et program når der logges ind:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:55
+msgid "Click the <gui>Startup Applications</gui> tab."
+msgstr "Klik på fanebladet <gui>Opstartsprogrammer</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:58
+msgid ""
+"Click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button to get a list of available "
+"applications."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på knappen <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> for at få en liste over "
+"tilgængelige programmer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:62
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui> to add an application of your choice "
+"to the list."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på <gui style=\"button\">Tilføj</gui> for at tilføje et program efter "
+"eget valg til listen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:68
+msgid ""
+"You can remove an application from the list by clicking the <gui style="
+"\"button\">Remove</gui> button next to the application."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan fjerne et program fra listen ved at klikke på knappen <gui style="
+"\"button\">Fjern</gui> ved siden af programmet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:29
+msgid "Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash."
+msgstr "Tilføj (eller fjern) programikoner som ofte bruges i favoritområdet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32
+msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the dash"
+msgstr "Fastgør dine favoritprogrammer til favoritområdet"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34
+msgid ""
+"To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
+"\">dash</link> for easy access:"
+msgstr ""
+"Tilføj et program til <link xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
+"\">favoritområdet</link> for let adgang:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview by clicking <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen"
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"ved at klikke på <gui>Aktiviteter</gui> øverst til venstre på skærmen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:42
+msgid ""
+"Click the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Applications</gui> "
+"menu at the top left of the screen and choose the <gui>Activities Overview</"
+"gui> item from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Programmer</gui>-menuen "
+"øverst til venstre på skærmen og vælg <gui>Aktivitetsoversigt</gui> fra "
+"menuen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Click the grid button in the dash and find the application you want to add."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på gitterknappen i favoritområdet og find det program, du vil tilføje."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the application icon and select <gui>Add to Favorites</gui>."
+msgstr "Højreklik på programikonet og vælg <gui>Føj til favoritter</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:53
+msgid "Alternatively, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
+msgstr "Alternativt kan du klikke-og-trække ikonet til favoritområdet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:57
+msgid ""
+"To remove an application icon from the dash, right-click the application "
+"icon and select <gui>Remove from Favorites</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"For at fjerne et programikon fra favoritområdet skal du højreklikke på "
+"programikonet og vælge <gui>Fjern fra favoritter</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:60
+msgid ""
+"Favorite applications also appear in the <gui>Favorites</gui> section of the "
+"<gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Applications</gui> menu."
+msgstr ""
+"Favoritprogrammer vises også i afsnittet <gui>Favoritter</gui> i <gui xref="
+"\"shell-introduction#activities\">Programmer</gui>-menuen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:28
+msgid "Launch apps from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr "Start programmer fra <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:31
+msgid "Start applications"
+msgstr "Start programmer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left "
+"of the screen to show the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
+"\">Activities</gui> overview. This is where you can find all of your "
+"applications. You can also open the overview by pressing the <key xref="
+"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
+msgstr ""
+"Flyt din musemarkør til hjørnet med <gui>Aktiviteter</gui> øverst til "
+"venstre på skærmen for at vise <gui xref=\"shell-"
+"introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>. Her finder du alle dine "
+"programmer. Du kan også åbne oversigten ved at trykke på <key xref"
+"=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>-tasten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:47
+msgid ""
+"You can start applications from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
+"\">Applications</gui> menu at the top left of the screen, or you can use the "
+"<gui>Activities</gui> overview by pressing the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super"
+"\">Super</key> key."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starte programmer fra <gui xref=\"shell-"
+"introduction#activities\">Programmer</gui>-menuen øverst til venstre på "
+"skærmen, eller du kan bruge <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> ved at trykke på "
+"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>-tasten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:52
+msgid ""
+"There are several ways of opening an application once you’re in the "
+"<gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
+msgstr ""
+"Der er flere måder hvorpå du kan åbne et program fra "
+"<gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:57
+msgid ""
+"Start typing the name of an application — searching begins instantly. (If "
+"this doesn’t happen, click the search bar at the top of the screen and start "
+"typing.) If you don’t know the exact name of an application, try to type an "
+"related term. Click the application’s icon to start it."
+msgstr ""
+"Begynd at skrive navnet på et program — søgningen starter med det samme "
+"(sker det ikke, så klik på søgelinjen øverst på skærmen og begynd at "
+"skrive). Kender du ikke det præcise navn på et program, så prøv at skrive "
+"relaterede termer. Klik på programmets ikon for at starte det."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:63
+msgid ""
+"Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of "
+"icons on the left-hand side of the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Click one "
+"of these to start the corresponding application."
+msgstr ""
+"Nogle programmer har ikoner i <em>favoritområdet</em> (den lodrette stribe "
+"ikoner til venstre i <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>). Klik på et af "
+"dem for at starte det tilhørende program."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:66
+msgid ""
+"If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can <link xref="
+"\"shell-apps-favorites\">add them to the dash</link> yourself."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du har programmer som du bruger meget tit, så kan du selv <link xref="
+"\"shell-apps-favorites\">tilføje dem i favoritområdet</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:71
+msgid ""
+"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash. You will see the frequently "
+"used applications if the <gui style=\"button\">Frequent</gui> view is "
+"enabled. If you want to run a new application, press the <gui style=\"button"
+"\">All</gui> button at the bottom to view all the applications. Press on the "
+"application to start it."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på gitterknappen nederst i favoritområdet. Du ser de programmer der "
+"bruges mest hvis visningen <gui style=\"button\">Ofte</gui> er aktiveret. "
+"Hvis du vil køre et nyt program, så tryk på <gui style=\"button\">Alle</gui>-"
+"knappen nederst for at vise alle programmerne. Tryk så på programmet for at "
+"starte det."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:78
+msgid ""
+"You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-workspaces"
+"\">workspace</link> by dragging its icon from the dash, and dropping it onto "
+"one of the workspaces on the right-hand side of the screen. The application "
+"will open in the chosen workspace."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starte et program i et separat <link xref=\"shell-workspaces"
+"\">arbejdsområde</link> ved at trække dets ikon fra favoritområdet og slippe "
+"det i et af arbejdsområderne i højre side af skærmen. Programmet åbnes i det "
+"valgte arbejdsområde."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:83
+msgid ""
+"You can launch an application in a <em>new</em> workspace by dragging its "
+"icon to the empty workspace at the bottom of the workspace switcher, or to "
+"the small gap between two workspaces."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starte et program i et <em>nyt</em> arbejdsområde ved at trække dets "
+"ikon til det tomme arbejdsområde nederst i arbejdsområdeskifteren, eller til "
+"det lille mellemrum mellem to arbejdsområder."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:90
+msgid "Quickly running a command"
+msgstr "Kør en kommando hurtigt"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:91
+msgid ""
+"Another way of launching an application is to press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+"key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, enter its <em>command name</em>, and then press "
+"the <key>Enter</key> key."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan også starte et program ved at trykke på <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+"key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, og så indtaste dets <em>kommandonavn</em>, og "
+"herefter trykke på <key>Enter</key>-tasten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:94
+msgid ""
+"For example, to launch <app>Rhythmbox</app>, press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+"key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type ‘<cmd>rhythmbox</cmd>’ (without the "
+"single-quotes). The name of the app is the command to launch the program."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan f.eks. starte <app>Rhythmbox</app> ved at trykke på <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+"key><key>F2</key></keyseq> og skrive “<cmd>rhythmbox</cmd>” (uden "
+"citationstegn). Programmets navn er kommandoen til at starte programmet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:98 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58
+msgid "Use the arrow keys to quickly access previously run commands."
+msgstr ""
+"Brug piletasterne til hurtigt at tilgå kommandoer som blev kørt tidligere."
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/shell-exit.page:28
+msgid "Alexandre Franke"
+msgstr "Alexandre Franke"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/shell-exit.page:36
+msgid "David Faour"
+msgstr "David Faour"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-exit.page:46
+msgid ""
+"Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and "
+"so on."
+msgstr "Læs om at forlade din brugerkonto ved at logge ud, skifte bruger osv."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-exit.page:51
+msgid "Log out, power off or switch users"
+msgstr "Log ud, sluk eller skift bruger"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-exit.page:59
+msgid ""
+"When you have finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it "
+"(to save power), or leave it powered on and log out."
+msgstr ""
+"Når du er færdig med at bruge din computer, så kan du slukke den, sætte den "
+"i hviletilstand (for at spare på strømmen) eller lade den være tændt og "
+"logge ud."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-exit.page:63
+msgid "Log out or switch users"
+msgstr "Log ud eller skift bruger"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-exit.page:65
+msgid ""
+"To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave "
+"yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your "
+"applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it "
+"when you log back in."
+msgstr ""
+"For at lade andre brugere bruge din computer kan du enten logge ud eller "
+"forblive logget ind og bare skifte bruger. Hvis du skifter bruger, så vil "
+"alle dine programmer fortsat køre, og alt vil være som du forlod det, næste "
+"gang du logger ind."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-exit.page:70
+msgid ""
+"To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click the <link xref="
+"\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</link> on the right side of "
+"the top bar, click your name and then choose the correct option."
+msgstr ""
+"For at <gui>logge ud</gui> eller <gui>skifte bruger</gui> skal du klikke på "
+"<link xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">systemmenuen</link> i højre "
+"side af toplinjen, og herefter klikke på dit navn og vælge den korrekte "
+"valgmulighed."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/shell-exit.page:75
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>Log Out</gui> and <gui>Switch User</gui> entries only appear in the "
+"menu if you have more than one user account on your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Punkterne <gui>Log ud</gui> og <gui>Skift bruger</gui> vises kun i menuen, "
+"hvis der er mere end én brugerkonto på dit system."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/shell-exit.page:80
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>Switch User</gui> entry only appears in the menu if you have more "
+"than one user account on your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Punktet <gui>Skift bruger</gui> vises kun i menuen, hvis der er mere end én "
+"brugerkonto på dit system."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-exit.page:91
+msgid "Lock the screen"
+msgstr "Lås skærmen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-exit.page:93
+msgid ""
+"If you’re leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your "
+"screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running "
+"applications. When you return, you will see the <link xref=\"shell-lockscreen"
+"\">lock screen</link>. Enter your password to log back in. If you don’t lock "
+"your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain amount of time."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du forlader din computer i et stykke tid, så bør du låse skærmen for at "
+"forhindre andre i at få adgang til dine filer og køre programmer. Når du vender "
+"tilbage ses <link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">låseskærmen</link>. Indtast din "
+"adgangskode for at logge ind igen. Hvis du undlader at låse skærmen, så "
+"låses den automatisk efter et stykke tid."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-exit.page:100
+msgid ""
+"To lock your screen, click the system menu on the right side of the top bar "
+"and select <gui>Lock</gui> from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+"For at låse din skærm skal du klikke på systemmenuen i højre side af "
+"toplinjen og vælge <gui>Lås</gui> i menuen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-exit.page:103
+msgid ""
+"When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by "
+"clicking <gui>Log in as another user</gui> at the bottom right of the login "
+"screen. You can switch back to your desktop when they are finished."
+msgstr ""
+"Når din skærm er låst, kan andre brugere logge ind på deres egne konti ved "
+"at klikke på <gui>Log ind som en anden bruger</gui> nederst til højre på "
+"loginskærmen. Du kan skifte tilbage til dit skrivebord når de er færdige."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-exit.page:114
+msgid "Suspend"
+msgstr "Hviletilstand"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-exit.page:116
+msgid ""
+"To save power, suspend your computer when you are not using it. If you use a "
+"laptop, the system, by default, suspends your computer automatically when "
+"you close the lid. This saves your state to your computer’s memory and "
+"powers off most of the computer’s functions. A very small amount of power is "
+"still used during suspend."
+msgstr ""
+"For at spare på strømmen kan du sætte din computer i hviletilstand når du "
+"ikke bruger den. Hvis du bruger en bærbar computer, så sætter systemet "
+"automatisk din computer i hviletilstand når du lukker låget som standard. Det gemmer "
+"tilstanden i din computers hukommelse og slukker for de fleste af "
+"computerens funktioner. Der bruges fortsat en lille mængde strøm i "
+"hviletilstand."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-exit.page:123
+msgid ""
+"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu on the right side "
+"of the top bar, expand <gui>Power Off / Log Out</gui>, and select "
+"<gui>Suspend</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"For at sætte din computer i hviletilstand manuelt kan du klikke på "
+"systemmenuen i højre side af toplinjen, udfolde <gui>Sluk/log ud</gui> og "
+"vælge <gui>Hviletilstand</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-exit.page:134
+msgid "Power off or restart"
+msgstr "Sluk eller genstart"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-exit.page:136
+msgid ""
+"If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click "
+"the system menu on the right side of the top bar, expand <gui>Power Off / "
+"Log Out</gui>, and select <gui>Power Off…</gui>. A dialog will open offering "
+"you the options to either <gui>Restart</gui> or <gui>Power Off</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du vil slukke helt for din computer eller foretage en fuld genstart, så "
+"klik på systemmenuen i højre side af toplinjen, udfold <gui>Sluk/log "
+"ud</gui> og vælg <gui>Sluk …</gui>. Der vises en dialog med "
+"<gui>Genstart</gui> og <gui>Sluk</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-exit.page:141
+msgid ""
+"If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or "
+"restart the computer because this will end their sessions. If you are an "
+"administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis der er andre brugere som er logget ind, så vil du måske ikke have "
+"tilladelse til at slukke eller genstarte computeren da det vil afslutte "
+"deres session. Hvis du er en administrativ bruger, så kan du blive spurgt om "
+"din adgangskode for at slukke."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/shell-exit.page:146
+msgid ""
+"You may want to power off your computer if you wish to move it and do not "
+"have a battery, if your battery is low or does not hold charge well. A "
+"powered off computer also uses <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">less energy</"
+"link> than one which is suspended."
+msgstr ""
+"Du vil måske slukke din computer hvis du skal flytte den eller ikke har et "
+"batteri, hvis batteriet er lavt eller har ringe kapacitet. En slukket "
+"computer bruger også <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">mindre energi</link> "
+"end en som er i hviletilstand."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:37
+msgid ""
+"A visual overview of your desktop, the top bar, and the <gui>Activities</"
+"gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+"En visuel oversigt af dit skrivebord, toplinjen og "
+"<gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:41
+msgid "Visual overview of GNOME"
+msgstr "En visuel oversigt af GNOME"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:43
+msgid ""
+"GNOME 3 features a completely reimagined user interface designed to stay out "
+"of your way, minimize distractions, and help you get things done. When you "
+"first log in, you will see an empty desktop and the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+"GNOME 3 har en nytænkt brugerflade som er designet til ikke at være i vejen "
+"for dig, minimere forstyrrelser og hjælpe dig med at få ting gjort. Første "
+"gang du logger ind, vil du se et tomt skrivebord og toplinjen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:49
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' "
+"md5='c1eb78ab31aae0accc432677e42681f0'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:50 C/shell-introduction.page:55
+msgid "GNOME Shell top bar"
+msgstr "Toplinjen i GNOME Shell"
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:54
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' "
+"md5='8eecf39f87d7cda9ee060a108114a624'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:60
+msgid ""
+"The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar "
+"and appointments, and <link xref=\"status-icons\">system properties</link> "
+"like sound, networking, and power. In the system menu in the top bar, you "
+"can change the volume or screen brightness, edit your <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> "
+"connection details, check your battery status, log out or switch users, and "
+"turn off your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Toplinjen giver adgang til dine vinduer og programmer, din kalender og "
+"aftaler, og <link xref=\"status-icons\">systemegenskaber</link> såsom lyd, "
+"netværk og strøm. I systemmenuen på toplinjen kan du ændre lydstyrken eller "
+"lysstyrke for skærmen, redigere detaljerne i din <gui>wi-fi</gui>-forbindelse, "
+"tjekke din batteristatus, logge ud eller skifte bruger og slukke for din "
+"computer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:72
+msgid "<gui>Activities</gui> overview"
+msgstr "<gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:74
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/shell-activities-dash.png' "
+"md5='d82d6f5aab3b20c7d22234b5eeb02dfe'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:75
+msgid "Activities button and Dash"
+msgstr "Knappen Aktiviteter, og favoritområdet"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:78
+msgid ""
+"To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+"button, or just move your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can "
+"also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key on your "
+"keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can "
+"also just start typing to search your applications, files, folders, and the "
+"web."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på knappen <gui>Aktivitetsoversigt</gui> for at få adgang til dine "
+"vinduer og programmer, eller flyt din musemarkør til øverste venstre hjørne. "
+"Du kan også trykke på <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>-tasten på "
+"dit tastatur. Du kan se dine vinduer og programmer i oversigten. Du kan også "
+"bare begynde at skrive for at søge efter dine programmer, filer, mapper og "
+"webbet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:85
+msgid ""
+"To access your windows and applications, click the button at the bottom left "
+"of the screen in the window list. You can also press the <key xref="
+"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to see an overview with live "
+"thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på knappen nederst til venstre på skærmen i vindueslisten, for at få "
+"adgang til dine vinduer og programmer. Du kan også trykke på <key xref"
+"=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>-tasten for at se en oversigt med live-"
+"miniaturer over alle vinduerne i det nuværende arbejdsområde."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:90
+msgid ""
+"On the left of the overview, you will find the <em>dash</em>. The dash shows "
+"you your favorite and running applications. Click any icon in the dash to "
+"open that application; if the application is already running, it will have a "
+"small dot below its icon. Clicking its icon will bring up the most recently "
+"used window. You can also drag the icon to the overview, or onto any "
+"workspace on the right."
+msgstr ""
+"I venstre side af oversigten finder du <em>favoritområdet</em>. "
+"Favoritområdet viser dine favoritprogrammer og programmer som kører. Klik på "
+"et ikon i favoritområdet for at åbne programmet; hvis det kører i forvejen, "
+"så er der en lille prik under ikonet. Når der klikkes på dets ikon vises "
+"det vindue som sidst blev brugt. Du kan også trække ikonet til oversigten eller "
+"hen til et arbejdsområde til højre."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:97
+msgid ""
+"Right-clicking the icon displays a menu that allows you to pick any window "
+"in a running application, or to open a new window. You can also click the "
+"icon while holding down <key>Ctrl</key> to open a new window."
+msgstr ""
+"Når der højreklikkes på ikonet, så vises en menu som giver dig mulighed for "
+"at vælge et vindue i et program som kører, eller at åbne et nyt vindue. Du "
+"kan også klikke på ikonet mens du holder <key>Ctrl</key> nede, for at åbne "
+"et nyt vindue."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:101
+msgid ""
+"When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. "
+"This shows you live thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace."
+msgstr ""
+"Når du træder ind i oversigten, så møder du først vinduesoversigten. Her "
+"vises live-miniaturer over alle vinduerne i det nuværende arbejdsområde."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:105
+msgid ""
+"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to display the applications "
+"overview. This shows you all the applications installed on your computer. "
+"Click any application to run it, or drag an application to the overview or "
+"onto a workspace thumbnail. You can also drag an application onto the dash "
+"to make it a favorite. Your favorite applications stay in the dash even when "
+"they’re not running, so you can access them quickly."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på gitterknappen nederst i favoritområdet for at vise "
+"programoversigten. Her vises alle de programmer som er installeret på din "
+"computer. Klik på et program for at køre det eller træk et program til "
+"oversigten eller hen til en arbejdsområde-miniature. Du kan også trække et "
+"program hen på favoritområdet for at gøre det til en favorit. Dine "
+"favoritprogrammer bliver på favoritområdet selv når de ikke kører, så du "
+"hurtigt kan få adgang til dem."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:114
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Læs mere om at starte programmer.</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:118
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Læs mere om vinduer og arbejdsområder.</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:126
+msgid "Application menu"
+msgstr "Programmenuen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:130
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/shell-appmenu-shell.png' "
+"md5='0e67fd6e4579b0329dbbe561ff0040ef'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:131 C/shell-introduction.page:142
+msgid "App Menu of <app>Terminal</app>"
+msgstr "Programmenuen i <app>Terminal</app>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:133
+msgid ""
+"Application menu, located beside the <gui>Activities</gui> button, shows the "
+"name of the active application alongside with its icon and provides quick "
+"access to windows and details of the application, as well as a quit item."
+msgstr ""
+"Programmenuen findes ved siden af knappen <gui>Aktivitetsoversigt</gui>, og "
+"viser navnet på det aktive program samt dets ikon og giver hurtig adgang til "
+"vinduer og detaljer om programmet samt et afslut-punkt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:141
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/shell-appmenu-classic.png' "
+"md5='53555374277a4c6c76464834ac946bef'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:144
+msgid ""
+"Application menu, located next to the <gui>Applications</gui> and "
+"<gui>Places</gui> menus, shows the name of the active application alongside "
+"with its icon and provides quick access to application preferences or help. "
+"The items that are available in the application menu vary depending on the "
+"application."
+msgstr ""
+"Programmenuen findes ved siden af menuerne <gui>Programmer</gui> og <gui>Steder</"
+"gui>, og viser navnet på det aktive program samt dets ikon. Menuen "
+"giver hurtig adgang til programindstillinger eller hjælp. Punkterne som "
+"findes i programmenuen afhænger af programmet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:155
+msgid "Clock, calendar & appointments"
+msgstr "Uret, kalenderen & aftaler"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:160
+msgid "Clock, calendar, appointments and notifications"
+msgstr "Ur, kalender, aftaler og påmindelser"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:170
+msgid ""
+"Click the clock on the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month "
+"calendar, a list of your upcoming appointments and new notifications. You "
+"can also open the calendar by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></"
+"keyseq>. You can access the date and time settings and open your full "
+"calendar application directly from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på uret på toplinjen for at se den nuværende dato, en månedskalender, "
+"en liste over dine kommende aftaler og nye påmindelser. Du kan også åbne "
+"kalenderen ved at trykke på <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. "
+"Du kan få adgang til indstillingerne for dato og klokkeslæt og åbne dit "
+"kalenderprogram der kan der hele direkte fra menuen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:179
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Learn more about the calendar and appointments."
+"</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Læs mere om kalenderen og aftaler.</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:183
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Learn more about notifications and the "
+"notification list.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Læs mere om påmindelser og "
+"påmindelseslisten.</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:192
+msgid "System menu"
+msgstr "Systemmenu"
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:196
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='33519aabac7189e55d1bd090732d469a'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:197 C/shell-introduction.page:202
+msgid "User menu"
+msgstr "Brugermenu"
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:201
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' "
+"md5='a85e35932532eea59fd6be6cc66ec0d3'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:207
+msgid ""
+"Click the system menu in the top-right corner to manage your system settings "
+"and your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på systemmenuen i øverste højre hjørne for at håndtere dine "
+"systemindstillinger og din computer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:218
+msgid ""
+"When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other "
+"people from using it. You can also quickly switch users without logging out "
+"completely to give somebody else access to the computer, or you can suspend "
+"or power off the computer from the menu. If you have a screen that supports "
+"vertical or horizontal rotation, you can quickly rotate the screen from the "
+"system menu. If your screen does not support rotation, you will not see the "
+"button."
+msgstr ""
+"Når du forlader din computer, så kan du låse din skærm for at forhindre "
+"andre personer i at bruge den. Du kan også hurtigt skifte bruger uden at "
+"logge helt ud for at give en anden person adgang til computeren, eller du "
+"kan sætte computeren i hviletilstand eller slukke for den fra menuen. Hvis "
+"du har en skærm, der understøtter lodret eller vandret drejning, så kan du "
+"hurtigt dreje skærmen fra systemmenuen. Hvis din skærm ikke understøtter "
+"drejning, så kan du ikke se knappen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:228
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Learn more about switching users, logging out, and "
+"turning off your computer.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Læs mere om at skifte bruger, logge ud og slukke for "
+"din computer.</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:235
+msgid "Lock Screen"
+msgstr "Låseskærmen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:237
+msgid ""
+"When you lock your screen, or it locks automatically, the lock screen is "
+"displayed. In addition to protecting your desktop while you’re away from "
+"your computer, the lock screen displays the date and time. It also shows "
+"information about your battery and network status."
+msgstr ""
+"Når du låser din skærm, eller den låses automatisk, så vises låseskærmen. "
+"Udover at beskytte din skærm når du er væk fra din computer, så viser "
+"låseskærmen også dato og klokkeslæt. Den viser også information om dit "
+"batteri og netværksstatus."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:244
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Learn more about the lock screen.</link>"
+msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Læs mere om låseskærmen.</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:252 C/shell-introduction.page:268
+msgid "Window List"
+msgstr "Vindueslisten"
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:256
+msgid ""
+"GNOME features a different approach to switching windows than a permanently "
+"visible window list found in other desktop environments. This lets you focus "
+"on the task at hand without distractions."
+msgstr ""
+"GNOME har en anderledes måde til at skifte vinduer end en vinduesliste som "
+"altid er synlig, som det kendes fra andre skrivebordsmiljøer. Det lader dig "
+"fokusere på den opgave, du er i gang med, uden at der er forstyrrelser."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:261
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Learn more about switching windows.</"
+"link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Læs mere om at skifte vinduer.</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:267
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' "
+"md5='a1a9c3d05c87a8e4028b1f16d79380ed'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:273
+msgid ""
+"At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays the four "
+"workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, select the workspace you "
+"want to use."
+msgstr ""
+"Til højre i vindueslisten viser GNOME de fire arbejdsområder. Skift til et "
+"andet arbejdsområde ved at vælge det arbejdsområde du vil bruge."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:34
+msgid "Get around the desktop using the keyboard."
+msgstr "Find rundt på skrivebordet med tastaturet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:37
+msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
+msgstr "Nyttige tastaturgenveje"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:39
+msgid ""
+"This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use "
+"your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or "
+"pointing device at all, see <link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> for more "
+"information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+"Siden giver en oversigt over tastaturgenveje der kan hjælpe dig til mere "
+"effektivt at bruge dit skrivebord og programmer. Hvis du slet ikke kan bruge "
+"en mus eller pegeenhed så se <link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> for mere "
+"information om at navigere brugerflader kun med tastaturet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:45
+msgid "Getting around the desktop"
+msgstr "Find rundt på skrivebordet"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> eller"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:49
+msgid "<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key"
+msgstr "<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>-tasten"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Switch between the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and desktop. In the "
+"overview, start typing to instantly search your applications, contacts, and "
+"documents."
+msgstr ""
+"Skift mellem <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> og skrivebordet. Begynd at "
+"skrive i oversigten for straks at søge efter dine programmer, kontakter og "
+"dokumenter."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:57
+msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)."
+msgstr "Vis kommandovindue (til hurtigt at køre kommandoer)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:62
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows</"
+"link>. Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Skift hurtigt mellem vinduer</link>. "
+"Hold <key>Skift</key> nede for omvendt rækkefølge."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:66
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>½</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:68
+msgid ""
+"Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected "
+"application after <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+"Skift mellem vinduer fra det samme program eller fra det valgte program "
+"efter <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:70
+msgid ""
+"This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key "
+"is above <key>Tab</key>. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Super</"
+"key> plus the key above <key>Tab</key>."
+msgstr ""
+"Genvejen bruger <key>`</key> på USA-tastaturer, hvor <key>`</key>-tasten er "
+"over <key>Tab</key>. På alle andre tastaturer er genvejen <key>Super</key> "
+"plus tasten over <key>Tab</key>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:78
+msgid ""
+"Switch between windows in the current workspace. Hold down <key>Shift</key> "
+"for reverse order."
+msgstr ""
+"Skift mellem vinduer i det nuværende arbejdsområde. Hold <key>Skift</key> "
+"nede for omvendt rækkefølge."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:86
+msgid ""
+"Give keyboard focus to the top bar. In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, "
+"switch keyboard focus between the top bar, dash, windows overview, "
+"applications list, and search field. Use the arrow keys to navigate."
+msgstr ""
+"Giv tastaturfokus til toplinjen. I <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> skifter "
+"tastaturfokus mellem toplinjen, favoritområdet, vinduesoversigten, "
+"programlisten og søgefeltet. Brug piletasterne til at navigere."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:94
+msgid "Show the list of applications."
+msgstr "Vis listen over programmer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:99
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:104
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Skift mellem arbejdsområder</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:109
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:110
+msgid ""
+"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+"<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:113
+msgid ""
+"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+"<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:115
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a "
+"different workspace</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Flyt det nuværende vindue til et "
+"andet arbejdsområde</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:120
+msgid "Move the current window one monitor to the left."
+msgstr "Flyt det nuværende vindue én skærm til venstre."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:124
+msgid "Move the current window one monitor to the right."
+msgstr "Flyt det nuværende vindue én skærm til højre."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:128
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-exit#logout\">Show the Power Off / Restart dialog</link>."
+msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit#logout\">Vis dialogen sluk/genstart</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:132
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>"
+msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lås skærmen.</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:136
+msgid ""
+"Show <link xref=\"shell-notifications#notificationlist\">the notification "
+"list</link>. Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq> again or "
+"<key>Esc</key> to close."
+msgstr ""
+"Vis <link xref=\"shell-notifications#notificationlist\">påmindelseslisten</"
+"link>. Tryk på <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq> igen eller "
+"<key>Esc</key> for at lukke."
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:143
+msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
+msgstr "Almindelige redigeringsgenveje"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:145
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:146
+msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
+msgstr "Vælg al teksten eller punkterne i en liste."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:149
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:150
+msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
+msgstr ""
+"Klip (fjern) den valgte tekst eller punkter og læg det i udklipsholderen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:153
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:154
+msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
+msgstr "Kopiér den valgte tekst eller punkter til udklipsholderen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:157
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:158
+msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
+msgstr "Indsæt indholdet fra udklipsholderen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:161
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:162
+msgid "Undo the last action."
+msgstr "Fortryd den sidste handling."
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:167
+msgid "Capturing from the screen"
+msgstr "Optag fra skærmen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:169
+msgid "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"
+msgstr "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:170
+msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Tag et skærmbillede.</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:173
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:174
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of a window.</"
+"link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Tag et skærmbillede af et "
+"vindue.</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:178
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:179
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of an area of "
+"the screen.</link> The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to "
+"select an area."
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Tag et skærmbillede af et "
+"område på skærmen</link>. Markøren skifter til et sigtekorn. Klik og træk "
+"for at vælge et område."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:184
+msgid ""
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Skift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:185
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Start and stop screencast "
+"recording.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Start og stop skærmoptagelse.</"
+"link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:21
+msgid "The decorative and functional lock screen conveys useful information."
+msgstr "Den dekorative og funktionelle låseskærm formidler nyttig information."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:25
+msgid "The lock screen"
+msgstr "Låseskærmen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:27
+msgid ""
+"The lock screen means that you can see what is happening while your computer "
+"is locked, and it allows you to get a summary of what has been happening "
+"while you have been away. The lock screen provides useful information:"
+msgstr ""
+"Med låseskærmen kan du se hvad der sker mens din computer er låst og den "
+"giver dig mulighed for at få en oversigt over, hvad der er sket, mens du har "
+"været væk. Låseskærmen giver nyttige informationer:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:34
+msgid "date and time, and certain notifications"
+msgstr "dato og klokkeslæt, samt bestemte påmindelser"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:35
+msgid "battery and network status"
+msgstr "batteri- og netværksstatus"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:41
+msgid ""
+"To unlock your computer, click once with your mouse or touchpad, or press "
+"<key>Esc</key> or <key>Enter</key>. This will reveal the login screen, where "
+"you can enter your password to unlock. Alternatively, just start typing your "
+"password and the login screen will be automatically shown as you type. You "
+"can also switch users at the bottom right of the login screen if your system "
+"is configured for more than one."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik én gang med din mus eller pegeplade, eller tryk på <key>Esc</key> eller "
+"<key>Enter</key> for at låse din computer op. Så vises loginskærmen, hvor "
+"du kan indtaste din adgangskode for at låse op. Eller du kan blot begynde at "
+"skrive din adgangskode, og loginskærmen vises automatisk når du skriver. Du "
+"kan også skifte bruger, nederst til højre på loginskærmen, hvis dit system "
+"er konfigureret til mere end én bruger."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:49
+msgid ""
+"To hide notifications from the lock screen, see <link xref=\"shell-"
+"notifications#lock-screen-notifications\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Se <link xref=\"shell-notifications#lock-screen-notifications\"/> for at "
+"skjule påmindelser på låseskærmen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:13
+msgid "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
+msgstr "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Messages drop down from the top of the screen telling you when certain "
+"events happen."
+msgstr ""
+"Meddelelser dropper ned øverst på skærmen og fortæller dig når bestemte "
+"hændelser sker."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:35
+msgid "Notifications and the notification list"
+msgstr "Påmindelser og påmindelseslisten"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:38
+msgid "What is a notification?"
+msgstr "Hvad er en påmindelse?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:40
+msgid ""
+"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a "
+"notification will be shown at the top of the screen, or on your lock screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis et program eller en systemkomponent vil have din opmærksomhed, så vises "
+"der en påmindelse øverst på skærmen eller på din låseskærm."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:43
+msgid ""
+"For example, if you get a new chat message or a new email, you will get a "
+"notification informing you. Chat notifications are given special treatment, "
+"and are represented by the individual contacts who sent you the chat "
+"messages."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du f.eks. modtager en chatmeddelelse eller en ny e-mail, så får du "
+"besked med en påmindelse. Chatpåmindelser gives særlig behandling og vises "
+"med de kontakter som sendte chatmeddelelsen til dig."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Other notifications have selectable option buttons. To close one of these "
+"notifications without selecting one of its options, click the close button."
+msgstr ""
+"Andre påmindelser har knapper med valgmuligheder der kan vælges. For at "
+"lukke påmindelserne uden at vælge en valgmulighed kan du klikke på luk-"
+"knappen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:55
+msgid ""
+"Clicking the close button on some notifications dismisses them. Others, like "
+"Rhythmbox or your chat application, will stay hidden in the notification "
+"list."
+msgstr ""
+"Når der klikkes på knappen luk på nogle påmindelser, så lukkes de. Andre "
+"såsom Rhythmbox eller dit chatprogram bliver i påmindelseslisten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:63
+msgid "The notification list"
+msgstr "Påmindelseslisten"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:65
+msgid ""
+"The notification list gives you a way to get back to your notifications when "
+"it is convenient for you. It appears when you click on the clock, or press "
+"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. "
+"The notification list contains all the notifications that you have not acted "
+"upon or that permanently reside in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Påmindelseslisten giver dig en måde til at vende tilbage til dine "
+"påmindelser når det passer dig. Den vises når du klikker på uret eller "
+"trykker på <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
+"super\">Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. Påmindelseslisten indeholder alle "
+"de påmindelser, som du ikke har handlet på, eller som findes permanent i "
+"den."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:72
+msgid ""
+"You can view a notification by clicking on it in the list. You can close the "
+"notification list by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq> "
+"again or <key>Esc</key>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan vise en påmindelse ved at klikke på den i listen. Du kan lukke "
+"påmindelseslisten ved igen at trykke på <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>V</"
+"key></keyseq> eller <key>Esc</key>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:76
+msgid ""
+"Click the <gui>Clear List</gui> button to empty the list of notifications."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på knappen <gui>Ryd liste</gui> for at tømme listen over påmindelser."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:83
+msgid "Hiding notifications"
+msgstr "Skjul påmindelser"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:85
+msgid ""
+"If you are working on something and do not want to be bothered, you can "
+"switch off notifications."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du arbejder på noget og ikke vil forstyrres, så kan du slukke for "
+"påmindelser."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:97 C/shell-notifications.page:133
+msgid "Click on <gui>Notifications</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Påmindelser</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne panelet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:100
+msgid "Switch <gui>Notification Popups</gui> to off."
+msgstr "Sluk for <gui>Pop op'er til påmindelser</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:104
+msgid ""
+"When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the top of the "
+"screen. Notifications will still be available in the notification list when "
+"you display it (by clicking on the clock, or by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</"
+"key><key>V</key></keyseq>), and they will start popping up again when you "
+"switch the switch back to on."
+msgstr ""
+"Når de er slukket, så vil de fleste påmindelser ikke poppe op øverst på "
+"skærmen. Påmindelserne vil stadigvæk findes i påmindelseslisten, når du "
+"viser den (ved at klikke på uret eller ved at trykke på <keyseq><key>Super</"
+"key><key>V</key></keyseq>), og de begynder at poppe op igen, når du tænder "
+"for kontakten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:111
+msgid ""
+"You can also disable or re-enable notifications for individual applications "
+"from the <gui>Notifications</gui> panel."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan også deaktivere eller genaktivere påmindelser for enkelte programmer "
+"fra panelet <gui>Påmindelser</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:118
+msgid "Hiding lock screen notifications"
+msgstr "Skjul påmindelser for låst skærm"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:120
+msgid ""
+"When your screen is locked, notifications appear on the lock screen. You can "
+"configure the lock screen to hide these notifications for privacy reasons."
+msgstr ""
+"Når din skærm er låst vises påmindelser på låseskærmen. Du kan konfigurere "
+"låseskærmen til at skjule påmindelserne af hensyn til privatlivet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:124
+msgid "To switch off notifications when your screen is locked:"
+msgstr "Sluk for påmindelser når din skærm er låst:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:135
+msgid "Switch <gui>Lock Screen Notifications</gui> to off."
+msgstr "Sluk for <gui>Påmindelser for låst skærm</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/shell-overview.page:8
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Desktop"
+msgstr "Skrivebord"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-overview.page:25
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Calendar</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
+"notifications\">notifications</link>, <link xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts"
+"\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"shell-windows\">windows and "
+"workspaces</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Kalender</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
+"notifications\">påmindelser</link>, <link xref=\"shell-keyboard-"
+"shortcuts\">tastaturgenveje</link>, <link xref=\"shell-windows\">vinduer og "
+"arbejdsområder</link> …"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-overview.page:33
+msgid "Your desktop"
+msgstr "Dit skrivebord"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-overview.page:38
+msgid "Customize your desktop"
+msgstr "Tilpas dit skrivebord"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-overview.page:42
+msgid "Applications and windows"
+msgstr "Programmer og vinduer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:23
+msgid "Check the <gui>Activities</gui> overview or other workspaces."
+msgstr "Tjek <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> eller andre arbejdsområder."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:26
+msgid "Find a lost window"
+msgstr "Find et mistet vindue"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:28
+msgid ""
+"A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is "
+"easily found using the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
+"\">Activities</gui> overview:"
+msgstr ""
+"Det er let at finde et vindue på et andet arbejdsområde eller et som er "
+"skjult bag et andet vindue med <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
+"\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. If the missing window is on the "
+"current <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</"
+"link>, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply click the thumbnail to "
+"redisplay the window, or"
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>. Hvis det manglende vindue er på det "
+"nuværende <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces"
+"\">arbejdsområde</link>, bliver det vist her som miniature. Klik blot på "
+"miniaturen for at vise vinduet igen, eller"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Click different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-workspaces\">workspace "
+"selector</link> at the right-hand side of the screen to try to find your "
+"window, or"
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på de forskellige arbejdsområder i <link xref=\"shell-workspaces"
+"\">arbejdsområdevælgeren</link> i højre side af skærmen og prøv om du kan "
+"finde dit vindue, eller"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:46
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the application in the dash and its open windows will be listed. "
+"Click the window in the list to switch to it."
+msgstr ""
+"Højreklik på programmet i favoritområdet for at vise dets åbne vinduer. Klik "
+"på vinduet i listen for at skifte til det."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:57
+msgid "Using the window switcher:"
+msgstr "Med vinduesskifteren:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:61
+msgid ""
+"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></"
+"keyseq> to display the <link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">window "
+"switcher</link>. Continue to hold down the <key>Super</key> key and press "
+"<key>Tab</key> to cycle through the open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</"
+"key><key>Tab</key> </keyseq> to cycle backwards."
+msgstr ""
+"Tryk på <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
+"super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> for at vise <link xref=\"shell-"
+"windows-switching\">vinduesskifteren</link>. Bliv ved med at holde "
+"<key>Super</key>-tasten nede og tryk på <key>Tab</key> for at gennemløbe de "
+"åbne vinduer, eller <keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Tab</key> </keyseq> for at "
+"gennemløbe baglæns."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:69
+msgid ""
+"If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Super</key> and "
+"press <key>`</key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through them."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis programmet har flere åbne vinduer, så hold <key>Super</key> nede og "
+"tryk på <key>½</key> (eller tasten over <key>Tab</key>) for at gennemløbe "
+"dem."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:20
+msgid "Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window."
+msgstr ""
+"Dobbeltklik eller træk en titellinje for at maksimere eller gendanne et "
+"vindue."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:24
+msgid "Maximize and unmaximize a window"
+msgstr "Maksimér og afmaksimér et vindue"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:26
+msgid ""
+"You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and "
+"unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize "
+"windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, so you can "
+"easily look at two windows at once. See <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/> "
+"for details."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan maksimere et vindue for at bruge al pladsen på skrivebordet og "
+"afmaksimere et vindue for at gendanne det til sin normale størrelse. Du kan "
+"også maksimere vinduer lodret langs venstre og højre side af skærmen, så du "
+"let kan kigge på to vinduer på samme tid. Se <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled"
+"\"/> for detaljer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:32
+msgid ""
+"To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the "
+"screen, or just double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the "
+"keyboard, hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
+"press <key>↑</key>, or press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+"For at maksimere et vindue skal du tage fat i titellinjen, og trække det "
+"øverste på skærmen. For at maksimere et vindue med tastaturet skal du holde "
+"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>-tasten nede og trykke på "
+"<key>↑</key>, eller trykke på <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:38
+msgid ""
+"You can also maximize a window by clicking the maximize button in the "
+"titlebar."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan også maksimere et vindue ved at klikke på knappen maksimér på "
+"titellinjen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:41
+msgid ""
+"To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of "
+"the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the "
+"titlebar to restore it. You can also use the same keyboard shortcuts you "
+"used to maximize the window."
+msgstr ""
+"For at gendanne et vindue til sin afmaksimeret størrelse, skal du trække det "
+"væk fra skærmens kanter. Hvis vinduet er fuldt maksimeret kan du "
+"dobbeltklikke på titellinjen for at gendanne det. Du kan også bruge de samme "
+"tastaturgenveje som du brugte til at maksimere vinduet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:47 C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38
+msgid ""
+"Hold down the <key>Super</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it."
+msgstr ""
+"Hold <key>Super</key>-tasten nede og træk, hvor som helst, i vinduet for at "
+"flytte det."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:20
+msgid "Arrange windows in a workspace to help you work more efficiently."
+msgstr "Opstil vinduer i et arbejdsområde så du kan arbejde mere effektivt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:24
+msgid "Move and resize windows"
+msgstr "Flyt og tilpas størrelsen på vinduer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:26
+msgid ""
+"You can move and resize windows to help you work more efficiently. In "
+"addition to the dragging behavior you might expect, the system features "
+"shortcuts and modifiers to help you arrange windows quickly."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan flytte og tilpasse størrelsen på vinduer for at hjælpe dig med at "
+"arbejde mere effektivt. Udover opførslen med at trække, som du måske "
+"forventer, så har systemet genveje og ændringstaster til at hjælpe dig med "
+"at opstille vinduer hurtigt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Move a window by dragging the titlebar, or hold down <key xref=\"keyboard-"
+"key-super\">Super</key> and drag anywhere in the window. Hold down "
+"<key>Shift</key> while moving to snap the window to the edges of the screen "
+"and other windows."
+msgstr ""
+"Flyt et vindue ved at trække titellinjen eller ved at holde <key xref"
+"=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> nede og trække, hvor som helst, i vinduet. "
+"Hold <key>Skift</key> nede mens der flyttes for at fastgøre vinduet til "
+"skærmens kanter og andre vinduer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:38
+msgid ""
+"Resize a window by dragging the edges or corner of the window. Hold down "
+"<key>Shift</key> while resizing to snap the window to the edges of the "
+"screen and other windows."
+msgstr ""
+"Tilpas størrelsen på et vindue ved at trække vinduets kanter eller hjørner. "
+"<key>Skift</key> mens størrelsen tilpasses for at fastgøre vinduet til "
+"skærmens kanter og andre vinduer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:41
+msgid ""
+"You can also resize a maximized window by clicking the maximize button in "
+"the titlebar."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan også tilpasse størrelsen på et maksimeret vindue ved at klikke på "
+"knappen maksimér i titellinjen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Move or resize a window using only the keyboard. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+"key><key>F7</key></keyseq> to move a window or <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+"key><key>F8</key></keyseq> to resize. Use the arrow keys to move or resize, "
+"then press <key>Enter</key> to finish, or press <key>Esc</key> to return to "
+"the original position and size."
+msgstr ""
+"Flyt eller tilpas størrelsen på et vindue kun med tastaturet. Tryk på "
+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq> for at flytte et vindue eller "
+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq> for at tilpasse størrelsen. "
+"Brug piletasterne til at flytte eller tilpasse størrelsen, og tryk herefter "
+"på <key>Enter</key> for at gøre det færdigt, eller tryk på <key>Esc</key> "
+"for at vende tilbage til den oprindelige placering og størrelse."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:52
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize a window</link> by dragging "
+"it to the top of the screen. Drag a window to one side of the screen to "
+"maximize it along the side, allowing you to <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled"
+"\">tile windows side by side</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maksimer et vindue</link> ved at "
+"trække det øverst på skærmen. Træk et vindue til den ene side af skærmen for "
+"at maksimere det langs siden, hvorved du kan <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled"
+"\">fliselægge vinduer ved siden af hinanden</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:27
+msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr "Tryk på <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:30
+msgid "Switch between windows"
+msgstr "Skift mellem vinduer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:37
+msgid ""
+"You can see all the running applications that have a graphical user "
+"interface in the <em>window switcher</em>. This makes switching between "
+"tasks a single-step process and provides a full picture of which "
+"applications are running."
+msgstr ""
+"I <em>vinduesskifteren</em> kan du se alle de kørende programmer, der har en "
+"grafisk brugerflade. Så skal der kun udføres ét trin for at skifte mellem "
+"opgaver, og det giver et fuldt billede af, hvilke programmer som kører."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:42
+msgid "From a workspace:"
+msgstr "Fra et arbejdsområde:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:46
+msgid ""
+"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></"
+"keyseq> to bring up the <gui>window switcher</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tryk på <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
+"super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> for at få "
+"<gui>vinduesskifteren</gui> frem."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Release <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> to select the next "
+"(highlighted) window in the switcher."
+msgstr ""
+"Slip <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> for at vælge det næste "
+"(fremhævede) vindue i skifteren."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55
+msgid ""
+"Otherwise, still holding down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</"
+"key> key, press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the list of open windows, or "
+"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
+msgstr ""
+"Ellers bliv ved med at holde <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
+"super\">Super</key>-tasten nede, tryk på <key>Tab</key> for at gennemløbe "
+"listen over åbne vinduer, eller "
+"<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> for at gennemløbe baglæns."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62
+msgid ""
+"You can also use the window list on the bottom bar to access all your open "
+"windows and switch between them."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan også bruge vindueslisten på bundlinjen for at få adgang til alle dine "
+"åbne vinduer og skifte mellem dem."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66
+msgid ""
+"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of "
+"applications with multiple windows pop down as you click through. Hold down "
+"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> and press <key>`</key> (or the "
+"key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through the list."
+msgstr ""
+"Vinduerne i vinduesskifteren grupperes efter programmer. Forhåndsvisninger "
+"af programmer med flere vinduer popper ned efterhånden som du klikker. Hold "
+"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> nede og tryk på <key>½</key> "
+"(eller tasten over <key>Tab</key>) for at gennemløbe listen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72
+msgid ""
+"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with "
+"the <key>→</key> or <key>←</key> keys, or select one by clicking it with the "
+"mouse."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan også flytte mellem programikonerne i vinduesskifteren med tasterne <key>→</"
+"key> eller <key>←</key> eller vælge et ved at klikke på det med "
+"musen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:76
+msgid ""
+"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the "
+"<key>↓</key> key."
+msgstr ""
+"Forhåndsvisninger af programmer med et enkelt vindue kan vises med <key>↓</"
+"key>-tasten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:79
+msgid ""
+"From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, click on a <link xref=\"shell-"
+"windows\">window</link> to switch to it and leave the overview. If you have "
+"multiple <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspaces</"
+"link> open, you can click on each workspace to view the open windows on each "
+"workspace."
+msgstr ""
+"Fra <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> kan du klikke på et <link xref=\"shell-"
+"windows\">vindue</link> for at skifte til det og forlade oversigten. Hvis du "
+"har flere åbne <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces"
+"\">arbejdsområder</link>, så kan du klikke på et arbejdsområde for at vise "
+"de åbne vinduer på hvert arbejdsområde."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:19
+msgid "Maximize two windows side-by-side."
+msgstr "Maksimer to vinduer side om side."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23
+msgid "Tile windows"
+msgstr "Fliselæg vinduer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:25
+msgid ""
+"You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, "
+"allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan kun maksimere et vindue på den venstre eller højre side af skærmen, "
+"og dermed placere to vinduer side om side, så du hurtigt kan skifte mellem "
+"dem."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:29
+msgid ""
+"To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag "
+"it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using "
+"the keyboard, hold down <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> and "
+"press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> key."
+msgstr ""
+"For at maksimere et vindue langs en af skærmens sider, skal du tage fat i "
+"titellinjen, og trække det til den venstre eller højre side indtil skærmen "
+"fremhæves. Med tastaturet skal du holde <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
+"super\">Super</key> nede og trykke på <key>Venstre</key>- eller "
+"<key>Højre</key>-tasten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:34
+msgid ""
+"To restore a window to its original size, drag it away from the side of the "
+"screen, or use the same keyboard shortcut you used to maximize."
+msgstr ""
+"For at gendanne et vindue til sin oprindelige størrelse, skal du trække det "
+"væk fra skærmens side eller bruge den samme tastaturgenvej som du brugte til "
+"at maksimere."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-windows.page:18
+msgid "Move and organize your windows."
+msgstr "Flyt og organiser dine vinduer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-windows.page:21
+msgid "Windows and workspaces"
+msgstr "Vinduer og arbejdsområder"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Like other desktops, the system uses windows to display your running "
+"applications. Using both the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
+"\">Activities</gui> overview and the <em>dash</em>, you can launch new "
+"applications and control active windows."
+msgstr ""
+"Systemet bruger, ligesom andre skriveborde, vinduer til at vise de "
+"programmer der kører. Du kan med både <gui xref=\"shell-"
+"introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> og "
+"<em>favoritområdet</em> starte nye programmer og styre aktive vinduer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows.page:28
+msgid ""
+"You can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the "
+"window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these "
+"features."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan også gruppere dine programmer i arbejdsområder. Besøg hjælpeemnerne "
+"for vinduer og arbejdsområder nedenfor, for bedre at lære hvordan du bruger "
+"funktionerne."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/shell-windows.page:60
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Windows"
+msgstr "Vinduer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-windows.page:62
+msgid "Working with windows"
+msgstr "Arbejd med vinduer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/shell-windows.page:67
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Workspaces"
+msgstr "Arbejdsområder"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-windows.page:69
+msgid "Working with workspaces"
+msgstr "Arbejd med arbejdsområder"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and drag the window to a different "
+"workspace."
+msgstr ""
+"Gå til <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> og træk vinduet til et andet "
+"arbejdsområde."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35
+msgid "Move a window to a different workspace"
+msgstr "Flyt et vindue til et andet arbejdsområde"
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:40 C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:56
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:31
+msgid "Using the mouse:"
+msgstr "Med musen:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:42
+msgid "Press the button at the bottom left of the screen in the window list."
+msgstr "Tryk på knappen nederst til venstre på skærmen i vindueslisten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:45
+msgid "Click and drag the window towards the bottom right of the screen."
+msgstr "Klik og træk vinduet mod den nederste højre del af skærmen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Drop the window onto one of the workspaces in the <em>workspace selector</"
+"em> at the right-hand side of the window list. This workspace now contains "
+"the window you have dropped."
+msgstr ""
+"Slip vinduet på et af arbejdsområderne i <em>arbejdsområdevælgeren</em> til "
+"højre i vindueslisten. Arbejdsområdet indeholder nu det vindue, du slap."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:58 C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:33
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:62
+msgid "Click and drag the window toward the right of the screen."
+msgstr "Klik og træk vinduet mod den højre del af skærmen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:65
+msgid "The <em xref=\"shell-workspaces\">workspace selector</em> will expand."
+msgstr "<em xref=\"shell-workspaces\">Arbejdsområdevælgeren</em> udfoldes."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:69
+msgid ""
+"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
+"window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace appears at the bottom of "
+"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
+msgstr ""
+"Træk vinduet til et tomt arbejdsområde. Arbejdsområdet indeholder nu det "
+"vindue, du slap, og et nyt arbejdsområde vises nederst i "
+"<em>arbejdsområdevælgeren</em>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#. (itstool) path: list/title
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:78 C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:49
+msgid "Using the keyboard:"
+msgstr "Med tastaturet:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:80
+msgid ""
+"Select the window that you want to move (for example, using the <keyseq><key "
+"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref="
+"\"shell-windows-switching\">window switcher</em>)."
+msgstr ""
+"Vælg vinduet du vil flytte (f.eks. med <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
+"super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref=\"shell-windows-"
+"switching\">vinduesskifteren</em>)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:85
+msgid ""
+"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> to "
+"move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the "
+"<em>workspace selector</em>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tryk på <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Skift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> "
+"for at flytte vinduet til et arbejdsområde, som er ovenover det nuværende "
+"arbejdsområde i <em>arbejdsområdevælgeren</em>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:88
+msgid ""
+"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> "
+"to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on "
+"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tryk på <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Skift</key><key>Page Down</key></"
+"keyseq> for at flytte vinduet til et arbejdsområde, som er nedenunder det "
+"nuværende arbejdsområde i <em>arbejdsområdevælgeren</em>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:91
+msgid ""
+"Press <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</key><key>→</key></"
+"keyseq> to move the window to a workspace which is left of the current "
+"workspace on the <em>workspace selector</em>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tryk på <keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</key><key>→</key></"
+"keyseq> for at flytte vinduet til et arbejdsområde, som er til venstre for "
+"det nuværende arbejdsområde i <em>arbejdsområdevælgeren</em>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:94
+msgid ""
+"Press <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</key><key>←</key></"
+"keyseq> to move the window to a workspace which is right of the current "
+"workspace on the <em>workspace selector</em>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tryk på <keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</key><key>←</key></"
+"keyseq> for at flytte vinduet til et arbejdsområde, som er til højre for det "
+"nuværende arbejdsområde i <em>arbejdsområdevælgeren</em>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:25
+msgid "Use the workspace selector."
+msgstr "Brug arbejdsområdevælgeren."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:28
+msgid "Switch between workspaces"
+msgstr "Skift mellem arbejdsområder"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:35
+msgid ""
+"At the bottom right of the screen, click on one of the four workspaces to "
+"activate the workspace."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på et af de fire arbejdsområder nederst til højre på skærmen for at "
+"aktivere arbejdsområdet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Click on a workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-workspaces\">workspace "
+"selector</link> on the right side of the screen to view the open windows on "
+"that workspace."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på et arbejdsområde i <link xref=\"shell-workspaces"
+"\">arbejdsområdevælgeren</link> i højre side af skærmen for at vise de åbne "
+"vinduer i arbejdsområdet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:44
+msgid "Click on any window thumbnail to activate the workspace."
+msgstr "Klik på en vinduesminiature for at aktivere arbejdsområdet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Page Up</"
+"key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Up</key></keyseq> "
+"to move to the workspace shown above the current workspace in the workspace "
+"selector."
+msgstr ""
+"Tryk på <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Page "
+"Up</key></keyseq> eller "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Op</key></keyseq> for at flytte "
+"til arbejdsområdet som vises ovenover det nuværende arbejdsområde i "
+"arbejdsområdevælgeren."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq> to move to "
+"the workspace shown left of the current workspace on the <em>workspace "
+"selector</em>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tryk på <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq> for at "
+"flytte til det arbejdsområde der vises til venstre for det nuværende "
+"arbejdsområde i <em>arbejdsområdevælgeren</em>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:61
+msgid ""
+"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> or "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Down</key></keyseq> to move to the "
+"workspace shown below the current workspace in the workspace selector."
+msgstr ""
+"Tryk på <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> eller "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Ned</key></keyseq> for at flytte "
+"til arbejdsområdet som vises nedenunder det nuværende arbejdsområde i "
+"arbejdsområdevælgeren."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:64
+msgid ""
+"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq> to move to "
+"the workspace shown right of the current workspace on the <em>workspace "
+"selector</em>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tryk på <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq> for at "
+"flytte til det arbejdsområde der vises til højre for det nuværende "
+"arbejdsområde i <em>arbejdsområdevælgeren</em>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:26
+msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
+msgstr "Arbejdsområder er en måde til at gruppere vinduer på dit skrivebord."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:29
+msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
+msgstr "Hvad er et arbejdsområde og hvordan kan det hjælpe mig?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create "
+"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
+"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
+msgstr ""
+"Arbejdsområder refererer til gruppering af vinduer på dit skrivebord. Du kan "
+"oprette flere arbejdsområder som fungerer som virtuelle skriveborde. "
+"Arbejdsområder er beregnet til at reducere rod og gøre det lettere at finde "
+"rundt på skrivebordet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can use "
+"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
+"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
+msgstr ""
+"Arbejdsområder refererer til gruppering af vinduer på dit skrivebord. Du kan "
+"bruge flere arbejdsområder som fungerer som virtuelle skriveborde. "
+"Arbejdsområder er beregnet til at reducere rod og gøre det lettere at finde "
+"rundt på skrivebordet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46
+msgid ""
+"Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have "
+"all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one "
+"workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music "
+"manager could be on a third workspace."
+msgstr ""
+"Arbejdsområder kan bruges til at organisere dit arbejde. Du kan f.eks. have "
+"alle dine kommunikationsvinduer såsom e-mail- og chatprogrammer på ét "
+"arbejdsområde og dit arbejde på et andet arbejdsområde. Din musiksamling "
+"kunne være på et tredje arbejdsområde."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51
+msgid "Using workspaces:"
+msgstr "Brug af arbejdsområder:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview, move your cursor to the right-most side of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"I <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"skal du flytte markøren til det yderste af skærmens højre side."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58
+msgid ""
+"Click the button at the bottom left of the screen in the window list, or "
+"press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to open the "
+"<gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på knappen nederst til venstre på skærmen i vindueslisten, eller tryk "
+"på <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>-tasten for at åbne "
+"<gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:64
+msgid ""
+"A vertical panel will expand showing workspaces in use, plus an empty "
+"workspace. This is the workspace selector."
+msgstr ""
+"Et lodret panel udfoldes med arbejdsområder som er i brug, plus et tomt "
+"arbejdsområde. Det er arbejdsområdevælgeren."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:67
+msgid ""
+"In the bottom right corner, you see four boxes. This is the workspace "
+"selector."
+msgstr ""
+"I det nederste højre hjørne kan du se fire bokse. Det er "
+"arbejdsområdevælgeren."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:71
+msgid ""
+"To add a workspace, drag and drop a window from an existing workspace onto "
+"the empty workspace in the workspace selector. This workspace now contains "
+"the window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace will appear below it."
+msgstr ""
+"For at tilføje et arbejdsområde skal du trække og slippe et vindue fra et "
+"eksisterende arbejdsområde til det tomme arbejdsområde i "
+"arbejdsområdevælgeren. Arbejdsområdet indeholder nu kun det vindue du "
+"slap, og et nyt arbejdsområde vises nedenunder."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:75
+msgid ""
+"Drag and drop a window from your current workspace onto an empty workspace "
+"in the workspace selector. This workspace now contains the window you have "
+"dropped."
+msgstr ""
+"Træk og slip et vindue fra dit nuværende arbejdsområde til et tomt "
+"arbejdsområde i arbejdsområdevælgeren. Arbejdsområdet indeholder nu kun "
+"det vindue du slap."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:80
+msgid ""
+"To remove a workspace, simply close all of its windows or move them to other "
+"workspaces."
+msgstr ""
+"For at fjerne et arbejdsområde skal du ganske enkelt lukke alle dets vinduer "
+"eller flytte dem til et andet arbejdsområde."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:85
+msgid "There is always at least one workspace."
+msgstr "Der er altid mindst ét arbejdsområde."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sound-alert.page:29
+msgid ""
+"Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable "
+"alert sounds."
+msgstr ""
+"Vælg den lyd som skal afspilles for meddelelser, indstil lydstyrken på "
+"påmindelser, eller deaktivér påmindelseslyde."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sound-alert.page:33
+msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
+msgstr "Vælg eller deaktivér påmindelseslyden"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-alert.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
+"and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert "
+"volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely."
+msgstr ""
+"Din computer afspiller en simpel påmindelseslyd ved bestemte typer meddelelser og "
+"hændelser. Du kan vælge forskellige lydklip til påmindelser, indstille "
+"lydstyrken på påmindelser uafhængigt af dit systems lydstyrke, eller deaktivere "
+"påmindelseslyde helt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-alert.page:42 C/sound-nosound.page:51 C/sound-nosound.page:92
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:55 C/sound-usespeakers.page:60 C/sound-volume.page:61
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Sound</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Lyd</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-alert.page:46 C/sound-nosound.page:55 C/sound-nosound.page:96
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:59 C/sound-usespeakers.page:64 C/sound-volume.page:65
+msgid "Click on <gui>Sound</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Lyd</gui> for at åbne panelet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-alert.page:49
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Alert Sound</gui> section, select an alert sound. Each sound "
+"will play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds."
+msgstr ""
+"Vælg en påmindelseslyd i afsnittet <gui>Påmindelseslyd</gui>. Hver lyd afspilles "
+"når du klikker på dem, så du kan hører hvordan de lyder."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-alert.page:54
+msgid ""
+"Use the volume slider for <gui>System Sounds</gui>in the <gui>Volume Levels</"
+"gui> section to set the volume of the alert sound. This will not affect the "
+"volume of your music, movies, or other sound files."
+msgstr ""
+"Brug lydstyrkeskyderen til <gui>Systemlyde</gui> i afsnittet "
+"<gui>Lydstyrkeniveauer</gui> til at indstille lydstyrken på påmindelseslyden. Det "
+"påvirker ikke lydstyrken på dine musik-, video- og andre lydfiler."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sound-broken.page:20
+msgid ""
+"Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
+msgstr "Fejlsøg problemer såsom manglende lyd eller dårlig lydkvalitet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sound-broken.page:24
+msgid "Sound problems"
+msgstr "Lydproblemer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-broken.page:31
+msgid ""
+"There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. "
+"Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
+msgstr ""
+"Der finder flere måder hvor lydafspilning kan holde op med at virke på din "
+"computer. Hvilket emne nedenfor beskriver bedst det problem du oplever?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:19
+msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
+msgstr "Tjek dine lydkabler og drivere til lydkortet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:22
+msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
+msgstr "Jeg hører knitren eller brummelyd når der afspilles lyde"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:24
+msgid ""
+"If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, "
+"you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem "
+"with the drivers for the sound card."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du hører knitren eller summen når der afspilles lyde på din computer, "
+"så kan det være et problem med lydkablerne eller -forbindelserne, eller et "
+"problem med driverne til dit lydkort."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:30
+msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
+msgstr "Tjek at højttalerne er sat korrekt i."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:31
+msgid ""
+"If the speakers are not fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the "
+"wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis højttalerne ikke er sat helt i eller hvis de er sat i det forkerte "
+"stik, så kan det måske være du hører en summende lyd."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:36
+msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable is not damaged."
+msgstr "Sørg for at kablet til højttalerne/hovedtelefonerne ikke er beskadiget."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the "
+"cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD "
+"player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may "
+"need to replace the cable or headphones."
+msgstr ""
+"Lydkabler og -stik kan slides gradvist efterhånden som de bruges. Prøv "
+"at sætte kablet eller hovedtelefonerne i en anden lydenhed (som en "
+"MP3-afspiller eller en CD-afspiller) for at tjekke om der stadigvæk er en "
+"knitrende lyd. Hvis der er, så kan det være du skal erstatte kablet eller "
+"hovedtelefonerne."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:44
+msgid "Check if the sound drivers are not very good."
+msgstr "Tjek om lyddriverne ikke er særlig gode."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Some sound cards do not work very well on Linux because they do not have "
+"very good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching "
+"for the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search "
+"term “Linux”, to see if other people are having the same problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Nogle lydkort virker ikke særlig godt i Linux fordi deres drivere ikke er så "
+"gode. Problemet er sværre at identificere. Prøv at søge efter lydkortets "
+"producent og model på internettet, plus søgetermen “Linux”, for at se om "
+"andre personer har det samme problem."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:49
+msgid ""
+"You can use the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command to get more information about your "
+"sound card."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan bruge kommandoen <cmd>lspci</cmd> til at få information om dit "
+"lydkort."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:24
+msgid ""
+"Check that the sound is not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and "
+"that the sound card is detected."
+msgstr ""
+"Tjek at lyden ikke er på lydløs, at kablerne er sat ordentligt i og at "
+"lydkortet er registreret."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:28
+msgid "I cannot hear any sounds on the computer"
+msgstr "Jeg kan ikke høre nogen lyd på computeren"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:30
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to "
+"play music, go through the following troubleshooting tips."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du ikke kan høre noget lyd på din computer, f.eks. når du prøver at "
+"afspille musik, så gennemgå følgende fejlsøgningstip."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:34
+msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
+msgstr "Sørg for at lyden ikke er på lydløs"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> and "
+"make sure that the sound is not muted or turned down."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">systemmenuen</gui> og sørg for "
+"at lyden ikke er slået fra eller skruet ned."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards — try pressing "
+"that key to see if it unmutes the sound."
+msgstr ""
+"Nogle bærbare computere har lydløskontakter eller -taster på deres tastaturer — prøv "
+"at trykke på tasten for at se om den slår lyden til."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:42
+msgid ""
+"You should also check that you have not muted the application that you are "
+"using to play sound (for example, your music player or movie player). The "
+"application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check "
+"that."
+msgstr ""
+"Du bør også tjekke at du ikke har sat det program du bruger til at afspille "
+"lyd på lydløs (f.eks. din musikafspiller eller videoafspiller). Programmet "
+"kan have en lydløs- eller lydstyrkeknap i sit hovedvindue, så tjek det."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Also, you can check the <gui>Applications</gui> tab in the <gui>Sound</gui> "
+"GUI:"
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan også tjekke fanebladet <gui>Programmer</gui> i brugerfladen "
+"<gui>Lyd</gui>:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:58
+msgid ""
+"Under <gui>Volume Levels</gui>, check that your application is not muted."
+msgstr ""
+"Tjek at dit program ikke er sat på lydløs under "
+"<gui>Lydstyrkeniveauer</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:66
+msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
+msgstr "Tjek at højttalerne er tændt og tilsluttet korrekt"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:67
+msgid ""
+"If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on "
+"and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is "
+"securely plugged into the “output” audio socket on your computer. This "
+"socket is usually light green in color."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis din computer har eksterne højttalere, så sørg for at de er tændt og at "
+"der er skruet op for lydstyrken. Sørg for at højttalerkablet er sat godt i "
+"lydstikket “output” på din computer. Stikkets farve er gerne lysegrønt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:72
+msgid ""
+"Some sound cards can switch between the socket they use for output (to the "
+"speakers) and the socket for input (from a microphone, for instance). The "
+"output socket may be different when running Linux, Windows or Mac OS. Try "
+"connecting the speaker cable to a different audio socket on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Nogle lydkort kan skifte mellem det stik der bruges til output (til "
+"højttalerne) og det stik der bruges til input (f.eks. fra en mikrofon). "
+"Inputstikket kan være et andet når der køres Linux, Windows eller Mac OS. "
+"Prøv at tilslutte højttalerkablet til et andet lydstik på din computer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:78
+msgid ""
+"A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the "
+"back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input, too."
+msgstr ""
+"Til sidst kan du tjekke at lydkablet er sat godt i bag på højttalerne. Nogle "
+"højttalere har også mere end ét input."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:83
+msgid "Check that the correct sound device is selected"
+msgstr "Tjek at den korrekte lydenhed er valgt"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:85
+msgid ""
+"Some computers have multiple “sound devices” installed. Some of these are "
+"capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you "
+"have the correct sound device selected. This might involve some trial-and-"
+"error to choose the right one."
+msgstr ""
+"Nogle computere har flere “lydenheder” installeret. Nogle af dem er i stand "
+"til at outputte lyd og nogle er ikke, så du bør tjekke at den korrekte "
+"lydenhed er valgt. Det kan være du skal prøve dig lidt frem for at finde den "
+"rette."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:99
+msgid ""
+"Under <gui>Output</gui>, change the <gui>Profile</gui> settings for the "
+"selected device and play a sound to see if it works. You might need to go "
+"through the list and try each profile."
+msgstr ""
+"Ændr indstillingerne <gui>Profil</gui> for den valgte enhed under "
+"<gui>Output</gui> og afspil en lyd for at se om det virker. Det kan være "
+"nødvendigt at gå gennem listen og prøve hver profil."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:103
+msgid ""
+"If that does not work, you might want to try doing the same for any other "
+"devices that are listed."
+msgstr ""
+"Virker det ikke, så kan det være du vil prøve det samme for de andre enheder "
+"der vises."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:112
+msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
+msgstr "Tjek at lydkortet blev registreret korrekt"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:114
+msgid ""
+"Your sound card may not have been detected properly probably because the "
+"drivers for the card are not installed. You may need to install the drivers "
+"for the card manually. How you do this depends on the type of the card."
+msgstr ""
+"Dit lydkort er måske ikke blevet registreret ordentligt, sandsynligvis fordi "
+"driverne til kortet ikke er installeret. Det kan være du skal installere "
+"driverne til kortet manuelt. Hvordan det gøres afhænger af kortets type."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:118
+msgid ""
+"Run the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command in the Terminal to find out what sound card "
+"you have:"
+msgstr ""
+"Kør kommandoen <cmd>lspci</cmd> i terminalen for at finde ud af hvilket "
+"lydkort du har:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:122
+msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open a Terminal."
+msgstr "Gå til <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> og åbn en terminal."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:125
+msgid ""
+"Run <cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">superuser</link>; "
+"either type <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> and type your password, or type <cmd>su</"
+"cmd>, enter the <em>root</em> (administrative) password, then type "
+"<cmd>lspci</cmd>."
+msgstr ""
+"Kør <cmd>lspci</cmd> som <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">superbruger</link>; "
+"skriv enten <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> og skriv din adgangskode, eller skriv "
+"<cmd>su</cmd>, indtast adgangskoden til <em>root</em> (administrativ) og "
+"skriv så <cmd>lspci</cmd>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:131
+msgid ""
+"Check if an <em>audio controller</em> or <em>audio device</em> is listed: in "
+"such case you should see the make and model number of the sound card. Also, "
+"<cmd>lspci -v</cmd> shows a list with more detailed information."
+msgstr ""
+"Tjek om <em>audio controller</em> eller <em>audio device</em> vises i "
+"listen: hvis de gør, så burde du se lydkortets producent og model. Derudover "
+"viser <cmd>lspci -v</cmd> en liste med mere detaljeret information."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:137
+msgid ""
+"You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It is best to ask "
+"on support forums (or otherwise) for your Linux distribution for "
+"instructions."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan måske finde og installere drivere til dit kort. Det er bedst at "
+"spørge i supportforummer (eller lignende) til din Linux-distribution for at "
+"få instruktioner."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:141
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new "
+"sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the "
+"computer and external USB sound cards."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du ikke kan få drivere til dit lydkort, så kan det være du foretrækker "
+"at købe et nyt lydkort. Du kan få lydkort der kan installeres "
+"inden i computeren og eksterne USB-lydkort."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:29
+msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
+msgstr "Brug en analog- eller USB-mikrofon og vælg en standardinputenhed."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:33
+msgid "Use a different microphone"
+msgstr "Brug en anden mikrofon"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:35
+msgid ""
+"You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with "
+"colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia "
+"applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam "
+"with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio "
+"quality."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan bruge en ekstern mikrofon til at chatte med venner, snakke med "
+"kollegaer på arbejde, foretage stemmeoptagelser eller bruge andre "
+"multimedieprogrammer. Selv hvis din computer har en indbygget mikrofon eller "
+"et webcam med en mikrofon, så giver en separat mikrofon gerne bedre "
+"lydkvalitet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:41
+msgid ""
+"If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate "
+"audio socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "
+"microphones and one for speakers. This socket is usually light red in color "
+"or is accompanied by a picture of a microphone. Microphones plugged into the "
+"appropriate socket are usually used by default. If not, see the instructions "
+"below for selecting a default input device."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis din mikrofon har et rundt stik, så sæt det blot i det rette lydstik på "
+"din computer. De fleste computere har to stik: et til mikrofoner og et til "
+"højttalere. Stikkets farve er gerne lyserødt eller der er et billede af en "
+"mikrofon. Mikrofoner der sættes i det rette stik bruges gerne som standard. "
+"Hvis det ikke er tilfældet, så se instruktionerne nedenfor for at vælge en "
+"standardinputenhed."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:48
+msgid ""
+"If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. "
+"USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify "
+"which microphone to use by default."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du har en USB-mikrofon, så sæt den i en vilkårlig USB-port på din "
+"computer. USB-mikrofoner fungerer som separate lydenheder og det kan være "
+"nødvendigt at angive hvilken mikrofon der skal bruges som standard."
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:53 C/sound-usespeakers.page:58
+msgid "Select a default audio input device"
+msgstr "Vælg en standardenhed til lydinput"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:62
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Input</gui> tab, select the device that you want to use. The "
+"input level indicator should respond when you speak."
+msgstr ""
+"I fanebladet <gui>Input</gui> vælges den enhed du vil bruge. Indikatoren for "
+"inputniveauet bør reagere når du siger noget."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:67
+msgid ""
+"You can adjust the volume and switch the microphone off from this panel."
+msgstr "Du kan justere lydstyrken og slukke for mikrofonen i panelet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:30
+msgid ""
+"Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
+msgstr ""
+"Tilslut højttalere eller hovedtelefoner og vælg en standardenhed for "
+"lydoutput."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:34
+msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
+msgstr "Brug andre højttalere eller hovedtelefoner"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:36
+msgid ""
+"You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers "
+"usually either connect using a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) "
+"plug or a USB."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan bruge eksterne højttalere eller hovedtelefoner med din computer. "
+"Højttalere tilsluttes gerne med enten et rundt TRS-stik (<em>tip, ring, "
+"sleeve</em>) eller et USB-stik."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:40
+msgid ""
+"If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate "
+"socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "
+"microphones and one for speakers. This socket is usually light green in "
+"color or is accompanied by a picture of headphones. Speakers or headphones "
+"plugged into a TRS socket are usually used by default. If not, see the "
+"instructions below for selecting the default device."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis dine højttalere eller hovedtelefoner har et TRS-stik, så sæt det i det "
+"rette stik på din computer. De fleste computere har to stik: et til "
+"mikrofoner og et til højttalere. Stikkets farve er gerne lysegrønt eller der "
+"er et billede af hovedtelefoner. Højttalere eller hovedtelefoner der sættes "
+"i et TRS-stik bruges gerne som standard. Hvis det ikke er tilfældet, så se "
+"instruktionerne nedenfor for at vælge en standardenhed."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually "
+"uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure "
+"which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound "
+"settings."
+msgstr ""
+"Nogle computere understøtter multikanaloutput til surroundsound. Det bruger "
+"gerne flere TRS-stik som ofte er farvekodet. Hvis du er i tvivl om hvordan "
+"stikkene skal tilsluttes, så kan du teste lydoutputtet i lydindstillingerne."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:52
+msgid ""
+"If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a "
+"USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate "
+"audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du har USB-højttalere eller -hovedtelefoner eller analoge "
+"hovedtelefoner sat i et USB-lydkort, så sæt dem i en vilkårlig USB-port. "
+"USB-højttalere fungere som separate lydenheder og det kan være nødvendigt at "
+"angive hvilke højttalere der skal bruges som standard."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:67
+msgid "In the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select the device that you want to use."
+msgstr "I fanebladet <gui>Output</gui> vælges den enhed du vil bruge."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:72
+msgid ""
+"Use the <gui style=\"button\">Test Speakers</gui> button to check that all "
+"speakers are working and are connected to the correct socket."
+msgstr ""
+"Brug knappen <gui style=\"button\">Afprøv højttalere</gui> til at tjekke at "
+"alle højttalerne virker og er tilsluttet de rette stik."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sound-volume.page:28
+msgid ""
+"Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each "
+"application."
+msgstr "Indstil computerens lydstyrke og styr lydstyrken på hvert program."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sound-volume.page:32
+msgid "Change the sound volume"
+msgstr "Skift lydstyrken"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-volume.page:34
+msgid ""
+"To change the sound volume, open the <gui xref=\"shell-"
+"introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> from the right side of the top "
+"bar and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely turn off "
+"sound by dragging the slider to the left."
+msgstr ""
+"Ændr lydstyrken ved at åbne <gui xref=\"shell-"
+"introduction#systemmenu\">systemmenuen</gui> i højre side af toplinjen og "
+"flytte lydstyrkeskyderen til venstre eller højre. Du kan slukke helt for "
+"lyden ved at trække skyderen til venstre."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-volume.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look "
+"like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near "
+"the “F” keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the “F” "
+"keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
+msgstr ""
+"Nogle tastaturer har taster der lader dig styre lydstyrken. De ligner "
+"normalt højttalere hvor der kommer bølger ud. De er gerne nær “F”-tasterne "
+"øverst. På tastaturer på bærbare computere er de typisk på “F”-tasterne. Hold "
+"<key>Fn</key>-tasten nede på dit tastatur for at bruge dem."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-volume.page:44
+msgid ""
+"If you have external speakers, you can also change the volume using the "
+"speakers’ volume control. Some headphones have a volume control too."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du har eksterne højttalere, så kan du også ændre lydstyrken med "
+"højttalerenes lydstyrkeregulering. Nogle hovedtelefoner har også en "
+"lydstyrkeregulering."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/sound-volume.page:49
+msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
+msgstr "Ændring af lydstyrken på enkelte programmer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-volume.page:51
+msgid ""
+"You can change the volume for one application and leave the volume for "
+"others unchanged. This is useful if you are listening to music and browsing "
+"the web, for example. You might want to turn off the audio in the web "
+"browser so sounds from websites do not interrupt the music."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan ændre lydstyrken på et program og lade lydstyrken på andre være "
+"uændret. Det er f.eks. nyttigt hvis du lytter til musik og browser på "
+"webbet. Det kan være du vil slukke for lyden i webbrowseren, så lyde fra "
+"websteder ikke forstyrrer musikken."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-volume.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your "
+"application has its volume control, use that to change the volume. If not:"
+msgstr ""
+"Nogle programmer har lydstyrkereguleringer i deres hovedvinduer. Hvis dit "
+"program har lydstyrkeregulering, så brug den til at ændre lydstyrken. "
+"Ellers:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-volume.page:68
+msgid ""
+"Under <gui>Volume Levels</gui>, change the volume of the application listed "
+"there."
+msgstr ""
+"Under <gui>Lydstyrkeniveauer</gui> kan lydstyrken ændres på de programmer der vises der."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/sound-volume.page:72
+msgid ""
+"Only applications that are playing sounds are listed. If an application is "
+"playing sounds but is not listed, it might not support the feature that lets "
+"you control its volume in this way. In such case, you cannot change its "
+"volume."
+msgstr ""
+"Kun de programmer der afspiller lyde vises. Hvis et program afspiller lyde "
+"men ikke vises, så kan det være det ikke understøtter den funktionalitet der "
+"lader dig styre dets lydstyrke på den måde. Hvis det er tilfældet, så kan "
+"du ikke ændre dets lydstyrke."
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/status-icons.page:13
+msgid "Monica Kochofar"
+msgstr "Monica Kochofar"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/status-icons.page:20
+msgid "Explains the meanings of the icons located on the right of the top bar."
+msgstr "Forklarer betydningen af de ikoner der findes til højre på toplinjen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/status-icons.page:23
+msgid "What do the icons in the top bar mean?"
+msgstr "Hvad betyder ikonerne på toplinjen?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:24
+msgid ""
+"This section explains the meaning of icons located on the top right corner "
+"of the screen. More specifically, the different variations of the icons "
+"provided by the system are described."
+msgstr ""
+"Afsnittet forklarer betydningen af de ikoner der findes i øverste højre "
+"hjørne af skærmen. Mere præcist beskrives de forskellige varianter af ikoner "
+"som leveres af system."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/status-icons.page:29
+msgid "Accessibility Menu Icons"
+msgstr "Ikoner for tilgængelighedsmenuen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:34
+msgid "Leads to a menu that turns on accessibility settings."
+msgstr "Fører til en menu som slår tilgængelighedsindstillinger til."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/status-icons.page:42
+msgid "Volume Control Icons"
+msgstr "Ikoner for lydstyrkeregulering"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:47
+msgid "The volume is set to high."
+msgstr "Lydstyrken er indstillet til høj."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:51
+msgid "The volume is set to medium."
+msgstr "Lydstyrken er indstillet til medium."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:55
+msgid "The volume is set to low."
+msgstr "Lydstyrken er indstillet til lav."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:59
+msgid "The volume is muted."
+msgstr "Lydstyrken er indstillet til lydløs."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/status-icons.page:66
+msgid "Bluetooth Manager Icons"
+msgstr "Ikoner for Bluetooth-håndtering"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:71
+msgid "Bluetooth has been activated."
+msgstr "Bluetooth er aktiveret."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:75
+msgid "Bluetooth has been disabled."
+msgstr "Bluetooth er deaktiveret."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/status-icons.page:83
+msgid "Explains the meanings of the Network Manager icons."
+msgstr "Forklarer betydningen af ikonerne for netværkshåndtering."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/status-icons.page:86
+msgid "Network Manager Icons"
+msgstr "Ikoner for netværkshåndtering"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:88
+msgid "<app>Cellular Connection</app>"
+msgstr "<app>Mobilnetværksforbindelse</app>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:93
+msgid "Connected to a 3G network."
+msgstr "Forbundet til et 3G-netværk."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:97
+msgid "Connected to a 4G network."
+msgstr "Forbundet til et 4G-netværk."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:101
+msgid "Connected to an EDGE network."
+msgstr "Forbundet til et EDGE-netværk."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:105
+msgid "Connected to a GPRS network."
+msgstr "Forbundet til et GPRS-netværk."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:109
+msgid "Connected to a UMTS network."
+msgstr "Forbundet til et UMTS-netværk."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:113
+msgid "Connected to a cellular network."
+msgstr "Forbundet til et mobilnetværk."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:117
+msgid "Acquiring a cellular network connection."
+msgstr "Opretter forbindelse til et mobilnetværk."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:121 C/status-icons.page:223
+msgid "Very high signal strength."
+msgstr "Meget høj signalstyrke."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:125 C/status-icons.page:227
+msgid "High signal strength."
+msgstr "Høj signalstyrke."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:129 C/status-icons.page:231
+msgid "Medium signal strength."
+msgstr "Medium signalstyrke."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:133 C/status-icons.page:235
+msgid "Low signal strength."
+msgstr "Lav signalstyrke."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:137
+msgid "Extremely low signal strength."
+msgstr "Ekstrem lav signalstyrke."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:143
+msgid "<app>Local Area Network (LAN) Connection</app>"
+msgstr "<app>Forbindelse for lokalt netværk (LAN)</app>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:147
+msgid "There has been an error in finding the network."
+msgstr "Der opstod en fejl ved forsøg på at finde netværket."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:151
+msgid "The network is inactive."
+msgstr "Netværket er inaktivt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:155
+msgid "There is no route found for the network."
+msgstr "Der blev ikke fundet nogen rute for netværket."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:159
+msgid "The network is offline."
+msgstr "Netværket er offline."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:163
+msgid "The network is receiving data."
+msgstr "Netværket modtager data."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:167
+msgid "The network is transmitting and receiving data."
+msgstr "Netværket sender og modtager data."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:171
+msgid "The network is transmitting data."
+msgstr "Netværket sender data."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:177
+msgid "<app>Virtual Private Network (VPN) Connection</app>"
+msgstr "<app>Forbindelse for virtuelt privat netværk (VPN)</app>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:181 C/status-icons.page:194
+msgid "Acquiring a network connection."
+msgstr "Opretter forbindelse til et netværk."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:185
+msgid "Connected to a VPN network."
+msgstr "Forbundet til et VPN-netværk."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:190
+msgid "<app>Wired Connection</app>"
+msgstr "<app>Kablet forbindelse</app>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:198
+msgid "Disconnected from the network."
+msgstr "Forbindelsen til netværket er afbrudt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:202
+msgid "Connected to a wired network."
+msgstr "Forbundet til et kablet netværk."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:207
+msgid "<app>Wireless Connection</app>"
+msgstr "<app>Trådløs forbindelse</app>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:211
+msgid "Acquiring a wireless connection."
+msgstr "Opretter trådløs forbindelse."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:215
+msgid "The wireless network is encrypted."
+msgstr "Det trådløse netværk er krypteret."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:219
+msgid "Connected to a wireless network."
+msgstr "Forbundet til et trådløst netværk."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:239
+msgid "Very low signal strength."
+msgstr "Meget lav signalstyrke."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/status-icons.page:246
+msgid "Power Manager Icons"
+msgstr "Ikoner for strømstyring"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:251
+msgid "The battery is full."
+msgstr "Batteriet er fuldt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:255
+msgid "The battery is partially drained."
+msgstr "Batteriet er delvist afladet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:259
+msgid "The battery is low."
+msgstr "Batteriet er lavt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:263
+msgid "Caution: The battery is very low."
+msgstr "Forsigtig: Batteriet er meget lavt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:267
+msgid "The battery is extremely low."
+msgstr "Batteriet er ekstremt lavt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:271
+msgid "The battery has been unplugged."
+msgstr "Batteriet er blevet fjernet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:275
+msgid "The battery is fully charged."
+msgstr "Batteriet er fuldt opladet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:279
+msgid "The battery is full and charging."
+msgstr "Batteriet er fuldt og oplades."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:283
+msgid "The battery is partially full and charging."
+msgstr "Batteriet er delvist fuldt og oplades."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:287
+msgid "The battery is low and charging."
+msgstr "Batteriet er lavt og oplades."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:291
+msgid "The battery is very low and charging."
+msgstr "Batteriet er meget lavt og oplades."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:295
+msgid "The battery is empty and charging."
+msgstr "Batteriet er tomt og oplades."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:33
+msgid ""
+"Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, "
+"mathematical symbols, and dingbats."
+msgstr ""
+"Skriv tegn som ikke findes på dit tastatur. inklusive fremmede alfabeter, "
+"matematiske symboler og dingbats."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:36
+msgid "Enter special characters"
+msgstr "Indtast specialtegn"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:38
+msgid ""
+"You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world’s "
+"writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some "
+"different ways you can enter special characters."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan indtaste og vise tusindvis af tegn fra de fleste af verdens "
+"skrivesystemer — selv dem der ikke findes på dit tastatur. Siden viser nogle "
+"forskellige måder til at indtaste specialtegn."
+
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:43
+msgid "Methods to enter characters"
+msgstr "Metoder til at indtaste tegn"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47
+msgid "Characters"
+msgstr "Tegn"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:48
+msgid ""
+"The character map application allows you to find and insert unusual "
+"characters, including emoji, by browsing character categories or searching "
+"for keywords."
+msgstr ""
+"Programmet Tegnoversigt giver dig mulighed for at finde og indsætte "
+"ualmindelige tegn, inklusive emoji, ved at gennemse tegnkategorier eller "
+"søge efter nøgleord."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:52
+msgid "You can launch <app>Characters</app> from the Activities overview."
+msgstr "Du kan starte <app>Tegn</app> fra Aktivitetsoversigten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57
+msgid "Compose key"
+msgstr "Compose-tasten"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58
+msgid ""
+"A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a "
+"row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter "
+"<em>é</em>, you can press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then <key>e</"
+"key>."
+msgstr ""
+"En compose-tast er en speciel tast som giver dig mulighed for at trykke på "
+"flere taster efter hinanden for at få et specialtegn. For f.eks. at skrive "
+"<em>é</em> med accenttegn, kan du trykke på <key>compose</key> og så <key>'</"
+"key> og <key>e</key>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62
+msgid ""
+"Keyboards don’t have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of "
+"the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key."
+msgstr ""
+"Tastaturer har ikke en bestemt compose-tast. Du kan i stedet definere en af "
+"de eksisterende taster på dit tastatur som en compose-tast."
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:75
+msgid "Define a compose key"
+msgstr "Vælg en compose-tast"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84
+msgid "Click the <gui>Keyboard & Mouse</gui> tab."
+msgstr "Klik på fanebladet <gui>Tastatur & mus</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87
+msgid "Click <gui>Disabled</gui> next to the <gui>Compose Key</gui> setting."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på <gui>Deaktiveret</gui> ved siden af indstillingen <gui>Compose-tast</gui>"
+"."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:91
+msgid ""
+"Turn the switch on in the dialog and pick the keyboard shortcut you want to "
+"use."
+msgstr "Tænd for kontakten i dialogen og vælg den tastaturgenvej, du vil bruge."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:95
+msgid "Tick the checkbox of the key that you want to set as the Compose key."
+msgstr ""
+"Tilvælg afkrydsningsboksen til den tast du vil indstille som Compose-tast."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:99
+msgid "Close the dialog."
+msgstr "Luk dialogen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:106
+msgid "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
+msgstr "Du kan skrive mange almindelige tegn med compose-tasten, f.eks.:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110
+msgid ""
+"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute "
+"accent over that letter, such as <em>é</em>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tryk på <key>compose</key> og så <key>'</key> og så et bogstav for at sætte "
+"et accent aigu over, såsom <em>é</em>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:112
+msgid ""
+"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to "
+"place a grave accent over that letter, such as <em>è</em>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tryk på <key>compose</key> og så <key>`</key> (omvendt ´) og så et bogstav "
+"for at sætte et accent grave over, såsom <em>è</em>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115
+msgid ""
+"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut "
+"over that letter, such as <em>ë</em>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tryk på <key>compose</key> og så <key>\"</key> og så et bogstav for at sætte "
+"et umlaut over bogstavet, såsom <em>ë</em>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:117
+msgid ""
+"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron "
+"over that letter, such as <em>ē</em>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tryk på <key>compose</key> og så <key>-</key> og så et bogstav for at sætte "
+"en macron over bogstavet, såsom <em>ē</em>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:120
+msgid ""
+"For more compose key sequences, see <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/";
+"wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">the compose key page on "
+"Wikipedia</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Se <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/";
+"Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">Wikipedias side om Compose-tasten</"
+"link> for flere sekvenser til Compose-tasten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:126
+msgid "Code points"
+msgstr "Kodepunkter"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:128
+msgid ""
+"You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the "
+"numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-"
+"character code point. To find the code point for a character, look it up in "
+"the <app>Characters</app> application. The code point is the four characters "
+"after <gui>U+</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan indtaste alle Unicode-tegn med dit tastatur ved at bruge tegnets "
+"numeriske kodepunkt. Hvert tegn identificeres af et kodepunkt på 4 tegn. Du "
+"kan finde et tegns kodepunkt ved at slå det op i programmet <app>Tegn</app>. "
+"Kodepunktet er de fire tegn efter <gui>U+</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:134
+msgid ""
+"To enter a character by its code point, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+"key><key>Shift</key><key>U</key></keyseq>, then type the four-character code "
+"and press <key>Space</key> or <key>Enter</key>. If you often use characters "
+"that you can’t easily access with other methods, you might find it useful to "
+"memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter them quickly."
+msgstr ""
+"For at indtaste et tegns kodepunkt skal du trykke på <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+"key><key>Skift</key><key>U</key></keyseq> og så skrive koden på 4 tegn og "
+"trykke på <key>Mellemrum</key> eller <key>Enter</key>. Hvis du ofte bruger "
+"tegn som du ikke har let adgang til på andre måder, så kan det være, du vil "
+"huske kodepunkterne for de tegn udenad så du hurtigt kan indtaste dem."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:144
+msgid "Keyboard layouts"
+msgstr "Tastaturlayouts"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:145
+msgid ""
+"You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, "
+"regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch "
+"between different keyboard layouts using an icon in the top bar. To learn "
+"how, see <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan få et tastatur til at opføre sig som tastaturet på et andet sprog, "
+"uanset hvilke bogstaver der er trykt på tasterne. Du kan endda let skifte "
+"mellem forskellige tastaturlayouts ved at bruge et ikon på toplinjen. Se "
+"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/> for at læse mere."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:152
+msgid "Input methods"
+msgstr "Indtastningsmetoder"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:154
+msgid ""
+"An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters "
+"not only with keyboard but also any input devices. For instance you could "
+"enter characters with a mouse using a gesture method, or enter Japanese "
+"characters using a Latin keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+"En indtastningsmetode udvider de forrige metoder ved at give mulighed for at "
+"indtaste tegn, ikke kun med tastaturet, men alle inputenheder. Du kan "
+"f.eks. indtaste tegn med en mus ved at bruge en bevægelsesmetode eller "
+"indtaste japanske tegn med et latin-tastatur."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:159
+msgid ""
+"To choose an input method, right-click over a text widget, and in the menu "
+"<gui>Input Method</gui>, choose an input method you want to use. There is no "
+"default input method provided, so refer to the input methods documentation "
+"to see how to use them."
+msgstr ""
+"Højreklik på tekst-widgeten for at vælge en indtastningsmetode, og vælg den "
+"indtastningsmetode du vil bruge i <gui>Indtastningsmetode</gui>-menuen. Der "
+"leveres ikke nogen standardindtastningsmetode, så referer til "
+"dokumentationen for indtastningsmetode for at se hvordan de bruges."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/tips.page:12
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link xref="
+"\"mouse-middleclick\">middle click shortcuts</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Specialtegn</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
+"middleclick\">genveje for midterklik</link> …"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/tips.page:16
+msgid "Tips & tricks"
+msgstr "Tips & tricks"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:19
+msgid "Manipulate your desktop using gestures on your touchscreen."
+msgstr "Brug dit skrivebord med bevægelser på din berøringsfølsomme skærm."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:22
+msgid "Use touchscreen gestures to navigate the desktop"
+msgstr ""
+"Brug bevægelser på den berøringsfølsomme skærm til at navigere på "
+"skrivebordet"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:24
+msgid ""
+"Multitouch gestures can be used on touchscreens for system navigation, as "
+"well as in applications."
+msgstr ""
+"Bevægelser med flere berøringer kan bruges på berøringsfølsomme skærme til "
+"systemnavigation samt i programmer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:27
+msgid ""
+"A number of applications make use of gestures. In <app>Document Viewer</"
+"app>, documents can be zoomed and swiped with gestures, and <app>Image "
+"Viewer</app> allows you to zoom, rotate and pan."
+msgstr ""
+"Nogle programmer gør brug af bevægelser. I <app>Dokumentfremviser</app> kan "
+"dokumenter zoomes og bladres med bevægelser, og <app>Billedfremviser</app> "
+"giver dig mulighed for at zoome, dreje og panorere."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:32
+msgid "System-wide gestures"
+msgstr "Bevægelser til hele systemet"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:37
+msgid "<em>Open the Activities Overview</em>"
+msgstr "<em>Åbn aktivitetsoversigten</em>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:38
+msgid "Bring three or more fingers closer together while touching the screen."
+msgstr "Bring tre eller flere fingre tættere sammen mens skærmen røres."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:42
+msgid "<em>Open the Applications View</em>"
+msgstr "<em>Åbn programvisningen</em>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:43
+msgid "Slide right from the left screen edge."
+msgstr "Stryg til højre fra skærmens venstre kant."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:47
+msgid "<em>Bring down the notifications list</em>"
+msgstr "<em>Vis påmindelseslisten</em>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:48
+msgid "Slide down from the top center edge."
+msgstr "Stryg ned fra øverste midterste kant."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:52
+msgid "<em>Bring down the system menu</em>"
+msgstr "<em>Vis systemmenuen</em>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:53
+msgid "Slide down from the top right edge."
+msgstr "Stryg ned fra øverste højre kant."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:57
+msgid "<em>Bring up the on-screen keyboard</em>"
+msgstr "<em>Vis skærmtastaturet</em>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:58
+msgid "Slide up from the bottom screen edge."
+msgstr "Stryg op fra skærmens nederste kant."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:62
+msgid "<em>Switch Application</em>"
+msgstr "<em>Skift program</em>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:63
+msgid "Hold three fingers on the surface while tapping with the fourth."
+msgstr "Hold tre fingre på overfladen mens der trykkes med den fjerde."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:67
+msgid "<em>Switch Workspace</em>"
+msgstr "<em>Skift arbejdsområde</em>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:68
+msgid "Drag up or down with four fingers touching the screen."
+msgstr "Træk op eller ned med dine fingre der rører skærmen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:75
+msgid "Application gestures"
+msgstr "Bevægelser til programmer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:80
+msgid "<em>Open an item, launch an application, play a song</em>"
+msgstr "<em>Åbn et element, start et program, afspil en sang</em>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:81
+msgid "Tap on an item."
+msgstr "Tryk på et element."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:85
+msgid "<em>Select an item and list actions that can be performed</em>"
+msgstr "<em>Vælg et element og vis handlinger som kan udføres</em>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:86
+msgid "Press and hold for a second or two."
+msgstr "Tryk og hold et sekund eller to."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:90
+msgid "<em>Scroll the area on the screen</em>"
+msgstr "<em>Rul området på skærmen</em>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:91
+msgid "Drag: slide a finger touching the surface."
+msgstr "Træk: stryg en finger som rører overfladen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:98
+msgid ""
+"<em>Change the zoom level of a view (<app>Maps</app>, <app>Photos</app>)</em>"
+msgstr ""
+"<em>Ændr zoomniveauet for en visning (<app>Kort</app>, "
+"<app>Billeder</app>)</em>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:100
+msgid ""
+"Two-finger pinch or stretch: Touch the surface with two fingers while "
+"bringing them closer or further apart."
+msgstr ""
+"Tofingerknib eller -stræk: Rør overfladen med to fingre mens de bringes "
+"tættere sammen eller længere væk fra hinanden."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:106
+msgid "<em>Rotate a photo</em>"
+msgstr "<em>Drej et billede</em>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:107
+msgid "Two-finger rotate: Touch the surface with two fingers and rotate."
+msgstr "Tofingerdrej: Rør overfladen med to fingre og drej."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/translate.page:7
+msgid "How and where to help translate these topics."
+msgstr "Hvordan og hvor du kan hjælpe med at oversætte emnerne."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/translate.page:27
+msgid "Participate to improve translations"
+msgstr "Vær med til at forbedre oversættelserne"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/translate.page:29
+msgid ""
+"GNOME’s help is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You "
+"are welcome to participate."
+msgstr ""
+"GNOMEs hjælp oversættes af et verdensomspændende fællesskab af frivillige. "
+"Du er velkommen til at være med."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/translate.page:33
+msgid ""
+"There are <link href=\"https://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\";>many "
+"languages</link> for which translations are still needed."
+msgstr ""
+"Der findes stadigvæk <link href=\"https://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-";
+"docs/\">mange sprog</link> som har brug for at blive oversat."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/translate.page:37
+msgid ""
+"To start translating, you will need to <link href=\"https://l10n.gnome.org/";
+"register/\">create an account</link> and join the <link href=\"https://l10n.";
+"gnome.org/teams/\">translation team</link> for your language. This will give "
+"you the ability to upload new translations."
+msgstr ""
+"For at komme i gang med at oversætte skal du <link href=\"https://l10n.gnome.";
+"org/register/\">oprette en konto</link> og tilmelde <link href=\"https://";
+"l10n.gnome.org/teams/\">oversættelsesholdet</link> på dit sprog. Så kan du "
+"uploade nye oversættelser."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/translate.page:43
+msgid ""
+"You can chat with GNOME translators by joining the #i18n channel on the "
+"<link xref=\"help-irc\">GNOME IRC server</link>. People on the channel are "
+"located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of "
+"timezone differences."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan chatte med GNOME-oversættere ved at deltage i #i18n-kanalen på <link "
+"xref=\"help-irc\">GNOMEs IRC-server</link>. Folk på kanalen er fra hele "
+"verden, så det kan godt være du ikke får svar med det samme pga. "
+"tidsforskellen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/translate.page:49
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their "
+"<link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n\";>mailing "
+"list</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Alternativt kan du kontakte internationaliseringsholdet ved at bruge deres "
+"<link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n";
+"\">mailingliste</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/user-accounts.page:20
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr "Brugere"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/user-accounts.page:21
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword"
+"\">change password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</"
+"link>…"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"user-add\">Tilføj bruger</link>, <link xref=\"user-"
+"changepassword\">skift adgangskode</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change"
+"\">administratorer</link> …"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/user-accounts.page:28
+msgid "User accounts"
+msgstr "Brugerkontoer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-accounts.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. "
+"This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their "
+"own settings. It is also more secure. You can only access a different user "
+"account if you know their password."
+msgstr ""
+"Hver person som bruger computeren bør have en brugerkonto. Det giver dem mulighed for at "
+"have deres filer et andet sted end dine og for at vælge deres egne "
+"indstillinger. Det er også mere sikkert. Du kan kun tilgå en anden bruger "
+"hvis du kender deres adgangskode."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/user-accounts.page:38
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Accounts"
+msgstr "Konti"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/user-accounts.page:40
+msgid "Manage user accounts"
+msgstr "Håndter brugerkontoer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/user-accounts.page:44
+msgid "Passwords"
+msgstr "Adgangskoder"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/user-accounts.page:49
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Privileges"
+msgstr "Rettigheder"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/user-accounts.page:51
+msgid "User privileges"
+msgstr "Brugerrettigheder"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/user-add.page:33
+msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
+msgstr "Tilføj nye brugere så andre personer kan logge ind på computeren."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/user-add.page:36
+msgid "Add a new user account"
+msgstr "Tilføj en ny brugerkonto"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-add.page:38
+msgid ""
+"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to "
+"each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home "
+"folder, documents, and settings."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan tilføje flere brugerkontoer til din computer. Giv en konto til hver "
+"person i dit hjem eller virksomhed. Hver bruger har deres egen hjemmemappe, "
+"dokumenter og indstillinger."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-add.page:42
+msgid ""
+"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
+"to add user accounts."
+msgstr ""
+"Du skal have <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administratorrettigheder</"
+"link> for at tilføje brugerkontoer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-add.page:58
+msgid ""
+"Press the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button, below the list of accounts "
+"on the left, to add a new user account."
+msgstr ""
+"Tryk på knappen <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> under listen over kontoer til "
+"venstre og tilføj en ny brugerkonto."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-add.page:62
+msgid ""
+"If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
+"\">administrative access</link> to the computer, select <gui>Administrator</"
+"gui> for the account type."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis den nye bruger skal have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
+"explain\">administrativ adgang</link> til computeren, så vælg "
+"<gui>Administrator</gui> som kontotype."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-add.page:65
+msgid ""
+"Administrators can do things like add and delete users, install software and "
+"drivers, and change the date and time."
+msgstr ""
+"Administratorer kan gøre ting som at tilføje og slette brugere, installere "
+"software og drivere og ændre dato og klokkeslæt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-add.page:69
+msgid ""
+"Enter the new user’s full name. The username will be filled in automatically "
+"based on the full name. If you do not like the proposed username, you can "
+"change it."
+msgstr ""
+"Indtast den nye brugers fulde navn. Brugernavnet udfyldes automatisk baseret "
+"på det fulde navn. Hvis du ikke kan lide det foreslået brugernavn, så kan "
+"du ændre det."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-add.page:74
+msgid ""
+"You can choose to set a password for the new user, or let them set it "
+"themselves on their first login."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan vælge at indstille en adgangskode til den nye bruger eller lade dem "
+"indstille det selv første gang de logger ind."
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/span
+#: C/user-add.page:79 C/user-changepassword.page:86
+msgid "generate password"
+msgstr "generér adgangskode"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-add.page:76
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to set the password now, you can press the <gui style=\"button"
+"\"><_:media-1/></gui> icon to automatically generate a random password."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du vælger at indstille adgangskoden nu, så kan du trykke på <gui "
+"style=\"button\"><_:media-1/></gui>-ikonet for automatisk at generere en tilfældig "
+"adgangskode."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-add.page:87
+msgid ""
+"If you want to change the password after creating the account, select the "
+"account, <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> the panel and press the current "
+"password status."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du vil ændre adgangskoden efter kontoen er blevet oprettet, så vælg "
+"kontoen, <gui style=\"button\">Lås op</gui> og tryk på statussen for den "
+"nuværende adgangskode."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/user-add.page:92
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Users</gui> panel, you can click the image next to the user’s "
+"name to the right to set an image for the account. This image will be shown "
+"in the login window. The system provides some stock photos you can use, or "
+"you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
+msgstr ""
+"I panelet <gui>Brugere</gui> kan du klikke på billedet ved siden af "
+"brugerens navn til højre for at indstille et billede til kontoen. Billedet "
+"vises i loginvinduet. Systemet leverer nogle stockbilleder som du kan bruge "
+"eller du kan vælge dine egne eller tage et billede med dit kamera."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:26
+msgid ""
+"You can allow users to make changes to the system by giving them "
+"administrative privileges."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan give brugere tilladelse til at foretage ændringer i systemet ved at "
+"give dem administrative rettigheder."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:30
+msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
+msgstr "Vælg hvem der har administrative rettigheder"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to "
+"important parts of the system. You can change which users have "
+"administrative privileges and which ones do not. They are a good way of "
+"keeping your system secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized "
+"changes."
+msgstr ""
+"Administrative rettigheder er en måde til at bestemme hvem der kan foretage "
+"ændringer til vigtige dele af systemet. Du kan ændre hvilke brugere der har "
+"administrative rettigheder og hvilke der ikke har. Det er en god måde til at "
+"holde dit system sikkert og forhindre potentielt skadelige "
+"ændringer der ikke er blevet godkendt."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:37
+msgid ""
+"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
+"to change account types."
+msgstr ""
+"Du skal have <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administratorrettigheder</link> "
+"for at ændre kontotyper."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:46 C/user-autologin.page:37
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:74 C/user-changepicture.page:50
+#: C/user-delete.page:57
+msgid "Click <gui>Users</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Brugere</gui> for at åbne panelet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:53
+msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change."
+msgstr "Vælg den bruger som du vil ændre rettigheder for."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account Type</gui> and "
+"select <gui>Administrator</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på etiketten <gui>Standard</gui> ved siden af <gui>Kontotype</gui> og "
+"vælg <gui>Administrator</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:60
+msgid "The user’s privileges will be changed when they next log in."
+msgstr "Brugerens rettigheder ændres næste gang de logger ind."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:65
+msgid ""
+"The first user account on the system is usually the one that has "
+"administrator privileges. This is the user account that was created when you "
+"first installed the system."
+msgstr ""
+"Den første brugerkonto på systemet er gerne den der har "
+"administratorrettigheder. Det er brugeren der blev oprettet da du "
+"installerede systemet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:68
+msgid ""
+"It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges "
+"on one system."
+msgstr ""
+"Det er uklogt at have for mange brugere med "
+"<gui>Administratorrettigheder</gui> på samme system."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:25
+msgid ""
+"You need administrative privileges to change important parts of your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Du skal have administrative rettigheder for at ændre vigtige dele af dit "
+"system."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29
+msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
+msgstr "Hvordan virker administrative rettigheder?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:31
+msgid ""
+"As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer has a number of "
+"files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these "
+"important <em>system files</em> are changed incorrectly they can cause "
+"various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. "
+"Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are "
+"also protected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:38
+msgid ""
+"The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with "
+"<em>administrative privileges</em> to change the files or use the "
+"applications. In day-to-day use, you will not need to change any system "
+"files or use these applications, so by default you do not have "
+"administrative privileges."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to "
+"temporarily get administrative privileges to allow you to make the changes. "
+"If an application needs administrative privileges, it will ask for your "
+"password. For example, if you want to install some new software, the "
+"software installer (package manager) will ask for your administrator "
+"password so it can add the new application to the system. Once it has "
+"finished, your administrative privileges will be taken away again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Administrative privileges are associated with your user account. "
+"<gui>Administrator</gui> users are allowed to have these privileges while "
+"<gui>Standard</gui> users are not. Without administrative privileges you "
+"will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, the "
+"“root” account) have permanent administrative privileges. You should not use "
+"administrative privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally "
+"change something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, "
+"for example)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:61
+msgid ""
+"In summary, administrative privileges allow you to change important parts of "
+"your system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65
+msgid "What does “super user” mean?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:66
+msgid ""
+"A user with administrative privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</"
+"em>. This is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. "
+"You might see people discussing things like <cmd>su</cmd> and <cmd>sudo</"
+"cmd>; these are programs for temporarily giving you “super "
+"user” (administrative) privileges."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:74
+msgid "Why are administrative privileges useful?"
+msgstr "Hvorfor er administrative rettigheder nyttige?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:76
+msgid ""
+"Requiring users to have administrative privileges before important system "
+"changes are made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from "
+"being broken, intentionally or unintentionally."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:80
+msgid ""
+"If you had administrative privileges all of the time, you might accidentally "
+"change an important file, or run an application which changes something "
+"important by mistake. Only getting administrative privileges temporarily, "
+"when you need them, reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:86
+msgid ""
+"Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have administrative "
+"privileges. This prevents other users from messing with the computer and "
+"doing things like uninstalling applications that you need, installing "
+"applications that you don’t want, or changing important files. This is "
+"useful from a security standpoint."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28
+msgid ""
+"You can do some things, like installing applications, only if you have "
+"administrative privileges."
+msgstr ""
+"Nogen ting kan kun gøres hvis du har administrative rettigheder, såsom "
+"installation af programmer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:32
+msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
+msgstr "Problemer som er forårsaget af administrative restriktioner"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:34
+msgid ""
+"You may experience a few problems if you do not have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
+"explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some tasks require "
+"administrative privileges in order to work, such as:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:40
+msgid "connecting to networks or wireless networks,"
+msgstr "forbinde til netværk eller trådløse netværk,"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:43
+msgid ""
+"viewing the contents of a different disk partition (for example, a Windows "
+"partition), or"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:47
+msgid "installing new applications."
+msgstr "installere nye programmer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:51
+msgid ""
+"You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has administrative "
+"privileges</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">vælge hvem der har administrative "
+"rettigheder</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/user-autologin.page:23
+msgid "Set up automatic login for when you switch on your computer."
+msgstr "Opsæt automatisk login til når du tænder din computer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/user-autologin.page:26
+msgid "Log in automatically"
+msgstr "Automatisk indlogning"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-autologin.page:28
+msgid ""
+"You can change your settings so that you are automatically logged in to your "
+"account when you start up your computer:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-autologin.page:40
+msgid ""
+"Select the user account that you want to log in to automatically at startup."
+msgstr "Vælg brugerkontoen som automatisk skal logge ind ved opstart."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-autologin.page:48
+msgid "Switch the <gui>Automatic Login</gui> switch to on."
+msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Automatisk login</gui>-kontakten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-autologin.page:52
+msgid ""
+"When you next start up your computer, you will be logged in automatically. "
+"If you have this option enabled, you will not need to type in your password "
+"to log in to your account which means that if someone else starts up your "
+"computer, they will be able to access your account and your personal data "
+"including your files and browser history."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/user-autologin.page:59
+msgid ""
+"If your account type is <em>Standard</em>, you cannot change this setting. "
+"Contact your system administrator who can change this setting for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account "
+"settings."
+msgstr ""
+"Hold din konto sikker ved at ændre din adgangskode ofte i dine "
+"kontoindstillinger."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:35
+msgid "Change your password"
+msgstr "Skift din adgangskode"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:62
+msgid ""
+"It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if "
+"you think someone else knows your password."
+msgstr ""
+"Der er en god ide at skifte din adgangskode en gang imellem. Specielt hvis "
+"du tror at nogen kender din adgangskode."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:77
+msgid ""
+"Click the label <gui>·····</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. If you are "
+"changing the password for a different user, you will first need to "
+"<gui>Unlock</gui> the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:82
+msgid ""
+"Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password "
+"again in the <gui>Verify New Password</gui> field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:84
+msgid ""
+"You can press the <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-1/></gui> icon to "
+"automatically generate a random password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:90
+msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Skift</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:94
+msgid ""
+"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</"
+"link>. This will help to keep your user account safe."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:98
+msgid ""
+"When you update your login password, your login keyring password will "
+"automatically be updated to be the same as your new login password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:102
+msgid ""
+"If you forget your password, any user with administrator privileges can "
+"change it for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:31
+msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens."
+msgstr "Tilføj dit billede til login- og brugerskærmene."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:34
+msgid "Change your login screen photo"
+msgstr "Skift billedet på din loginskærm"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:36
+msgid ""
+"When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their "
+"login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your "
+"own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:53
+msgid ""
+"If you want to edit a user other than yourself, press <gui style=\"button"
+"\">Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type in your password when "
+"prompted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:58
+msgid ""
+"Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with "
+"some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for "
+"yourself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:63
+msgid ""
+"If you would rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click "
+"<gui>Select a file…</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:67
+msgid ""
+"If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking "
+"<gui>Take a picture…</gui>. Take your picture, then move and resize the "
+"square outline to crop out the parts you do not want. If you do not like the "
+"picture you took, click <gui style=\"button\">Take Another Picture</gui> to "
+"try again, or <gui>Cancel</gui> to give up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/user-delete.page:39
+msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
+msgstr "Fjern brugere som ikke længere bruger din computer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/user-delete.page:42
+msgid "Delete a user account"
+msgstr "Slet en brugerkonto"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-delete.page:44
+msgid ""
+"You can <link xref=\"user-add\">add multiple user accounts to your computer</"
+"link>. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can delete that "
+"user’s account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-delete.page:48
+msgid ""
+"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
+"to delete user accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-delete.page:64
+msgid ""
+"Select the user that you want to delete and press the <gui style=\"button\">-"
+"</gui> button, below the list of accounts on the left, to delete that user "
+"account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-delete.page:69
+msgid ""
+"Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can "
+"choose to keep or delete the user’s home folder. Click <gui>Delete Files</"
+"gui> if you are sure they will not be used anymore and you need to free up "
+"disk space. These files are permanently deleted. They cannot be recovered. "
+"You may want to back up the files to an external storage device before "
+"deleting them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:31
+msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."
+msgstr "Brug længere, mere komplicerede adgangskoder."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34
+msgid "Choose a secure password"
+msgstr "Vælg en sikker adgangskode"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for "
+"others (including computer programs) to guess."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your "
+"password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your "
+"personal information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:45
+msgid ""
+"People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your "
+"password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be "
+"extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for "
+"choosing a good password:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and "
+"spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are "
+"more symbols from which to choose, meaning more possible passwords that "
+"someone would have to check when trying to guess yours."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:57
+msgid ""
+"A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each "
+"word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a "
+"movie, a book, a song or an album. For example, “Flatland: A Romance of Many "
+"Dimensions” would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:65
+msgid ""
+"Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the "
+"longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:70
+msgid ""
+"Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. "
+"Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "
+"“password” — people can guess passwords like this very quickly!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:76
+msgid ""
+"Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or "
+"any family member’s name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:80
+msgid "Do not use any nouns."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:83
+msgid ""
+"Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of "
+"someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be "
+"watching you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:87
+msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"
+msgstr "Skriv aldrig dine adgangskoder ned. De kan let blive fundet!"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:92
+msgid "Use different passwords for different things."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:95
+msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:96
+msgid ""
+"If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it "
+"will be able to access all of your accounts immediately."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:98
+msgid ""
+"It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as "
+"secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to "
+"use the same one for things that do not matter (like websites), and "
+"different ones for important things (like your online banking account and "
+"your email)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:105
+msgid "Change your passwords regularly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/video-dvd.page:23
+msgid ""
+"You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong "
+"region."
+msgstr ""
+"Du har måske ikke de rette codecs installeret eller dvd'en er en forkert "
+"region."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/video-dvd.page:27
+msgid "Why won’t DVDs play?"
+msgstr "Hvorfor afspilles dvd'er ikke?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/video-dvd.page:29
+msgid ""
+"If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn’t play, you may not have "
+"the right DVD <em>codecs</em> installed, or the DVD might be from a "
+"different <em>region</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/video-dvd.page:34
+msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"
+msgstr "Installere de korrekte codecs til afspilning af dvd"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/video-dvd.page:36
+msgid ""
+"In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. "
+"A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or "
+"audio format. If your movie player software doesn’t find the right codecs, "
+"it may offer to install them for you. If not, you’ll have to install the "
+"codecs manually — ask for help on how to do this, for example on your Linux "
+"distribution’s support forums."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/video-dvd.page:43
+msgid ""
+"DVDs are also <em>copy-protected</em> using a system called CSS. This "
+"prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them "
+"unless you have extra software to handle the copy protection. This software "
+"is available from a number of Linux distributions, but cannot be legally "
+"used in all countries. You can buy a commercial DVD decoder that can handle "
+"copy protection from <link href=\"https://fluendo.com/en/products/multimedia/";
+"oneplay-dvd-player/\">Fluendo</link>. It works with Linux and should be "
+"legal to use in all countries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/video-dvd.page:55
+msgid "Checking the DVD region"
+msgstr "Tjek dvd-regionen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/video-dvd.page:57
+msgid ""
+"DVDs have a <em>region code</em>, which tells you in which region of the "
+"world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer’s DVD "
+"player does not match the region of the DVD you are trying to play, you "
+"won’t be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD "
+"player, you will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/video-dvd.page:63
+msgid ""
+"It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it "
+"can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To "
+"change the DVD region of your computer’s DVD player, use <link href=\"http://";
+"linvdr.org/projects/regionset/\">regionset</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/video-dvd.page:68
+msgid ""
+"You can find <link href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DVD_region_code";
+"\">more information about DVD region codes on Wikipedia</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan finde <link href=\"https://da.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dvd-regionskode\";>mere "
+"information om regionskodning af dvd'er på Wikipedia</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/video-sending.page:20
+msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."
+msgstr "Tjek at du har de rette video-codecs installeret."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/video-sending.page:23
+msgid "Other people can’t play the videos I made"
+msgstr "Andre personer kan ikke afspille de videoer, jeg har lavet"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/video-sending.page:25
+msgid ""
+"If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using "
+"Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/video-sending.page:29
+msgid ""
+"To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right "
+"<em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows "
+"how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of "
+"different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. "
+"You can check which format your video is by doing:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/video-sending.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Open <app>Files</app> from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
+"\">Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/video-sending.page:41
+msgid "Right-click on the video file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/video-sending.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> or <gui>Video</gui> tab and look at which "
+"<gui>Codec</gui> are listed under <gui>Video</gui> and <gui>Audio</gui> (if "
+"the video also has audio)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/video-sending.page:50
+msgid ""
+"Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec "
+"installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the "
+"codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if "
+"your video uses the <em>Theora</em> format and you have a friend using "
+"Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for “theora windows media "
+"player”. You will often be able to download the right codec for free if it’s "
+"not installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/video-sending.page:58
+msgid ""
+"If you can’t find the right codec, try the <link href=\"http://www.videolan.";
+"org/vlc/\">VLC media player</link>. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well "
+"as Linux, and supports a lot of different video formats. Failing that, try "
+"converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able "
+"to do this, and specific video converter applications are available. Check "
+"the software installer application to see what’s available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/video-sending.page:67
+msgid ""
+"There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your "
+"video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes "
+"big files aren’t copied across perfectly), they could have problems with "
+"their video playback application, or the video may not have been created "
+"properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:24
+msgid "Switch the Wacom tablet to <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui>."
+msgstr "Skift Wacom-tegnepladen til <gui>Venstrehåndet orientering</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:27
+msgid "Use the tablet left-handed"
+msgstr "Brug tegnepladen venstrehåndet"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:29
+msgid ""
+"Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated "
+"180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the "
+"orientation to left-handed:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:35 C/wacom-mode.page:33
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:42
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview and start typing <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Wacom-tegneplade</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:39 C/wacom-mode.page:37
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:46
+msgid "Click on <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Wacom-tegneplade</gui> for at åbne panelet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:41 C/wacom-mode.page:40
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:49
+msgid "Click the <gui>Tablet</gui> button in the header bar."
+msgstr "Klik på knappen <gui>Tegneplade</gui> i hovedbjælken."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:42 C/wacom-mode.page:41
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:50
+msgid ""
+"If no tablet is detected, you’ll be asked to <gui>Please plug in or turn on "
+"your Wacom tablet</gui>. Click the <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui> link to "
+"connect a wireless tablet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:46
+msgid "Switch the <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui> switch to on."
+msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Venstrehåndet orientering</gui>-kontakten."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:24
+msgid "Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode."
+msgstr "Skift tegnepladen mellem tegneplade- og musetilstand."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:27
+msgid "Set the Wacom tablet’s tracking mode"
+msgstr "Indstil Wacom-tegnepladens sporingstilstand"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:29
+msgid ""
+"<gui>Tracking Mode</gui> determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"<gui>Sporingstilstand</gui> bestemmer hvordan markøren er tilpasset "
+"skærmen."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Next to <gui>Tracking Mode</gui>, select <gui>Tablet (absolute)</gui> or "
+"<gui>Touchpad (relative)</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:49
+msgid ""
+"In <em>absolute</em> mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the "
+"screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds "
+"to the same point on the tablet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:52
+msgid ""
+"In <em>relative</em> mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it "
+"down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn’t move. This is "
+"the way a mouse operates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:29
+msgid "Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor."
+msgstr "Tilpas Wacom-tegnepladen til en bestemt skærm."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:32
+msgid "Choose a monitor"
+msgstr "Vælg en skærm"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:54
+msgid "Click <gui>Map to Monitor…</gui>"
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Tilpas til skærm …</gui>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:55
+msgid "Check <gui>Map to single monitor</gui>."
+msgstr "Tilvælg <gui>Tilpas til enkelt skærm</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Next to <gui>Output</gui>, select the monitor you wish to receive input from "
+"your graphics tablet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:58
+msgid "Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable."
+msgstr "Kun de skærme som er konfigureret kan vælges."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:62
+msgid ""
+"Switch the <gui>Keep aspect ratio (letterbox)</gui> switch to on to match "
+"the drawing area of the tablet to the proportions of the monitor. This "
+"setting, also called <em>force proportions</em>, “letterboxes” the drawing "
+"area on a tablet to correspond more directly to a display. For example, a "
+"4∶3 tablet would be mapped so that the drawing area would correspond to a "
+"widescreen display."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:69
+msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Luk</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:23
+msgid "Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus."
+msgstr "Vælg Wacom-stylussens knapfunktioner og trykfølsomhed."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:26
+msgid "Configure the stylus"
+msgstr "Konfigurer pennen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43
+msgid "Click <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Wacom-tegneplade</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne panelet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46
+msgid "Click the <gui>Stylus</gui> button in the header bar."
+msgstr "Klik på knappen <gui>Pen</gui> i hovedbjælken."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:47
+msgid ""
+"If no stylus is detected, you’ll be asked to <gui>Please move your stylus to "
+"the proximity of the tablet to configure it</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51
+msgid ""
+"The panel contains details and settings specific to your stylus, with the "
+"device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. These settings can "
+"be adjusted:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:55
+msgid ""
+"<gui>Eraser Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the “feel” (how "
+"physical pressure is translated to digital values) between <gui>Soft</gui> "
+"and <gui>Firm</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58
+msgid ""
+"<gui>Button/Scroll Wheel</gui> configuration (these change to reflect the "
+"stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: "
+"No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click, Right Mouse "
+"Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, or "
+"Forward."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:63
+msgid ""
+"<gui>Tip Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the “feel” between "
+"<gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"<gui>Trykfølsomhed ved spidsen:</gui> brug skyderen til at justere "
+"“trykfølsomheden” mellem <gui>Blødt</gui> og <gui>Fast</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:70
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one stylus, use the pager next to the stylus device "
+"name to choose which stylus to configure."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du har mere end en stylus, så brug pageren ved siden af "
+"stylusenhedsnavnet til at vælge hvilken stylus der skal konfigureres."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/wacom.page:7
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">Map a monitor</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-"
+"stylus\">configure the stylus</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-handed\">use "
+"the tablet left handed</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">Tilpas en skærm</link>, <link xref="
+"\"wacom-stylus\">konfigurer pennen</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-handed"
+"\">brug tegnepladen med venstre hånd</link> …"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/wacom.page:31
+msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet"
+msgstr "Wacom-tegneplade"
[
Date Prev][
Date Next] [
Thread Prev][
Thread Next]
[
Thread Index]
[
Date Index]
[
Author Index]
